497 1 d497.htm COLUMBIA FUNDS SERIES TRUST I Columbia Funds Series Trust I
Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 497(c).

File no. 002-99356.

Columbia Management®

 

 

COLUMBIA FUNDS SERIES TRUST I

 

Class Y Shares

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

January 1, 2010

 

Columbia Small Cap Growth Fund I

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus, is not a substitute for reading any prospectus and is intended to be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus dated January 1, 2010 for Class Y shares. The most recent annual report for the Fund, which includes the Fund’s audited financial statements dated August 31, 2009, is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

Copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained without charge by writing Columbia Management Services, Inc., P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081, by calling Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or by visiting the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com.

INT-39/29216-0110


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SAI PRIMER

   3

ABOUT THE TRUST

   6

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

   7

Certain Investment Activity Limits

   7

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

   7

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

   8

Borrowings

   29

Short Sales

   29

Lending Securities

   30

Portfolio Turnover

   31

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

   31

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   36

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

   36

The Administrator

   40

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

   40

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

   41

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

   42

Other Services Provided

   46

Expense Limitations

   47

Codes of Ethics

   47

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   47

FUND GOVERNANCE

   49

The Board

   49

The Officers

   56

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

   59

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

   59

Brokerage Commissions

   61

Directed Brokerage

   61

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

   62

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

   62

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

   62

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

   65

Description of the Trust’s Shares

   65

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

   68

Purchase and Redemption

   68

Offering Price

   68

TAXATION

   70

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   82

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

   A-1

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   B-1

 

1


Table of Contents

SAI PRIMER

The SAI is a part of the Fund’s registration statement that is filed with the SEC. The registration statement includes the Fund’s prospectus, the SAI and certain exhibits. The SAI, and any supplements to it, can be found online at www.columbiafunds.com, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The SAI generally provides additional information about the Fund that is not required to be in the Fund’s prospectus. The SAI expands discussions of certain matters described in the Fund’s prospectus and provides certain additional information about the Fund that may be of interest to some investors. Among other things, the SAI provides information about:

 

   

the organization of the Trust;

 

   

the Fund’s investments;

 

   

the Fund’s investment advisor, investment sub-advisor(s) (if any) and other service providers, including roles and relationships of Bank of America and its affiliates, and conflicts of interest;

 

   

the governance of the Fund;

 

   

the Fund’s brokerage practices;

 

   

the share classes offered by the Fund;

 

   

the purchase, redemption and pricing of Fund shares; and

 

   

the application of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Investors may find this information important and helpful. If you have any questions about the Fund, please call Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or contact your financial advisor.

Before reading the SAI, you should consult the Glossary below, which defines certain of the terms used in the SAI.

Glossary

 

Term

  

Definition

1933 Act    Securities Act of 1933, as amended
1934 Act    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
1940 Act    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
Administration Agreement    The administration agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Administrator
Administrator    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
Advisor    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
BANA    Bank of America, National Association
BAS    Banc of America Securities LLC
Bank of America    Bank of America Corporation
BFDS/DST    Boston Financial Data Services, Inc./DST Systems, Inc.
Board    The Trust’s Board of Trustees
Brandes    Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.
CMOs    Collateralized mortgage obligations
Code    Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
Codes of Ethics    The codes of ethics adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act

 

3


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Columbia Funds Complex    The mutual fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc., as that term is defined under Item 17 of Form N-1A
Columbia Funds or Columbia Funds Family    The fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Custodian or State Street    State Street Bank and Trust Company
Distributor    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Distribution Agreement    The distribution agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and the Distributor
Distribution Plan(s)    One or more of the plans adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the distribution of the Fund’s shares
FDIC    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLMC    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Fitch    Fitch Investors Service, Inc.
FNMA    Federal National Mortgage Association
The Fund    Columbia Small Cap Growth Fund I
GNMA    Government National Mortgage Association
Independent Trustees    The Trustees of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
Interested Trustee    The Trustee of the Board who is an “interested person” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
International/Global Equity Fund(s)    One or more of the international/global equity funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Investment Advisory Agreement    The investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of a Fund, and the Advisor
IRS    United States Internal Revenue Service
LIBOR    London Interbank Offered Rate
Marsico    Marsico Capital Management, LLC
Merrill Lynch    Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.
MLPF&S    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Money Market Fund(s)    One or more of the money market funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Moody’s    Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NASDAQ    National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations system
NRSRO    Nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (such as Moody’s, Fitch or S&P)
NSCC    National Securities Clearing Corporation
NYSE    New York Stock Exchange
Principal Underwriter    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
REIT    Real estate investment trust
REMIC    Real estate mortgage investment conduit
RIC    A “regulated investment company,” as such term is used in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

4


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

S&P    Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“Standard & Poor’s” and “S&P” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Advisor. The Columbia Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Columbia Funds).
SAI    This Statement of Additional Information
SEC    United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Selling Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a sales support agreement with the Distributor
Servicing Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a shareholder servicing agreement with the Distributor
Small Cap Growth Fund I    Columbia Small Cap Growth Fund I
Transfer Agency Agreement    The transfer agency agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and Columbia Management Services, Inc. relating to Class Y shares
Transfer Agent    Columbia Management Services, Inc.
The Trust    Columbia Funds Series Trust I, the registered investment company in the Columbia Funds Family to which this SAI relates
Trustee(s)    One or more of the Board’s Trustees

 

5


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act within the Columbia Funds Family. Columbia Funds offers over 100 mutual funds in major asset classes, and the Advisor had approximate assets under management of $303.1 billion as of September 30, 2009.

The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust in 1987. On September 23, 2005, the Trust changed its name from Columbia Funds Trust IX to its current name. On October 13, 2003, the Trust changed its name from Liberty-Stein Roe Funds Municipal Trust to Columbia Funds Trust IX.

The Fund represents a series of the Trust and is an open-end diversified management investment company. The Fund has a fiscal year end of August 31.

Prior to March 27, 2006, Small Cap Growth Fund I was organized as an Oregon corporation (the Oregon Predecessor Fund). The information provided for the Fund in this SAI for periods prior to March 27, 2006 relates to the Oregon Predecessor Fund.

Small Cap Growth Fund I offers five classes of shares, as discussed in Capital Stock and Other Securities. On July 15, 2009, Small Cap Growth Fund I commenced offering Class Y shares.

 

6


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

The investment objectives, principal investment strategies (i.e., as used in this SAI and the corresponding prospectus, a strategy which generally involves the ability to invest 10% or more of the Fund’s total assets) and related principal investment risks for the Fund are discussed in the Fund’s prospectus.

Certain Investment Activity Limits

The overall investment and other activities of the Advisor and its affiliates may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain markets where limitations are imposed by regulators upon the amount of investment by affiliated investors, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. From time to time, the Fund’s activities also may be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to the Advisor and its affiliates and/or because of their internal policies. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The following discussion of “fundamental” and “non-fundamental” investment policies and limitations for the Fund supplements the discussion of investment policies in the Fund’s prospectus. A fundamental policy may be changed only with Board and shareholder approval. A non-fundamental policy may be changed by the Board and does not require shareholder approval, but may require notice to shareholders in certain instances.

Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding an investment standard, compliance with such percentage limitation or standard will be determined solely at the time of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Borrowings and other instruments that may give rise to leverage and the restriction on investing in illiquid securities are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. The following fundamental investment policies cannot be changed without such a vote. The Fund may not, as a matter of fundamental policy:

 

  1. Underwrite any issue of securities issued by other persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered investment companies;

 

  2. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may: (i) purchase securities of issuers which deal or invest in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate and (iii) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of securities which are secured by real estate or interests therein;

 

  3.

Purchase or sell commodities, except that the Fund may to the extent consistent with its investment objective: (i) invest in securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or which invest in such programs, (ii) purchase and sell options, forward contracts, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts and (iii) enter into swap contracts and other financial transactions

 

7


Table of Contents
 

relating to commodities. This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions including without limitation forward currency contracts;

 

  4. Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, any state or territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  5. Make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  6. Borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief; and

 

  7. Purchase securities (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets will be invested in the securities of such issuer or it would own more than 10% of the voting securities of such issuer, except that: (i) up to 25% of its total assets may be invested without regard to these limitations and (ii) the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or any applicable exemptive relief.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

  1. The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

  2. The Fund may not purchase securities of other investment companies except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. If shares of the Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, for so long as shares of the Fund are held by such fund, the Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

“Illiquid Securities” is defined in accordance with the SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is a security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security.

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

The Fund’s prospectus identifies and summarizes the individual types of securities in which the Fund invests as part of its principal investment strategies and the principal risks associated with such investments. The table below identifies certain types of securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest, including certain types of securities that are described in the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund generally has the ability to invest 10% or more of its total assets in each type of security described in its prospectus (and in each sub-category of such security type described in this SAI). To the extent that a type of security identified below is not described in the Fund’s prospectus (or as a sub-category of such security type in this SAI), the Fund generally invests less than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in such security type.

Information about individual types of securities (including certain of their associated risks) in which the Fund may invest is set forth below. The Fund’s investment in these types of securities is subject to its investment objective and fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies.

 

8


Table of Contents

Temporary Defensive Positions. The Fund may temporarily invest in money market instruments or hold cash. It may do so without limit, when the Advisor: (i) believes that the market conditions are not favorable for profitable investing; (ii) is unable to locate favorable investment opportunities; or (iii) determines that a temporary defensive position is advisable or necessary in order to meet anticipated redemption requests, or for other reasons. While the Fund engages in such strategies, it may not achieve its investment objective.

See also About the Fund’s Investments — Permissible Investments and Related Risks — Money Market Instruments.

Permissible Fund Investments

 

Investment Type

   Small Cap Growth Fund I

Bank Obligations

  

Domestic

   ü

Foreign

   ü

Common Stock

   ü

Convertible Securities

   ü

Derivatives

  

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

   ü

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

   ü

Swap Agreements

   ü

Foreign Currency Transactions

   ü

Foreign Securities

   ü

Illiquid Securities

   ü

Initial Public Offerings

   ü

Investments in Other Investment Companies

   ü

Money Market Instruments

   ü

Preferred Stock

   ü

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

   ü

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

   ü

Repurchase Agreements

   ü

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

   ü

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

   ü

Warrants and Rights

   ü

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

   ü

Bank Obligations (Domestic and Foreign)

Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and promissory notes that earn a specified rate of return and may be issued by (i) a domestic branch of a domestic bank, (ii) a foreign branch of a domestic bank, (iii) a domestic branch of a foreign bank or (iv) a foreign branch of a foreign bank. Bank obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

Certificates of deposit, or so-called CDs, typically are interest-bearing debt instruments issued by banks and have maturities ranging from a few weeks to several years. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on and accepted by banks, are a customary means of effecting payment for merchandise sold in import-export transactions and are a general source of financing. Yankee dollar certificates of deposit are negotiable CDs issued in the United States by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are CDs issued by foreign (mainly European) banks with interest and principal paid in U.S. dollars. Such CDs typically have maturities of less than two years and have interest rates that typically are pegged to the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR. A time deposit can be either a savings account or CD that is an obligation of a financial institution for a fixed term. Typically, there are penalties for early withdrawals of time deposits. Promissory notes are written commitments of

 

9


Table of Contents

the maker to pay the payee a specified sum of money either on demand or at a fixed or determinable future date, with or without interest.

Bank investment contracts are issued by banks. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of a bank. The bank then credits to the Fund payments at floating or fixed interest rates. The Fund also may hold funds on deposit with its custodian for temporary purposes.

Investing in bank obligations is subject to certain risks. Certain bank obligations, such as some CDs, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to certain specified limits. Many other bank obligations, however, are neither guaranteed nor insured by the FDIC or the U.S. Government. These bank obligations are “backed” only by the creditworthiness of the issuing bank or parent financial institution. Domestic and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulation. Accordingly, certain obligations of foreign banks, including Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, involve different investment risks than those affecting obligations of domestic banks, including, among others, the possibilities that: (i) their liquidity could be impaired because of political or economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of domestic banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding and other taxes at high levels on interest income; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be imposed, which could adversely affect the payment of principal or interest on those obligations; (vi) there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks issuing the obligations; and (vii) the reserve requirements and accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to domestic banks. Foreign banks generally are not subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

Common Stock

Common stock represents a unit of equity ownership of a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the selection of directors and other important corporate governance matters, and to receive dividend payments, if any, on their holdings. However, ownership of common stock does not entitle owners to participate in the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Common stocks of domestic and foreign public corporations can be listed, and their shares traded, on domestic stock exchanges, such as the NYSE or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Domestic and foreign corporations also may have their shares traded on foreign exchanges, such as the London Stock Exchange or Tokyo Stock Exchange. Common stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in common stocks is subject to certain risks. Stock market risk, for example, is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods of time, perhaps substantially or unexpectedly. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and fall based on factors specific to each company, such as changes in earnings or management, as well as general economic and market factors.

If a corporation is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of debt securities and “preferred” stock take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to the particular type of company issuing the common stock. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price swings than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, may be more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Common stocks of these types of companies may have a higher potential for gains, but also may be subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of common stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected favorably to affect, an industry, the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry to decline quickly.

 

10


Table of Contents

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the conversion price). As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt securities and equity securities. A holder of convertible securities is entitled to receive the income of a bond, debenture or note or the dividend of a preferred stock until the conversion privilege is exercised. The market value of convertible securities generally is a function of, among other factors, interest rates, the rates of return of similar nonconvertible securities and the financial strength of the issuer. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, conversely, to rise as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than its conversion price. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the rate of return of the convertible security. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence their value, convertible securities generally are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as similar debt securities nor generally are they as sensitive to changes in share price as their underlying common stock. Convertible securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses. Certain convertible securities may have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified exchange ratio. Certain convertible securities may be convertible at the option of the issuer, which may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.

In addition, some convertible securities may be rated below investment grade or may not be rated and, therefore, may be considered speculative investments. Companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- and mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with such companies. In addition, the credit rating of a company’s convertible securities generally is lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are senior to equity securities and have a claim to the assets of an issuer prior to the holders of the issuer’s common stock in the event of liquidation but generally are subordinate to similar non-convertible debt securities of the same issuer. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the price for the issuing company’s common stock.

Derivatives

General

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are based on (or “derived” from) traditional securities (such as a stock or a bond), assets (such as a commodity, like gold), reference rates (such as LIBOR) or market indices (such as the S&P 500® Index). Some forms of derivatives, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges. These types of derivatives are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivatives, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Derivatives afford leverage and, when used properly, can enhance returns and be useful in hedging portfolios. Some common types of derivatives include futures; options; options on futures; forward foreign currency exchange contracts; forward contracts on securities and securities indices; linked securities and structured products; CMOs; stripped securities; warrants; swap agreements and swaptions.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including, for example: (i) to enhance its return; (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for its portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations (i.e., to hedge); (iii) to protect its unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio securities; (iv) to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes; (v) to reduce transaction costs; and/or (vi) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio.

The Fund’s use of derivatives presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the derivatives. These risks are heightened when the Fund uses derivatives to enhance its return or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by the Fund. There is also a risk that the derivative will not correlate well with the security for which it is substituting. The Fund’s use of derivatives to leverage risk also may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund to lose more money than if it had invested in the underlying security, or limit a potential gain. The success of management’s derivative strategies will depend on its ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate and the derivative itself, without necessarily the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Other risks arise from the Fund’s potential inability to terminate or sell its derivative positions as a liquid secondary market for such positions may not exist at times when the Fund may wish to terminate or sell them. Over-the-counter instruments (investments not traded on an exchange) may be illiquid. Derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. Also, with some derivative strategies there is the risk that the Fund may not be able to find a suitable derivative transaction counterparty, and thus may be unable to invest in derivatives altogether. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.

The Fund may use any or all of the above investment techniques and may purchase different types of derivative instruments at any time and in any combination. There is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique over another, as the use of derivatives is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Futures Contracts. A futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. A futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. The specific security or other asset delivered or taken at the settlement date is not determined until on or near that date. The determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract was made. The Fund may enter into futures contracts which are traded on national or foreign futures exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying security or other asset. Futures exchanges and trading in the United States are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a U.S. Government agency.

Traders in futures contracts may be broadly classified as either “hedgers” or “speculators.” Hedgers use the futures markets primarily to offset unfavorable changes (anticipated or potential) in the value of securities or other assets currently owned or expected to be acquired by them. Speculators less often own the securities or other assets underlying the futures contracts which they trade, and generally use futures contracts with the expectation of realizing profits from fluctuations in the value of the underlying securities or other assets. Pursuant to a notice of eligibility claiming exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator filed with the CFTC and the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA, and, accordingly, they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA.

Upon entering into futures contracts, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s obligation under the contract (less any applicable margin deposits and any assets that constitute “cover” for such obligation), will be segregated with the Fund’s custodian.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, although the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian in a segregated account in the

 

12


Table of Contents

name of the futures broker an amount of cash and/or U.S. Government securities in order to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions, in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the Fund to finance the transactions. Rather, initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying security or other asset) that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the relevant futures exchange and may be changed. Brokers may establish deposit requirements which are higher than the exchange minimums. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin which may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker (or the custodian) are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or other asset fluctuates, a process known as “marking to market.” If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional variation margin will be required. Conversely, a change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made for as long as the contract remains open. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Although futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities or other assets (stock index futures contracts or futures contracts that reference other intangible assets do not permit delivery of the referenced assets), the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. The Fund may elect to close some or all of its futures positions at any time prior to their expiration. The purpose of taking such action would be to reduce or eliminate the position then currently held by the Fund. Closing out an open futures position is done by taking an opposite position (“buying” a contract which has previously been “sold,” “selling” a contract previously “purchased”) in an identical contract (i.e., the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security or other asset with the same delivery date) to terminate the position. Final determinations are made as to whether the price of the initial sale of the futures contract exceeds or is below the price of the offsetting purchase, or whether the purchase price exceeds or is below the offsetting sale price. Final determinations of variation margin are then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Brokerage commissions are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold.

Successful use of futures contracts by the Fund is subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting securities and commodities markets. This requires different skills and techniques than those required to predict changes in the prices of individual securities. The Fund, therefore, bears the risk that future market trends will be incorrectly predicted.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the relatively low margin deposits required and the potential for an extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures contracts. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount posted as initial margin for the contract.

In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments in order to maintain its required margin. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities in order to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close the futures position also could have an adverse impact on the ability to hedge effectively.

To reduce or eliminate a hedge position held by the Fund, the Fund may seek to close out a position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract, which may limit the Fund’s ability to realize its profits or limit its losses. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions, closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing

 

13


Table of Contents

capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts (or a particular class or series of contracts), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of contracts) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Fund may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. The Fund presently could accomplish a similar result to that which it hopes to achieve through the use of interest rate futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling bonds with short maturities and investing in bonds with long maturities when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Fund, through using futures contracts.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges— principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. A public market exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; GNMA modified pass-through mortgage backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Fund may also invest in exchange-traded Eurodollar contracts, which are interest rate futures on the forward level of LIBOR. These contracts are generally considered liquid securities and trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Such Eurodollar contracts are generally used to “lock-in” or hedge the future level of short-term rates. The Fund may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

Index Futures Contracts. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. Entering into a contract to buy units of an index is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in the index. Entering into a contract to sell units of an index is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position in the index. A unit is the current value of the index. The Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, debt index futures contracts, or other index futures contracts appropriate to its objective(s).

There are several risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged.

Municipal Bond Index Futures Contracts. Municipal bond index futures contracts may act as a hedge against changes in market conditions. A municipal bond index assigns values daily to the municipal bonds included in the index based on the independent assessment of dealer-to-dealer municipal bond brokers. A municipal bond index futures contract represents a firm commitment by which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the municipal bond index value on the last trading date of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on those futures contracts that it is permitted to buy or sell. The Fund may use such options on futures contracts in lieu of writing options directly on the underlying securities or other assets or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. Such options generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the

 

14


Table of Contents

underlying investments. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy from (call) or sell to (put) the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing purchase transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing purchase transactions can be effected.

The Fund will enter into written options on futures contracts only when, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities equal in value to the underlying security’s or other asset’s value (less any applicable margin deposits) have been deposited in a segregated account. The Fund will be required to deposit initial margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same risks that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased. There may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Successful use of index futures by the Fund is also subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, for example, where the Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index on which the futures are written may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, as the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in futures or put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as the Fund’s securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, the Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move to the same extent as do the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held in its portfolio and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased values of those securities that it has hedged, because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the index futures and the securities of the portfolio being hedged, the prices of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures markets are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which would distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Second, margin requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result, the futures market may attract more speculators than the securities market. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market, and also because of the imperfect correlation between movements in an index and movements in the prices of index futures, even a correct forecast of general market trends by the Advisor may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.

There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or related option. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in some contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum

 

15


Table of Contents

amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and, therefore, does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Options on Index Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and sell options on index futures contracts. Options on index futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the index futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the index future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

There are various risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. For example, a risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged; there can be no assurance that the Advisor will be successful in doing so.

Use by Tax-Exempt Funds of Interest Rate and U.S. Treasury Security Futures Contracts and Options. If the Fund invests in tax-exempt securities, it may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities when, in the opinion of the Advisor, price movements in these security futures and related options will correlate closely with price movements in the tax-exempt securities which are the subject of the hedge. Interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities futures contracts require the seller to deliver, or the purchaser to take delivery of, the type of security called for in the contract at a specified date and price. Options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

In addition to the risks generally involved in using futures contracts, there is also a risk that price movements in interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and related options will not correlate closely with price movements in markets for tax-exempt securities.

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

The Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options. Such options may relate to particular stocks or stock indices, and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC). Stock index options are put options and call options on various stock indices. In most respects, they are identical to listed options on common stocks.

There is a key difference between stock options and stock index options in connection with their exercise. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of an index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the securities included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the S&P 500® Index or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100 Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment.

 

16


Table of Contents

The successful use of the Fund’s options strategies depends on the ability of the Advisor to forecast interest rate and market movements correctly. When it purchases an option, the Fund runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the Fund exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction for such option during the life of the option. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the Fund will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by the Fund in the underlying securities, since the Fund may continue to hold its investment in those securities notwithstanding the lack of a change in price of those securities.

The effective use of options also depends on the Fund’s ability to terminate option positions at times when the Advisor deems it desirable to do so. Although the Fund will take an option position only if the Advisor believes there is a liquid secondary market for the option, there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.

If a secondary trading market in options were to become unavailable, the Fund could no longer engage in closing transactions. The writer in such circumstances would be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund will realize a loss equal to the premium paid. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the OCC or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at a time when trading in the option has also been halted, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If a prohibition on exercise remains in effect until an option owned by the Fund has expired, the Fund could lose the entire value of its option.

Special risks are presented by internationally traded options. Because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.

Dealer (Over-the-Counter) Options. Dealer options are options negotiated individually through dealers rather than traded on an exchange. Certain risks are specific to dealer options. While the Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund purchases a dealer option it must rely on the selling dealer to perform if the Fund exercises the option. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options more often may not. Consequently, the Fund can realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the issuing dealer. Similarly, when the Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund can close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer. While the Fund seeks to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and can enter into closing transactions with the Fund, no assurance exists that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless the Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, can effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency

 

17


Table of Contents

of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

The Fund generally will treat purchased dealer options as illiquid securities. The Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Writing Covered Options. The Fund may write covered call options and covered put options on securities held in its portfolio when, in the opinion of the Advisor, such transactions are consistent with the Fund’s investment goal and policies. Call options written by the Fund give the purchaser the right to buy the underlying securities from the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price; put options give the purchaser the right to sell the underlying securities to the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price.

The Fund may write only covered options, which means that, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of securities exchanges). In the case of put options, the Fund will hold cash and/or high-grade short-term debt obligations equal to the price to be paid if the option is exercised. In addition, the Fund will be considered to have covered a put or call option if and to the extent that it holds an option that offsets some or all of the risk of the option it has written. The Fund may write combinations of covered puts and calls (straddles) on the same underlying security.

The Fund will receive a premium from writing a put or call option, which increases the Fund’s return on the underlying security if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security. By writing a call option, the Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option but continues to bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security. By writing a put option, the Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than the security’s then-current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value.

The Fund’s obligation to sell an instrument subject to a call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an offsetting option of the same series (i.e., same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The Fund realizes a profit or loss from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction (option premium plus transaction costs) is less or more than the premium received from writing the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option generally reflect increases in the market price of the security underlying the option, any loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction may be offset in whole or in part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security.

If the Fund writes a call option but does not own the underlying security, and when it writes a put option, the Fund may be required to deposit cash or securities with its broker as “margin” or collateral for its obligation to buy or sell the underlying security. As the value of the underlying security varies, the Fund may also have to deposit additional margin with the broker. Margin requirements are complex and are fixed by individual brokers, subject to minimum requirements currently imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and by stock exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations.

 

18


Table of Contents

Purchasing Put Options. The Fund may purchase put options to protect its portfolio holdings in an underlying security against a decline in market value. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the put option since the Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying security’s market price. For a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. By using put options in this manner, the Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized from appreciation of the underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

Purchasing Call Options. The Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the Fund, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security’s market price. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. These costs will reduce any profit the Fund might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the time it purchased the call option.

Over-the-Counter (OTC) Options. The Fund will enter into OTC options transactions only with primary dealers in U.S. Government securities and, in the case of OTC options written by the Fund, only pursuant to agreements that will assure that the Fund will at all times have the right to repurchase the option written by it from the dealer at a specified formula price. The Fund will treat the amount by which such formula price exceeds the amount, if any, by which the option may be “in-the-money” as an illiquid investment. It is the present policy of the Fund not to enter into any OTC option transaction if, as a result, more than 15% (10% in some cases, refer to the Fund’s prospectuses) of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in (i) illiquid investments (determined under the foregoing formula) relating to OTC options written by the Fund, (ii) OTC options purchased by the Fund, (iii) securities which are not readily marketable, and (iv) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.

Index Options. As an alternative to purchasing call and put options on index futures, the Fund may purchase call and put options on the underlying indices themselves. Such options could be used in a manner identical to the use of options on index futures. Options involving securities indices provide the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option based on movements in the relevant index. Such options must be listed on a national securities exchange and issued by the OCC. Such options may relate to various stock indices, except that the Fund may not write covered options on an index.

Foreign Stock Index Options. The Fund may, for the purpose of hedging its portfolio, subject to applicable securities regulations, purchase and write put and call options on foreign stock indices listed on foreign and domestic stock exchanges.

Swap Agreements

Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. The Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate swap agreements, and other types of swap agreements such as caps, collars and floors. The Fund also may enter into swaptions, which are options to enter into a swap agreement.

In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for a specified period of time. If a swap agreement provides for payments in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange notional principal amount as well. In a total return swap agreement, the non-floating rate side of the swap is based on the total return of an individual security, a basket of securities, an index or another reference asset. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of

 

19


Table of Contents

an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if the Fund agreed to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.

Swap agreements are sophisticated hedging instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor’s ability correctly to predict whether certain types of investments likely are to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factor that determines the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement likely would decline, potentially resulting in losses for the Fund. The Fund will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. The Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions (i.e., by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party).

Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more securities or a basket of securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to risks relating to the reference obligation, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally will lose its investment and recover nothing if no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

Equity Swaps. The Fund may engage in equity swaps. Equity swaps allow the parties to the swap agreement to exchange components of return on one equity investment (e.g., a basket of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment, including an exchange of differential rates of return. Equity swaps may be used to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in

 

20


Table of Contents

circumstances where direct investment may be restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impractical. Equity swaps also may be used for other purposes, such as hedging or seeking to increase total return.

The values of equity swaps can be very volatile. To the extent that the Advisor does not accurately analyze and predict the potential relative fluctuation on the components swapped with the other party, the Fund may suffer a loss. The value of some components of an equity swap (such as the dividend on a common stock) may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Furthermore, during the period a swap is outstanding, the Fund may suffer a loss if the counterparty defaults.

Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder, and conversely, that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Variance, Volatility and Correlation Swap Agreements. Variance and volatility swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the volatility of certain referenced assets. Correlation swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the correlation between the prices of different assets or different market rates.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions may be used to protect, to some extent, against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates by establishing a fixed exchange rate. Foreign currency transactions may involve the purchase or sale of foreign currencies on a “spot” (cash) basis at the prevailing exchange rate or may involve “forward contracts” that allow the Fund to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date. Forward contracts may be used for “transaction hedging,” “position hedging” and “cross-hedging.” The Fund may use forward sale contracts to sell an amount of a foreign currency approximating the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in the foreign security when that foreign currency suffers a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. The Fund may use forward purchase contracts to purchase a foreign currency when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a substantial decline against the foreign currency. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized if the value of the hedged currency increases.

Transaction hedging may allow the Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest rate payment in a foreign currency. The Fund may use transaction hedging to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

 

21


Table of Contents

Position hedging may allow the Fund to protect against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated. The Fund may use position hedging when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a decline against the foreign currency by entering into a forward purchase contract to purchase that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount.

Cross-hedging may allow the Fund to enter into a forward contract to sell a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount when it is believed that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall if there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which the Fund’s securities are denominated.

The Fund also may purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts. Options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts give the holder a right to buy or sell the underlying foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts for a specified period of time and for a specified amount. The value of an option on foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts reflects the value of an exchange rate, which depends on the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the relevant foreign currency.

Engaging in foreign currency transactions is subject to certain risks. For example, if the value of a foreign currency were to decline against the U.S. dollar, such decline would reduce the dollar value of any securities held by the Fund denominated in that currency. It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract, which may make it necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of the security being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver at the time the Fund sells the security being hedged. The value of any currency, including the U.S. dollar, may be affected by political and economic factors applicable to the issuer’s country. The exchange rates of currencies also may be affected adversely by governmental actions. Transaction, position and cross-hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell and may limit the amount of potential gain that might result from the increase in value of the currency being hedged. Settlement procedures relating to the Fund’s foreign currency transactions may be more complex than those relating to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.

Foreign Securities

Foreign securities include debt, equity and derivative securities that the Advisor determines are “foreign” based on the consideration of an issuer’s domicile, its principal place of business, its primary stock exchange listing, the source of its revenue or other factors. Foreign securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Foreign securities may include depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued in registered form by a domestic bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies and foreign branches of domestic banks, that evidence ownership of foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are receipts structured similarly to ADRs and EDRs and are marketed globally. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. In general, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest-holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be limited information available regarding such issuers and/or limited correlation between available information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

 

22


Table of Contents

Investing in foreign securities is subject to certain risks. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also may impact the value of foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies or U.S. dollars, without a change in the intrinsic value of those securities. Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of a foreign security tends to decrease when the value of the U.S. dollar rises against the foreign currency in which the security is denominated and tends to increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls against such currency. The Fund may attempt to minimize the risk from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies by purchasing and selling forward foreign currency exchange contracts and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. Foreign securities may be less liquid than domestic securities so that the Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable prices. Brokerage commissions, custodial fees and other fees also are generally higher for foreign securities. The Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain debt securities issued by foreign governments. In addition, foreign governments may impose potentially confiscatory withholding or other taxes, which would reduce the Fund’s return on these securities. Other risks include: possible delays in the settlement of transactions or in the notification of income; generally less publicly available information about companies; adverse impact of political, social or diplomatic events; possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets; possible imposition of currency exchange controls; and that foreign companies generally are not subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those mandated for domestic companies.

Risks associated with investments in foreign securities are increased with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries, especially those in Eastern Europe, the Pacific Basin and the Far East, are undergoing significant evolutionary changes and rapid development, and may lack the social, political and economic stability of more developed countries. Investing in emerging market securities also involves risks beyond the risks applicable to foreign investments. For example, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain currencies may not be traded internationally, and some countries with emerging securities markets have sustained long periods of very high inflation or rapid fluctuation in inflation rates which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets.

Illiquid Securities

Illiquid securities are defined by the Fund consistent with SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is an asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment on its books. Some securities, such as those not registered under U.S. securities laws, cannot be sold in public transactions. Subject to its investment policies, the Fund may invest in illiquid investments and may invest in certain restricted securities that are deemed to be illiquid securities.

Initial Public Offerings

The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs) of common stock or other primary or secondary syndicated offerings of equity or debt securities issued by a corporate issuer. Fixed income funds frequently invest in these types of offerings of debt securities. A purchase of IPO securities often involves higher transaction costs than those associated with the purchase of securities already traded on exchanges or markets. IPO securities are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. The market value of recently issued IPO securities may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading and speculation, a potentially small number of securities available for trading, limited information about the issuer, and other factors. The Fund may hold IPO securities for a period of time, or may sell them soon after the purchase. Investments in IPOs could have a magnified impact — either positive or negative — on the Fund’s performance while the Fund’s assets are relatively small. The impact of an IPO on the Fund’s performance may tend to diminish as the Fund’s assets grow. In circumstances when investments in IPOs make a significant contribution to the Fund’s performance, there can be no assurance that similar contributions from IPOs will continue in the future.

 

23


Table of Contents

Investments in Other Investment Companies

Investing in other investment companies may be a means by which the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive orders currently or in the future obtained by the Fund from the SEC.

Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds, the 1940 Act generally requires that the Fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as determined at the time a securities purchase is made: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company; (ii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies; and (iii) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by the Fund or by companies controlled by the Fund. Such other investment companies may include exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which are shares of publicly traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indexes or companies in related industries.

Investing in other investment companies is subject to certain risks. Although the Fund may derive certain advantages from being able to invest in shares of other investment companies, such as to be fully invested, there may be potential disadvantages. Investing in other investment companies may result in higher fees and expenses for the Fund and its shareholders. A shareholder may be charged fees not only on Fund shares held directly but also on the investment company shares that the Fund purchases.

In addition, investing in ETFs is subject to certain other risks. ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track as well as to the risks of the specific sector or industry to which the ETF relates. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons.

Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, the Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Columbia Funds, including the Money Market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. For more information about such actual and potential conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term debt obligations, which include: (i) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (ii) funding agreements; (iii) repurchase agreements; (iv) obligations of the United States, foreign countries and supranational entities, and each of their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities; (v) certain corporate debt securities, such as commercial paper, short-term corporate obligations and extendible commercial notes; (vi) participation interests; and (vii) municipal securities. Money market instruments may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in money market instruments is subject to certain risks. Money market instruments (other than certain U.S. Government obligations) are not backed or insured by the U.S. Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Accordingly, only the creditworthiness of an issuer, or guarantees of that issuer, support such instruments.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents units of ownership of a corporation that frequently have dividends that are set at a specified rate. Preferred stock has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets. Preferred stock shares some of the characteristics of both debt and equity. Preferred stock ordinarily does not

 

24


Table of Contents

carry voting rights. Most preferred stock is cumulative; if dividends are passed (i.e., not paid for any reason), they accumulate and must be paid before common stock dividends. Participating preferred stock entitles its holders to share in profits above and beyond the declared dividend, along with common shareholders, as distinguished from nonparticipating preferred stock, which is limited to the stipulated dividend. Convertible preferred stock is exchangeable for a given number of shares of common stock and thus tends to be more volatile than nonconvertible preferred stock, which generally behaves more like a fixed income bond. Preferred stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Auction preferred stock (APS) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by corporate bidders. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share.

In addition to reinvestment risk if interest rates fall, some specific risks with regard to APS include:

 

   

Failed auction: A breakdown in the auction process can occur; in the event that the process fails, the rate is reset at the maximum applicable rate, which is usually described in the prospectus and typically is influenced by the issuer’s credit rating. In a failed auction, current shareholders generally are unable to sell some, or all, of the shares when the auction is completed. Typically, the liquidity for APS that have experienced a failed auction becomes very limited. If a failed auction were to occur, the shareholder generally would hold his or her shares until the next auction. Should there not be subsequent auctions that “cure” the failed process, the shareholder may: (1) hold the APS in anticipation of a refinancing by the issuer that would cause the APS to be called, or (2) hold securities either indefinitely or in anticipation of the development of a secondary market.

 

   

Early call risk: APS generally is redeemable at any time, usually upon notice, at the issuer’s option, at par plus accrued dividends.

Investing in preferred stock is subject to certain risks. For example, stock market risk is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and decline based on factors specific to each corporation, such as changes in earnings or management.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular company. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price fluctuations than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, are more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Stocks of these companies may have a higher potential for gains but also are subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the prices of the stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the value of those companies’ stock to decline.

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

Private placement securities are securities that have been privately placed and are not registered under the 1933 Act. They are eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. Private placement and other “restricted” securities often cannot be sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or they are “not readily marketable” because they are

 

25


Table of Contents

subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.

Private placements typically may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers (or, in the case of the initial sale of certain securities, such as those issued in collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations, to accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the 1933 Act), or in a privately negotiated transaction or to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.

Investing in private placement and other restricted securities is subject to certain risks. Private placements may be considered illiquid securities. Private placements typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of a trading market.

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

REITs are entities that either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans and also may include operating or finance companies. An equity REIT generally holds equity positions in real estate and seeks to provide its shareholders with income from the leasing of its properties and with capital gains from any sales of properties. A mortgage REIT generally specializes in lending money to owners of properties and passes through any interest income it may earn to its shareholders.

Partnership units of real estate and other types of companies sometimes are organized as master limited partnerships in which ownership interests are publicly traded. Master limited partnerships often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and the oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects.

REITs are subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, for example, declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, and variations in rental income. REITs also may be subject to interest rate risk. In general, increases in interest rates will decrease the value of high-yield securities and increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could decrease the value of a REIT’s investments. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. Both equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills. REITs also may be subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, and the possibility of failing to qualify for preferential tax treatment under the Code, which could adversely affect dividend payments. REITs also may not be diversified.

Investing in master limited partnerships generally is subject to the risks applicable to investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation, which may include fewer protections afforded to investors. Additional risks include those associated with the specific industries in which a master limited partnership invests, such as the risks associated with investing in the real estate or oil and gas industries.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements are agreements under which the Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period of time subject to the obligation of a seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by the Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The Fund typically will enter into repurchase agreements only with commercial banks, registered broker/dealers and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Such transactions are monitored to ensure that the value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to

 

26


Table of Contents

the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including any accrued interest. Repurchase agreements generally are subject to counterparty risk.

If a counterparty defaults, the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale are less than the resale price provided in the repurchase agreement including interest. In the event that a counterparty fails to perform because it is insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund’s right to take possession of the underlying securities would be subject to applicable insolvency law and procedure, including an automatic stay (which would preclude immediate enforcement of the Fund’s rights) and exemptions thereto (which would permit the Fund to take possession of the underlying securities or to void a repurchase agreement altogether). Since it is possible that an exemption from the automatic stay would not be available, the Fund might be prevented from immediately enforcing its rights against the counterparty. Accordingly, if a counterparty becomes insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund may incur delays in or be prevented from liquidating the underlying securities and could experience losses, including the possible decline in value of the underlying securities during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible subnormal levels of income or lack of access to income during such time, as well as the costs incurred in enforcing the Fund’s rights. For example, if the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement with a broker that becomes insolvent, it is possible for the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) to institute a liquidation proceeding in federal court against the broker counterparty which could lead to a foreclosure by SIPC of the underlying securities or SIPC may stay, or preclude, the Fund’s ability under contract to terminate the repurchase agreement.

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

U.S. Government obligations include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government differ in their interest rates, maturities and time of issuance, as well as with respect to whether they are guaranteed by the U.S. Government. U.S. Government and related obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

U.S. Government obligations also include senior unsecured debt securities issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009 by eligible issuers (including U.S. depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) (and certain affiliates), U.S. bank holding companies and certain U.S. savings and loan holding companies) that are guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The FDIC’s guarantee under the TLGP will expire upon the earlier of (i) maturity of such security or (ii) June 30, 2012. It is the view of the FDIC and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that any debt security that is guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP and that has a maturity that ends on or before June 30, 2012 would be a security exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 because such security would be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the FDIC.

Investing in securities guaranteed under the TLGP is subject to certain risks. Given that there is no track record for securities guaranteed under the TLGP, it is uncertain how such securities will trade in relation to treasury and government agency securities in terms of yield spread and the volatility of such spread and it is uncertain how such securities will trade in the secondary market and whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The TLGP is a new program that is subject to change. In order to collect from the FDIC under the TLGP, a claims process must be followed. Failure to follow the claims process could result in a loss to the right to payment under the guarantee. In addition, guarantee payments by the FDIC under the TLGP may be delayed.

Investing in U.S. Government and related obligations is subject to certain risks. While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises historically have involved limited risk of loss of principal if held to

 

27


Table of Contents

maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to any of these entities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

Variable- and floating-rate obligations provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate and, under certain circumstances, varying principal amounts. Unlike a fixed interest rate, a variable, or floating, rate is one that rises and declines based on the movement of an underlying index of interest rates and may pay interest at rates that are adjusted periodically according to a specified formula. Asset-backed securities, bank obligations, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, money market instruments, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as variable- and floating-rate obligations.

Investing in variable- and floating-rate obligations is subject to certain risks. Variable- and floating-rate obligations may involve direct lending arrangements between the purchaser and the issuer and there may be no active secondary market, making it difficult to resell such obligations to a third party. Variable- and floating-rate obligations also may be subject to interest rate and credit risks. Changes in interest rates can affect the rate of return on such obligations. If an issuer of a variable- or floating-rate obligation defaults, the Fund could sustain a loss to the extent of such default.

Warrants and Rights

Warrants and rights are types of securities that give a holder a right to purchase shares of common stock. Warrants usually are issued together with a bond or preferred stock and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price typically for a period of years. Rights usually have a specified purchase price that is lower than the current market price and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock typically for a period of only weeks. Warrants may be used to enhance the marketability of a bond or preferred stock.

Warrants and rights may be subject to the risk that the securities could lose value. There also is the risk that the potential exercise price may exceed the market price of the warrants or rights, such as when there is no movement in the market price or the market price of such securities declines.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities are types of debt instruments that do not necessarily make payments of interest in fixed amounts or at fixed intervals. Asset-backed securities, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities.

Zero-coupon securities do not pay interest on a current basis but instead accrue interest over the life of the security. These securities include, among others, zero-coupon bonds, which either may be issued at a discount by a corporation or government entity or may be created by a brokerage firm when it strips the coupons from a bond or note and then sells the bond or note and the coupon separately. This technique is used frequently with U.S. Treasury bonds, and zero-coupon securities are marketed under such names as CATS (Certificate of Accrual on Treasury Securities), TIGERs or STRIPS. Zero-coupon bonds also are issued by municipalities. Buying a municipal zero-coupon bond frees its purchaser of the obligation to pay regular federal income tax on imputed interest, since the interest is exempt for regular federal income tax purposes. Zero-coupon certificates of deposit and zero-coupon mortgages are generally structured in the same fashion as zero-coupon bonds; the certificate of deposit holder or mortgage holder receives face value at maturity and no payments until then.

Pay-in-kind securities normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or to give the holder of the security a similar security with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

 

28


Table of Contents

Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is paid according to a schedule for a series of periods, typically lower for an initial period and then increasing to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issue.

Zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities holders generally have substantially all the rights and privileges of holders of the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations. Holders of these securities have the right upon default on the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations to proceed directly and individually against the issuer and are not required to act in concert with other holders of such securities.

Investing in zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities is subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities.

Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, they are volatile. Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically than bonds paying interest on a current basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value than interest paying bonds.

Borrowings

The Fund has a fundamental policy with respect to borrowing that can be found under the heading About the Fund’s Investments — Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies. Specifically, the Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. In general, pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). Any borrowings that come to exceed this amount must be reduced within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) to the extent necessary to comply with the 33 1/3% limitation.

The Fund participates in a committed line of credit (Line of Credit). Any advance under the Line of Credit is contemplated primarily for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests that otherwise might require the untimely sale of portfolio securities.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund may, subject to certain conditions, borrow money from other funds in the Columbia Funds Family for temporary emergency purposes in order to facilitate redemption requests, or for other purposes consistent with Fund investment policies and restrictions. All loans are set at an interest rate between the rates charged on overnight repurchase agreements and short-term bank loans.

Short Sales

The Fund may sometimes sell securities short when it owns an equal amount of such securities as those securities sold short. This is a technique known as selling short “against the box.” If the Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

Short sales “against the box” entail many of the same risks and considerations described above regarding short sales not “against the box.” However, when the Fund sells short “against the box” it typically limits the amount of securities that it has leveraged. The Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the Advisor believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in

 

29


Table of Contents

the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities. Short sales may have adverse tax consequences to the Fund and its shareholders.

Subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies, the Fund may engage in short sales that are not “against the box,” which are sales by the Fund of securities or commodity futures contracts that it does not own in hopes of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The technique is also used to protect a profit in a long-term position in a security or commodity futures contract. To make delivery to the buyer, the Fund must borrow or purchase the security. If borrowed, the Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed from the third party, so the Fund must purchase the security at the market price at a later time. If the price of the security has increased during this time, then the Fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price of the security from the time of the short sale plus any premiums and interest paid to the third party. (Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.)

Short sales by the Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Because the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales could potentially involve unlimited loss, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although the Fund can mitigate any such losses by replacing the securities sold short. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. There is also the risk that the third party to the short sale may fail to honor its contract terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund’s successful use of short sales also will be subject to the ability of the Advisor to predict movements in the directions of the relevant market. The Fund therefore bears the risk that the Advisor will incorrectly predict future price directions. In addition, if the Fund sells a security short, and that security’s price goes up, the Fund will have to make up the margin on its open position (i.e., purchase more securities on the market to cover the position). It may be unable to do so and thus its position may not be closed out. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not incur significant losses in such a case.

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

Lending Securities

Securities lending refers to the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Subject to its investment policies described above and in the prospectuses, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to broker/dealers and other institutional investors. Securities loans by the Fund are made pursuant to agreements that

 

30


Table of Contents

require that loans be secured continuously by collateral in cash. The Fund retains all or a portion of the income received on investment of cash collateral. A borrower will pay to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities loaned, but the borrower typically will receive a portion of the income earned on investments of cash collateral. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to loaned securities pass to a borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and may do so in order to vote upon matters affecting, or to sell, the loaned securities.

The Fund typically invests the cash collateral it receives in connection with its securities lending program directly or indirectly in high quality, short-term investments. The Fund may invest some or all of the cash collateral in one or more pooled investment vehicles, including, among other vehicles, money market funds managed by the Fund’s securities lending agent or its affiliates. The securities lending agent shares in any income resulting from the investment of the cash collateral, and an affiliate of the securities lending agent receives asset-based fees for the management of the pooled investment vehicles, which may create a conflict of interest between the securities lending agent (or its affiliate) and the Fund with respect to the management of the cash collateral.

Engaging in securities lending is subject to certain risks, including counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default. There also is a risk of possible delay in the recovery of loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral if a borrower fails financially.

Portfolio Turnover

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover (e.g., over 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Such sales may also result in adverse tax consequences to the Fund’s shareholders. The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

For the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate, see the Financial Highlights section in the prospectus for the Fund.

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Columbia Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of Columbia Fund shareholders and to address conflicts between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other. These policies and procedures provide that Columbia Funds portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the earlier of: (i) the business day next following the posting of such information on the Columbia Funds’ website, if applicable, or (ii) the time a Columbia Fund discloses the information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information. Certain limited exceptions that have been approved consistent with the policies and procedures are described below. The Board is updated as needed regarding compliance with these policies and procedures. The policies and procedures prohibit the Advisor and the Columbia Funds’ other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Columbia Fund portfolio holdings information in exchange for any form of consideration. These policies and procedures apply to all categories of Columbia Funds and include some variations tailored to the different categories of Columbia Funds. Accordingly, some of the provisions described below do not apply to the Columbia Fund(s) covered by this SAI. The Advisor also has adopted policies and procedures to monitor for compliance with these portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.

Public Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through required filings with the SEC and on the Columbia Funds’ website. This information is available on the Columbia Funds’ website as described below.

 

31


Table of Contents
   

For equity, convertible, balanced and asset allocation funds, other than small-cap and specialty Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 15 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For small cap and specialty Columbia Funds and those Columbia Funds that are sub-advised by Marsico and Brandes, sub-advisors for certain Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 30 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For fixed income funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a fiscal quarter-end is posted approximately 60 calendar days after such quarter-end.

 

   

For Columbia Money Market Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 5 business days after such month-end.

Certain Columbia Funds also disclose their largest holdings, as a percent of the market values of the Columbia Funds’ portfolios, as of a month-end on their website, generally within 15 calendar days after such month-end. In general, the equity Columbia Funds post their largest 10-15 holdings, the balanced Columbia Funds post their largest 5 equity holdings, and certain fixed income Columbia Funds post their largest 5-15 holdings (by security or issuer).

The Advisor may also disclose more current portfolio holdings information as of specified dates on the Columbia Funds’ website.

The scope of the information that is made available on the Columbia Funds’ website pursuant to the Columbia Funds’ policies relating to a Columbia Fund’s portfolio may change from time to time without prior notice.

The Columbia Funds file their portfolio holdings with the SEC for each fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semi-annual period) and Form N-Q (with respect to the first and third quarters of each Columbia Fund’s fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, a link to which is provided on the Columbia Funds’ website. In addition, each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. You may call the SEC at 800.SEC.0330 for information about the SEC’s website or the operation of the public reference room.

The Columbia Funds, the Advisor and their affiliates may include portfolio holdings information that already has been made public through a website posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that the information is disclosed no earlier than the business day after the date the information is disclosed publicly on the Columbia Funds’ website or no earlier than the time a Columbia Fund files such information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information.

Other Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ policies and procedures provide that no disclosures of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings may be made prior to the portfolio holdings information being made public unless (i) the Columbia Funds have a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure, (ii) the Columbia Funds’ President authorizes such non-public disclosure of information, and (iii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into an appropriate confidentiality agreement or is otherwise subject to a confidentiality obligation.

In determining the existence of a legitimate business purpose for making portfolio disclosures, the following factors, among others, are considered: (i) any prior disclosure must be consistent with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties of the Advisor; (ii) any conflicts of interest between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other; and (iii) any prior disclosure to a third party, although subject to a confidentiality agreement, would not make conduct lawful that otherwise is unlawful.

In addition, the Columbia Funds periodically disclose their portfolio information on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information to assist the Columbia Funds with their day-to-day business

 

32


Table of Contents

affairs. In addition to the Advisor and its affiliates, these service providers include each Columbia Fund’s sub-advisor(s) (if any), the Columbia Funds’ custodian, sub-custodians, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, financial printers, proxy solicitor and proxy voting service provider, as well as ratings agencies that maintain ratings on certain Columbia Funds. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Columbia Funds. The Columbia Funds also may disclose portfolio holdings information to broker/dealers and certain other entities in connection with potential transactions and management of the Columbia Funds, provided that reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

The Columbia Funds currently have ongoing arrangements with certain approved recipients with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information prior to such information being made public. Portfolio holdings information disclosed to such recipients is current as of the time of its disclosure, is disclosed to each recipient solely for purposes consistent with the services described below and has been authorized by the Columbia Funds’ President. These special arrangements are described in the table below.

Ongoing Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Arrangements

 

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/

CONSIDERATION

RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF

DISCLOSURE

Standard & Poor’s    None    Use to maintain ratings for certain Money Market Funds.    Weekly
InvestorTools, Inc.    None    Access granted solely for the purpose of testing back office conversion of trading systems.    Real time
ING Insurance Company    None    Access granted for specific Columbia Funds for ING’s creation of client/shareholder materials. ING may not distribute materials until the holdings information is made public.    Quarterly
Glass-Lewis & Co.    None    Access in connection with testing the firm’s proxy services.    Daily
CMS Bondedge    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with application used by the Advisor’s Fixed Income Portfolio Management team as an analytical and trading tool.    Ad hoc
Linedata Services, Inc.    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with the software for the LongView Trade Order Management System.    Ad hoc
JP Morgan    None    Access to provide the Advisor’s High Yield portfolio management team with peer group analysis reports for purposes of analyzing the portfolio.    Monthly
Malaspina Communications    None    Use to facilitate writing, publishing and mailing Columbia Fund shareholder reports and communications including shareholder letters and management’s discussion of Columbia Fund performance.    Quarterly
Evare LLP    None    Use for standardizing and reformatting data according to the Advisor’s specifications for use in the reconciliation process.    Daily

 

33


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/

CONSIDERATION

RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Factset Research Data Systems, Inc.    None    Use for provision of quantitative analytics, charting and fundamental data to the Advisor, and Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
RR Donnelley/WE Andrews    None    Access as printers for the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs, fact sheets and brochures.    Monthly
Merrill Corporation    None    Use to provide fulfillment of the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs and sales materials.    Monthly
Citigroup    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with Yield Book, an analytic software program that the Advisor uses to perform ongoing risk analysis and management of certain fixed income Columbia Funds and fixed income separately managed accounts.    Daily
Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS)    None    Proxy voting administration and research on proxy matters utilized by MacKay Shields LLC, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
Cogent Consulting LLC    None    Utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds, to facilitate the evaluation of commission rates and to provide flexible commission reporting.    Daily
Moody’s    None    Ongoing portfolio surveillance for ratings it maintains on the Money Market Funds.    Monthly
Kynex    None    Use to provide portfolio attribution reports.    Daily
Bowne & Co.    None    Use for printing of the following materials: prospectuses, supplements and SAIs.   

Monthly/

quarterly

Bloomberg    None    Use for portfolio analytics.    Daily
Barclays Point    None    Use for analytics including risk and attribution assessment.    Daily
Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.    None    Proxy voting and research utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
Investment Technology Group, Inc. (ITG, formerly known as Macgregor)    None    Order management system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds that stores trading data and is used for trading and compliance purposes.    Ad hoc
Advent/AXP    None    Portfolio accounting system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds, for both portfolio accounting and internal recordkeeping purposes.    Ad hoc

 

34


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Investment Technology Group, Inc. (ITG, formerly known as Plexus Group)    None    Evaluation and assessment of trading activity, execution and practices by the Advisor.    Five days after quarter-end
BANA and State Street Bank    None    Credit analysis performed by lenders.    Ad hoc
State Street    None    Use to provide custodian services.    Real time
Lipper    None    Use to create metrics for board and executive management reporting, product and marketing analysis, and fund performance.    Daily
Morningstar, Inc.    None    Use for independent research and ranking of Columbia Funds.    Daily

 

35


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

The Advisor (which is also the Administrator) has been a registered investment advisor since 1995. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of Columbia Management Group, LLC, which is the primary investment division of Bank of America. The Advisor and Columbia Management Group, LLC are located at 100 Federal Street, Boston MA 02110.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is responsible for the overall management and supervision of the investment management of the Fund. The Advisor performs its duties subject at all times to the control of the Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the Fund. In rendering investment advisory services, the Advisor may use the portfolio management and research resources of Columbia Management Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of the Advisor. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Advisor pursuant to which Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is considered a “participating affiliate” of the Advisor as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisors to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered investment advisor. Investment professionals from Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. may render portfolio management or research services to clients of the Advisor, including the Fund, under the MOU, and are subject to supervision by the Advisor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement generally provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Advisor’s obligations or duties thereunder, the Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of rendering services thereunder.

The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by the Board, and after an initial two year period, continues from year to year, provided that such continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) on at least 60 days’ notice or by the Advisor on at least 60 days’ written notice.

The Advisor pays all salaries of officers of the Trust, except for the Chief Compliance Officer, a portion of whose salary is paid by the Columbia Funds. The Trust pays all expenses not assumed by the Advisor including, but not limited to, auditing, legal, custodial, shareholder servicing and shareholder reporting expenses. The Trust pays the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectus to shareholders. The Distributor pays the cost of printing and distributing all other prospectus.

Advisory Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Fund pays the Advisor an annual fee for its investment advisory services, as set forth in the Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund and is paid monthly. The Advisor also may pay amounts from its own assets to the Distributor and/or to selling and/or servicing agents for services they provide.

The Advisor received fees from the Fund for its services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the advisory fees paid to the Advisor and the fees waived/reimbursed by the Advisor, where applicable, for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

 

36


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Small Cap Growth Fund I

        

Advisory Fee Paid

   $ 3,216,309    $ 2,697,664    $ 1,929,963

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Advisor

   $ 109,017    $ 0    $ 0

Portfolio Manager(s)

The following provides additional information about the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for making the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund. As described in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager(s) of the Advisor

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Fund

Wayne M. Collette   Small Cap Growth Fund I
Lawrence W. Lin   Small Cap Growth Fund I
George J. Myers   Small Cap Growth Fund I
Brian D. Neigut   Small Cap Growth Fund I

Compensation

As of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the Advisor’s portfolio manager(s) received all of their compensation from the Advisor and its parent company, Columbia Management Group, LLC, in the form of salary, bonus, stock options, restricted stock, and notional investments through an incentive plan, the value of which is measured by reference to the performance of the Columbia Funds in which the account is invested. A portfolio manager’s bonus is variable and generally is based on (1) an evaluation of the portfolio manager’s investment performance and (2) the results of a peer and/or management review of the portfolio manager, which takes into account skills and attributes such as team participation, investment process, communication and professionalism. In evaluating investment performance, the Advisor generally considers the one, three and five year performance of mutual funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager relative to the benchmarks and peer groups noted below, emphasizing the portfolio manager’s three and five year performance. The Advisor also may consider a portfolio manager’s performance in managing client assets in sectors and industries assigned to the portfolio manager as part of his/her investment team responsibilities, where applicable. For portfolio managers who also have group management responsibilities, another factor in their evaluation is an assessment of the group’s overall investment performance.

Performance Benchmarks

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Primary Benchmark(s)

 

Peer Group(s)

Wayne M. Collette   Russell 2000 Growth TR   Lipper Small Cap Growth Funds Classification
Lawrence W. Lin   Russell 2000 Growth TR   Lipper Small Cap Growth Funds Classification
George J. Myers   Russell 2000 Growth TR   Lipper Small Cap Growth Funds Classification
Brian D. Neigut   Russell 2000 Growth TR   Lipper Small Cap Growth Funds Classification

The size of the overall bonus pool each year is determined by Columbia Management Group, LLC and depends on, among other factors, the levels of compensation generally in the investment management industry

 

37


Table of Contents

(based on market compensation data) and the Advisor’s profitability for the year, which is largely determined by assets under management.

Other Accounts

The following table shows the number and assets of other investment accounts (or portions of investment accounts) that the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor managed, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s)

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered open-end
and closed-end funds (a)
   Other pooled investment
vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Brian D. Neigut

   4    $ 1.094 billion    1    $ 107.9 million    80    $ 104.9 million

George J. Myers

   4    $ 1.094 billion    1    $ 107.9 million    78    $ 104.8 million

Lawrence W. Lin

   4    $ 1.094 billion    1    $ 107.9 million    80    $ 104.9 million

Wayne M. Collette

   8    $ 1.540 billion    1    $ 107.9 million    85    $ 170.7 million

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Small Cap Growth Fund I.

The following table shows the number and assets of the above accounts (or portions of such accounts) for which the advisory fee is based on performance, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s) for which the Advisory Fee is Based on Performance

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered open-end
and closed-end funds (a)
   Other pooled investment
vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Brian D. Neigut

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

George J. Myers

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Lawrence W. Lin

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Wayne M. Collette

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Small Cap Growth Fund I.

Ownership of Securities

The table below shows the dollar ranges of shares of the Fund beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act) by the Fund’s portfolio manager(s), as of August 31, 2009.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of the Fund

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the
Fund Beneficially Owned
Brian D. Neigut    Small Cap Growth Fund I    $10,001 - $50,000(b)
George J. Myers    Small Cap Growth Fund I    $10,001 - $50,000(b)
Lawrence W. Lin    Small Cap Growth Fund I    $1 - $10,000(a)
Wayne M. Collette    Small Cap Growth Fund I    $10,001 - $50,000(a)

 

(a) Excludes any notional investments.
(b) Notional investments through a deferred compensation account.

 

38


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests

Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of the potential conflicts that portfolio managers face in this regard. Certain of these conflicts of interest are summarized below.

The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (performance fee accounts), may raise potential conflicts of interest for a portfolio manager by creating an incentive to favor higher fee accounts.

Potential conflicts of interest also may arise when a portfolio manager has personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to the Advisor’s Code of Ethics and certain limited exceptions, the Advisor’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Fund.

A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

A portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of broker/dealers could produce disproportionate costs and benefits among the Fund and the other accounts the portfolio manager manages.

A potential conflict of interest may arise when a portfolio manager buys or sells the same securities for the Fund and other accounts. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as other accounts, the Advisor’s trading desk may, to the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or bought in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to the Fund or another account if a portfolio manager favors one account over another in allocating the securities bought or sold.

“Cross trades,” in which a portfolio manager sells a particular security held by the Fund to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), could involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, a portfolio manager is permitted to sell a security from one account to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the Fund and another account managed by the Advisor are to be made at a current market price, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of the Fund and other accounts managed by its portfolio manager(s). Depending on another account’s objectives and other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice to and make decisions for the Fund that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to another account. A portfolio manager’s investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a portfolio manager may buy or sell a particular security for certain accounts, and not for the Fund, even though it could have been bought or sold for the Fund at the same time. A portfolio manager also may buy a particular security for one or more accounts when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when a portfolio manager’s purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts, including the Fund.

The Fund’s portfolio manager(s) also may have other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could exist in managing the Fund and other accounts. Many of the potential conflicts of interest to which the Advisor’s portfolio managers are subject are essentially the same or similar to the potential conflicts of interest related to the investment management activities of the Advisor and its affiliates. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of

 

39


Table of Contents

Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about conflicts of interest, including those that relate to the Advisor and its affiliates.

The Administrator

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (which is also the Advisor) serves as Administrator of the Fund.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to, among other things, (i) provide office space, equipment and clerical personnel; (ii) arrange, if desired by the Trust, for its directors, officers and employees to serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Fund; (iii) prepare and, if applicable, file all documents required for compliance by the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) prepare agendas and supporting documents for and minutes of meetings of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders; (v) coordinate and oversee the activities of the Fund’ other third party service providers; and (vi) maintain certain books and records of the Fund.

Administration Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Administrator receives fees as compensation for its services, which are computed daily and paid monthly, as set forth in the Administration Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus.

The following chart shows the administration fees paid to the Administrator for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Administration Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Small Cap Growth Fund I

        

Administration Fee Paid

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Administrator

     —        —        —  

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company is responsible for providing certain pricing and bookkeeping services to the Fund. Columbia Management Advisors, LLC is responsible for overseeing the performance of these services and for certain other services.

Services Provided

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Financial Reporting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (the Financial Reporting Services Agreement) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides financial reporting services to the Fund. Also effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into an Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (collectively with the Financial Reporting Services Agreement, the State Street Agreements) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides accounting services to the Fund. Under the State Street Agreements, the Fund pays State Street Bank and Trust Company an annual fee of $38,000 paid monthly plus a monthly fee based on an annualized percentage rate of average daily net assets of the Fund for the month. The aggregate fee for the Fund during any year shall not exceed $140,000 annually (exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses and charges). The Fund also reimburses State Street Bank and Trust Company for certain out-of-pocket expenses and charges.

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Pricing and Bookkeeping Oversight and Services Agreement (the Services Agreement) with Columbia Management Advisors, LLC. Under the Services Agreement,

 

40


Table of Contents

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC provides services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and provides oversight of the accounting and financial reporting services provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company. Under the Services Agreement, the Fund reimburses Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties, such as for pricing the Fund’s portfolio securities, incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in the performance of services under the Services Agreement. Prior to January 1, 2008, the Fund also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for accounting oversight services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Prior to December 15, 2006, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC was responsible for providing pricing and bookkeeping services to the series of the Trust under a pricing and bookkeeping agreement and was entitled to receive an annual fee at the same rate described above under the State Street Agreements. Under separate agreements between Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC delegated certain functions to State Street Bank and Trust Company. As a result of the delegation, the total fees payable under the pricing and bookkeeping agreement (other than certain reimbursements paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and discussed below) were paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company. The series of the Trust also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties for pricing the portfolio securities of the series of the Trust and direct internal costs incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in connection with providing fund accounting oversight and monitoring and certain other services.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company received fees from the Fund for their services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the pricing and bookkeeping fees paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company and to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Small Cap Growth Fund I

        

Amount Paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

     N/A    $ 4,673    $ 39,789

Amount Paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company

   $ 97,227    $ 87,811    $ 54,225

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

Columbia Management Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the continuous offering of shares of the Fund pursuant to a Distribution Agreement. The Distribution Agreement obligates the Distributor to use appropriate efforts to find purchasers for the shares of the Fund. The Distributor’s address is: One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.

Distribution Obligations

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent, sells shares of the Fund on a continuous basis and transmits purchase and redemption orders that it receives to the Trust or the Transfer Agent or their designated agents. Additionally, the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of shares and to undertake advertising and promotion as it believes appropriate in connection with such solicitation. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances those activities which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Fund, including, but not limited to, advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers and sales personnel, the printing and mailing of prospectus to other than existing shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. The Distributor, however, may be compensated or reimbursed for all or a portion of such expenses to the extent permitted by a Distribution Plan adopted by the Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust has not adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to Class Y shares.

 

41


Table of Contents

The Distribution Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by its Board, and after an initial two-year period, continues from year to year, provided that continuation of the Distribution Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice.

Underwriting Commissions

The Distributor receives no commissions or other compensation with respect to Class Y shares of the Fund.

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

As described above in the Investment Advisory and Other Services section of this SAI, and in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the Advisor, Administrator, Distributor and Transfer Agent, all affiliates of Bank of America, receive compensation from the Fund for the various services they provide to the Fund. Additional information as to the specific terms regarding such compensation is set forth in these affiliated service providers’ contracts with the Fund, each of which typically is included as an exhibit to Part C of the Fund’s registration statement.

In many instances, the compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for the services they provide to the Fund is based, in some manner, on the size of the Fund’s assets under management. As the size of the Fund’s assets under management grows, so does the amount of compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for providing services to the Fund. This relationship between Fund assets and affiliated service provider compensation may create economic and other conflicts of interests of which Fund investors should be aware. These potential conflicts of interest, as well as additional ones, are discussed in detail below and also are addressed in other disclosure materials, including the Fund’s prospectus. These conflicts of interest also are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials of Bank of America affiliates that make available or offer the Columbia Funds as investments in connection with their respective products and services. In addition, Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV, which it must file with the SEC as an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provides information about the Advisor’s business, assets under management, affiliates and potential conflicts of interest. Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV is available online through the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

Additional actual or potential conflicts of interest and certain investment activity limitations that could affect the Fund may arise from the financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, the investment advisory/management services provided for clients and customers other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America is a major financial services company. Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, BANA (including its U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management division), BAS, Merrill Lynch, MLPF&S and the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., are engaged in a wide range of financial activities beyond the mutual fund-related activities of the Advisor, including, among others, commercial banking, investment banking, broker/dealer (sales and trading), asset management, insurance and other financial activities. The broad range of financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates may involve multiple advisory, transactional, lending, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and in companies, that may be bought, sold or held by the Fund. The following describes certain actual and potential conflicts of interest that may be presented.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to the Investment Advisory/Management Activities of Bank of America and its Affiliates in Connection With Other Advised/Managed Funds and Accounts

The Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may advise or manage funds and accounts other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America and its affiliates may provide investment advisory/management and other services to other advised/managed funds and accounts that are similar to those provided to the Fund. The Advisor and Bank of America’s other investment advisor affiliates (including, for example, Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.) will give advice to and make decisions for all advised/managed funds and accounts, including the Fund, as they believe to be in that fund’s and/or account’s best interests, consistent with their fiduciary duties.

 

42


Table of Contents

The Fund and the other advised/managed funds and accounts of Bank of America and its affiliates are separately and potentially divergently managed, and there is no assurance that any investment advice Bank of America and its affiliates give to other advised/managed funds and accounts will also be given simultaneously or otherwise to the Fund.

A variety of other actual and potential conflicts of interest may arise from the advisory relationships of the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates with other clients and customers. Advice given to the Fund and/or investment decisions made for the Fund by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given to and/or investment decisions made for other advised/managed funds and accounts. As a result, the performance of the Fund may differ from the performance of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates. Similarly, a position taken by Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, on behalf of other funds or accounts may be contrary to a position taken on behalf of the Fund. Moreover, Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may take a position on behalf of other advised/managed funds and accounts, or for their own proprietary accounts, that is adverse to companies or other issuers in which the Fund is invested. For example, the Fund may hold equity securities of a company while another advised/managed fund or account may hold debt securities of the same company. If the portfolio company were to experience financial difficulties, it might be in the best interest of the Fund for the company to reorganize while the interests of the other advised/managed fund or account might be better served by the liquidation of the company. This type of conflict of interest could arise as the result of circumstances that cannot be generally foreseen within the broad range of investment advisory/management activities in which Bank of America and its affiliates engage.

Investment transactions made on behalf of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates also may have a negative effect on the value, price or investment strategies of the Fund. For example, this could occur if another advised/managed fund or account implements an investment decision ahead of, or at the same time as, the Fund and causes the Fund to experience less favorable trading results than they otherwise would have experienced based on market liquidity factors. In addition, the other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates, including the other Columbia Funds, may have the same or very similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund. In this situation, the allocation of, and competition for, investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and/or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may create conflicts of interest especially where, for example, limited investment availability is involved. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures addressing the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and accounts advised by the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Sharing of Information among Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may possess information that could be material to the management of the Fund and may not be able to, or may determine not to, share that information with the Fund, even though the information might be beneficial to the Fund. This information may include actual knowledge regarding the particular investments and transactions of other advised/managed funds and accounts, as well as proprietary investment, trading and other market research, analytical and technical models, and new investment techniques, strategies and opportunities. Depending on the context, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will have no obligation to share any such information with the Fund. In general, employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, including the portfolio managers of the Advisor, will make investment decisions without regard to information otherwise known by other employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, and generally will have no obligation to access any such information and may, in some instances, not be able to access such information because of legal and regulatory constraints or the internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates. For example, if the Advisor or another Bank of America affiliate, or their respective employees, come into possession of non-public information regarding another advised/managed fund or account, they may be prohibited by legal and regulatory constraints, or internal policies and procedures, from using that information in connection with transactions made on behalf of the Fund. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

 

43


Table of Contents

Soft Dollar Benefits

Certain products and services, commonly referred to as “soft dollar services” (including, to the extent permitted by law, research reports, economic and financial data, financial publications, proxy analysis, computer databases and other research-oriented materials), that the Advisor may receive in connection with brokerage services provided to the Fund may have the inadvertent effect of disproportionately benefiting other advised/managed funds or accounts. This could happen because of the relative amount of brokerage services provided to the Fund as compared to other advised/ managed funds or accounts, as well as the relative compensation paid by the Fund.

Services Provided to Other Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may act as an investment advisor, investment manager, administrator, transfer agent, custodian, trustee, broker/dealer, agent, or in another capacity, for advised/managed funds and accounts other than the Fund, and may receive compensation for acting in such capacity. This compensation that the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates receive could be greater than the compensation Bank of America and its affiliates receive for acting in the same or similar capacity for the Fund. In addition, the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates may receive other benefits, including enhancement of new or existing business relationships. This compensation and/or the benefits that Bank of America and its affiliates may receive from other advised/ managed funds and accounts and other relationships could potentially create incentives to favor other advised/ managed funds and accounts over the Fund. Trades made by Bank of America and its affiliates for the Fund may be, but are not required to be, aggregated with trades made for other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates. If trades are aggregated among the Fund and those other funds and accounts, the various prices of the securities being traded may be averaged, which could have the potential effect of disadvantaging the Fund as compared to the other funds and accounts with which trades were aggregated.

Proxy Voting

Although the Advisor endeavors to make all proxy voting decisions with respect to the interests of the Fund for which it is responsible in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, the Advisor’s proxy voting decisions with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities may nonetheless benefit other advised/managed funds and accounts, and/or clients, of Bank of America and its affiliates. The Advisor has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that are designed to provide that all proxy voting is done in the best interests of its clients, including the Fund, without any resulting benefit or detriment to the Advisor and/or its affiliates, including Bank of America and its affiliates. For more information about the Advisor’s proxy voting policies and procedures, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Certain Trading Activities

The directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and in doing so may take a position that is adverse to the Fund. In order to reduce the possibility that such personal investment activities of the directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates will materially adversely affect the Fund, Bank of America and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures, and the Fund, the Board, the Advisor and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics that addresses such personal investment activities. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Codes of Ethics.

Affiliate Transactions

Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may enter into transactions in which Bank of America and/or its affiliates may have an interest that potentially conflicts with the interests of the Fund. For example, BAS or MLPF&S may sell securities to the Fund from an offering in which it is an underwriter or from securities that it owns as a dealer, subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

44


Table of Contents

Investment Limitations Arising from Bank of America Activities

Regulatory restrictions applicable to Bank of America and its affiliates may limit the Fund’s investment activities in various ways. For example, regulations regarding certain industries and markets, such as those in emerging or international markets, and certain transactions, such as those involving certain futures and derivatives, may impose a cap on the aggregate amount of investments that may be made by affiliated investors, including accounts managed by the same affiliated manager, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. At certain times, Bank of America and its affiliates also may be restricted in the securities that can be bought or sold for the Fund and other advised/managed funds and accounts because of the investment banking, lending or other relationships Bank of America and its affiliates have with the issuers of securities. This could happen, for example, if the Fund and/or other advised/managed funds and accounts desired to buy a security issued by a company for which Bank of America or its affiliates served as underwriter. The internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates covering these types of regulatory restrictions and addressing similar issues also may at times restrict the Fund’s investment activities. A client not advised by Bank of America and its affiliates would not be subject to many of these restrictions. See also About the Fund’s Investments — Certain Investment Activity Limits.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America and its Affiliates’ Non-Advisory Relationships with Clients and Customers other than the Fund

The lending, investment banking and other relationships that Bank of America and its affiliates may have with companies and other entities in which the Fund may invest can give rise to actual and potential conflicts of interest. Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may invest (a) in the securities of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or in companies in which Bank of America and its affiliates (including, for example, BANA, BAS, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch) have a lending, investment banking, equity, debt or other interest, and/or (b) in the securities of companies held by other Columbia Funds. The purchase, holding and sale of such securities by the Fund may enhance the profitability and the business interests of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or other Columbia Funds. There also may be limitations as to the sharing with the Advisor of information derived from the non-investment advisory/management activities of Bank of America and its affiliates because of legal and regulatory constraints and internal policies and procedures (such as information barriers and ethical walls). Because of these limitations, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will not share information derived from its non-investment advisory/management activities with the Advisor.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America Affiliates’ Marketing and Use of the Columbia Funds as Investment Options

Bank of America and its affiliates also provide a variety of products and services that, in some manner, may utilize the Columbia Funds as investment options. For example, the Columbia Funds may be offered as investments in connection with brokerage and other securities products offered by MLPF&S, and may be utilized as investments in connection with fiduciary, investment management and other accounts offered by U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management or the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., as well as for other Columbia Funds structured as “funds of funds.” In addition, the Columbia Money Market Fund are offered as an investment option for a variety of cash management and “sweep” account programs offered by Bank of America and its affiliates. The Columbia Funds also may use the Columbia Money Market Funds for cash investment purposes. The use of the Columbia Funds in connection with other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates may introduce economic and other conflicts of interest. These conflicts of interest are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials for the other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates.

Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may make payments to their affiliates in connection with the promotion and sale of the Fund’s shares, in addition to the sales-related and other compensation that these parties may receive from the Fund. As a general matter, personnel of Bank of America and its affiliates, including MLPF&S, do not receive compensation in connection with their sales or use of the Fund that is greater than that paid in connection with their sales of other comparable products and services. Nonetheless, because the compensation that the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may receive for providing services to the Fund is generally based on the Fund’s assets under management and those assets will grow as shares of the Fund are sold, potential

 

45


Table of Contents

conflicts of interest may exist. See Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Financial Intermediary Payments for more information.

Other Services Provided

The Transfer Agent

Columbia Management Services, Inc. acts as Transfer Agent for the Fund’s shares and can be contacted at P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent provides transfer agency, dividend disbursing agency and shareholder servicing agency services to the Fund. Effective November 1, 2009, the Fund pays the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $22.36 per Class Y share account, payable monthly. The Fund also pays certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent also may retain as additional compensation for its services revenues for fees for wire, telephone and redemption orders, IRA trustee agent fees and account transcripts due the Transfer Agent from Fund shareholders and credits (net of bank charges) earned with respect to balances in accounts the Transfer Agent maintains in connection with its services to the Fund. Prior to October 31, 2009, the Fund paid the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $17.34 per Class Y share account, payable monthly.

The Transfer Agent retains BFDS/DST, 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171 as the Fund’s sub-transfer agent. BFDS/DST assists the Transfer Agent in carrying out its duties.

The Custodian

State Street, which is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, is the Fund’s Custodian. State Street is responsible for safeguarding the Fund’s cash and securities, receiving and delivering securities and collecting the Fund’s interest and dividends.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which is located at 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Fund issues unaudited financial statements semi-annually and audited financial statements annually. The annual financial statements for the Fund’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Board has selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Fund’s financial statements and assist in the preparation of its tax returns for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the audited financial statements included in the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund dated August 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference. No other parts of the annual report or semi-annual report to shareholders are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements incorporated by reference into the Fund’s prospectuses and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting.

Counsel

Ropes & Gray LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. K&L Gates LLP serves as co-counsel. Its address is Three First National Plaza, 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois, 60602-4207.

 

46


Table of Contents

Expense Limitations

The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to reimburse a portion the Fund’s expenses so that the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding any distribution and service fees, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, but including custodian charges relating to overdrafts, if any) after giving effect to any balance credits from the Fund’s custodian, do not exceed 1.10% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on an annualized basis.

This arrangement may be modified or terminated by the Advisor at any time.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, the Advisor and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, including Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These Codes of Ethics permit personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be bought or held by the Fund. These Codes of Ethics are included as exhibits to Part C of the Fund’s registration statements. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202.551.8090; they also are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Fund has delegated to the Advisor or, as applicable, a sub-advisor, the responsibility to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund. In deciding to delegate this responsibility to the Advisor, the Board reviewed and approved the policies and procedures adopted by the Advisor and, as applicable, a subadvisor. These included the procedures that the Advisor follows when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and its shareholders and the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons.

The Advisor’s policy is to vote all proxies for Fund securities in a manner considered by the Advisor to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders without regard to any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor examines each proposal and votes against the proposal, if, in its judgment, approval or adoption of the proposal would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities. The Advisor also examines each proposal and votes the proxies against the proposal, if, in its judgment, the proposal would be expected to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. The Advisor determines the best interest of the Fund in light of the potential economic return on the Fund’s investment.

The Advisor seeks to address potential material conflicts of interest by having predetermined voting guidelines. For those proposals that require special consideration or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined guideline, the Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee determines the vote in the best interest of the Fund, without consideration of any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee is composed of representatives of the Advisor’s equity investments, equity research, compliance, legal and operations functions. In addition to the responsibilities described above, the Proxy Voting Committee has the responsibility to review, at least annually, the Advisor’s proxy voting policies to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory requirements and to develop additional predetermined voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals.

The Proxy Voting Committee may vary from a predetermined guideline if it determines that voting on the proposal according to the predetermined guideline would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities or to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. References to the best interests of the Fund refer to the interest of the Fund in terms of the potential economic return on the client’s investment. In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Voting Committee does not consider any benefit other than benefits to the Fund. A member of the Proxy Voting Committee is prohibited from voting on any proposal for which he or she has a conflict of interest by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by a given proposal. Persons making recommendations to the Proxy Voting Committee or its members are required to disclose to the Committee any relationship with a party making a proposal or other matter known to the person that would create a potential conflict of interest.

 

47


Table of Contents

The Advisor has retained Glass-Lewis & Co., a third-party vendor, to implement its proxy voting process. Glass-Lewis & Co. provides proxy analysis, record keeping services and vote disclosure services.

Information regarding how the Columbia Funds (except certain Columbia Funds that do not invest in voting securities) voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 will be available by August 31 of this year free of charge: (i) through the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. For a copy of the Advisor’s policies and procedures that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Columbia Funds, see Appendix B to this SAI.

 

48


Table of Contents

FUND GOVERNANCE

The Board

Responsibilities

The Board oversees the Trust and the Fund. The Trustees have a fiduciary duty to protect shareholders’ interests when supervising and overseeing the management and operations of the Trust and have the responsibility to assure that the Fund is managed in the best interests of shareholders. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Trustee is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02111.

Independent Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in
the Columbia Funds
Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds Complex

Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

Rodman L. Drake

(Born 1943)

Trustee and Chairman of the Board*

   2007    Co-Founder of Baringo Capital LLC (private equity) since 2002; President, Continuation Investments Group, Inc. from 1997 to 2001    66    Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. (tax preparation services); Crystal River Capital, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Student Loan Corporation (student loan provider); Celgene Corporation (global biotechnology company); and The Helios Funds (exchange-traded funds)

John D. Collins

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Retired. Consultant, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from July 1999 to June 2000; Partner, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from March 1962 to June 1999    66    Mrs. Fields Famous Brands LLC (consumer products); Suburban Propane Partners, L.P.; and Montpelier Re (insurance underwriting firm)

Douglas A. Hacker

(Born 1955)

Trustee

   1996    Independent business executive since May 2006; Executive Vice President — Strategy of United Airlines (airline) from December 2002 to May 2006; President of UAL Loyalty Services (airline marketing company) from September 2001 to December 2002;    66    Nash Finch Company (food distributor) and Aircastle Limited (aircraft leasing)

 

49


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in
the Columbia Funds
Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds Complex

Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

     

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Airlines from July 1999 to September 2001

     

Janet Langford Kelly

(Born 1957)

Trustee

   1996    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ConocoPhillips (integrated energy company) since September 2007; Deputy General Counsel — Corporate Legal Services, ConocoPhillips from August 2006 to August 2007; Partner, Zelle, Hofmann, Voelbel, Mason & Gette LLP (law firm) from March 2005 to July 2006; Adjunct Professor of Law, Northwestern University from September 2004 to June 2006; Director, UAL Corporation (airline) from February 2006 to July 2006; Chief Administrative Officer and Senior Vice President, Kmart Holding Corporation (consumer goods) from September 2003 to March 2004    66    None

Charles R. Nelson

(Born 1942)

Trustee

   1981    Professor of Economics, University of Washington since January 1976; Ford and Louisa University of Washington Van Voorhis Professor of Political Economy, University of Washington since September 1993; Adjunct Professor of Statistics, University of Washington since    66    None

 

50


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in
the Columbia Funds
Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds Complex

Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

      September 1980; Associate Editor, Journal of Money Credit and Banking from September 1993 to 2008; consultant on econometric and statistical matters      

John J. Neuhauser

(Born 1943)

Trustee

   1985    President, Saint Michael’s College, since August 2007; University Professor, Boston College from November 2005 to August 2007; Academic Vice President and Dean of Faculties, Boston College from August 1999 to October 2005    66    Liberty All-Star Equity Fund and Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (closed-end funds)

Jonathan Piel

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Cable television producer and web site designer; The Editor, Scientific American from 1984 to 1994; Vice President, Scientific American, Inc. from 1984 to 1994; Member, Advisory Board, Stone Age Institute, Bloomington, Indiana (research institute that explores the effect of technology on human evolution); Member, Board of Directors of the National Institute of Social Sciences, New York City; Member, Board of Trustees of the William Alanson White Institute, New York City (institution for training psychoanalysts); Member, Advisory Board, Mount Sinai Children’s Environmental Health Center, New York    66    None

 

51


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in
the Columbia Funds
Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds Complex

Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

Patrick J. Simpson

(Born 1944)

Trustee

   2000    Partner, Perkins Coie L.L.P. (law firm)    66    None

Thomas C. Theobald

(Born 1937)

Trustee

   1996    Partner and Senior Advisor, Chicago Growth Partners (private equity investing) since September 2004; Managing Director, William Blair Capital Partners (private equity investing) from September 1994 to September 2004    66    Anixter International (network support equipment distributor); Ventas, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Jones Lang LaSalle (real estate management services); and Ambac Financial Group (financial guaranty insurance)

Anne-Lee Verville

(Born 1945)

Trustee

   1998    Retired since 1997 (formerly, General Manager, General Education Industry from 1994 to 1997, President — Application Systems Division from 1991 to 1994, Chief Financial Officer — US Marketing & Services from 1988 to 1991, and Chief Information Officer from 1987 to 1988, IBM Corporation (computer and technology))    66    None

Interested Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in
the Columbia Funds
Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds Complex

Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

William E. Mayer **

(Born 1940)

Trustee

   1994    Partner, Park Avenue Equity Partners (private equity) since February 1999; Dean and Professor, College of Business, University of Maryland from 1992 to 1997    66    Lee Enterprises (print media), WR Hambrecht + Co. (financial service provider); and BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (investment company)

 

* Effective June 12, 2009, the Board elected Mr. Drake as Chairman of the Board.
** The Fund currently treats Mr. Mayer as an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Columbia Funds by reason of his affiliation with WR Hambrecht + Co., a registered broker/dealer that may execute portfolio transactions for or engage in principal transactions with the Fund or other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates.

 

52


Table of Contents

Standing Committees

The Trust has several standing committees, including the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Investment Oversight Committees.

Ms. Verville and Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Nelson are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s functions include making recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing matters relative to accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records and the internal accounting controls of the Funds and certain service providers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee met six times.

Messrs. Drake, Hacker, Mayer and Simpson are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee’s functions include recommending to the Board nominees for independent Trustee positions and for appointments to various committees, performing periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board, reviewing and recommending to the Board policies and practices to be followed in carrying out the Trustees’ duties and responsibilities and reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Advisor. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Governance Committee met six times.

The Governance Committee will consider nominees for Trustee recommended by shareholders provided that such recommendations are submitted by the date disclosed in the Fund’s proxy statement and otherwise comply with applicable securities laws, including Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Such shareholder recommendations must be in writing and should be sent to the attention of the Governance Committee in care of the Fund at One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111-2621. Shareholder recommendations should include the proposed nominee’s biographical information (including business experience for the past ten years) and a description of the qualifications of the proposed nominee, along with a statement from the proposed nominee that he or she is willing to serve and meets the requirements to be a disinterested Trustee, if applicable.

Ms. Kelly and Messrs. Hacker, Mayer, Nelson, Neuhauser and Piel are members of the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee. The Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee’s functions include reviewing and making recommendations to the Board as to contracts requiring approval of a majority of the Independent Trustees and as to any other contracts that may be referred to the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee met eight times.

Mses. Kelly and Verville and Messrs. Nelson and Simpson are members of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee’s functions include providing oversight of the compliance monitoring processes and controls regarding the Fund. The Committee uses legal, regulatory and internal rules, policies, procedures and standards other than those relating to accounting matters and oversight of compliance by the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Compliance Committee met six times.

Each Trustee also serves on an Investment Oversight Committee (IOC). Each IOC is responsible for monitoring, on an ongoing basis, a select group of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex and gives particular consideration to such matters as the Fund’s adherence to its investment mandates, historical performance, changes in investment processes and personnel, and proposed changes to investment objectives. Investment personnel who manage the Fund attend IOC meetings from time to time to assist the applicable IOC in its review of the Fund. Each IOC meets four times a year, as the applicable IOC did for the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year. The below are members of the respective IOCs and the general categories of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex which they review. These asset categories may be reallocated among the IOCs from time to time.

IOC #1: Mr. Neuhauser and Ms. Verville are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Global Stock, International Stock, Large Growth, Mid Value, Fixed Income — Core and Municipal.

IOC #2: Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Mayer are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Large Value, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — High Yield, Multi-Sector and Municipal.

IOC #3: Messrs. Piel and Theobald and Ms. Kelly are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Index, Large Value, Mid Value, Small Core, Small Value, Money Market, Fixed Income — Municipal and Short Duration.

 

53


Table of Contents

IOC #4: Messrs. Drake, Nelson and Simpson are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Large Blend, Mid Growth, Multi Blend, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — Core, Municipal and Short Duration.

Compensation

Trustees are compensated for their services to the Columbia Funds Family on a complex-wide basis, as shown in the table below.

Independent Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid
to Independent Trustees for
the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

Rodman L. Drake(b)

   $ 2,432    $ 253,135

John D. Collins(c)

   $ 2,083    $ 241,371

Douglas A. Hacker

   $ 2,279    $ 212,000

Morrill Melton Hall, Jr(d)

     N/A    $ 58,132

Janet Langford Kelly

   $ 2,212    $ 201,000

Richard W. Lowry(d)

     N/A    $ 68,742

Charles R. Nelson

   $ 2,390    $ 212,000

John J. Neuhauser

   $ 2,227    $ 200,500

Jonathan Piel

   $ 2,091    $ 236,107

Patrick J. Simpson(e)

   $ 2,242    $ 201,000

Thomas E. Stitzel(d)(f)

     N/A    $ 82,742

Thomas C. Theobald(g)

   $ 2,760    $ 286,500

Anne-Lee Verville(h)

   $ 2,322    $ 214,500

 

(a) All Trustees receive reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to their attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.
(b) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Drake deferred $1,052 of his compensation from Small Cap Growth Fund I. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Drake deferred $84,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Drake’s account under that plan was $62,008.
(c) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Collins deferred $1,022 of his compensation from Small Cap Growth Fund I. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Collins deferred $83,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Collins’ account under that plan was $59,105.
(d) Mr. Hall served as a Trustee of the Trust until February 22, 2008. Messrs. Lowry and Stitzel served as Trustees of the Trust until April 30, 2008.
(e) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Simpson deferred $2,242 of his compensation from Small Cap Growth Fund I. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Simpson deferred $201,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Simpson’s account under that plan was $628,968.
(f) During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Stitzel deferred $34,742 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Stitzel’s account under that plan was $235,310.
(g) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his compensation from Small Cap Growth Fund I. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Theobald’s account under that plan was $442,295.
(h) At December 31, 2008, the value of Ms. Verville’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $563,329.

 

54


Table of Contents

Interested Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the
Fund for the Fiscal Year ended
August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the Columbia
Funds Complex Paid to Independent
Trustees for the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

William E. Mayer

   $ 2,173    $ 192,000

 

(a) Mr. Mayer receives reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to his attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.

Columbia Funds Deferred Compensation Plan

Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Agreement (the Deferred Compensation Plan), each eligible Trustee may elect, on an annual basis, to defer receipt of all or a portion of compensation payable to him or her for service as Trustee for that calendar year (expressly, a Trustee may elect to defer his/her annual retainer, his/her attendance fees, or both components, which together comprise total compensation for service). Fees deferred by a Trustee are credited to a book reserve account (the Deferral Account) established by the Columbia Funds, the value of which is derived from the rate of return of one or more Columbia Funds selected by the Trustee (with accruals to the Deferral Account beginning at such time as a Trustee’s fund elections having been established, and proceeds for service having been paid into such account, and terminating at such time as when proceeds become payable to such Trustee under the Deferred Compensation Plan). Trustees may change their fund elections only in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Distributions from a Trustee’s Deferral Account will be paid by check, either in a lump sum or in annual installments. Payments made in annual installments are disbursed over a period of up to ten years, following such time as a Trustee may qualify to receive such payments. If a deferring Trustee dies prior to or after the commencement of the disbursement of amounts accrued in his/her Deferral Account, the balance of the account will be distributed to his/her designated beneficiary either in lump sum or in annual payments as established by such Trustee himself/herself, his/her beneficiary or his/her estate. Amounts payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan are not funded or secured in any way, and the deferring Trustee has the status of an unsecured creditor of the Columbia Fund(s) from which compensation has been deferred.

Beneficial Equity Ownership

As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the Class Y shares of the Fund. The table below shows, for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Columbia Funds Family, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001-$50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; and E = over $100,000.

Independent Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Funds in the Columbia
Funds Family

Rodman L. Drake

   A    D*

John D. Collins

   A    E

Douglas A. Hacker

   A    E

Janet Langford Kelly

   A    E

Charles R. Nelson

   A    E

John J. Neuhauser

   A    E

Jonathan Piel

   A    A

Patrick J. Simpson

   A    E

 

55


Table of Contents

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Funds in the Columbia
Funds Family

Thomas C. Theobald

   C    E*

Anne-Lee Verville

   A    E*

 

* Includes the value of compensation payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan that is determined as if the amounts deferred had been invested, as of the date of deferral, in shares of one or more funds in the Columbia Funds Complex as specified by each Trustee.

Interested Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Funds in the Columbia
Funds Family

William E. Mayer

   A    D

The Officers

The following table provides basic information about the Officers of the Trust as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Officer is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02110.

Officer Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and
Address

  

Position with the Trust

   Year First
Elected or
Appointed to
Office
  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

J. Kevin Connaughton
(Born 1964)
   President    2009    Managing Director of Columbia Management Advisors, LLC since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Columbia Funds, from June 2008 to January 2009; Treasurer, Columbia Funds, from October 2003 to May 2008; Treasurer, the Liberty Funds, Stein Roe Funds and Liberty All-Star Funds, from December 2000 to December 2006; Senior Vice President, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, from April 2003 to December 2004; President, Columbia Funds, Liberty Funds and Stein Roe Funds, from February 2004 to October 2004; Treasurer, Galaxy Funds, from September 2002 to December 2005; Treasurer, from December 2002 to December 2004, and President, from February 2004 to December 2004, Columbia Management Multi-Strategy Hedge Fund, LLC; and a senior officer or director of various other Bank of America-affiliated entities, including other registered

 

56


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Address

  

Position with the Trust

   Year First
Elected or
Appointed to
Office
  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

         and unregistered funds.
James R. Bordewick, Jr.
(Born 1959)
   Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel, MFS Investment Management (investment management) prior to April 2005.
Linda J. Wondrack
(Born 1964)
   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    2007    Director (Columbia Management Group, LLC and Investment Product Group Compliance), Bank of America since June 2005; Director of Corporate Compliance and Conflicts Officer, MFS Investment Management (investment management), August 2004 to May 2005; Managing Director, Deutsche Asset Management (investment management) prior to August 2004.
Michael G. Clarke
(Born 1969)
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    2009    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Managing Director of the Advisor, from September 2004 to December 2005; Vice President Fund Administration from June 2002 to September 2004.
Joseph F. DiMaria
(Born 1968)
   Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer    2008    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Head of Tax/Compliance and Assistant Treasurer from November 2004 to December 2005; Director of Trustee Administration (Sarbanes-Oxley) from May 2003 to October 2004.
Stephen T. Welsh
(Born 1957)
   Vice President    1996    President, Columbia Management Services, Inc. since July 2004; Senior Vice President and Controller, Columbia Management Services, Inc. prior to July 2004.
Julie B. Lyman
(Born 1970)
   Vice President    2009    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since October 2009 and from October 2006 through May 2009; Managing Director of the Advisor from May 2009 through October 2009; Associate, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP (law firm) from April 2004 to October 2006.
Jeffrey R. Coleman
(Born 1969)
   Deputy Treasurer    2008    Director of Fund Administration since January 2006; Fund Controller from October 2004 to January 2006; Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc.

 

57


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Address

  

Position with the Trust

   Year First
Elected or
Appointed to
Office
  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

         (investment management) from August 2000 to September 2004.
Julian Quero
(Born 1967)
   Deputy Treasurer    2003    Senior Tax Manager of the Advisor since August 2006; Senior Compliance Manager of the Advisor from April 2002 to August 2006.
Timothy P. Kane
(Born 1974)
   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Valuation of the Advisor since July 2007; Manager, Accounting Oversight Department of the Advisor since September 2004; Internal Auditor, State Street Corporation (financial services) from June 2004 to September 2004; Senior Auditor, Deloitte (public accounting firm) prior to June 2004.
Kenneth E. O’Connor
(Born 1970)
   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor since September 2006; Senior Manager, Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor from 2003 to September 2006.
Kathryn Thompson
(Born 1967)
   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Accounting Oversight of the Advisor since December 2004; Vice President, State Street Corporation (financial services) prior to December 2004.
Philip N. Prefontaine
(Born 1948)
   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Reporting of the Advisor since November 2004; Assistant Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) prior to November 2004.
Keith E. Stone
(Born 1974)
   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor since September 2003.
Barry S. Vallan
(Born 1969)
   Controller    2006    Vice President, Fund Treasury of the Advisor since October 2004; Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor from April 2002 to October 2004.
Peter T. Fariel
(Born 1957)
   Assistant Secretary    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Partner, Goodwin Procter LLP (law firm) prior to April 2005.
Ryan C. Larrenaga
(Born 1970)
   Assistant Secretary    2005    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since March 2005; Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (law firm) from 1998 to February 2005.

 

58


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor (or the investment sub-advisor(s) who make(s) the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund, as applicable) is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, for the selection of broker/dealers, for the execution of the Fund’s securities transactions and for the allocation of brokerage commissions in connection with such transactions. The Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction is to obtain the best net price and the most favorable execution of the order. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge negotiated commissions for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

In the over-the-counter market, securities generally are traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts without stated commissions, although the price of a security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are bought at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s “concession” or “discount.” On occasion, certain money market instruments may be bought directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

The Fund is affiliated with the NYSE specialist firm Banc of America Specialist, Inc. In order to ensure that markets are fair, orderly and competitive, NYSE specialist firms are responsible for maintaining a liquid and continuous two-sided auction market by acting as both an agent and a principal. Specialists are entrusted to hold the interests of customer orders above the specialist’s own interests, and will buy and sell securities as principal when such transactions are necessary to minimize imbalances between supply and demand. Banc of America Specialist, Inc. may make a market in certain securities held by the Fund.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Advisor gives primary consideration to obtaining the best net prices and most favorable execution. This means that the Advisor will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. In seeking such execution, the Advisor will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker/dealer, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the broker/dealer, the value and quality of the services rendered by the broker/dealer in this instance and other transactions and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. Research services received from broker/ dealers supplement the Advisor’s own research and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on political developments; Fund management strategies; performance information on securities and information concerning prices of securities; and information supplied by specialized services to the Advisor and to the Board with respect to the performance, investment activities and fees and expenses of other mutual funds. Such information may be communicated electronically, orally or in written form. Research services also may include the arranging of meetings with management of companies and the provision of access to consultants who supply research information.

The outside research is useful to the Advisor since, in certain instances, the broker/dealers utilized by the Advisor may follow a different universe of securities issuers and other matters than those that the Advisor’s staff can follow. In addition, this research provides the Advisor with a different perspective on financial markets, even if the securities research obtained relates to issues followed by the Advisor. Research services that are provided to the Advisor by broker/dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Advisor. In some cases, the research services are available only from the broker/dealer providing such services. In other cases, the research services may be obtainable from alternative sources. The Advisor is of the opinion that because the broker/dealer research supplements rather than replaces the Advisor’s own research, the receipt of such research does not tend to decrease the Advisor’s expenses, but tends to improve the quality of its investment advice. However, to the extent that the Advisor would have bought any such research services had such services not been provided by broker/dealers, the expenses of such services to the Advisor could be considered to have been reduced

 

59


Table of Contents

accordingly. Certain research services furnished by broker/dealers may be useful to the clients of the Advisor other than the Fund. Conversely, any research services received by the Advisor through the placement of transactions of other clients may be of value to the Advisor in fulfilling its obligations to the Fund. The Advisor is of the opinion that this material is beneficial in supplementing its research and analysis; and, therefore, it may benefit the Trust by improving the quality of the Advisor’s investment advice. The advisory fees paid by the Trust are not reduced because the Advisor receives such services.

Under Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Advisor shall not be “deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached its fiduciary duty” solely because under certain circumstances it has caused the account to pay a higher commission than the lowest available. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Advisor must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are “reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion.” Accordingly, the price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker/dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Some broker/ dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Advisor’s clients, including the Fund.

Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with broker/dealers based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by broker/dealers in light of generally prevailing rates. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different broker/dealers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment of brokerage commissions that generally are fixed. Transactions in both foreign and domestic over-the-counter markets generally are principal transactions with dealers, and the costs of such transactions involve dealer spreads rather than brokerage commissions. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Advisor, where possible, will deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for the Fund as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Advisor’s other clients are made with the goal of achieving their respective investment objectives. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client even though it may be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when a number of accounts receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are engaged simultaneously in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. In some cases, this policy could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction that may affect the Fund.

The Fund may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Fund will engage in this practice, however, only when the Advisor, in its sole discretion, believes such practice to be otherwise in the Fund’s interests.

The Trust will not execute portfolio transactions through, or buy or sell portfolio securities from or to, the Distributor, the Advisor, the Administrator or their affiliates acting as principal (including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), except to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation or order. However, the Advisor is authorized to allocate buy and sell orders for portfolio securities to certain broker/dealers and financial institutions, including, in the case of agency transactions, broker/dealers and financial institutions that are affiliated with Bank of America. To the extent that the Fund executes any securities trades with an affiliate of Bank of America, such Fund does so in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and the procedures that such Fund has adopted pursuant to the rule. In this regard, for each transaction, the Board will determine that: (i) the transaction resulted in prices for and execution of securities transactions at least as favorable to the particular Fund as those likely to be derived from a non-affiliated qualified broker/dealer; (ii) the affiliated broker/dealer charged the Fund commission rates consistent with those charged by the affiliated broker/dealer in similar transactions to clients comparable to the Fund and that are not affiliated with the broker/dealer in question; and (iii) the fees, commissions or other remuneration paid by the Fund did not exceed 2% of the sales price of the securities if the sale was effected in connection with a secondary distribution, or 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if effected in other

 

60


Table of Contents

than a secondary distribution. In addition, the Columbia Funds are affiliated with BAS, Merrill Lynch and their affiliates (including MLPF&S, Merrill Lynch Government Securities, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.) and may, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the SEC and applicable law (i) purchase certain types of securities from such entities in their role as dealers in such securities and (ii) purchase certain eligible municipal securities through group orders when MLPF&S is a member of an underwriting syndicate for such securities.

Certain affiliates of Bank of America, such as its subsidiary banks, may have deposit, loan or commercial banking relationships with the corporate users of facilities financed by industrial development revenue bonds or private activity bonds bought by certain of the Columbia Funds. Bank of America or certain of its affiliates may serve as trustee, custodian, tender agent, guarantor, placement agent, underwriter, or in some other capacity, with respect to certain issues of securities. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may buy securities from a member of an underwriting syndicate in which an affiliate of Bank of America is a member. The Trust has adopted procedures pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, and intends to comply with the requirements of Rule 10f-3, in connection with any purchases of municipal securities that may be subject to Rule 10f-3.

Given the breadth of the Advisor’s investment management activities, investment decisions for the Fund are not always made independently from those for other funds, or other investment companies and accounts advised or managed by the Advisor. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of one or more of the Columbia Funds and another investment portfolio, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price and available investments allocated as to amount in a manner which the Advisor believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other funds, investment portfolio, investment company or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or bought for the Fund with those to be sold or bought for other funds, investment portfolios, investment companies, or accounts in executing transactions.

See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about these and other conflicts of interest.

Brokerage Commissions

The following table describes the amounts of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during its three most recently completed fiscal years. In certain instances the Fund may pay brokerage commissions to broker/dealers that are affiliates of Bank of America. As indicated above, all such transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions to affiliates are done in compliance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Small Cap Growth Fund I

   $ 101,052    $ 1,860,445    $ 1,762,603

The Fund paid no brokerage commissions to affiliated broker/dealers for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Directed Brokerage

The Fund or the Advisor, through an agreement or understanding with a broker/dealer, or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, may direct, subject to applicable legal requirements, the Fund’s brokerage transactions to a broker/dealer because of the research services it provides the Fund or the Advisor.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund directed brokerage transactions as follows:

 

Fund

   Amount of Transactions    Related Commissions

Small Cap Growth Fund I

   $ 1,346,360,378    $ 2,979,089

 

61


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

In certain cases, the Fund, as part of its principal investment strategies, or otherwise as a permissible investment, will invest in the common stock or debt obligations of the regular broker/dealers that the Advisor uses to transact brokerage for the Columbia Funds Family.

As of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund owned securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” or their parents, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, as shown in the table below.

Investments in Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers as of August 31, 2009

 

Fund

   Broker/Dealer    Dollar Amount of Securities Held

Small Cap Growth Fund I

   None    N/A

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

The Fund, along with the Transfer Agent and/or the Distributor, may pay significant amounts to financial intermediaries (as defined below), including other Bank of America affiliates, for providing the types of services that would typically be provided directly by a mutual fund’s transfer agent. The level of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. A number of factors may be considered in determining payments to a financial intermediary, including, without limitation, the nature of the services provided to shareholders. These services may include sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency or similar recordkeeping services, shareholder or participant reporting, shareholder or participant transaction processing, and/or the provision of call center support (additional shareholder services). These payments for shareholder servicing support vary by financial intermediary. The Fund’s Transfer Agent, Distributor or their affiliates will pay, from its or their own resources, amounts to financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of these shareholder services and other services.

For purposes of this section the term “financial intermediary” includes any broker/dealer, bank, bank trust department, registered investment advisor, financial planner, retirement plan or other third party administrator and any other institution having a selling, services or any similar agreement with the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates.

The Fund also may make additional payments to financial intermediaries that charge networking fees for certain services provided in connection with the maintenance of shareholder accounts through the NSCC.

In addition, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make lump sum payments to selected financial intermediaries receiving shareholder servicing payments in reimbursement of printing costs for literature for participants, account maintenance fees or fees for the establishment of the Fund on the financial intermediary’s system or other similar services.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make shareholder servicing payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may pay compensation to selected financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, under the categories described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive payments under all categories. A financial intermediary also may receive payments described above in Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments. These payments may create an incentive for a financial intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to its customers. The amount of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. In determining the amount of payments to be made, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, asset mix and length of

 

62


Table of Contents

relationship with the financial intermediary, the size of the customer/shareholder base of the financial intermediary, the manner in which customers of the financial intermediary make investments in the Fund, the nature and scope of marketing support or services provided by the financial intermediary (as described more fully below) and the costs incurred by the financial intermediary in connection with maintaining the infrastructure necessary or desirable to support investments in the Fund.

These additional payments by the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates are made pursuant to agreements between the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates and financial intermediaries, and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a Class Y share, the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales or the expenses paid by Class Y shares as shown under the heading Fees and Expenses in the Fund’s Class Y shares prospectus.

Marketing Support Payments

The Distributor and the Advisor may make payments, from their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, for marketing support services relating to the Columbia Funds, including, but not limited to, business planning assistance, educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the financial intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the financial intermediary, client servicing and systems infrastructure support. These payments are generally based upon one or more of the following factors: average net assets of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, gross sales of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, reimbursement of ticket charges (fees that a financial intermediary firm charges its representatives for effecting transactions in fund shares) or a negotiated lump sum payment.

The financial arrangements likely will vary for each financial intermediary. The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make payments in materially larger amounts or on a materially different basis when dealing with other affiliates of Bank of America. Such increased or otherwise modified payments to the other Bank of America affiliate may enable the other Bank of America affiliate to offset credits that it may provide to its customers in order to avoid having such customers pay fees to multiple Bank of America entities in connection with the customer’s investment in a Columbia Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make marketing support payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Other Payments

From time to time, the Distributor, from its own resources, may provide additional compensation to certain financial intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund to the extent not prohibited by laws or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include financial assistance to financial intermediaries that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at financial intermediary-sponsored conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other financial intermediary employees, financial intermediary entertainment and other financial intermediary-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s internal guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

Your financial intermediary may charge you fees or commissions in addition to those disclosed in this SAI. You should consult with your financial intermediary and review carefully any disclosure your financial intermediary

 

63


Table of Contents

provides regarding its services and compensation. Depending on the financial arrangement in place at any particular time, a financial intermediary and its financial consultants may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular fund or a particular share class over other funds or share classes. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information.

 

64


Table of Contents

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

Description of the Trust’s Shares

The Fund offers shares in the classes shown in the table below. Subject to certain limited exceptions discussed in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund may no longer be accepting new investments from current shareholders or prospective investors. The Fund, however, may at any time and without notice offer any of these classes to the general public for investment. This SAI relates only to the Fund’s Class Y shares.

The Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Declaration of Trust) permits it to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, without par value, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of the Fund without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Fund and to divide such shares into classes. Each share of a class of the Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Board. However, different share classes of the Fund pay different distribution amounts, because each share class has different expenses. Each time a distribution is made, the net asset value per share of the share class is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

Share Classes Offered by the Fund

 

Fund

   Class A
Shares†
   Class B
Shares†
   Class C
Shares†
   Class Y
Shares
   Class Z
Shares†

Small Cap Growth Fund I

   ü    ü    ü    ü    ü

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class Z shares are discussed in a separate statement of additional information.

Restrictions on Holding or Disposing of Shares

There are no restrictions on the right of shareholders to retain or dispose of the Fund’s shares, other than the possible future termination of the Fund. The Fund may be terminated by reorganization into another mutual fund or by liquidation and distribution of their assets. Unless terminated by reorganization or liquidation, the Fund will continue indefinitely.

Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims any shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of Fund property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances (which are considered remote) in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations and the disclaimer was inoperative.

The risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on account of another series of the Trust also is believed to be remote, because it would be limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer was inoperative and the other series of the Trust was unable to meet its obligations.

Dividend Rights

The shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions declared for the Fund. No shares have priority or preference over any other shares of the Fund with respect to distributions. Distributions will be made from the assets of the Fund, and will be paid pro rata to all shareholders of the Fund (or class) according to the number of shares of the Fund (or class) held by shareholders on the record date. The amount of income dividends per share may vary between separate share classes of the Fund based upon differences in the way that expenses are allocated between share classes pursuant to a multiple class plan.

 

65


Table of Contents

Voting Rights and Shareholder Meetings

The Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings, but special meetings may be called for certain purposes. The Trust voluntarily has undertaken to hold a shareholder meeting at which the Board would be elected at least every five years beginning in 2005. Each whole share (or fractional share) outstanding on the record date established in accordance with the Trust’s By-Laws shall be entitled to a number of votes on any matter on which it is entitled to vote equal to the net asset value of the share (or fractional share) in U.S. dollars determined at the close of business on the record date (for example, a share having a net asset value of $10.50 would be entitled to 10.5 votes).

The Trustees may fill any vacancies on the Board except that the Trustees may not fill a vacancy if, immediately after filling such vacancy, less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office would have been elected to such office by the shareholders. In addition, at such times as less than a majority of the Trustees then in office have been elected to such office by the shareholders, the Trustees must call a meeting of shareholders. Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint their successors.

At any shareholders’ meetings that may be held, shareholders of all series would vote together, irrespective of series, on the election of Trustees, but each series would vote separately from the others on other matters, such as changes in the investment policies of that series or the approval of the management agreement for that series. Shares of the Fund and any other series of the Trust that may be in existence from time to time generally vote together except when required by law to vote separately by fund or by class.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or the Fund, shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution and to a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Board may determine.

Preemptive Rights

There are no preemptive rights associated with Fund shares.

Conversion Rights

Shareholders have the right, which is subject to change by the Board, to convert or “exchange” shares of one class for another. Such right is outlined and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Fund’s prospectus.

Redemptions

The Fund’s dividend, distribution and redemption policies can be found in its prospectus under the headings Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares and Distributions and Taxes. However, the Board may suspend the right of shareholders to sell shares when permitted or required to do so by law or compel sales of shares in certain cases.

Sinking Fund Provisions

The Trust has no sinking fund provisions.

Calls or Assessment

All Fund shares are issued in uncertificated form only and when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

 

66


Table of Contents

Other Securities

The Fund does not offer securities other than capital stock.

 

67


Table of Contents

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

Purchase and Redemption

An investor may buy, sell and exchange Class Y shares in the Fund utilizing the methods, and subject to the restrictions, described in the Fund’s prospectus. The following information supplements information in the Fund’s prospectus.

The Fund has authorized one or more broker/dealers to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. These broker/dealers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a buy or sell order when an authorized broker/dealer, or, if applicable, a broker/dealer’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker/dealer or the broker’s authorized designee.

The Trust also may make payment for sales in readily marketable securities or other property if it is appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for shares during any period when (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC; (ii) the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (iii) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; (iv) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC. (The Fund may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of their shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares, subject to the exceptions listed above, with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the period.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, the Fund may request additional required information from you to verify your identity. Your application will be rejected if it does not contain your name, social security number, date of birth and permanent street address. If at any time the Fund believes a shareholder may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” a shareholder’s account. The Fund also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in a shareholder’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the law may not permit the Fund to inform the shareholder that it has taken the actions described above.

Offering Price

The share price of the Fund is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is calculated separately for each class of shares as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier) on each day the Fund is open for business, unless the Board determines otherwise.

The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities for which a market quotation is available is determined in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. In general terms, the valuation procedures provide that domestic exchange traded securities (other than NASDAQ listed equity securities) generally will be valued at their last traded sale prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. If no sales of those securities are reported on a particular day on the principal exchange, the securities generally will be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. Securities traded on a foreign securities exchange will generally be valued at their last sale prices on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded, or in the absence of a reported sale on a particular day, at their bid prices (in the case of securities held long) or ask prices (in the case of securities held short) as reported by that exchange. Securities traded primarily on NASDAQ will generally be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (NOCP) (which is

 

68


Table of Contents

the last trade price at or before 4:00:02 p.m. (Eastern Time) adjusted up to NASDAQ’s best bid price if the last trade price is below such bid price or adjusted down to NASDAQ’s best ask price if the last trade price is above such ask price). If no NOCP is available, the security will generally be valued at the last sale price shown on NASDAQ prior to the calculation of the NAV of the Fund. If no sale price is shown on NASDAQ, the latest bid price will be used. If no sale price is shown and no latest bid price is available, the price will be deemed “stale” and the value will be determined in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Securities not traded upon any exchange will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices based upon quotes furnished by the appropriate market makers. If quoted prices are unavailable or are believed to be inaccurate, market values will generally be determined based on quotes obtained from one or more broker(s) or dealer(s) or based on a price obtained from a reputable independent pricing service.

Financial futures will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price. Forward foreign currency contracts will generally be valued using market quotations from a widely used quotation system that reflects the current cost of covering or off-setting the contract. Exchange traded options will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price on their exchange. If there is no reported sale on the valuation date, the options will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices.

Over-the-counter derivatives will generally be valued at fair value in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Repurchase agreements will generally be valued at a price equal to the amount of the cash invested in the repurchase agreement at the time of valuation. The market value of the securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be determined in accordance with the procedures above, as appropriate, for the purpose of determining the adequacy of collateral.

Shares of open-end investment companies held in the Fund’s portfolio will generally be valued at the latest net asset value reported by the investment company.

Debt securities will generally be valued by a pricing service which may employ a matrix or other indications of value, including but not limited to broker quotes, to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units. The matrix can take into account various factors including, without limitation, bids, yield spreads, and/or other market data and specific security characteristics (e.g., credit quality, maturity and coupon rate). Debt securities for which a pricing service does not furnish valuations and for which market quotations are readily available will generally be valued based on the mean of the latest bid prices obtained from one or more dealers. Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less will, absent unusual circumstances, be valued at amortized cost.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available for any reason, including that the latest quotation is deemed unreliable or unreasonable, securities and other assets and liabilities are valued at “fair value” as determined in good faith by the Advisor’s valuation committee. In general, any one or more of the following factors may be taken into account in determining fair value: the fundamental analytical data relating to the security; the value of other financial instruments, including derivative securities, traded on other markets or among dealers; trading volumes on markets, exchanges, or among dealers; values of baskets of securities traded on other markets; changes in interest rates; observations from financial institutions; government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements; other news events; information as to any transactions or offers with respect to the security; price and extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies; nature and expected duration of the event, if any, giving rise to the valuation issue; pricing history of the security; the relative size of the position in the portfolio; and other relevant information.

With respect to securities traded on foreign markets, the following factors also may be relevant: the value of foreign securities traded on other foreign markets; ADR trading; closed-end fund trading; foreign currency exchange activity; and the trading of financial products that are tied to baskets of foreign securities, such as World Equity Benchmark Shares™.

The Board has determined, and the valuation procedures provide, that in certain circumstances it may be necessary to use an alternative valuation method, such as in-kind redemptions with affiliated benefit plans where the Department of Labor requires that valuation to be done in accordance with Rule 17a-7 of the 1940 Act.

 

69


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s prospectuses entitled Distributions and Taxes. The prospectuses generally describe the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Fund. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as in effect as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion applies only to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in the prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Fund. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, the application of state, local, or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Fund.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

It is intended that the Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. The Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to the Fund, even though the Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, the Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses, and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined below. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources defined in Code Section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Certain of a regulated investment company’s investments in master limited partnerships (MLPs) may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules do not apply to a regulated investment company, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

The Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its total assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer

 

70


Table of Contents

(other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and are not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and in the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer. The qualifying income and diversification requirements described above may limit the extent to which the Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in MLPs.

In addition, the Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income (if any) for the taxable year.

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund generally intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and substantially all of its net capital gain. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Any investment company taxable income retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates.

In addition, although the Fund generally intends to distribute all of its net capital gain, the Fund may determine to retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain for Capital Gain Dividend purposes, a regulated investment company generally must treat any net capital loss or any net long-term capital loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year. Treasury Regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its taxable income, to elect to treat all or part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

In order to comply with the distribution requirements described above applicable to regulated investment companies, the Fund generally must make the distributions in the same taxable year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, the Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year in respect of income and gains from the prior taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from the Fund in the year they are actually distributed. If the Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one calendar year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following calendar year, however, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the earlier year.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment under the Code, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains,

 

71


Table of Contents

pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company.

Excise Tax

If the Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses) and 98% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for net ordinary losses) for the 1-year period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that were not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, the Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, if the amount of excise tax to be paid is deemed de minimis by the Fund).

Capital Loss Carryforwards

Subject to certain limitations, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. The Fund’s capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Fund does not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gains. The Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

Equalization Accounting

The Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “accumulated earnings and profits,” which generally equals the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits the Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect the Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount of income and gains that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. The IRS has not sanctioned the particular equalization method used by the Fund, and thus the Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

Taxation of Fund Investments

In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by the Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held or is deemed to have held the securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

If the Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (OID) (generally a debt obligation with an issue price less than its stated principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), the Fund may be required to annually include in its income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. In general, gains recognized on the disposition of (or the receipt of any partial payment of principal on) a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by the Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. The Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount (if an election is made by the Fund to accrue market discount over the holding period of the applicable debt obligation) on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds

 

72


Table of Contents

of securities held by the Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be disadvantageous for the Fund.

In addition, payment-in-kind securities similarly will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no cash interest payment on the security during the year.

If an option granted by the Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund generally will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by the Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

Some regulated futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options that may be used by the Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” The Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. These provisions may require the Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity options.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss exceeds the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be available as a carryforward and thus cannot be deducted by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as forward, futures and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by the Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (as described below). Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the

 

73


Table of Contents

amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when the Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

The amount of long-term capital gain the Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain the Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

If the Fund makes a distribution of income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Similar consequences may apply to repurchase and other derivative transactions.

In addition, the Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash-sale rules or the short-sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, as well as any of its foreign currency transactions and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while the Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid fund-level tax. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in certain derivatives transactions.

Any investment by the Fund in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the

 

74


Table of Contents

REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (TMPs). Under an IRS notice, and Treasury Regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt shareholders, as noted under Tax-Exempt Shareholders below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or certain other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax.

Some amounts received by the Fund from its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as returns of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain from that asset (or if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of cash flow received by the Fund from the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its regulated investment company distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to borrow money or sell securities at the time. In addition, distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that are characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable to Fund shareholders as ordinary income.

“Passive foreign investment companies” (PFICs) are generally defined as foreign corporations where at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If the Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions and gain from the sale of interests in PFICs may be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, these amounts may otherwise have been classified as capital gain.

The Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for these special taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections would require the Fund to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC (in the case of a “QEF election”), or to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in its interests in the PFIC “to the market” as though the Fund had sold and repurchased such interests on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year, treating such gains and losses as ordinary income and loss (in the case of a “mark-to-market election”). The QEF and mark-to-market elections may require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments prematurely to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s

 

75


Table of Contents

total return. The Fund may attempt to limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to minimize tax liability and/or maximize returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income, as defined below.

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Fund may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Fund, in which case the Fund may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy its minimum distribution requirements, which may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of his or her shares. The Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income (defined below). The Fund will designate Capital Gain Dividends, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest the Fund earns on direct obligations of the U.S. government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares

If a shareholder sells or exchanges his or her Fund shares, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held (or is deemed to have held) such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term capital gain or loss otherwise.

 

76


Table of Contents

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.

If a shareholder receives a Capital Gain Dividend or is deemed to receive a distribution of long-term capital gain with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held or treated as held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the Capital Gain Dividend or deemed long-term capital gain distribution.

Foreign Taxes

Amounts realized by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund with respect to foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum holding periods specified in the Code and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. It is not expected that the Fund will qualify for this election.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates

As of the date of this SAI, the maximum stated U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals generally is 35% for ordinary income and 15% for net long-term capital gain. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced—in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets—for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, U.S. federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” equal to the highest net long-term capital gain rate, which, as described above, generally is 15%. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received by the Fund from certain domestic and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund with respect to the dividend-paying corporation’s stock and by the shareholders with respect to the Fund’s shares. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date) and meet certain other requirements specified in the Code. In general, if less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders who meet the aforementioned holding period requirements. The rules regarding the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws

 

77


Table of Contents

covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. U.S. federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (1) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (TIN) or has not certified to the Fund that withholding does not apply or (2) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts required to be withheld as a credit against his or her future U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase for amounts distributed or paid after December 31, 2010.

Tax-Deferred Plans

The shares of the Fund may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

Corporate Shareholders

Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by the Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Fund are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

Foreign Shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” generally include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.

Generally, unless an exception applies, dividend distributions made to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends will be subject to non-refundable U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, generally, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), distributions made to foreign shareholders and properly designated by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” are exempt from U.S. federal income tax withholding. The exemption for interest-related dividends does not apply to any distribution to a foreign shareholder (i) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer; (ii) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (iii) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. Interest-related dividends are generally attributable to the Fund’s net U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder. In order to qualify as an interest-related dividend, the Fund must

 

78


Table of Contents

designate a distribution as such in a written notice mailed to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, neither U.S. federal income tax withholding nor the exemption for interest-related dividends will apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation.

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, distributions properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends and, with respect to taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), “short-term capital gain dividends” (defined below) are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the disposition of Fund shares or the receipt of Capital Gain Dividends or short-term capital gain dividends and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the Fund shares on which the foreign shareholder realized gain constitute U.S. real property interests (USRPIs, defined below) or, in certain cases, the distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI, as discussed below. If the requirements of clause (i) are met, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally will apply to the foreign shareholder and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation. If the requirements of clause (i) are not met, but the requirements of clause (ii) are met, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Please see below for a discussion of the tax implications to foreign shareholders in the event that clause (iii) applies. “Short-term capital gain dividends” are distributions attributable to the Fund’s net short-term capital gain in excess of its net long-term capital loss and designated as such by the Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Pending legislation proposes to extend the exemptions from withholding for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for one additional year (i.e., for dividends with respect to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011). However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment, no assurance can be made that the intermediary will respect such a designation, and an intermediary may withhold even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Even if permitted to do so, the Fund provides no assurance that it will designate any distributions as interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from the Fund if it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in the Fund if it is a USRPHC. Generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs – defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC – the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. If the Fund holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC.

If the Fund is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, amounts the Fund receives from REITs derived from gains realized from USRPIs generally will retain their character as such in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. In the hands of a foreign shareholder that holds (or has held in the prior 12 months) more than a 5% interest in any class of the Fund, such amounts generally will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholder generally will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year recognized, and

 

79


Table of Contents

the Fund must withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. Otherwise, in the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in any class of the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior 12 months), such amounts generally will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend (in the event that certain pending legislation is enacted, as described above) or Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such shareholders. If the Fund is subject to the rules of this paragraph, its foreign shareholders may also be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the foregoing tax-filing and payment obligations through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares. Prior to January 1, 2010, if the Fund was a USRPHC or would have been a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, similar rules generally also applied to any non-REIT USRPI gains recognized by the Fund directly or indirectly through certain lower-tier regulated investment companies. Pending legislation proposes to extend such application for one additional year, i.e., to distributions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In addition, if the Fund is a USRPHC, it generally must withhold 10% of the amount realized in redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Prior to January 1, 2010, such withholding generally was not required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund if it was a domestically controlled USRPHC, or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) held substantial investments in regulated investment companies that were domestically controlled USRPHCs. Pending legislation proposes to extend this exemption from withholding for one additional year, i.e., for redemptions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be. Unless and until such legislation is enacted, beginning on January 1, 2010, withholding is required in respect of amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder if the Fund is a USRPHC, without regard to whether the Fund or any regulated investment company in which it invests is domestically controlled.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. In addition, additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and foreign estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisors about their particular situation.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, the Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder will also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if the Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in

 

80


Table of Contents

October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in the Fund to the extent that it recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in the Fund and the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Fund has not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

81


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “principal holder” (i.e., owns of record or is known by the Trust to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding shares) is listed below.

Principal Holder Ownership of the Fund

 

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT

OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   329,938.0280    12.85
Class A   

LPL FINANCIAL

FBO CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND

OPERATIONS

P.O. BOX 509046

SAN DIEGO, CA 92150-9046

   161,749.7830    6.30
Class C   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER

& SMITH FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT

OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN: SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-6484

     
Class Y   

ANCHORAGE POLICE & FIRE

RETIREMENT SYSTEM

ATTN CHARLES M LAIRD

3600 MARTIN LUTHER KING JR AVE

STE 207

ANCHORAGE, AK 99507-1222

   676,656.4760    99.92
Class Z   

BANK OF AMERICA NA

ATTN BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS

ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN 10th FL

DALLAS, TX 75201-3307

   12,588,471.7800    48.32
Class Z   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT

OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   2,803,897.7120    10.76
Class Z   

NFS LLC FEBO

STATE STREET BANK TRUST CO

TTEE VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD

PURCHASE, NY 10577-2139

   1,569,358.8770    6.02

 

82


Table of Contents

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “control person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund because it owns greater than 25% of the outstanding shares, either beneficially or by virtue of its fiduciary or trust roles or otherwise, is shown below. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.

Control Person Ownership of the Fund

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Fund  
Columbia Small Cap Growth Fund   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS

ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   12,588,471.7800    42.03

 

83


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

This Appendix summarizes the various descriptions of securities ratings applicable to securities purchased by the Columbia Funds Family. Please refer to a Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information to determine whether that Fund may invest in securities that have ratings described in this Appendix.

STANDARD & POOR’S (S&P)

Bonds

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for bonds. The ratings AAA, AA, A and BBB denote investment grade securities.

AAA bonds have the highest rating assigned by S&P and are considered to have an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA bonds are considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and they differ from AAA only in small degree.

A bonds are considered to have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

BBB bonds are considered to have an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal than for bonds in the A category.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C bonds are considered to have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or large exposures to adverse conditions.

BB bonds are considered to have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

B bonds are considered to have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB— rating.

CCC bonds are considered to have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the bonds are not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B— rating.

CC rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

C rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC— debt rating. The C rating may be used to cover a situation, for example, where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

CI rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D bonds are in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Municipal Notes

SP-1. Notes rated SP-1 are considered to have very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designated as SP-1+.

SP-2. Notes rated SP-2 are considered to have satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Notes due in three years or less normally receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years normally receive a bond rating, although the following criteria are used in making that assessment:

Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue will be rated as a note).

Source of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be rated as a note).

Commercial Paper

A. Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designations 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

A-1. Issues assigned to this rating are considered to have overwhelming or very strong capacity for timely payment. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designed A-1+.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (MOODY’S)

Municipal Bonds

Aaa bonds are considered to be of the best quality. They are considered to have the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge”. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair a fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa bonds are considered to be of high quality by all standards. Together with Aaa bonds they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. Those bonds in the Aa through B groups that Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1, A1 or Baa1.

A bonds are considered to possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered to be upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment at some time in the future.

Baa bonds are considered to be medium grade obligations: they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and, in fact, have speculative characteristics as well.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Ba bonds are considered to have speculative elements: their future cannot be considered as well secured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times in the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this grade.

B bonds are considered generally to lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa bonds are considered to be of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca bonds are considered to represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C bonds are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Conditional Ratings. Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operating experience, (c) rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting conditions attach. Parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

Corporate Bonds

The description of the applicable rating symbols (Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, etc.) and their meanings is identical to that of the Municipal Bond ratings as set forth above, except for the numerical modifiers. Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in the Aa and A classifications of its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a midrange ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issuer ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Municipal Notes

MIG 1. This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2. This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3. This designation denotes favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for, but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

Commercial Paper

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

Prime-1 Highest Quality

Prime-2 Higher Quality

Prime-3 High Quality

If an issuer represents to Moody’s that its commercial paper obligations are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, Moody’s, in assigning ratings to such issuers, evaluates the financial strength of the indicated affiliated corporations, commercial banks, insurance companies, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

FITCH, INC. (FITCH)

Long-Term Debt

Investment Grade Bond Ratings

AAA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and/or dividends and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.

A bonds are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than debt securities with higher ratings.

BBB bonds are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest or dividends and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for securities with higher ratings.

Speculative Grade Bond Ratings

BB bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B bonds are considered highly speculative. While securities in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

CCC bonds are considered to have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

CC bonds are considered to be minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

C bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such securities are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these securities and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) or minus (-): Plus or minus signs are used to show relative standing within the major rating categories. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the DDD, DD, or D categories.

Short-Term Debt

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and investment notes.

F-1+ obligations have exceptionally strong credit quality and are considered to have the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

F-1 obligations are considered to reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2 obligations are considered to have good credit quality. Securities in this class have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

F-3 obligations are considered to have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and to be vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

B obligations are considered to have a minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments and a susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

C rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a high default risk and whose capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D obligations are in actual or imminent payment default.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) — Proxy Voting Policy

Applicable Regulations:

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

Form N-PX

ERISA Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (SEC No Action Letter dated September 15, 2004)

Explanation/Summary of Regulatory Requirements

An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.

Policy Summary

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) has adopted and implemented the following policy, which it believes is reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients; and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. This policy applies primarily to the Global Wealth and Investment Management (“GWIM”) Investment Operations Group, the Investment groups (particularly, Equity and Chief Investment Officer’s Office), as well as to Compliance Risk Management (“CRM”) and Legal. CRM and Business groups to which this policy directly applies must adopt written procedures to implement this Policy.

Policy

All proxies regarding client securities for which CMA has authority to vote will, unless CMA determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by CMA to be in the best interest of CMA’s clients without regard to any resulting benefit or detriment to CMA, its associates, or its affiliates. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as CMA determines in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, CMA will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided CMA receives such instructions in time to act accordingly. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within CMA and with CMA affiliates. Advisory clients, including mutual funds’ and other funds’ boards, may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by CMA. However, CMA will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties. Rather, the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings for 12-month periods ending each year on June 30th on Form N-PX.

CMA endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware prior to the vote deadline date, subject to certain general exceptions described below.

CMA seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to prevent where practicable and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Conflicts of Interest section below).

 

B-1


Table of Contents

CMA’s proxy voting policy and practices are summarized in its Form ADV. Additionally, CMA will provide clients with a copy of its policies, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request.

Means of Achieving Compliance

The Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Proxy Group’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of the proxy vendor’s votes to ensure that the proxy vendor is accurately voting consistent with CMA’s Voting Guidelines; and (2) review of the Columbia Funds’ fund website to ensure that annual proxy voting reports are posted in a timely and accurate manner. CMA has established a Proxy Committee which is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee and scope of its oversight are described in the Proxy Committee’s charter.

CMA’S INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Under CMA’s Voting Guidelines, certain matters must be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations will refer these matters first to the relevant CMA research analyst after first confirming that the proxy matter does not present a potential conflict to CMA. If there is not a research analyst assigned to the particular security, the matter will be referred to the appropriate portfolio manager.

In considering a particular proxy matter, the research analyst or portfolio manager must vote in the clients’ best interest as defined above. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential information. Therefore, research analysts and portfolio managers generally must not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of CMA and within CMA except on a need to know basis only.

Research analysts and portfolio managers must discharge their responsibilities consistent with the obligations set forth below (refer to Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures). A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer (see Appendix B - Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form). For each Proxy Referral (defined below), the research analyst or portfolio manager is responsible for memorializing their recommendation on the Proxy Voting Recommendation Form (see Appendix C) and communicating their recommendation to the Proxy Group.

Research analysts and portfolio managers should seek advice from CRM or Legal with respect to any questions that they have regarding personal conflicts of interests, communications regarding proxies, or other related matters.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by CMA, a CMA affiliate1, or a CMA associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of CMA, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. However, a material conflict of interest is not automatically created when there is a relationship or activity engaged in by a CMA affiliate, but there is a possibility that a CMA affiliate could cause a conflict. CMA may have a conflict of interest if either CMA has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if a CMA associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence CMA’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, CMA will seek to resolve said conflict in the clients’ best interests.

 

1

Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), the ultimate corporate parent of CMA, Bank of America, N.A. and all of their numerous affiliates owns, operates and has interests in many lines of business that may create or give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest between BAC or its affiliates and those of CMA-advised clients. For example, the commercial and investment banking business lines may have interests with respect to issuers of voting securities that could appear to or even actually conflict with CMA’s duty, in the proxy voting process, to act in the best economic interest of its clients.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

For those proxy proposals that: (1) are not addressed by CMA’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) the guidelines specify the issue must be evaluated and determined on a case-by-case basis; or (3) a CMA investment associate believes that an exception to the guidelines may be in the best economic interest of CMA’s clients (collectively, “Proxy Referrals”), CMA may vote the proxy, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures set forth below.

In the case of Proxy Referrals, CRM identifies companies with which CMA has a significant business relationships and Proxy Referrals of such companies will be voted consistent with CMA’s conflicts management procedures described below. For Proxy Referrals that do not involve companies with which CMA has a significant business relationship the relevant CMA investment personnel (i.e. research analyst, portfolio manager, members of Proxy Committee) involved in the particular Proxy Referral must report any personal conflict of interest circumstances (e.g., relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise, unusual communications with parties outside the investment organization concerning a proxy matter) to Columbia Management’s Conflicts of Interest Officer in writing (see Appendix B). In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter.

If the Proxy Committee, the Chairperson of the Proxy Committee, or the Conflicts Officer determines that a proxy matter presents a material conflict of interest, CMA will invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:

 

   

Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be CMA’s proxy voting agent);

 

   

Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include CMA’s proxy voting agent; or

 

   

In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to CMA’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.

Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies

CMA considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which CMA or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter; and (2) proxies solicited by Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) or other public companies within the BAC organization to present a material conflict of interest for CMA. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management practices discussed above.

Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures

In certain circumstances, CMA follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by the proxy vendor or another independent third party. CMA reviews its proxy vendor’s conflicts of interest procedures as part of its oversight of the proxy vendor’s services.

CMA and other BAC affiliates have adopted various other policies and procedures that help reinforce this Policy. Please see any associated documents.

Ownership Limits – Delegation of Proxy Voting to an Independent Third Party

From time to time, CMA may face regulatory or compliance limits on the types or amounts of voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that CMA can hold for clients (collectively, “Ownership Limits”).

The regulations or company-specific documents governing a number of these Ownership Limits often focus upon holdings in voting securities. As a result, in limited circumstances in order to comply with such Ownership Limits and/or internal policies designed to comply with such limits, CMA may delegate proxy voting in certain issuers to a qualified, independent third party, who may be CMA’s proxy voting agent.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

A. CMA’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices.

The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. CMA uses an independent, third-party proxy vendor to implement its proxy voting process as CMA’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, the proxy vendor will execute the vote according to CMA’s Voting Guidelines.

B. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines.

A Portfolio Manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will request in writing that the Proxy Committee consider voting the proxy other than according to such Guidelines and provide information as the Proxy Committee may request. The Proxy Committee may consider the matter, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures discussed above.

C. Other Proxy Matters

For the following categories, proxies will be voted as stated below:

1. New Proposals. For certain new proposals that are expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee may develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

2. Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to Taft Hartley principles will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor.

3. Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to socially responsible principles will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client.

4. Proxies of International Issuers. In general, CMA will refrain from voting securities in cases where international issuers impose share blocking restrictions. However, in the exceptional circumstances that CMA determines that it would be appropriate to vote such securities, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy. Additionally, proxies will typically not be voted in markets where powers of attorney are required to be executed in order to vote shares.

5. Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than affiliated investment companies (previously described) will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.

6. Proxy Referrals for Passive Index Accounts. Proxy Referrals for a security that is held only within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and not in any other account within CMA, shall be voted according to the guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client. However, if a security is held within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and within another CMA-managed account (including without limitation an account actively managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group), all proposals, including Proxy Referrals, will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, subject to the other provisions of this Policy.

7. Proxy Voting for Securities on Loan. CMA generally votes in cases where shares have been loaned from actively managed Columbia Funds as long as the shares have been recalled in a timely manner. However, CMA generally does not vote shares that have been loaned from passively managed Columbia Index Funds. Other CMA clients may have their own stock loan programs and may or may not recall their shares for proxy voting.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

Supervision

Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.

Escalation

With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to the Proxy Committee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to the Columbia Management Conflicts Officer.

Monitoring/Oversight

CRM and/or Corporate Internal Audit Group perform periodic reviews and assessments of various lines of businesses, including a review of Columbia Management’s compliance with the Proxy Voting Policy.

Recordkeeping

CMA will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. CMA will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and for which CMA was entitled to vote:

 

   

The name of the issuer of the security;

 

   

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The shareholder meeting date;

 

   

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

   

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

 

   

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

These records include:

 

Document

  

Responsible Party

Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Related Materials    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Proxy Vote Recommendation Form and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations (or any other document created by CMA that was material to making a voting decision or that memorializes the basis for the voting decision)    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms    Compliance Risk Management
Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters    Client Service Group

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Document

  

Responsible Party

Copy of Each Applicable Proxy Statement Unless it has been Filed with the SEC and may be Obtained from the SEC’s EDGAR System    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations

Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years plus the current year. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of CM for the first three years.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — CMA’S PROXY VOTING POLICY

CMA’S VOTING GUIDELINES

A. The Proxy Committee has adopted the following guidelines for voting proxies:

1. Matters Relating to the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals for the election of directors or for an increase or decrease in the number of directors, provided that no more than one-third of the Board of Directors would, presently or at any time during the previous three-year period, be from management.

However, CMA generally will WITHHOLD votes from pertinent director nominees if:

 

  (i) the board as proposed to be constituted would have more than one-third of its members from management;

 

  (ii) the board does not have audit, nominating, and compensation committees composed solely of directors who qualify as being regarded as “independent,” i.e. having no material relationship, directly or indirectly, with the Company, as CMA’s proxy voting agent may determine (subject to the Proxy Committee’s contrary determination of independence or non-independence);

 

  (iii) the nominee, as a member of the audit committee, permitted the company to incur excessive non-audit fees (as defined below regarding other business matters — ratification of the appointment of auditors);

 

  (iv) a director serves on more than six public company boards;

 

  (v) the CEO serves on more than two public company boards other than the company’s board.

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, CMA may WITHHOLD votes for a director nominee who has failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action or inaction (e.g. failing to implement policies for which a majority of shareholders has previously cast votes in favor), has demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders.

 

   

Proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committee be composed solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee must satisfy the independence and experience requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange, or appropriate local requirements for foreign securities. At least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a “financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules.

 

   

Proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances that would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to create or eliminate positions or titles for senior management. CMA generally prefers that the role of Chairman of the Board and CEO be held by different persons unless there are compelling reasons to vote AGAINST a proposal to separate these positions, such as the existence of a counter-balancing governance structure that includes at least the following elements in addition to applicable listing standards:

 

   

Established governance standards and guidelines.

 

B-7


Table of Contents
   

Full board composed of not less than two-thirds “independent” directors, as defined by applicable regulatory and listing standards.

 

   

Compensation, as well as audit and nominating (or corporate governance) committees composed entirely of independent directors.

 

   

A designated or rotating presiding independent director appointed by and from the independent directors with the authority and responsibility to call and preside at regularly and, as necessary, specially scheduled meetings of the independent directors to be conducted, unless the participating independent directors otherwise wish, in executive session with no members of management present.

 

   

Disclosed processes for communicating with any individual director, the presiding independent director (or, alternatively, all of the independent directors, as a group) and the entire board of directors, as a group.

 

   

The pertinent class of the Company’s voting securities has out-performed, on a three-year basis, both an appropriate peer group and benchmark index, as indicated in the performance summary table of the Company’s proxy materials. This requirement shall not apply if there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within the three-year period.

 

   

Proposals that grant or restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

   

Proposals to permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that encourage directors to own a minimum amount of company stock.

 

   

Proposals to provide or to restore shareholder appraisal rights.

 

   

Proposals to adopt cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals for the company to adopt confidential voting.

CMA will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for majority voting thresholds for director elections unless the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and/or provides an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to classify boards, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure.

 

   

Proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

   

Proposals that provide directors may be removed only by supermajority vote.

 

   

Proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals which allow more than one vote per share in the election of directors.

 

   

Proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that mandate a minimum amount of company stock that directors must own.

 

   

Proposals to limit the tenure of non-management directors.

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on board approved proposals relating to corporate governance. Such proposals include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Reimbursement of proxy solicitation expenses taking into consideration whether or not CMA was in favor of the dissidents.

 

   

Proxy contest advance notice. CMA generally will vote FOR proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as possible while allowing for sufficient time for Company response, SEC review, and analysis by other shareholders.

 

   

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis to indemnify directors and officers, and AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

 

   

CMA will vote FOR the indemnification of internal auditors, unless the costs associated with the approval are not disclosed.

2. Compensation

CMA generally will vote FOR management sponsored compensation plans (such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans or thrift plans) if they are consistent with industry and country standards. However, CMA generally is opposed to compensation plans that substantially dilute ownership interest in a company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have objectionable structural features. Specifically, for equity-based plans, if the proposed number of shares authorized for option programs (excluding authorized shares for expired options) exceeds an average of 5% of the currently outstanding shares over the previous three years or an average of 3% over the previous three years for directors only, the proposal should be referred to the Proxy Committee. The Committee will then consider the circumstances surrounding the issue and vote in the best interest of CMA’s clients. CMA requires that management provide substantial justification for the repricing of options.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals requiring that executive severance arrangements be submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

   

Proposals asking a company to expense stock options.

 

   

Proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

   

Employee stock purchase plans that have the following features: (i) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value, (ii) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less, and (iii) dilution is 10% or less.

 

   

Proposals for the remuneration of auditors if no more than 25% of the compensation costs comes from non audit activity.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price, or that permit replacing or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals to authorize the replacement or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals requesting that plan administrators have advance authority to amend the terms of a plan without detailed disclosure of the specific amendments. When sufficient details are provided on the amendments permitted by the advance authority, CMA will recommend on such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding approval of specific executive severance arrangements.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

3. Capitalization

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to increase the authorized shares for stock dividends, stock splits (and reverse stock splits) or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover measure or a general issuance proposal increases the authorization by more than 30% without a clear need presented by the company. Proposals for reverse stock splits should include an overall reduction in authorization.

For companies recognizing preemptive rights for existing shareholders, CMA generally will vote FOR general issuance proposals that increase the authorized shares by more than 30%. CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all such proposals by companies that do not recognize preemptive rights for existing shareholders.

 

   

Proposals for the elimination of authorized but unissued shares or retirement of those shares purchased for sinking fund or treasury stock.

 

   

Proposals to institute/renew open market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

   

Proposals to reduce or change the par value of common stock, provided the number of shares is also changed in order to keep the capital unchanged.

CMA will evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding:

 

   

Management proposals that allow listed companies to de-list and terminate the registration of their common stock. CMA will determine whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to:

 

   

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded.

 

   

Cash-out value

 

   

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders

 

   

Market reaction to public announcement of transaction

4. Mergers, Restructurings and Other Transactions

CMA will review, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations, spinoffs, buyouts and sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.

5. Anti-Takeover Measures

CMA generally will vote AGAINST proposals intended largely to avoid acquisition prior to the occurrence of an actual event or to discourage acquisition by creating a cost constraint. With respect to the following measures, CMA generally will vote as follows:

Poison Pills

 

   

CMA votes FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

   

CMA generally votes FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate a poison pill.

 

   

CMA generally votes AGAINST management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Greenmail

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or to otherwise

 

B-10


Table of Contents
 

restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Supermajority vote

 

   

CMA will vote AGAINST board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock, the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights and charter amendments adopting control share acquisition provisions.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes.

6. Other Business Matters

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Bylaw amendments giving holders of at least 25% of outstanding common stock the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders.

 

   

Board governance document amendments or other proposals which give the lead independent director the authority to call special meetings of the independent directors at any time.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to approve routine business matters such as changing the company’s name and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting such as approving the minutes of a prior meeting.

 

   

Proposals to ratify the appointment of auditors, unless any of the following apply in which case CMA will generally vote AGAINST the proposal:

 

   

Credible reason exists to question:

 

   

The auditor’s independence, as determined by applicable regulatory requirements.

 

   

The accuracy or reliability of the auditor’s opinion as to the company’s financial position.

 

   

Fees paid to the auditor or its affiliates for “non-audit” services were excessive, i.e., in excess of the total fees paid for “audit,” “audit-related” and “tax compliance” and/or “tax return preparation” services, as disclosed in the company’s proxy materials.

 

   

Bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (e.g., updates or corrections).

 

   

Proposals to approve the annual reports and accounts provided the certifications required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 have been provided.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent or call special meetings.

 

   

Proposals providing management with authority to adjourn an annual or special shareholder meeting absent compelling reasons, or to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws without shareholder approval, or to vote unmarked proxies in favor of management.

 

   

Shareholder proposals to change the date, time or location of the company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Authorization to transact other unidentified substantive (as opposed to procedural) business at a meeting.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

Proposals to change the location of the company’s state of incorporation. CMA considers whether financial benefits (e.g., reduced fees or taxes) likely to accrue to the company as a result of a reincorporation or other change of domicile outweigh any accompanying material diminution of shareholder rights.

 

   

Proposals on whether and how to vote on “bundled” or otherwise conditioned proposals, depending on the overall economic effects upon shareholders.

CMA generally will ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals predominantly involving social, socio-economic, environmental, political or other similar matters on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. CMA may, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote:

 

   

FOR proposals seeking inquiry and reporting with respect to, rather than cessation or affirmative implementation of, specific policies where the pertinent issue warrants separate communication to shareholders; and

 

   

FOR or AGAINST the latter sort of proposal in light of the relative benefits and detriments (e.g. distraction, costs, other burdens) to share value which may be expected to flow from passage of the proposal.

7. Other Matters Relating to Foreign Issues

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Most stock (scrip) dividend proposals. CMA votes AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

 

   

Proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.

 

   

Proposals to approve control and profit transfer agreements between a parent and its subsidiaries.

 

   

Management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors/directors and/or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

 

   

Management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

   

Proposals for the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

CMA will generally vote FOR proposals to approve Directors’ Fees, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

CMA will evaluate management proposals to approve protective preference shares for Netherlands located company-friendly foundations proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will only support resolutions if:

 

   

The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares while the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of CMA’ categorization rules and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

No call/put option agreement exists between the company and the foundation.

 

   

There is a qualifying offer clause or there are annual management and supervisory board elections.

 

B-12


Table of Contents
   

The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months.

 

   

The board of the company-friendly foundation is independent.

 

   

The company has disclosed under what circumstances it expects to make use of the possibility to issue preference shares.

 

   

There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools.

 

   

The company releases its proxy circular, with details of the poison pill proposal, at least three weeks prior to the meeting.

 

   

Art 2:359c Civil Code of the legislative proposal has been implemented.

8. Investment Company Matters

Election of Directors:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the election of directors, considering the following factors:

 

   

Board structure

 

   

Attendance at board and committee meetings.

CMA will WITHHOLD votes from directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences. Valid reasons include illness or absence due to company business. Participation via telephone is acceptable. In addition, if the director missed only one meeting or one day’s meetings, votes should not be withheld even if such absence dropped the director’s attendance below 75 percent.

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of shares outstanding;

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal this is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years;

 

   

Are interested directors and sit on the audit or nominating committee; or

 

   

Are interested directors and the full board serves as the audit or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.

Proxy Contests:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance relative to its peers

 

   

Market in which fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the pertinent issues (e.g., closed-end fund share market value discount to NAV)

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity and votes on related proposals

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents

 

   

Independence of incumbent directors; director nominees

 

   

Experience and skills of director nominees

 

B-13


Table of Contents
   

Governance profile of the company

 

   

Evidence of management entrenchment

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund:

CMA will vote conversion proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance as a closed-end fund

 

   

Market in which the fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the discount

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Investment Advisory Agreements:

CMA will vote investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Proposed and current fee schedules

 

   

Fund category/investment objective

 

   

Performance benchmarks

 

   

Share price performance as compared with peers

 

   

Resulting fees relative to peers

 

   

Assignments (where the adviser undergoes a change of control)

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the authorization for or increase in the preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

   

Stated specific financing purpose

 

   

Possible dilution for common shares

 

   

Whether the shares can be used for anti-takeover purposes

Policies Addressed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”):

CMA will vote proposals regarding adoption or changes of policies addressed by the 1940 Act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Regulatory developments

 

B-14


Table of Contents
   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Current and potential risk

CMA generally will vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with current SEC interpretations.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fund’s target investments

 

   

Reasons given by the fund for the change

 

   

Projected impact of the change on the portfolio

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental:

CMA will vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective from fundamental to non-fundamental unless management acknowledges meaningful limitations upon its future requested ability to change the objective

Name Change Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s name, considering the following factors:

 

   

Political/economic changes in the target market

 

   

Consolidation in the target market

 

   

Current asset composition

Change in Fund’s Subclassification:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s subclassification, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Risk of concentration

 

   

Consolidation in target industry

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis these proposals, considering the following factors:

 

   

Strategies employed to salvage the company

 

   

Past performance of the fund

 

   

Terms of the liquidation

 

B-15


Table of Contents

Changes to the Charter Document:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

   

The degree of change implied by the proposal

 

   

The efficiencies that could result

 

   

The state of incorporation; net effect on shareholder rights

 

   

Regulatory standards and implications

CMA will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals allowing the Board to impose, without shareholder approval, fees payable upon redemption of fund shares, provided imposition of such fees is likely to benefit long-term fund investors (e.g., by deterring market timing activity by other fund investors)

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to amend, without shareholder approval, the fund’s management agreement(s) with its investment adviser(s) or sub-advisers, provided the amendment is not required by applicable law (including the Investment Company Act of 1940) or interpretations thereunder to require such approval

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to:

 

   

Change, without shareholder approval the domicile of the fund

 

   

Adopt, without shareholder approval, material amendments of the fund’s declaration of trust or other organizational document

Changing the Domicile of a Fund:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reincorporate, considering the following factors:

 

   

Regulations of both states

 

   

Required fundamental policies of both states

 

   

The increased flexibility available

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval:

CMA will vote FOR proposals to enable the Board or Investment Adviser to hire and terminate sub-advisers, without shareholder approval, in accordance with applicable rules or exemptive orders under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Distribution Agreements:

CMA will vote these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives

 

   

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance

 

B-16


Table of Contents
   

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry

 

   

Terms of the agreement

Master-Feeder Structure:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers:

CMA will vote merger proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Resulting fee structure

 

   

Performance of both funds

 

   

Continuity of management personnel

 

   

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights

Shareholder Proposals to Establish Director Ownership Requirement:

CMA will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While CMA favors stockownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Shareholder Proposals to Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

Shareholder Proposals to Terminate the Investment Adviser:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to terminate the investment adviser, considering the following factors:

 

   

Performance of the fund’s NAV

 

   

The fund’s history of shareholder relations

 

   

The performance of other funds under the adviser’s management

 

B-17


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form

Conflict Review Questionnaire for Proxy Voting Working Group Members and Other Individuals Participating in the Proxy Voting Decision-Making Process.

Instructions: Please complete each of the questions. Please provide an explanation for any affirmative responses. Return the completed questionnaire to Columbia Management Conflicts of Interest Officer.

 

Issuer and Proxy Matter:

  

 

           

 

1.      Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any management personnel of the issuer1?

           

           

2.      Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any person participating, supporting, opposing or otherwise connected with the particular proxy proposal (e.g., principals of the issuer; director nominees of issuer company; shareholder activists)?

           

           

3.      Have you discussed this particular proxy proposal with anyone outside of Columbia Management’s investment group2?

           

           

4.      Are you aware of any other potential personal conflicts of interest not described above? Please detail below.

           

           

 

  Name:   

 

  Signed:   

 

  Date:   

 

 

1

Personal investing in the issuer by you or a member of your immediate family does not require an affirmative response to this item.

2

Communications with issuer or solicitors in the regular course of business would not have to be disclosed on this form.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C

CMA Proxy Vote Recommendation/Proxy Committee Request Form

 

Name of Investment Associate:   

 

 

Company Name:   

 

 

Overview of Proxy Vote and Meeting Date:   

 

 

Proxy Agenda Item(s)
Description of Item:   

 

 

 

(The above information will be pre-populated by the Proxy Department.)

 

Recommendation (FOR, AGAINST, ABSTAIN) including brief rationale:   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please attach any supporting information other than analysis or reports provided by the Proxy Department.

 

 

Signed

By signing, I am certifying that I either have no conflicts of interest-related information to report or have sent a completed “Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form” to Compliance Risk Management (Conflicts Officer).

Send Completed Forms to:

GWIM Investment Operations — Proxy Department

or

In the case of Proxy Votes to be referred to the Proxy Committee, submit this form and materials to the Chair of the Proxy Committee

 

B-19


Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 497(c).

File no. 002-99356.

 

Columbia Management®  
  COLUMBIA FUNDS SERIES TRUST I
  Class Y Shares
  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 

January 1, 2010

 

Columbia Strategic Investor Fund

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus, is not a substitute for reading any prospectus and is intended to be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus dated January 1, 2010 for Class Y shares. The most recent annual report for the Fund, which includes the Fund’s audited financial statements dated August 31, 2009, is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

Copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained without charge by writing Columbia Management Services, Inc., P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081, by calling Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or by visiting the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com.

INT-39/29217-0110


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SAI PRIMER

   2

ABOUT THE TRUST

   5

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

   6

Certain Investment Activity Limits

   6

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

   6

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

   7

Borrowings

   28

Short Sales

   28

Lending Securities

   29

Portfolio Turnover

   30

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

   30

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   35

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

   35

The Administrator

   39

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

   39

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

   40

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

   41

Other Services Provided

   45

Expense Limitations

   46

Codes of Ethics

   46

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   46

FUND GOVERNANCE

   48

The Board

   48

The Officers

   56

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

   59

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

   59

Brokerage Commissions

   61

Directed Brokerage

   61

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

   62

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

   62

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

   62

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

   65

Description of the Trust’s Shares

   65

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

   68

Purchase and Redemption

   68

Offering Price

   68

TAXATION

   70

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   82

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

   A-1

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   B-1

 

1


Table of Contents

SAI PRIMER

The SAI is a part of the Fund’s registration statement that is filed with the SEC. The registration statement includes the Fund’s prospectus, the SAI and certain exhibits. The SAI, and any supplements to it, can be found online at www.columbiafunds.com, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The SAI generally provides additional information about the Fund that is not required to be in the Fund’s prospectus. The SAI expands discussions of certain matters described in the Fund’s prospectus and provides certain additional information about the Fund that may be of interest to some investors. Among other things, the SAI provides information about:

 

   

the organization of the Trust;

 

   

the Fund’s investments;

 

   

the Fund’s investment advisor, investment sub-advisor(s) (if any) and other service providers, including roles and relationships of Bank of America and its affiliates, and conflicts of interest;

 

   

the governance of the Fund;

 

   

the Fund’s brokerage practices;

 

   

the share classes offered by the Fund;

 

   

the purchase, redemption and pricing of Fund shares; and

 

   

the application of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Investors may find this information important and helpful. If you have any questions about the Fund, please call Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or contact your financial advisor.

Before reading the SAI, you should consult the Glossary below, which defines certain of the terms used in the SAI.

Glossary

 

Term

  

Definition

1933 Act    Securities Act of 1933, as amended
1934 Act    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
1940 Act    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
Administration Agreement    The administration agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Administrator
Administrator    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
Advisor    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
BANA    Bank of America, National Association
BAS    Banc of America Securities LLC
Bank of America    Bank of America Corporation
BFDS/DST    Boston Financial Data Services, Inc./DST Systems, Inc.
Board    The Trust’s Board of Trustees
Brandes    Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.
CMOs    Collateralized mortgage obligations
Code    Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
Codes of Ethics    The codes of ethics adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act

 

2


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Columbia Funds Complex    The mutual fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc., as that term is defined under Item 17 of Form N-1A
Columbia Funds or Columbia Funds Family    The fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Custodian or State Street    State Street Bank and Trust Company
Distributor    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Distribution Agreement    The distribution agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and the Distributor
Distribution Plan(s)    One or more of the plans adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the distribution of the Fund’s shares
FDIC    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLMC    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Fitch    Fitch Investors Service, Inc.
FNMA    Federal National Mortgage Association
The Fund    Columbia Strategic Investor Fund
GNMA    Government National Mortgage Association
Independent Trustees    The Trustees of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
Interested Trustee    The Trustee of the Board who is an “interested person” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
International/Global Equity Fund(s)    One or more of the international/global equity funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Investment Advisory Agreement    The investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of a Fund, and the Advisor
IRS    United States Internal Revenue Service
LIBOR    London Interbank Offered Rate
Marsico    Marsico Capital Management, LLC
Merrill Lynch    Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.
MLPF&S    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Money Market Fund(s)    One or more of the money market funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Moody’s    Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NASDAQ    National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations system
NRSRO    Nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (such as Moody’s, Fitch or S&P)
NSCC    National Securities Clearing Corporation
NYSE    New York Stock Exchange
Principal Underwriter    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
REIT    Real estate investment trust
REMIC    Real estate mortgage investment conduit
RIC    A “regulated investment company,” as such term is used in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

3


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

S&P    Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“Standard & Poor’s” and “S&P” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Advisor. The Columbia Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Columbia Funds).
SAI    This Statement of Additional Information
SEC    United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Selling Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a sales support agreement with the Distributor
Servicing Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a shareholder servicing agreement with the Distributor
Strategic Investor Fund    Columbia Strategic Investor Fund
Transfer Agency Agreement    The transfer agency agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and Columbia Management Services, Inc. relating to Class Y shares
Transfer Agent    Columbia Management Services, Inc.
The Trust    Columbia Funds Series Trust I, the registered investment company in the Columbia Funds Family to which this SAI relates
Trustee(s)    One or more of the Board’s Trustees

 

4


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act within the Columbia Funds Family. Columbia Funds offers over 100 mutual funds in major asset classes, and the Advisor had approximate assets under management of $303.1 billion as of September 30, 2009.

The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust in 1987. On September 23, 2005, the Trust changed its name from Columbia Funds Trust IX to its current name. On October 13, 2003, the Trust changed its name from Liberty-Stein Roe Funds Municipal Trust to Columbia Funds Trust IX.

The Fund represents a series of the Trust and is an open-end diversified management investment company. The Fund has a fiscal year end of August 31.

Prior to March 27, 2006, Strategic Investor Fund was organized as an Oregon corporation (the Oregon Predecessor Fund). The information provided for the Fund in this SAI for periods prior to March 27, 2006 relates to the Oregon Predecessor Fund.

Strategic Investor Fund offers five classes of shares, as discussed in Capital Stock and Other Securities. On July 15, 2009, Strategic Investor Fund commenced offering Class Y shares.

 

5


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

The investment objectives, principal investment strategies (i.e., as used in this SAI and the corresponding prospectus, a strategy which generally involves the ability to invest 10% or more of the Fund’s total assets) and related principal investment risks for the Fund are discussed in the Fund’s prospectus.

Certain Investment Activity Limits

The overall investment and other activities of the Advisor and its affiliates may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain markets where limitations are imposed by regulators upon the amount of investment by affiliated investors, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. From time to time, the Fund’s activities also may be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to the Advisor and its affiliates and/or because of their internal policies. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The following discussion of “fundamental” and “non-fundamental” investment policies and limitations for the Fund supplements the discussion of investment policies in the Fund’s prospectus. A fundamental policy may be changed only with Board and shareholder approval. A non-fundamental policy may be changed by the Board and does not require shareholder approval, but may require notice to shareholders in certain instances.

Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding an investment standard, compliance with such percentage limitation or standard will be determined solely at the time of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Borrowings and other instruments that may give rise to leverage and the restriction on investing in illiquid securities are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. The following fundamental investment policies cannot be changed without such a vote. The Fund may not, as a matter of fundamental policy:

 

  1. Underwrite any issue of securities issued by other persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered investment companies;

 

  2. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may: (i) purchase securities of issuers which deal or invest in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate and (iii) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of securities which are secured by real estate or interests therein;

 

  3. Purchase or sell commodities, except that the Fund may to the extent consistent with its investment objective: (i) invest in securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or which invest in such programs, (ii) purchase and sell options, forward contracts, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts and (iii) enter into swap contracts and other financial transactions relating to commodities. This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions including without limitation forward currency contracts;

 

  4.

Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to

 

6


Table of Contents
 

obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, any state or territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  5. Make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  6. Borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief; and

 

  7. Purchase securities (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets will be invested in the securities of such issuer or it would own more than 10% of the voting securities of such issuer, except that: (i) up to 25% of its total assets may be invested without regard to these limitations and (ii) the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or any applicable exemptive relief.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

  1. The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

  2. The Fund may not purchase securities of other investment companies except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. If shares of the Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, for so long as shares of the Fund are held by such fund, the Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

“Illiquid Securities” is defined in accordance with the SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is a security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security.

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

The Fund’s prospectus identifies and summarizes the individual types of securities in which the Fund invests as part of its principal investment strategies and the principal risks associated with such investments. The table below identifies certain types of securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest, including certain types of securities that are described in the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund generally has the ability to invest 10% or more of its total assets in each type of security described in its prospectus (and in each sub-category of such security type described in this SAI). To the extent that a type of security identified below is not described in the Fund’s prospectus (or as a sub-category of such security type in this SAI), the Fund generally invests less than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in such security type.

Information about individual types of securities (including certain of their associated risks) in which the Fund may invest is set forth below. The Fund’s investment in these types of securities is subject to its investment objective and fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies.

Temporary Defensive Positions. The Fund may temporarily invest in money market instruments or hold cash. It may do so without limit, when the Advisor: (i) believes that the market conditions are not favorable for profitable investing; (ii) is unable to locate favorable investment opportunities; or (iii) determines that a temporary defensive position is advisable or necessary in order to meet anticipated redemption requests, or for other reasons. While the Fund engages in such strategies, it may not achieve its investment objective.

See also About the Fund’s Investments — Permissible Investments and Related Risks — Money Market Instruments.

 

7


Table of Contents

Permissible Fund Investments

 

Investment Type

   Strategic Investor Fund

Bank Obligations

  

Domestic

   ü

Foreign

   ü

Common Stock

   ü

Convertible Securities

   ü

Derivatives

  

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

   ü

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

   ü

Swap Agreements

   ü

Foreign Currency Transactions

   ü

Foreign Securities

   ü

Illiquid Securities

   ü

Initial Public Offerings

   ü

Investments in Other Investment Companies

   ü

Money Market Instruments

   ü

Preferred Stock

   ü

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

   ü

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

   ü

Repurchase Agreements

   ü

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

   ü

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

   ü

Warrants and Rights

   ü

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

   ü

Bank Obligations (Domestic and Foreign)

Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and promissory notes that earn a specified rate of return and may be issued by (i) a domestic branch of a domestic bank, (ii) a foreign branch of a domestic bank, (iii) a domestic branch of a foreign bank or (iv) a foreign branch of a foreign bank. Bank obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

Certificates of deposit, or so-called CDs, typically are interest-bearing debt instruments issued by banks and have maturities ranging from a few weeks to several years. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on and accepted by banks, are a customary means of effecting payment for merchandise sold in import-export transactions and are a general source of financing. Yankee dollar certificates of deposit are negotiable CDs issued in the United States by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are CDs issued by foreign (mainly European) banks with interest and principal paid in U.S. dollars. Such CDs typically have maturities of less than two years and have interest rates that typically are pegged to the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR. A time deposit can be either a savings account or CD that is an obligation of a financial institution for a fixed term. Typically, there are penalties for early withdrawals of time deposits. Promissory notes are written commitments of the maker to pay the payee a specified sum of money either on demand or at a fixed or determinable future date, with or without interest.

Bank investment contracts are issued by banks. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of a bank. The bank then credits to the Fund payments at floating or fixed interest rates. The Fund also may hold funds on deposit with its custodian for temporary purposes.

Investing in bank obligations is subject to certain risks. Certain bank obligations, such as some CDs, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to certain specified limits. Many other bank obligations, however, are neither guaranteed nor insured by the FDIC or the U.S. Government. These bank obligations are “backed” only by the creditworthiness of the issuing bank or parent financial institution. Domestic and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulation. Accordingly, certain obligations of foreign

 

8


Table of Contents

banks, including Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, involve different investment risks than those affecting obligations of domestic banks, including, among others, the possibilities that: (i) their liquidity could be impaired because of political or economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of domestic banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding and other taxes at high levels on interest income; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be imposed, which could adversely affect the payment of principal or interest on those obligations; (vi) there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks issuing the obligations; and (vii) the reserve requirements and accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to domestic banks. Foreign banks generally are not subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

Common Stock

Common stock represents a unit of equity ownership of a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the selection of directors and other important corporate governance matters, and to receive dividend payments, if any, on their holdings. However, ownership of common stock does not entitle owners to participate in the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Common stocks of domestic and foreign public corporations can be listed, and their shares traded, on domestic stock exchanges, such as the NYSE or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Domestic and foreign corporations also may have their shares traded on foreign exchanges, such as the London Stock Exchange or Tokyo Stock Exchange. Common stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in common stocks is subject to certain risks. Stock market risk, for example, is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods of time, perhaps substantially or unexpectedly. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and fall based on factors specific to each company, such as changes in earnings or management, as well as general economic and market factors.

If a corporation is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of debt securities and “preferred” stock take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to the particular type of company issuing the common stock. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price swings than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, may be more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Common stocks of these types of companies may have a higher potential for gains, but also may be subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of common stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected favorably to affect, an industry, the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry to decline quickly.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the conversion price). As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt securities and equity securities. A holder of convertible securities is entitled to receive the income of a bond, debenture or note or the dividend of a preferred stock until the conversion privilege is exercised. The market value of convertible securities generally is a function of, among other factors, interest rates, the rates of return of similar nonconvertible securities and the financial strength of the issuer. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, conversely, to rise as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the

 

9


Table of Contents

market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than its conversion price. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the rate of return of the convertible security. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence their value, convertible securities generally are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as similar debt securities nor generally are they as sensitive to changes in share price as their underlying common stock. Convertible securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses. Certain convertible securities may have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified exchange ratio. Certain convertible securities may be convertible at the option of the issuer, which may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.

In addition, some convertible securities may be rated below investment grade or may not be rated and, therefore, may be considered speculative investments. Companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- and mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with such companies. In addition, the credit rating of a company’s convertible securities generally is lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are senior to equity securities and have a claim to the assets of an issuer prior to the holders of the issuer’s common stock in the event of liquidation but generally are subordinate to similar non-convertible debt securities of the same issuer. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the price for the issuing company’s common stock.

Derivatives

General

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are based on (or “derived” from) traditional securities (such as a stock or a bond), assets (such as a commodity, like gold), reference rates (such as LIBOR) or market indices (such as the S&P 500® Index). Some forms of derivatives, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges. These types of derivatives are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivatives, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Derivatives afford leverage and, when used properly, can enhance returns and be useful in hedging portfolios. Some common types of derivatives include futures; options; options on futures; forward foreign currency exchange contracts; forward contracts on securities and securities indices; linked securities and structured products; CMOs; stripped securities; warrants; swap agreements and swaptions.

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including, for example: (i) to enhance its return; (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for its portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations (i.e., to hedge); (iii) to protect its unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio securities; (iv) to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes; (v) to reduce transaction costs; and/or (vi) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio.

The Fund’s use of derivatives presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the derivatives. These risks are heightened when the Fund uses derivatives to enhance its return or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by the

 

10


Table of Contents

Fund. There is also a risk that the derivative will not correlate well with the security for which it is substituting. The Fund’s use of derivatives to leverage risk also may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund to lose more money than if it had invested in the underlying security, or limit a potential gain. The success of management’s derivative strategies will depend on its ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate and the derivative itself, without necessarily the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Other risks arise from the Fund’s potential inability to terminate or sell its derivative positions as a liquid secondary market for such positions may not exist at times when the Fund may wish to terminate or sell them. Over-the-counter instruments (investments not traded on an exchange) may be illiquid. Derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. Also, with some derivative strategies there is the risk that the Fund may not be able to find a suitable derivative transaction counterparty, and thus may be unable to invest in derivatives altogether. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.

The Fund may use any or all of the above investment techniques and may purchase different types of derivative instruments at any time and in any combination. There is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique over another, as the use of derivatives is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Futures Contracts. A futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. A futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. The specific security or other asset delivered or taken at the settlement date is not determined until on or near that date. The determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract was made. The Fund may enter into futures contracts which are traded on national or foreign futures exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying security or other asset. Futures exchanges and trading in the United States are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a U.S. Government agency.

Traders in futures contracts may be broadly classified as either “hedgers” or “speculators.” Hedgers use the futures markets primarily to offset unfavorable changes (anticipated or potential) in the value of securities or other assets currently owned or expected to be acquired by them. Speculators less often own the securities or other assets underlying the futures contracts which they trade, and generally use futures contracts with the expectation of realizing profits from fluctuations in the value of the underlying securities or other assets. Pursuant to a notice of eligibility claiming exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator filed with the CFTC and the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA, and, accordingly, they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA.

Upon entering into futures contracts, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s obligation under the contract (less any applicable margin deposits and any assets that constitute “cover” for such obligation), will be segregated with the Fund’s custodian.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, although the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian in a segregated account in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash and/or U.S. Government securities in order to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions, in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the Fund to finance the transactions. Rather, initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying security or other asset) that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the relevant futures exchange and may be changed. Brokers may establish deposit requirements which are higher than the exchange minimums. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin which may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker (or the custodian) are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or other asset fluctuates, a process known as “marking to market.” If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the

 

11


Table of Contents

margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional variation margin will be required. Conversely, a change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made for as long as the contract remains open. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Although futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities or other assets (stock index futures contracts or futures contracts that reference other intangible assets do not permit delivery of the referenced assets), the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. The Fund may elect to close some or all of its futures positions at any time prior to their expiration. The purpose of taking such action would be to reduce or eliminate the position then currently held by the Fund. Closing out an open futures position is done by taking an opposite position (“buying” a contract which has previously been “sold,” “selling” a contract previously “purchased”) in an identical contract (i.e., the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security or other asset with the same delivery date) to terminate the position. Final determinations are made as to whether the price of the initial sale of the futures contract exceeds or is below the price of the offsetting purchase, or whether the purchase price exceeds or is below the offsetting sale price. Final determinations of variation margin are then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Brokerage commissions are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold.

Successful use of futures contracts by the Fund is subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting securities and commodities markets. This requires different skills and techniques than those required to predict changes in the prices of individual securities. The Fund, therefore, bears the risk that future market trends will be incorrectly predicted.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the relatively low margin deposits required and the potential for an extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures contracts. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount posted as initial margin for the contract.

In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments in order to maintain its required margin. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities in order to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close the futures position also could have an adverse impact on the ability to hedge effectively.

To reduce or eliminate a hedge position held by the Fund, the Fund may seek to close out a position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract, which may limit the Fund’s ability to realize its profits or limit its losses. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions, closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts (or a particular class or series of contracts), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of contracts) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures

 

12


Table of Contents

markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Fund may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. The Fund presently could accomplish a similar result to that which it hopes to achieve through the use of interest rate futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling bonds with short maturities and investing in bonds with long maturities when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Fund, through using futures contracts.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges— principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. A public market exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; GNMA modified pass-through mortgage backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Fund may also invest in exchange-traded Eurodollar contracts, which are interest rate futures on the forward level of LIBOR. These contracts are generally considered liquid securities and trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Such Eurodollar contracts are generally used to “lock-in” or hedge the future level of short-term rates. The Fund may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

Index Futures Contracts. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. Entering into a contract to buy units of an index is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in the index. Entering into a contract to sell units of an index is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position in the index. A unit is the current value of the index. The Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, debt index futures contracts, or other index futures contracts appropriate to its objective(s).

There are several risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged.

Municipal Bond Index Futures Contracts. Municipal bond index futures contracts may act as a hedge against changes in market conditions. A municipal bond index assigns values daily to the municipal bonds included in the index based on the independent assessment of dealer-to-dealer municipal bond brokers. A municipal bond index futures contract represents a firm commitment by which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the municipal bond index value on the last trading date of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on those futures contracts that it is permitted to buy or sell. The Fund may use such options on futures contracts in lieu of writing options directly on the underlying securities or other assets or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. Such options generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the underlying investments. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy from (call) or sell to (put) the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing purchase transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing purchase transactions can be effected.

The Fund will enter into written options on futures contracts only when, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities equal in value to the underlying security’s or other asset’s value (less any applicable margin deposits) have been deposited in a segregated account. The Fund will be required to deposit initial

 

13


Table of Contents

margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same risks that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased. There may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Successful use of index futures by the Fund is also subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, for example, where the Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index on which the futures are written may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, as the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in futures or put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as the Fund’s securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, the Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move to the same extent as do the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held in its portfolio and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased values of those securities that it has hedged, because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the index futures and the securities of the portfolio being hedged, the prices of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures markets are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which would distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Second, margin requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result, the futures market may attract more speculators than the securities market. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market, and also because of the imperfect correlation between movements in an index and movements in the prices of index futures, even a correct forecast of general market trends by the Advisor may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.

There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or related option. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in some contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and, therefore, does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Options on Index Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and sell options on index futures contracts. Options on index futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified

 

14


Table of Contents

exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the index futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the index future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

There are various risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. For example, a risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged; there can be no assurance that the Advisor will be successful in doing so.

Use by Tax-Exempt Funds of Interest Rate and U.S. Treasury Security Futures Contracts and Options. If the Fund invests in tax-exempt securities, it may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities when, in the opinion of the Advisor, price movements in these security futures and related options will correlate closely with price movements in the tax-exempt securities which are the subject of the hedge. Interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities futures contracts require the seller to deliver, or the purchaser to take delivery of, the type of security called for in the contract at a specified date and price. Options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

In addition to the risks generally involved in using futures contracts, there is also a risk that price movements in interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and related options will not correlate closely with price movements in markets for tax-exempt securities.

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

The Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options. Such options may relate to particular stocks or stock indices, and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC). Stock index options are put options and call options on various stock indices. In most respects, they are identical to listed options on common stocks.

There is a key difference between stock options and stock index options in connection with their exercise. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of an index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the securities included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the S&P 500® Index or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100 Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment.

The successful use of the Fund’s options strategies depends on the ability of the Advisor to forecast interest rate and market movements correctly. When it purchases an option, the Fund runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the Fund exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction for such option during the life of the option. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the Fund will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by the Fund in the underlying securities, since the Fund may continue to hold its investment in those securities notwithstanding the lack of a change in price of those securities.

 

15


Table of Contents

The effective use of options also depends on the Fund’s ability to terminate option positions at times when the Advisor deems it desirable to do so. Although the Fund will take an option position only if the Advisor believes there is a liquid secondary market for the option, there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.

If a secondary trading market in options were to become unavailable, the Fund could no longer engage in closing transactions. The writer in such circumstances would be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund will realize a loss equal to the premium paid. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the OCC or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at a time when trading in the option has also been halted, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If a prohibition on exercise remains in effect until an option owned by the Fund has expired, the Fund could lose the entire value of its option.

Special risks are presented by internationally traded options. Because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.

Dealer (Over-the-Counter) Options. Dealer options are options negotiated individually through dealers rather than traded on an exchange. Certain risks are specific to dealer options. While the Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund purchases a dealer option it must rely on the selling dealer to perform if the Fund exercises the option. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options more often may not. Consequently, the Fund can realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the issuing dealer. Similarly, when the Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund can close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer. While the Fund seeks to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and can enter into closing transactions with the Fund, no assurance exists that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless the Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, can effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

The Fund generally will treat purchased dealer options as illiquid securities. The Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be

 

16


Table of Contents

considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Writing Covered Options. The Fund may write covered call options and covered put options on securities held in its portfolio when, in the opinion of the Advisor, such transactions are consistent with the Fund’s investment goal and policies. Call options written by the Fund give the purchaser the right to buy the underlying securities from the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price; put options give the purchaser the right to sell the underlying securities to the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price.

The Fund may write only covered options, which means that, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of securities exchanges). In the case of put options, the Fund will hold cash and/or high-grade short-term debt obligations equal to the price to be paid if the option is exercised. In addition, the Fund will be considered to have covered a put or call option if and to the extent that it holds an option that offsets some or all of the risk of the option it has written. The Fund may write combinations of covered puts and calls (straddles) on the same underlying security.

The Fund will receive a premium from writing a put or call option, which increases the Fund’s return on the underlying security if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security. By writing a call option, the Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option but continues to bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security. By writing a put option, the Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than the security’s then-current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value.

The Fund’s obligation to sell an instrument subject to a call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an offsetting option of the same series (i.e., same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The Fund realizes a profit or loss from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction (option premium plus transaction costs) is less or more than the premium received from writing the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option generally reflect increases in the market price of the security underlying the option, any loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction may be offset in whole or in part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security.

If the Fund writes a call option but does not own the underlying security, and when it writes a put option, the Fund may be required to deposit cash or securities with its broker as “margin” or collateral for its obligation to buy or sell the underlying security. As the value of the underlying security varies, the Fund may also have to deposit additional margin with the broker. Margin requirements are complex and are fixed by individual brokers, subject to minimum requirements currently imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and by stock exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations.

Purchasing Put Options. The Fund may purchase put options to protect its portfolio holdings in an underlying security against a decline in market value. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the put option since the Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying security’s market price. For a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. By using put options in this manner, the Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized from appreciation of the underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

 

17


Table of Contents

Purchasing Call Options. The Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the Fund, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security’s market price. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. These costs will reduce any profit the Fund might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the time it purchased the call option.

Over-the-Counter (OTC) Options. The Fund will enter into OTC options transactions only with primary dealers in U.S. Government securities and, in the case of OTC options written by the Fund, only pursuant to agreements that will assure that the Fund will at all times have the right to repurchase the option written by it from the dealer at a specified formula price. The Fund will treat the amount by which such formula price exceeds the amount, if any, by which the option may be “in-the-money” as an illiquid investment. It is the present policy of the Fund not to enter into any OTC option transaction if, as a result, more than 15% (10% in some cases, refer to the Fund’s prospectuses) of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in (i) illiquid investments (determined under the foregoing formula) relating to OTC options written by the Fund, (ii) OTC options purchased by the Fund, (iii) securities which are not readily marketable, and (iv) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.

Index Options. As an alternative to purchasing call and put options on index futures, the Fund may purchase call and put options on the underlying indices themselves. Such options could be used in a manner identical to the use of options on index futures. Options involving securities indices provide the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option based on movements in the relevant index. Such options must be listed on a national securities exchange and issued by the OCC. Such options may relate to various stock indices, except that the Fund may not write covered options on an index.

Foreign Stock Index Options. The Fund may, for the purpose of hedging its portfolio, subject to applicable securities regulations, purchase and write put and call options on foreign stock indices listed on foreign and domestic stock exchanges.

Swap Agreements

Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. The Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate swap agreements, and other types of swap agreements such as caps, collars and floors. The Fund also may enter into swaptions, which are options to enter into a swap agreement.

In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for a specified period of time. If a swap agreement provides for payments in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange notional principal amount as well. In a total return swap agreement, the non-floating rate side of the swap is based on the total return of an individual security, a basket of securities, an index or another reference asset. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if the Fund agreed

 

18


Table of Contents

to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.

Swap agreements are sophisticated hedging instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor’s ability correctly to predict whether certain types of investments likely are to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factor that determines the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement likely would decline, potentially resulting in losses for the Fund. The Fund will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. The Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions (i.e., by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party).

Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more securities or a basket of securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to risks relating to the reference obligation, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally will lose its investment and recover nothing if no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

Equity Swaps. The Fund may engage in equity swaps. Equity swaps allow the parties to the swap agreement to exchange components of return on one equity investment (e.g., a basket of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment, including an exchange of differential rates of return. Equity swaps may be used to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impractical. Equity swaps also may be used for other purposes, such as hedging or seeking to increase total return.

The values of equity swaps can be very volatile. To the extent that the Advisor does not accurately analyze and predict the potential relative fluctuation on the components swapped with the other party, the Fund may suffer a loss. The value of some components of an equity swap (such as the dividend on a common stock) may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Furthermore, during the period a swap is outstanding, the Fund may suffer a loss if the counterparty defaults.

 

19


Table of Contents

Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder, and conversely, that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Variance, Volatility and Correlation Swap Agreements. Variance and volatility swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the volatility of certain referenced assets. Correlation swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the correlation between the prices of different assets or different market rates.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions may be used to protect, to some extent, against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates by establishing a fixed exchange rate. Foreign currency transactions may involve the purchase or sale of foreign currencies on a “spot” (cash) basis at the prevailing exchange rate or may involve “forward contracts” that allow the Fund to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date. Forward contracts may be used for “transaction hedging,” “position hedging” and “cross-hedging.” The Fund may use forward sale contracts to sell an amount of a foreign currency approximating the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in the foreign security when that foreign currency suffers a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. The Fund may use forward purchase contracts to purchase a foreign currency when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a substantial decline against the foreign currency. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized if the value of the hedged currency increases.

Transaction hedging may allow the Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest rate payment in a foreign currency. The Fund may use transaction hedging to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Position hedging may allow the Fund to protect against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated. The Fund may use position hedging when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a decline against the foreign currency by entering into a forward purchase contract to purchase that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount.

Cross-hedging may allow the Fund to enter into a forward contract to sell a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount when it is believed that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall if there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which the Fund’s securities are denominated.

 

20


Table of Contents

The Fund also may purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts. Options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts give the holder a right to buy or sell the underlying foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts for a specified period of time and for a specified amount. The value of an option on foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts reflects the value of an exchange rate, which depends on the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the relevant foreign currency.

Engaging in foreign currency transactions is subject to certain risks. For example, if the value of a foreign currency were to decline against the U.S. dollar, such decline would reduce the dollar value of any securities held by the Fund denominated in that currency. It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract, which may make it necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of the security being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver at the time the Fund sells the security being hedged. The value of any currency, including the U.S. dollar, may be affected by political and economic factors applicable to the issuer’s country. The exchange rates of currencies also may be affected adversely by governmental actions. Transaction, position and cross-hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell and may limit the amount of potential gain that might result from the increase in value of the currency being hedged. Settlement procedures relating to the Fund’s foreign currency transactions may be more complex than those relating to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.

Foreign Securities

Foreign securities include debt, equity and derivative securities that the Advisor determines are “foreign” based on the consideration of an issuer’s domicile, its principal place of business, its primary stock exchange listing, the source of its revenue or other factors. Foreign securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Foreign securities may include depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued in registered form by a domestic bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies and foreign branches of domestic banks, that evidence ownership of foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are receipts structured similarly to ADRs and EDRs and are marketed globally. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. In general, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest-holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be limited information available regarding such issuers and/or limited correlation between available information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

Investing in foreign securities is subject to certain risks. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also may impact the value of foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies or U.S. dollars, without a change in the intrinsic value of those securities. Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of a foreign security tends to decrease when the value of the U.S. dollar rises against the foreign currency in which the security is denominated and tends to increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls against such currency. The Fund may attempt to minimize the risk from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies by purchasing and selling forward foreign currency exchange contracts and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. Foreign securities may be less liquid than domestic securities so that the Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable prices. Brokerage commissions,

 

21


Table of Contents

custodial fees and other fees also are generally higher for foreign securities. The Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain debt securities issued by foreign governments. In addition, foreign governments may impose potentially confiscatory withholding or other taxes, which would reduce the Fund’s return on these securities. Other risks include: possible delays in the settlement of transactions or in the notification of income; generally less publicly available information about companies; adverse impact of political, social or diplomatic events; possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets; possible imposition of currency exchange controls; and that foreign companies generally are not subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those mandated for domestic companies.

Risks associated with investments in foreign securities are increased with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries, especially those in Eastern Europe, the Pacific Basin and the Far East, are undergoing significant evolutionary changes and rapid development, and may lack the social, political and economic stability of more developed countries. Investing in emerging market securities also involves risks beyond the risks applicable to foreign investments. For example, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain currencies may not be traded internationally, and some countries with emerging securities markets have sustained long periods of very high inflation or rapid fluctuation in inflation rates which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets.

Illiquid Securities

Illiquid securities are defined by the Fund consistent with SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is an asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment on its books. Some securities, such as those not registered under U.S. securities laws, cannot be sold in public transactions. Subject to its investment policies, the Fund may invest in illiquid investments and may invest in certain restricted securities that are deemed to be illiquid securities.

Initial Public Offerings

The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs) of common stock or other primary or secondary syndicated offerings of equity or debt securities issued by a corporate issuer. Fixed income funds frequently invest in these types of offerings of debt securities. A purchase of IPO securities often involves higher transaction costs than those associated with the purchase of securities already traded on exchanges or markets. IPO securities are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. The market value of recently issued IPO securities may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading and speculation, a potentially small number of securities available for trading, limited information about the issuer, and other factors. The Fund may hold IPO securities for a period of time, or may sell them soon after the purchase. Investments in IPOs could have a magnified impact — either positive or negative — on the Fund’s performance while the Fund’s assets are relatively small. The impact of an IPO on the Fund’s performance may tend to diminish as the Fund’s assets grow. In circumstances when investments in IPOs make a significant contribution to the Fund’s performance, there can be no assurance that similar contributions from IPOs will continue in the future.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

Investing in other investment companies may be a means by which the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive orders currently or in the future obtained by the Fund from the SEC.

Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds, the 1940 Act generally requires that the Fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as determined at the time a securities purchase is made: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company; (ii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies; and (iii) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by the Fund or by

 

22


Table of Contents

companies controlled by the Fund. Such other investment companies may include exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which are shares of publicly traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indexes or companies in related industries.

Investing in other investment companies is subject to certain risks. Although the Fund may derive certain advantages from being able to invest in shares of other investment companies, such as to be fully invested, there may be potential disadvantages. Investing in other investment companies may result in higher fees and expenses for the Fund and its shareholders. A shareholder may be charged fees not only on Fund shares held directly but also on the investment company shares that the Fund purchases.

In addition, investing in ETFs is subject to certain other risks. ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track as well as to the risks of the specific sector or industry to which the ETF relates. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons.

Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, the Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Columbia Funds, including the Money Market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. For more information about such actual and potential conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term debt obligations, which include: (i) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (ii) funding agreements; (iii) repurchase agreements; (iv) obligations of the United States, foreign countries and supranational entities, and each of their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities; (v) certain corporate debt securities, such as commercial paper, short-term corporate obligations and extendible commercial notes; (vi) participation interests; and (vii) municipal securities. Money market instruments may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in money market instruments is subject to certain risks. Money market instruments (other than certain U.S. Government obligations) are not backed or insured by the U.S. Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Accordingly, only the creditworthiness of an issuer, or guarantees of that issuer, support such instruments.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents units of ownership of a corporation that frequently have dividends that are set at a specified rate. Preferred stock has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets. Preferred stock shares some of the characteristics of both debt and equity. Preferred stock ordinarily does not carry voting rights. Most preferred stock is cumulative; if dividends are passed (i.e., not paid for any reason), they accumulate and must be paid before common stock dividends. Participating preferred stock entitles its holders to share in profits above and beyond the declared dividend, along with common shareholders, as distinguished from nonparticipating preferred stock, which is limited to the stipulated dividend. Convertible preferred stock is exchangeable for a given number of shares of common stock and thus tends to be more volatile than nonconvertible preferred stock, which generally behaves more like a fixed income bond. Preferred stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Auction preferred stock (APS) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by corporate bidders. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition to reinvestment risk if interest rates fall, some specific risks with regard to APS include:

 

   

Failed auction: A breakdown in the auction process can occur; in the event that the process fails, the rate is reset at the maximum applicable rate, which is usually described in the prospectus and typically is influenced by the issuer’s credit rating. In a failed auction, current shareholders generally are unable to sell some, or all, of the shares when the auction is completed. Typically, the liquidity for APS that have experienced a failed auction becomes very limited. If a failed auction were to occur, the shareholder generally would hold his or her shares until the next auction. Should there not be subsequent auctions that “cure” the failed process, the shareholder may: (1) hold the APS in anticipation of a refinancing by the issuer that would cause the APS to be called, or (2) hold securities either indefinitely or in anticipation of the development of a secondary market.

 

   

Early call risk: APS generally is redeemable at any time, usually upon notice, at the issuer’s option, at par plus accrued dividends.

Investing in preferred stock is subject to certain risks. For example, stock market risk is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and decline based on factors specific to each corporation, such as changes in earnings or management.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular company. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price fluctuations than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, are more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Stocks of these companies may have a higher potential for gains but also are subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the prices of the stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the value of those companies’ stock to decline.

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

Private placement securities are securities that have been privately placed and are not registered under the 1933 Act. They are eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. Private placement and other “restricted” securities often cannot be sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or they are “not readily marketable” because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.

Private placements typically may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers (or, in the case of the initial sale of certain securities, such as those issued in collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations, to accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the 1933 Act), or in a privately negotiated transaction or to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.

Investing in private placement and other restricted securities is subject to certain risks. Private placements may be considered illiquid securities. Private placements typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable

 

24


Table of Contents

to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of a trading market.

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

REITs are entities that either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans and also may include operating or finance companies. An equity REIT generally holds equity positions in real estate and seeks to provide its shareholders with income from the leasing of its properties and with capital gains from any sales of properties. A mortgage REIT generally specializes in lending money to owners of properties and passes through any interest income it may earn to its shareholders.

Partnership units of real estate and other types of companies sometimes are organized as master limited partnerships in which ownership interests are publicly traded. Master limited partnerships often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and the oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects.

REITs are subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, for example, declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, and variations in rental income. REITs also may be subject to interest rate risk. In general, increases in interest rates will decrease the value of high-yield securities and increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could decrease the value of a REIT’s investments. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. Both equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills. REITs also may be subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, and the possibility of failing to qualify for preferential tax treatment under the Code, which could adversely affect dividend payments. REITs also may not be diversified.

Investing in master limited partnerships generally is subject to the risks applicable to investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation, which may include fewer protections afforded to investors. Additional risks include those associated with the specific industries in which a master limited partnership invests, such as the risks associated with investing in the real estate or oil and gas industries.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements are agreements under which the Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period of time subject to the obligation of a seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by the Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The Fund typically will enter into repurchase agreements only with commercial banks, registered broker/dealers and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Such transactions are monitored to ensure that the value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including any accrued interest. Repurchase agreements generally are subject to counterparty risk.

If a counterparty defaults, the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale are less than the resale price provided in the repurchase agreement including interest. In the event that a counterparty fails to perform because it is insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund’s right to take possession of the underlying securities would be subject to applicable insolvency law and procedure, including an automatic stay (which would preclude immediate enforcement of the Fund’s rights) and exemptions thereto (which would permit the Fund to take possession of the underlying securities or to void a repurchase agreement altogether). Since it is possible that an exemption from the automatic stay would not be available, the Fund might be prevented from immediately enforcing its rights against the counterparty. Accordingly, if a counterparty becomes insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund may incur delays in or be prevented from liquidating the underlying securities and could experience losses, including the possible decline in value of the underlying securities during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible subnormal levels of income or lack of access to income during such time, as well as the costs incurred in enforcing the Fund’s rights. For example, if the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement with a broker

 

25


Table of Contents

that becomes insolvent, it is possible for the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) to institute a liquidation proceeding in federal court against the broker counterparty which could lead to a foreclosure by SIPC of the underlying securities or SIPC may stay, or preclude, the Fund’s ability under contract to terminate the repurchase agreement.

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

U.S. Government obligations include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government differ in their interest rates, maturities and time of issuance, as well as with respect to whether they are guaranteed by the U.S. Government. U.S. Government and related obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

U.S. Government obligations also include senior unsecured debt securities issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009 by eligible issuers (including U.S. depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) (and certain affiliates), U.S. bank holding companies and certain U.S. savings and loan holding companies) that are guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The FDIC’s guarantee under the TLGP will expire upon the earlier of (i) maturity of such security or (ii) June 30, 2012. It is the view of the FDIC and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that any debt security that is guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP and that has a maturity that ends on or before June 30, 2012 would be a security exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 because such security would be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the FDIC.

Investing in securities guaranteed under the TLGP is subject to certain risks. Given that there is no track record for securities guaranteed under the TLGP, it is uncertain how such securities will trade in relation to treasury and government agency securities in terms of yield spread and the volatility of such spread and it is uncertain how such securities will trade in the secondary market and whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The TLGP is a new program that is subject to change. In order to collect from the FDIC under the TLGP, a claims process must be followed. Failure to follow the claims process could result in a loss to the right to payment under the guarantee. In addition, guarantee payments by the FDIC under the TLGP may be delayed.

Investing in U.S. Government and related obligations is subject to certain risks. While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises historically have involved limited risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to any of these entities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

Variable- and floating-rate obligations provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate and, under certain circumstances, varying principal amounts. Unlike a fixed interest rate, a variable, or floating, rate is one that rises and declines based on the movement of an underlying index of interest rates and may pay interest at rates that are adjusted periodically according to a specified formula. Asset-backed securities, bank obligations, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, money market instruments, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as variable- and floating-rate obligations.

Investing in variable- and floating-rate obligations is subject to certain risks. Variable- and floating-rate obligations may involve direct lending arrangements between the purchaser and the issuer and there may be no active secondary market, making it difficult to resell such obligations to a third party. Variable- and floating-rate

 

26


Table of Contents

obligations also may be subject to interest rate and credit risks. Changes in interest rates can affect the rate of return on such obligations. If an issuer of a variable- or floating-rate obligation defaults, the Fund could sustain a loss to the extent of such default.

Warrants and Rights

Warrants and rights are types of securities that give a holder a right to purchase shares of common stock. Warrants usually are issued together with a bond or preferred stock and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price typically for a period of years. Rights usually have a specified purchase price that is lower than the current market price and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock typically for a period of only weeks. Warrants may be used to enhance the marketability of a bond or preferred stock.

Warrants and rights may be subject to the risk that the securities could lose value. There also is the risk that the potential exercise price may exceed the market price of the warrants or rights, such as when there is no movement in the market price or the market price of such securities declines.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities are types of debt instruments that do not necessarily make payments of interest in fixed amounts or at fixed intervals. Asset-backed securities, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities.

Zero-coupon securities do not pay interest on a current basis but instead accrue interest over the life of the security. These securities include, among others, zero-coupon bonds, which either may be issued at a discount by a corporation or government entity or may be created by a brokerage firm when it strips the coupons from a bond or note and then sells the bond or note and the coupon separately. This technique is used frequently with U.S. Treasury bonds, and zero-coupon securities are marketed under such names as CATS (Certificate of Accrual on Treasury Securities), TIGERs or STRIPS. Zero-coupon bonds also are issued by municipalities. Buying a municipal zero-coupon bond frees its purchaser of the obligation to pay regular federal income tax on imputed interest, since the interest is exempt for regular federal income tax purposes. Zero-coupon certificates of deposit and zero-coupon mortgages are generally structured in the same fashion as zero-coupon bonds; the certificate of deposit holder or mortgage holder receives face value at maturity and no payments until then.

Pay-in-kind securities normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or to give the holder of the security a similar security with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is paid according to a schedule for a series of periods, typically lower for an initial period and then increasing to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issue.

Zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities holders generally have substantially all the rights and privileges of holders of the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations. Holders of these securities have the right upon default on the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations to proceed directly and individually against the issuer and are not required to act in concert with other holders of such securities.

Investing in zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities is subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities.

Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, they are volatile. Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically than bonds paying interest on a current

 

27


Table of Contents

basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value than interest paying bonds.

Borrowings

The Fund has a fundamental policy with respect to borrowing that can be found under the heading About the Fund’s Investments — Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies. Specifically, the Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. In general, pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). Any borrowings that come to exceed this amount must be reduced within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) to the extent necessary to comply with the 33 1/3% limitation.

The Fund participates in a committed line of credit (Line of Credit). Any advance under the Line of Credit is contemplated primarily for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests that otherwise might require the untimely sale of portfolio securities.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund may, subject to certain conditions, borrow money from other funds in the Columbia Funds Family for temporary emergency purposes in order to facilitate redemption requests, or for other purposes consistent with Fund investment policies and restrictions. All loans are set at an interest rate between the rates charged on overnight repurchase agreements and short-term bank loans.

Short Sales

The Fund may sometimes sell securities short when it owns an equal amount of such securities as those securities sold short. This is a technique known as selling short “against the box.” If the Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

Short sales “against the box” entail many of the same risks and considerations described above regarding short sales not “against the box.” However, when the Fund sells short “against the box” it typically limits the amount of securities that it has leveraged. The Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the Advisor believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities. Short sales may have adverse tax consequences to the Fund and its shareholders.

Subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies, the Fund may engage in short sales that are not “against the box,” which are sales by the Fund of securities or commodity futures contracts that it does not own in hopes of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The technique is also used to protect a profit in a long-term position in a security or commodity futures contract. To make delivery to the buyer, the Fund must borrow or purchase the security. If borrowed, the Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed from the third party, so the Fund must purchase the security at the market price at a later time. If the price of the security has increased during this time, then the Fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price of the security from the time of the short sale plus any premiums and interest paid to the third party. (Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the

 

28


Table of Contents

security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.)

Short sales by the Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Because the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales could potentially involve unlimited loss, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although the Fund can mitigate any such losses by replacing the securities sold short. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. There is also the risk that the third party to the short sale may fail to honor its contract terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund’s successful use of short sales also will be subject to the ability of the Advisor to predict movements in the directions of the relevant market. The Fund therefore bears the risk that the Advisor will incorrectly predict future price directions. In addition, if the Fund sells a security short, and that security’s price goes up, the Fund will have to make up the margin on its open position (i.e., purchase more securities on the market to cover the position). It may be unable to do so and thus its position may not be closed out. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not incur significant losses in such a case.

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

Lending Securities

Securities lending refers to the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Subject to its investment policies described above and in the prospectuses, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to broker/dealers and other institutional investors. Securities loans by the Fund are made pursuant to agreements that require that loans be secured continuously by collateral in cash. The Fund retains all or a portion of the income received on investment of cash collateral. A borrower will pay to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities loaned, but the borrower typically will receive a portion of the income earned on investments of cash collateral. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to loaned securities pass to a borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and may do so in order to vote upon matters affecting, or to sell, the loaned securities.

The Fund typically invests the cash collateral it receives in connection with its securities lending program directly or indirectly in high quality, short-term investments. The Fund may invest some or all of the cash collateral in one or more pooled investment vehicles, including, among other vehicles, money market funds managed by the Fund’s securities lending agent or its affiliates. The securities lending agent shares in any income resulting from the investment of the cash collateral, and an affiliate of the securities lending agent receives asset-based fees for the management of the pooled investment vehicles, which may create a conflict of interest between the securities lending agent (or its affiliate) and the Fund with respect to the management of the cash collateral.

 

29


Table of Contents

Engaging in securities lending is subject to certain risks, including counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default. There also is a risk of possible delay in the recovery of loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral if a borrower fails financially.

Portfolio Turnover

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover (e.g., over 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Such sales may also result in adverse tax consequences to the Fund’s shareholders. The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

For the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate, see the Financial Highlights section in the prospectus for the Fund.

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Columbia Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of Columbia Fund shareholders and to address conflicts between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other. These policies and procedures provide that Columbia Funds portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the earlier of: (i) the business day next following the posting of such information on the Columbia Funds’ website, if applicable, or (ii) the time a Columbia Fund discloses the information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information. Certain limited exceptions that have been approved consistent with the policies and procedures are described below. The Board is updated as needed regarding compliance with these policies and procedures. The policies and procedures prohibit the Advisor and the Columbia Funds’ other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Columbia Fund portfolio holdings information in exchange for any form of consideration. These policies and procedures apply to all categories of Columbia Funds and include some variations tailored to the different categories of Columbia Funds. Accordingly, some of the provisions described below do not apply to the Columbia Fund(s) covered by this SAI. The Advisor also has adopted policies and procedures to monitor for compliance with these portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.

Public Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through required filings with the SEC and on the Columbia Funds’ website. This information is available on the Columbia Funds’ website as described below.

 

   

For equity, convertible, balanced and asset allocation funds, other than small-cap and specialty Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 15 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For small cap and specialty Columbia Funds and those Columbia Funds that are sub-advised by Marsico and Brandes, sub-advisors for certain Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 30 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For fixed income funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a fiscal quarter-end is posted approximately 60 calendar days after such quarter-end.

 

   

For Columbia Money Market Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 5 business days after such month-end.

Certain Columbia Funds also disclose their largest holdings, as a percent of the market values of the Columbia Funds’ portfolios, as of a month-end on their website, generally within 15 calendar days after such month-end. In general, the equity Columbia Funds post their largest 10-15 holdings, the balanced Columbia Funds post their largest 5 equity holdings, and certain fixed income Columbia Funds post their largest 5-15 holdings (by security or issuer).

 

30


Table of Contents

The Advisor may also disclose more current portfolio holdings information as of specified dates on the Columbia Funds’ website.

The scope of the information that is made available on the Columbia Funds’ website pursuant to the Columbia Funds’ policies relating to a Columbia Fund’s portfolio may change from time to time without prior notice.

The Columbia Funds file their portfolio holdings with the SEC for each fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semi-annual period) and Form N-Q (with respect to the first and third quarters of each Columbia Fund’s fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, a link to which is provided on the Columbia Funds’ website. In addition, each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. You may call the SEC at 800.SEC.0330 for information about the SEC’s website or the operation of the public reference room.

The Columbia Funds, the Advisor and their affiliates may include portfolio holdings information that already has been made public through a website posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that the information is disclosed no earlier than the business day after the date the information is disclosed publicly on the Columbia Funds’ website or no earlier than the time a Columbia Fund files such information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information.

Other Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ policies and procedures provide that no disclosures of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings may be made prior to the portfolio holdings information being made public unless (i) the Columbia Funds have a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure, (ii) the Columbia Funds’ President authorizes such non-public disclosure of information, and (iii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into an appropriate confidentiality agreement or is otherwise subject to a confidentiality obligation.

In determining the existence of a legitimate business purpose for making portfolio disclosures, the following factors, among others, are considered: (i) any prior disclosure must be consistent with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties of the Advisor; (ii) any conflicts of interest between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other; and (iii) any prior disclosure to a third party, although subject to a confidentiality agreement, would not make conduct lawful that otherwise is unlawful.

In addition, the Columbia Funds periodically disclose their portfolio information on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information to assist the Columbia Funds with their day-to-day business affairs. In addition to the Advisor and its affiliates, these service providers include each Columbia Fund’s sub-advisor(s) (if any), the Columbia Funds’ custodian, sub-custodians, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, financial printers, proxy solicitor and proxy voting service provider, as well as ratings agencies that maintain ratings on certain Columbia Funds. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Columbia Funds. The Columbia Funds also may disclose portfolio holdings information to broker/dealers and certain other entities in connection with potential transactions and management of the Columbia Funds, provided that reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

The Columbia Funds currently have ongoing arrangements with certain approved recipients with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information prior to such information being made public. Portfolio holdings information disclosed to such recipients is current as of the time of its disclosure, is disclosed to each recipient solely for purposes consistent with the services described below and has been authorized by the Columbia Funds’ President. These special arrangements are described in the table below.

 

31


Table of Contents

Ongoing Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Arrangements

 

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Standard & Poor’s    None    Use to maintain ratings for certain Money Market Funds.    Weekly
InvestorTools, Inc.    None    Access granted solely for the purpose of testing back office conversion of trading systems.    Real time
ING Insurance Company    None    Access granted for specific Columbia Funds for ING’s creation of client/shareholder materials. ING may not distribute materials until the holdings information is made public.    Quarterly
Glass-Lewis & Co.    None    Access in connection with testing the firm’s proxy services.    Daily
CMS Bondedge    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with application used by the Advisor’s Fixed Income Portfolio Management team as an analytical and trading tool.    Ad hoc
Linedata Services, Inc.    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with the software for the LongView Trade Order Management System.    Ad hoc
JP Morgan    None    Access to provide the Advisor’s High Yield portfolio management team with peer group analysis reports for purposes of analyzing the portfolio.    Monthly
Malaspina Communications    None    Use to facilitate writing, publishing and mailing Columbia Fund shareholder reports and communications including shareholder letters and management’s discussion of Columbia Fund performance.    Quarterly
Evare LLP    None    Use for standardizing and reformatting data according to the Advisor’s specifications for use in the reconciliation process.    Daily
Factset Research Data Systems, Inc.    None    Use for provision of quantitative analytics, charting and fundamental data to the Advisor, and Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
RR Donnelley/WE Andrews    None    Access as printers for the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs, fact sheets and brochures.    Monthly
Merrill Corporation    None    Use to provide fulfillment of the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs and sales materials.    Monthly

 

32


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Citigroup    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with Yield Book, an analytic software program that the Advisor uses to perform ongoing risk analysis and management of certain fixed income Columbia Funds and fixed income separately managed accounts.    Daily

Institutional Shareholder Services

(ISS)

   None    Proxy voting administration and research on proxy matters utilized by MacKay Shields LLC, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
Cogent Consulting LLC    None    Utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds, to facilitate the evaluation of commission rates and to provide flexible commission reporting.    Daily
Moody’s    None    Ongoing portfolio surveillance for ratings it maintains on the Money Market Funds.    Monthly
Kynex    None    Use to provide portfolio attribution reports.    Daily
Bowne & Co.    None    Use for printing of the following materials: prospectuses, supplements and SAIs.    Monthly/ quarterly
Bloomberg    None    Use for portfolio analytics.    Daily
Barclays Point    None    Use for analytics including risk and attribution assessment.    Daily
Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.    None    Proxy voting and research utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

(ITG, formerly known as Macgregor)

   None    Order management system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds that stores trading data and is used for trading and compliance purposes.    Ad hoc
Advent/AXP    None    Portfolio accounting system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds, for both portfolio accounting and internal recordkeeping purposes.    Ad hoc

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

(ITG, formerly known as Plexus Group)

   None    Evaluation and assessment of trading activity, execution and practices by the Advisor.    Five days after quarter-end
BANA and State Street Bank    None    Credit analysis performed by lenders.    Ad hoc
State Street    None    Use to provide custodian services.    Real time

 

33


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Lipper

   None    Use to create metrics for board and executive management reporting, product and marketing analysis, and fund performance.    Daily

Morningstar, Inc.

   None    Use for independent research and ranking of Columbia Funds.    Daily

 

34


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

The Advisor (which is also the Administrator) has been a registered investment advisor since 1995. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of Columbia Management Group, LLC, which is the primary investment division of Bank of America. The Advisor and Columbia Management Group, LLC are located at 100 Federal Street, Boston MA 02110.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is responsible for the overall management and supervision of the investment management of the Fund. The Advisor performs its duties subject at all times to the control of the Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the Fund. In rendering investment advisory services, the Advisor may use the portfolio management and research resources of Columbia Management Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of the Advisor. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Advisor pursuant to which Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is considered a “participating affiliate” of the Advisor as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisors to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered investment advisor. Investment professionals from Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. may render portfolio management or research services to clients of the Advisor, including the Fund, under the MOU, and are subject to supervision by the Advisor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement generally provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Advisor’s obligations or duties thereunder, the Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of rendering services thereunder.

The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by the Board, and after an initial two year period, continues from year to year, provided that such continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) on at least 60 days’ notice or by the Advisor on at least 60 days’ written notice.

The Advisor pays all salaries of officers of the Trust, except for the Chief Compliance Officer, a portion of whose salary is paid by the Columbia Funds. The Trust pays all expenses not assumed by the Advisor including, but not limited to, auditing, legal, custodial, shareholder servicing and shareholder reporting expenses. The Trust pays the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectus to shareholders. The Distributor pays the cost of printing and distributing all other prospectus.

Advisory Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Fund pays the Advisor an annual fee for its investment advisory services, as set forth in the Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund and is paid monthly. The Advisor also may pay amounts from its own assets to the Distributor and/or to selling and/or servicing agents for services they provide.

The Advisor received fees from the Fund for its services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the advisory fees paid to the Advisor and the fees waived/reimbursed by the Advisor, where applicable, for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

 

35


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Strategic Investor Fund

        

Advisory Fee Paid

   $ 4,131,661    $ 6,613,337    $ 6,600,954

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Advisor

   $ 1,606,165    $ 294,451    $ 204,253

Portfolio Manager(s)

The following provides additional information about the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for making the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund. As described in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager(s) of the Advisor

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Fund

Emil A. Gjester   Strategic Investor Fund
Jonas Patrikson   Strategic Investor Fund
Mary-Ann Ward   Strategic Investor Fund
Michael T. Welter   Strategic Investor Fund

Compensation

As of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the Advisor’s portfolio manager(s) received all of their compensation from the Advisor and its parent company, Columbia Management Group, LLC, in the form of salary, bonus, stock options, restricted stock, and notional investments through an incentive plan, the value of which is measured by reference to the performance of the Columbia Funds in which the account is invested. A portfolio manager’s bonus is variable and generally is based on (1) an evaluation of the portfolio manager’s investment performance and (2) the results of a peer and/or management review of the portfolio manager, which takes into account skills and attributes such as team participation, investment process, communication and professionalism. In evaluating investment performance, the Advisor generally considers the one, three and five year performance of mutual funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager relative to the benchmarks and peer groups noted below, emphasizing the portfolio manager’s three and five year performance. The Advisor also may consider a portfolio manager’s performance in managing client assets in sectors and industries assigned to the portfolio manager as part of his/her investment team responsibilities, where applicable. For portfolio managers who also have group management responsibilities, another factor in their evaluation is an assessment of the group’s overall investment performance.

Performance Benchmarks

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Primary Benchmark(s)

 

Peer Group(s)

Emil A. Gjester

(Strategic Investor Fund)

  Russell 1000 Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

Jonas Patrikson

(Strategic Investor Fund)

  Russell 1000 Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

Mary-Ann Ward

(Strategic Investor Fund)

  Russell 1000 Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

Michael T. Welter

(Strategic Investor Fund)

  Russell 1000 Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

The size of the overall bonus pool each year is determined by Columbia Management Group, LLC and depends on, among other factors, the levels of compensation generally in the investment management industry (based on market compensation data) and the Advisor’s profitability for the year, which is largely determined by assets under management.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other Accounts

The following table shows the number and assets of other investment accounts (or portions of investment accounts) that the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor managed, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s)

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered open-end
and closed-end funds(a)
   Other pooled investment
vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Emil A. Gjester

   2    $ 139.9 million    1    $ 262.8 million    373    $ 258.9 million

Jonas Patrikson

   2    $ 139.9 million    1    $ 262.8 million    363    $ 258.6 million

Mary-Ann Ward

   2    $ 139.9 million    1    $ 262.8 million    372    $ 266.7 million

Michael T. Welter

   2    $ 139.9 million    1    $ 262.8 million    366    $ 258.7 million

 

(a)

“Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Strategic Investor Fund.

The following table shows the number and assets of the above accounts (or portions of such accounts) for which the advisory fee is based on performance, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s) for which the Advisory Fee is Based on Performance

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered open-end
and closed-end funds(a)
   Other pooled investment
vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Emil A. Gjester

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Jonas Patrikson

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Mary-Ann Ward

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Michael T. Welter

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

(a)

“Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Strategic Investor Fund.

Ownership of Securities

The table below shows the dollar ranges of shares of the Fund beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act) by the Fund’s portfolio manager(s), as of August 31, 2009.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of the Fund

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Fund

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the

Fund Beneficially Owned

Emil A. Gjester

  Strategic Investor Fund  

$100,001-$500,000 (a)

$10,001-$50,000 (b)

Jonas Patrikson

  Strategic Investor Fund   $1-$10,000 (b)

Mary-Ann Ward

  Strategic Investor Fund   None

Michael T. Welter

  Strategic Investor Fund  

$50,001-$100,000 (a)

$10,001-$50,000 (b)

 

(a) Excludes any notional investments
(b) Notional investments through a deferred compensation account

 

37


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests

Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of the potential conflicts that portfolio managers face in this regard. Certain of these conflicts of interest are summarized below.

The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (performance fee accounts), may raise potential conflicts of interest for a portfolio manager by creating an incentive to favor higher fee accounts.

Potential conflicts of interest also may arise when a portfolio manager has personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to the Advisor’s Code of Ethics and certain limited exceptions, the Advisor’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Fund.

A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

A portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of broker/dealers could produce disproportionate costs and benefits among the Fund and the other accounts the portfolio manager manages.

A potential conflict of interest may arise when a portfolio manager buys or sells the same securities for the Fund and other accounts. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as other accounts, the Advisor’s trading desk may, to the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or bought in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to the Fund or another account if a portfolio manager favors one account over another in allocating the securities bought or sold.

“Cross trades,” in which a portfolio manager sells a particular security held by the Fund to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), could involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, a portfolio manager is permitted to sell a security from one account to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the Fund and another account managed by the Advisor are to be made at a current market price, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of the Fund and other accounts managed by its portfolio manager(s). Depending on another account’s objectives and other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice to and make decisions for the Fund that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to another account. A portfolio manager’s investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a portfolio manager may buy or sell a particular security for certain accounts, and not for the Fund, even though it could have been bought or sold for the Fund at the same time. A portfolio manager also may buy a particular security for one or more accounts when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when a portfolio manager’s purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts, including the Fund.

The Fund’s portfolio manager(s) also may have other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could exist in managing the Fund and other accounts. Many of the potential conflicts of interest to which the Advisor’s portfolio managers are subject are essentially the same or similar to the potential conflicts of interest related to the investment management activities of the Advisor and its affiliates. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of

 

38


Table of Contents

Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about conflicts of interest, including those that relate to the Advisor and its affiliates.

The Administrator

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (which is also the Advisor) serves as Administrator of the Fund.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to, among other things, (i) provide office space, equipment and clerical personnel; (ii) arrange, if desired by the Trust, for its directors, officers and employees to serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Fund; (iii) prepare and, if applicable, file all documents required for compliance by the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) prepare agendas and supporting documents for and minutes of meetings of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders; (v) coordinate and oversee the activities of the Fund’ other third party service providers; and (vi) maintain certain books and records of the Fund.

Administration Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Administrator receives fees as compensation for its services, which are computed daily and paid monthly, as set forth in the Administration Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus.

The following chart shows the administration fees paid to the Administrator for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Administration Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Strategic Investor Fund

        

Administration Fee Paid

   $ 1,058,644    $ 1,715,452    $ 1,653,765

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Administrator

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company is responsible for providing certain pricing and bookkeeping services to the Fund. Columbia Management Advisors, LLC is responsible for overseeing the performance of these services and for certain other services.

Services Provided

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Financial Reporting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (the Financial Reporting Services Agreement) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides financial reporting services to the Fund. Also effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into an Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (collectively with the Financial Reporting Services Agreement, the State Street Agreements) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides accounting services to the Fund. Under the State Street Agreements, the Fund pays State Street Bank and Trust Company an annual fee of $38,000 paid monthly plus a monthly fee based on an annualized percentage rate of average daily net assets of the Fund for the month. The aggregate fee for the Fund during any year shall not exceed $140,000 annually (exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses and charges). The Fund also reimburses State Street Bank and Trust Company for certain out-of-pocket expenses and charges.

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Pricing and Bookkeeping Oversight and Services Agreement (the Services Agreement) with Columbia Management Advisors, LLC. Under the Services Agreement,

 

39


Table of Contents

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC provides services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and provides oversight of the accounting and financial reporting services provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company. Under the Services Agreement, the Fund reimburses Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties, such as for pricing the Fund’s portfolio securities, incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in the performance of services under the Services Agreement. Prior to January 1, 2008, the Fund also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for accounting oversight services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Prior to December 15, 2006, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC was responsible for providing pricing and bookkeeping services to the series of the Trust under a pricing and bookkeeping agreement and was entitled to receive an annual fee at the same rate described above under the State Street Agreements. Under separate agreements between Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC delegated certain functions to State Street Bank and Trust Company. As a result of the delegation, the total fees payable under the pricing and bookkeeping agreement (other than certain reimbursements paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and discussed below) were paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company. The series of the Trust also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties for pricing the portfolio securities of the series of the Trust and direct internal costs incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in connection with providing fund accounting oversight and monitoring and certain other services.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company received fees from the Fund for their services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the pricing and bookkeeping fees paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company and to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Strategic Investor Fund

        

Amount Paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

     N/A    $ 4,673    $ 62,194

Amount Paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company

   $ 143,423    $ 149,889    $ 102,317

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

Columbia Management Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the continuous offering of shares of the Fund pursuant to a Distribution Agreement. The Distribution Agreement obligates the Distributor to use appropriate efforts to find purchasers for the shares of the Fund. The Distributor’s address is: One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.

Distribution Obligations

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent, sells shares of the Fund on a continuous basis and transmits purchase and redemption orders that it receives to the Trust or the Transfer Agent or their designated agents. Additionally, the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of shares and to undertake advertising and promotion as it believes appropriate in connection with such solicitation. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances those activities which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Fund, including, but not limited to, advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers and sales personnel, the printing and mailing of prospectus to other than existing shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. The Distributor, however, may be compensated or reimbursed for all or a portion of such expenses to the extent permitted by a Distribution Plan adopted by the Trust

 

40


Table of Contents

pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust has not adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to Class Y shares.

The Distribution Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by its Board, and after an initial two-year period, continues from year to year, provided that continuation of the Distribution Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice.

Underwriting Commissions

The Distributor receives no commissions or other compensation with respect to Class Y shares of the Fund.

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

As described above in the Investment Advisory and Other Services section of this SAI, and in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the Advisor, Administrator, Distributor and Transfer Agent, all affiliates of Bank of America, receive compensation from the Fund for the various services they provide to the Fund. Additional information as to the specific terms regarding such compensation is set forth in these affiliated service providers’ contracts with the Fund, each of which typically is included as an exhibit to Part C of the Fund’s registration statement.

In many instances, the compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for the services they provide to the Fund is based, in some manner, on the size of the Fund’s assets under management. As the size of the Fund’s assets under management grows, so does the amount of compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for providing services to the Fund. This relationship between Fund assets and affiliated service provider compensation may create economic and other conflicts of interests of which Fund investors should be aware. These potential conflicts of interest, as well as additional ones, are discussed in detail below and also are addressed in other disclosure materials, including the Fund’s prospectus. These conflicts of interest also are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials of Bank of America affiliates that make available or offer the Columbia Funds as investments in connection with their respective products and services. In addition, Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV, which it must file with the SEC as an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provides information about the Advisor’s business, assets under management, affiliates and potential conflicts of interest. Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV is available online through the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

Additional actual or potential conflicts of interest and certain investment activity limitations that could affect the Fund may arise from the financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, the investment advisory/management services provided for clients and customers other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America is a major financial services company. Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, BANA (including its U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management division), BAS, Merrill Lynch, MLPF&S and the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., are engaged in a wide range of financial activities beyond the mutual fund-related activities of the Advisor, including, among others, commercial banking, investment banking, broker/dealer (sales and trading), asset management, insurance and other financial activities. The broad range of financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates may involve multiple advisory, transactional, lending, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and in companies, that may be bought, sold or held by the Fund. The following describes certain actual and potential conflicts of interest that may be presented.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to the Investment Advisory/Management Activities of Bank of America and its Affiliates in Connection With Other Advised/Managed Funds and Accounts

The Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may advise or manage funds and accounts other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America and its affiliates may provide investment advisory/management and other services to other advised/managed funds and accounts that are similar to those provided to the Fund. The Advisor

 

41


Table of Contents

and Bank of America’s other investment advisor affiliates (including, for example, Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.) will give advice to and make decisions for all advised/managed funds and accounts, including the Fund, as they believe to be in that fund’s and/or account’s best interests, consistent with their fiduciary duties. The Fund and the other advised/managed funds and accounts of Bank of America and its affiliates are separately and potentially divergently managed, and there is no assurance that any investment advice Bank of America and its affiliates give to other advised/managed funds and accounts will also be given simultaneously or otherwise to the Fund.

A variety of other actual and potential conflicts of interest may arise from the advisory relationships of the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates with other clients and customers. Advice given to the Fund and/or investment decisions made for the Fund by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given to and/or investment decisions made for other advised/managed funds and accounts. As a result, the performance of the Fund may differ from the performance of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates. Similarly, a position taken by Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, on behalf of other funds or accounts may be contrary to a position taken on behalf of the Fund. Moreover, Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may take a position on behalf of other advised/managed funds and accounts, or for their own proprietary accounts, that is adverse to companies or other issuers in which the Fund is invested. For example, the Fund may hold equity securities of a company while another advised/managed fund or account may hold debt securities of the same company. If the portfolio company were to experience financial difficulties, it might be in the best interest of the Fund for the company to reorganize while the interests of the other advised/managed fund or account might be better served by the liquidation of the company. This type of conflict of interest could arise as the result of circumstances that cannot be generally foreseen within the broad range of investment advisory/management activities in which Bank of America and its affiliates engage.

Investment transactions made on behalf of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates also may have a negative effect on the value, price or investment strategies of the Fund. For example, this could occur if another advised/managed fund or account implements an investment decision ahead of, or at the same time as, the Fund and causes the Fund to experience less favorable trading results than they otherwise would have experienced based on market liquidity factors. In addition, the other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates, including the other Columbia Funds, may have the same or very similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund. In this situation, the allocation of, and competition for, investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and/or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may create conflicts of interest especially where, for example, limited investment availability is involved. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures addressing the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and accounts advised by the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Sharing of Information among Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may possess information that could be material to the management of the Fund and may not be able to, or may determine not to, share that information with the Fund, even though the information might be beneficial to the Fund. This information may include actual knowledge regarding the particular investments and transactions of other advised/managed funds and accounts, as well as proprietary investment, trading and other market research, analytical and technical models, and new investment techniques, strategies and opportunities. Depending on the context, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will have no obligation to share any such information with the Fund. In general, employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, including the portfolio managers of the Advisor, will make investment decisions without regard to information otherwise known by other employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, and generally will have no obligation to access any such information and may, in some instances, not be able to access such information because of legal and regulatory constraints or the internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates. For example, if the Advisor or another Bank of America affiliate, or their respective employees, come into possession of non-public information regarding another advised/managed fund or account, they may be prohibited by legal and regulatory constraints, or internal policies and procedures, from using that information in connection with transactions made on behalf of the Fund. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and

 

42


Table of Contents

Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Soft Dollar Benefits

Certain products and services, commonly referred to as “soft dollar services” (including, to the extent permitted by law, research reports, economic and financial data, financial publications, proxy analysis, computer databases and other research-oriented materials), that the Advisor may receive in connection with brokerage services provided to the Fund may have the inadvertent effect of disproportionately benefiting other advised/managed funds or accounts. This could happen because of the relative amount of brokerage services provided to the Fund as compared to other advised/ managed funds or accounts, as well as the relative compensation paid by the Fund.

Services Provided to Other Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may act as an investment advisor, investment manager, administrator, transfer agent, custodian, trustee, broker/dealer, agent, or in another capacity, for advised/managed funds and accounts other than the Fund, and may receive compensation for acting in such capacity. This compensation that the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates receive could be greater than the compensation Bank of America and its affiliates receive for acting in the same or similar capacity for the Fund. In addition, the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates may receive other benefits, including enhancement of new or existing business relationships. This compensation and/or the benefits that Bank of America and its affiliates may receive from other advised/ managed funds and accounts and other relationships could potentially create incentives to favor other advised/ managed funds and accounts over the Fund. Trades made by Bank of America and its affiliates for the Fund may be, but are not required to be, aggregated with trades made for other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates. If trades are aggregated among the Fund and those other funds and accounts, the various prices of the securities being traded may be averaged, which could have the potential effect of disadvantaging the Fund as compared to the other funds and accounts with which trades were aggregated.

Proxy Voting

Although the Advisor endeavors to make all proxy voting decisions with respect to the interests of the Fund for which it is responsible in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, the Advisor’s proxy voting decisions with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities may nonetheless benefit other advised/managed funds and accounts, and/or clients, of Bank of America and its affiliates. The Advisor has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that are designed to provide that all proxy voting is done in the best interests of its clients, including the Fund, without any resulting benefit or detriment to the Advisor and/or its affiliates, including Bank of America and its affiliates. For more information about the Advisor’s proxy voting policies and procedures, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Certain Trading Activities

The directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and in doing so may take a position that is adverse to the Fund. In order to reduce the possibility that such personal investment activities of the directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates will materially adversely affect the Fund, Bank of America and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures, and the Fund, the Board, the Advisor and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics that addresses such personal investment activities. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Codes of Ethics.

Affiliate Transactions

Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may enter into transactions in which Bank of America and/or its affiliates may have an interest that potentially conflicts with the interests of the Fund. For example, BAS or MLPF&S may sell securities to the Fund from an offering in which it is an underwriter or from securities that it owns as a dealer, subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

43


Table of Contents

Investment Limitations Arising from Bank of America Activities

Regulatory restrictions applicable to Bank of America and its affiliates may limit the Fund’s investment activities in various ways. For example, regulations regarding certain industries and markets, such as those in emerging or international markets, and certain transactions, such as those involving certain futures and derivatives, may impose a cap on the aggregate amount of investments that may be made by affiliated investors, including accounts managed by the same affiliated manager, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. At certain times, Bank of America and its affiliates also may be restricted in the securities that can be bought or sold for the Fund and other advised/managed funds and accounts because of the investment banking, lending or other relationships Bank of America and its affiliates have with the issuers of securities. This could happen, for example, if the Fund and/or other advised/managed funds and accounts desired to buy a security issued by a company for which Bank of America or its affiliates served as underwriter. The internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates covering these types of regulatory restrictions and addressing similar issues also may at times restrict the Fund’s investment activities. A client not advised by Bank of America and its affiliates would not be subject to many of these restrictions. See also About the Fund’s Investments — Certain Investment Activity Limits.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America and its Affiliates’ Non-Advisory Relationships with Clients and Customers other than the Fund

The lending, investment banking and other relationships that Bank of America and its affiliates may have with companies and other entities in which the Fund may invest can give rise to actual and potential conflicts of interest. Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may invest (a) in the securities of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or in companies in which Bank of America and its affiliates (including, for example, BANA, BAS, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch) have a lending, investment banking, equity, debt or other interest, and/or (b) in the securities of companies held by other Columbia Funds. The purchase, holding and sale of such securities by the Fund may enhance the profitability and the business interests of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or other Columbia Funds. There also may be limitations as to the sharing with the Advisor of information derived from the non-investment advisory/management activities of Bank of America and its affiliates because of legal and regulatory constraints and internal policies and procedures (such as information barriers and ethical walls). Because of these limitations, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will not share information derived from its non-investment advisory/management activities with the Advisor.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America Affiliates’ Marketing and Use of the Columbia Funds as Investment Options

Bank of America and its affiliates also provide a variety of products and services that, in some manner, may utilize the Columbia Funds as investment options. For example, the Columbia Funds may be offered as investments in connection with brokerage and other securities products offered by MLPF&S, and may be utilized as investments in connection with fiduciary, investment management and other accounts offered by U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management or the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., as well as for other Columbia Funds structured as “funds of funds.” In addition, the Columbia Money Market Fund are offered as an investment option for a variety of cash management and “sweep” account programs offered by Bank of America and its affiliates. The Columbia Funds also may use the Columbia Money Market Funds for cash investment purposes. The use of the Columbia Funds in connection with other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates may introduce economic and other conflicts of interest. These conflicts of interest are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials for the other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates.

Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may make payments to their affiliates in connection with the promotion and sale of the Fund’s shares, in addition to the sales-related and other compensation that these parties may receive from the Fund. As a general matter, personnel of Bank of America and its affiliates, including MLPF&S, do not receive compensation in connection with their sales or use of the Fund that is greater than that paid in connection with their sales of other comparable products and services. Nonetheless, because the compensation that the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may receive for providing services to the Fund is generally based on the Fund’s assets under management and those assets will grow as shares of the Fund are sold, potential

 

44


Table of Contents

conflicts of interest may exist. See Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Financial Intermediary Payments for more information.

Other Services Provided

The Transfer Agent

Columbia Management Services, Inc. acts as Transfer Agent for the Fund’s shares and can be contacted at P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent provides transfer agency, dividend disbursing agency and shareholder servicing agency services to the Fund. Effective November 1, 2009, the Fund pays the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $22.36 per Class Y share account, payable monthly. The Fund also pays certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent also may retain as additional compensation for its services revenues for fees for wire, telephone and redemption orders, IRA trustee agent fees and account transcripts due the Transfer Agent from Fund shareholders and credits (net of bank charges) earned with respect to balances in accounts the Transfer Agent maintains in connection with its services to the Fund. Prior to October 31, 2009, the Fund paid the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $17.34 per Class Y share account, payable monthly.

The Transfer Agent retains BFDS/DST, 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171 as the Fund’s sub-transfer agent. BFDS/DST assists the Transfer Agent in carrying out its duties.

The Custodian

State Street, which is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, is the Fund’s Custodian. State Street is responsible for safeguarding the Fund’s cash and securities, receiving and delivering securities and collecting the Fund’s interest and dividends.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which is located at 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Fund issues unaudited financial statements semi-annually and audited financial statements annually. The annual financial statements for the Fund’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Board has selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Fund’s financial statements and assist in the preparation of its tax returns for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the audited financial statements included in the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund dated August 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference. No other parts of the annual report or semi-annual report to shareholders are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements incorporated by reference into the Fund’s prospectuses and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting.

Counsel

Ropes & Gray LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. K&L Gates LLP serves as co-counsel. Its address is Three First National Plaza, 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois, 60602-4207.

 

45


Table of Contents

Expense Limitations

The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to reimburse a portion the Fund’s expenses so that the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding any distribution and service fees, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, but including custodian charges relating to overdrafts, if any) after giving effect to any balance credits from the Fund’s custodian, do not exceed 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on an annualized basis.

This arrangement may be modified or terminated by the Advisor at any time.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, the Advisor and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, including Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These Codes of Ethics permit personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be bought or held by the Fund. These Codes of Ethics are included as exhibits to Part C of the Fund’s registration statements. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202.551.8090; they also are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Fund has delegated to the Advisor or, as applicable, a sub-advisor, the responsibility to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund. In deciding to delegate this responsibility to the Advisor, the Board reviewed and approved the policies and procedures adopted by the Advisor and, as applicable, a subadvisor. These included the procedures that the Advisor follows when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and its shareholders and the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons.

The Advisor’s policy is to vote all proxies for Fund securities in a manner considered by the Advisor to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders without regard to any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor examines each proposal and votes against the proposal, if, in its judgment, approval or adoption of the proposal would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities. The Advisor also examines each proposal and votes the proxies against the proposal, if, in its judgment, the proposal would be expected to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. The Advisor determines the best interest of the Fund in light of the potential economic return on the Fund’s investment.

The Advisor seeks to address potential material conflicts of interest by having predetermined voting guidelines. For those proposals that require special consideration or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined guideline, the Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee determines the vote in the best interest of the Fund, without consideration of any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee is composed of representatives of the Advisor’s equity investments, equity research, compliance, legal and operations functions. In addition to the responsibilities described above, the Proxy Voting Committee has the responsibility to review, at least annually, the Advisor’s proxy voting policies to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory requirements and to develop additional predetermined voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals.

The Proxy Voting Committee may vary from a predetermined guideline if it determines that voting on the proposal according to the predetermined guideline would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities or to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. References to the best interests of the Fund refer to the interest of the Fund in terms of the potential economic return on the client’s investment. In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Voting Committee does not consider any benefit other than benefits to the Fund. A member of the Proxy Voting Committee is prohibited from voting on any proposal for which he or she has a conflict of interest by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by a given proposal. Persons making recommendations to the Proxy Voting Committee or its members are required to disclose to the Committee any relationship with a party making a proposal or other matter known to the person that would create a potential conflict of interest.

 

46


Table of Contents

The Advisor has retained Glass-Lewis & Co., a third-party vendor, to implement its proxy voting process. Glass-Lewis & Co. provides proxy analysis, record keeping services and vote disclosure services.

Information regarding how the Columbia Funds (except certain Columbia Funds that do not invest in voting securities) voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 will be available by August 31 of this year free of charge: (i) through the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. For a copy of the Advisor’s policies and procedures that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Columbia Funds, see Appendix B to this SAI.

 

47


Table of Contents

FUND GOVERNANCE

The Board

Responsibilities

The Board oversees the Trust and the Fund. The Trustees have a fiduciary duty to protect shareholders’ interests when supervising and overseeing the management and operations of the Trust and have the responsibility to assure that the Fund is managed in the best interests of shareholders. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Trustee is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02111.

Independent Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

Rodman L. Drake

(Born 1943)

Trustee and Chairman of the Board*

   2007    Co-Founder of Baringo Capital LLC (private equity) since 2002; President, Continuation Investments Group, Inc. from 1997 to 2001    66    Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. (tax preparation services); Crystal River Capital, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Student Loan Corporation (student loan provider); Celgene Corporation (global biotechnology company); and The Helios Funds (exchange-traded funds)

John D. Collins

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Retired. Consultant, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from July 1999 to June 2000; Partner, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from March 1962 to June 1999    66    Mrs. Fields Famous Brands LLC (consumer products); Suburban Propane Partners, L.P.; and Montpelier Re (insurance underwriting firm)

Douglas A. Hacker

(Born 1955)

Trustee

   1996    Independent business executive since May 2006; Executive Vice President — Strategy of United Airlines (airline) from December 2002 to May 2006;    66    Nash Finch Company (food distributor) and Aircastle Limited (aircraft leasing)

 

48


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

      President of UAL Loyalty Services (airline marketing company) from September 2001 to December 2002; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Airlines from July 1999 to September 2001      

Janet Langford Kelly

(Born 1957)

Trustee

   1996    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ConocoPhillips (integrated energy company) since September 2007; Deputy General Counsel — Corporate Legal Services, ConocoPhillips from August 2006 to August 2007; Partner, Zelle, Hofmann, Voelbel, Mason & Gette LLP (law firm) from March 2005 to July 2006; Adjunct Professor of Law, Northwestern University from September 2004 to June 2006; Director, UAL Corporation (airline) from February 2006 to July 2006; Chief Administrative Officer and Senior Vice President, Kmart Holding Corporation (consumer goods) from September 2003 to March 2004    66    None

 

49


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

Charles R. Nelson

(Born 1942)

Trustee

   1981    Professor of Economics, University of Washington since January 1976; Ford and Louisa University of Washington Van Voorhis Professor of Political Economy, University of Washington since September 1993; Adjunct Professor of Statistics, University of Washington since September 1980; Associate Editor, Journal of Money Credit and Banking from September 1993 to 2008; consultant on econometric and statistical matters    66    None

John J. Neuhauser

(Born 1943)

Trustee

   1985    President, Saint Michael’s College, since August 2007; University Professor, Boston College from November 2005 to August 2007; Academic Vice President and Dean of Faculties, Boston College from August 1999 to October 2005    66    Liberty All-Star Equity Fund and Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (closed-end funds)

Jonathan Piel

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Cable television producer and web site designer; The Editor, Scientific American from 1984 to 1994; Vice President, Scientific American, Inc. from 1984 to 1994; Member, Advisory Board, Stone Age Institute,    66    None

 

50


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

      Bloomington, Indiana (research institute that explores the effect of technology on human evolution); Member, Board of Directors of the National Institute of Social Sciences, New York City; Member, Board of Trustees of the William Alanson White Institute, New York City (institution for training psychoanalysts); Member, Advisory Board, Mount Sinai Children’s Environmental Health Center, New York      

Patrick J. Simpson

(Born 1944)

Trustee

   2000    Partner, Perkins Coie L.L.P. (law firm)    66    None

Thomas C. Theobald

(Born 1937)

Trustee

   1996    Partner and Senior Advisor, Chicago Growth Partners (private equity investing) since September 2004; Managing Director, William Blair Capital Partners (private equity investing) from September 1994 to September 2004    66    Anixter International (network support equipment distributor); Ventas, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Jones Lang LaSalle (real estate management services); and Ambac Financial Group (financial guaranty insurance)

Anne-Lee Verville

(Born 1945)

Trustee

   1998    Retired since 1997 (formerly, General Manager, General Education Industry from 1994 to 1997, President — Application Systems Division from 1991 to 1994, Chief Financial Officer —    66    None

 

51


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

      US Marketing & Services from 1988 to 1991, and Chief Information Officer from 1987 to 1988, IBM Corporation (computer and technology))      

Interested Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships Held

by Trustee

William E. Mayer **

(Born 1940)

Trustee

   1994    Partner, Park Avenue Equity Partners (private equity) since February 1999; Dean and Professor, College of Business, University of Maryland from 1992 to 1997    66    Lee Enterprises (print media), WR Hambrecht + Co. (financial service provider); and BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (investment company)

 

* Effective June 12, 2009, the Board elected Mr. Drake as Chairman of the Board.
** The Fund currently treats Mr. Mayer as an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Columbia Funds by reason of his affiliation with WR Hambrecht + Co., a registered broker/dealer that may execute portfolio transactions for or engage in principal transactions with the Fund or other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates.

Standing Committees

The Trust has several standing committees, including the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Investment Oversight Committees.

Ms. Verville and Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Nelson are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s functions include making recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing matters relative to accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records and the internal accounting controls of the Funds and certain service providers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee met six times.

Messrs. Drake, Hacker, Mayer and Simpson are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee’s functions include recommending to the Board nominees for independent Trustee positions and for appointments to various committees, performing periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board, reviewing and recommending to the Board policies and practices to be followed in carrying out the Trustees’ duties and responsibilities and reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Advisor. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Governance Committee met six times.

 

52


Table of Contents

The Governance Committee will consider nominees for Trustee recommended by shareholders provided that such recommendations are submitted by the date disclosed in the Fund’s proxy statement and otherwise comply with applicable securities laws, including Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Such shareholder recommendations must be in writing and should be sent to the attention of the Governance Committee in care of the Fund at One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111-2621. Shareholder recommendations should include the proposed nominee’s biographical information (including business experience for the past ten years) and a description of the qualifications of the proposed nominee, along with a statement from the proposed nominee that he or she is willing to serve and meets the requirements to be a disinterested Trustee, if applicable.

Ms. Kelly and Messrs. Hacker, Mayer, Nelson, Neuhauser and Piel are members of the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee. The Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee’s functions include reviewing and making recommendations to the Board as to contracts requiring approval of a majority of the Independent Trustees and as to any other contracts that may be referred to the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee met eight times.

Mses. Kelly and Verville and Messrs. Nelson and Simpson are members of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee’s functions include providing oversight of the compliance monitoring processes and controls regarding the Fund. The Committee uses legal, regulatory and internal rules, policies, procedures and standards other than those relating to accounting matters and oversight of compliance by the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Compliance Committee met six times.

Each Trustee also serves on an Investment Oversight Committee (IOC). Each IOC is responsible for monitoring, on an ongoing basis, a select group of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex and gives particular consideration to such matters as the Fund’s adherence to its investment mandates, historical performance, changes in investment processes and personnel, and proposed changes to investment objectives. Investment personnel who manage the Fund attend IOC meetings from time to time to assist the applicable IOC in its review of the Fund. Each IOC meets four times a year, as the applicable IOC did for the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year. The below are members of the respective IOCs and the general categories of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex which they review. These asset categories may be reallocated among the IOCs from time to time.

IOC #1: Mr. Neuhauser and Ms. Verville are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Global Stock, International Stock, Large Growth, Mid Value, Fixed Income — Core and Municipal.

IOC #2: Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Mayer are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Large Value, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — High Yield, Multi-Sector and Municipal.

IOC #3: Messrs. Piel and Theobald and Ms. Kelly are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Index, Large Value, Mid Value, Small Core, Small Value, Money Market, Fixed Income — Municipal and Short Duration.

IOC #4: Messrs. Drake, Nelson and Simpson are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Large Blend, Mid Growth, Multi Blend, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — Core, Municipal and Short Duration.

Compensation

Trustees are compensated for their services to the Columbia Funds Family on a complex-wide basis, as shown in the table below.

Independent Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation
from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended
August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid to
Independent Trustees for the Calendar
Year ended December 31, 2008(a)

Rodman L. Drake(b)

   $ 4,568    $ 253,135

John D. Collins(c)

   $ 3,961    $ 241,371

 

53


Table of Contents

Name of Trustee

  Aggregate Compensation
from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended
August 31, 2009(a)
  Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid to
Independent Trustees for the Calendar
Year ended December 31, 2008(a)

Douglas A. Hacker

  $ 4,346   $ 212,000

Morrill Melton Hall, Jr(d)

    N/A   $ 58,132

Janet Langford Kelly

  $ 4,249   $ 201,000

Richard W. Lowry(d)

    N/A   $ 68,742

Charles R. Nelson

  $ 4,543   $ 212,000

John J. Neuhauser

  $ 4,218   $ 200,500

Jonathan Piel

  $ 3,965   $ 236,107

Patrick J. Simpson(e)

  $ 4,239   $ 201,000

Thomas E. Stitzel(d)(f)

    N/A   $ 82,742

Thomas C. Theobald(g)

  $ 5,293   $ 286,500

Anne-Lee Verville(h)

  $ 4,393   $ 214,500

 

(a)

All Trustees receive reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to their attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.

(b)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Drake deferred $2,018 of his compensation from Strategic Investor Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Drake deferred $84,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Drake’s account under that plan was $62,008.

(c)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Collins deferred $1,963 of his compensation from Strategic Investor Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Collins deferred $83,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Collins’ account under that plan was $59,105.

(d)

Mr. Hall served as a Trustee of the Trust until February 22, 2008. Messrs. Lowry and Stitzel served as Trustees of the Trust until April 30, 2008.

(e)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Simpson deferred $4,239 of his compensation from Strategic Investor Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Simpson deferred $201,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Simpson’s account under that plan was $628,968.

(f)

During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Stitzel deferred $34,742 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Stitzel’s account under that plan was $235,310.

(g)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his compensation from Strategic Investor Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Theobald’s account under that plan was $442,295.

(h)

At December 31, 2008, the value of Ms. Verville’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $563,329.

Interested Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation
from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended
August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid to
Independent Trustees for the Calendar
Year ended December 31, 2008(a)

William E. Mayer

   $ 4,101    $ 192,000

 

(a)

Mr. Mayer receives reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to his attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.

 

54


Table of Contents

Columbia Funds Deferred Compensation Plan

Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Agreement (the Deferred Compensation Plan), each eligible Trustee may elect, on an annual basis, to defer receipt of all or a portion of compensation payable to him or her for service as Trustee for that calendar year (expressly, a Trustee may elect to defer his/her annual retainer, his/her attendance fees, or both components, which together comprise total compensation for service). Fees deferred by a Trustee are credited to a book reserve account (the Deferral Account) established by the Columbia Funds, the value of which is derived from the rate of return of one or more Columbia Funds selected by the Trustee (with accruals to the Deferral Account beginning at such time as a Trustee’s fund elections having been established, and proceeds for service having been paid into such account, and terminating at such time as when proceeds become payable to such Trustee under the Deferred Compensation Plan). Trustees may change their fund elections only in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Distributions from a Trustee’s Deferral Account will be paid by check, either in a lump sum or in annual installments. Payments made in annual installments are disbursed over a period of up to ten years, following such time as a Trustee may qualify to receive such payments. If a deferring Trustee dies prior to or after the commencement of the disbursement of amounts accrued in his/her Deferral Account, the balance of the account will be distributed to his/her designated beneficiary either in lump sum or in annual payments as established by such Trustee himself/herself, his/her beneficiary or his/her estate. Amounts payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan are not funded or secured in any way, and the deferring Trustee has the status of an unsecured creditor of the Columbia Fund(s) from which compensation has been deferred.

Beneficial Equity Ownership

As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the Class Y shares of the Fund. The table below shows, for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Columbia Funds Family, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001-$50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; and E = over $100,000.

Independent Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in all Funds in
the Columbia Funds Family

Rodman L. Drake

   A    D*

John D. Collins

   A    E

Douglas A. Hacker

   A    E

Janet Langford Kelly

   C    E

Charles R. Nelson

   A    E

John J. Neuhauser

   A    E

Jonathan Piel

   A    A

Patrick J. Simpson

   A    E

Thomas C. Theobald

   D    E*

Anne-Lee Verville

   A    E*

 

* Includes the value of compensation payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan that is determined as if the amounts deferred had been invested, as of the date of deferral, in shares of one or more funds in the Columbia Funds Complex as specified by each Trustee.

Interested Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in all Funds in
the Columbia Funds Family

William E. Mayer

   A    D

 

55


Table of Contents

The Officers

The following table provides basic information about the Officers of the Trust as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Officer is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02110.

Officer Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Address

  

Position with the Trust

   Year First
Elected or
Appointed to
Office
  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

J. Kevin Connaughton

(Born 1964)

   President    2009    Managing Director of Columbia Management Advisors, LLC since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Columbia Funds, from June 2008 to January 2009; Treasurer, Columbia Funds, from October 2003 to May 2008; Treasurer, the Liberty Funds, Stein Roe Funds and Liberty All-Star Funds, from December 2000 to December 2006; Senior Vice President, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, from April 2003 to December 2004; President, Columbia Funds, Liberty Funds and Stein Roe Funds, from February 2004 to October 2004; Treasurer, Galaxy Funds, from September 2002 to December 2005; Treasurer, from December 2002 to December 2004, and President, from February 2004 to December 2004, Columbia Management Multi-Strategy Hedge Fund, LLC; and a senior officer or director of various other Bank of America-affiliated entities, including other registered and unregistered funds.

James R. Bordewick, Jr.

(Born 1959)

   Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel, MFS Investment Management (investment management) prior to April 2005.

Linda J. Wondrack

(Born 1964)

   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    2007    Director (Columbia Management Group, LLC and Investment Product Group Compliance), Bank of America since June 2005;

 

56


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Address

  

Position with the Trust

   Year First
Elected or
Appointed to
Office
  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

         Director of Corporate Compliance and Conflicts Officer, MFS Investment Management (investment management), August 2004 to May 2005; Managing Director, Deutsche Asset Management (investment management) prior to August 2004.

Michael G. Clarke

(Born 1969)

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    2009    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Managing Director of the Advisor, from September 2004 to December 2005; Vice President Fund Administration from June 2002 to September 2004.

Joseph F. DiMaria

(Born 1968)

   Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer    2008    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Head of Tax/Compliance and Assistant Treasurer from November 2004 to December 2005; Director of Trustee Administration (Sarbanes-Oxley) from May 2003 to October 2004.

Stephen T. Welsh

(Born 1957)

   Vice President    1996    President, Columbia Management Services, Inc. since July 2004; Senior Vice President and Controller, Columbia Management Services, Inc. prior to July 2004.

Julie B. Lyman

(Born 1970)

   Vice President    2009    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since October 2009 and from October 2006 through May 2009; Managing Director of the Advisor from May 2009 through October 2009; Associate, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP (law firm) from April 2004 to October 2006.

Jeffrey R. Coleman

(Born 1969)

   Deputy Treasurer    2008    Director of Fund Administration since January 2006; Fund Controller from October 2004 to January 2006; Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) from August 2000 to September 2004.

Julian Quero

(Born 1967)

   Deputy Treasurer    2003    Senior Tax Manager of the Advisor since August 2006; Senior Compliance Manager of the Advisor from April 2002 to August 2006.

 

57


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Address

  

Position with the Trust

   Year First
Elected or
Appointed to
Office
  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

Timothy P. Kane

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Valuation of the Advisor since July 2007; Manager, Accounting Oversight Department of the Advisor since September 2004; Internal Auditor, State Street Corporation (financial services) from June 2004 to September 2004; Senior Auditor, Deloitte (public accounting firm) prior to June 2004.

Kenneth E. O’Connor

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor since September 2006; Senior Manager, Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor from 2003 to September 2006.

Kathryn Thompson

(Born 1967)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Accounting Oversight of the Advisor since December 2004; Vice President, State Street Corporation (financial services) prior to December 2004.

Philip N. Prefontaine

(Born 1948)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Reporting of the Advisor since November 2004; Assistant Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) prior to November 2004.

Keith E. Stone

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor since September 2003.

Barry S. Vallan

(Born 1969)

   Controller    2006    Vice President, Fund Treasury of the Advisor since October 2004; Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor from April 2002 to October 2004.

Peter T. Fariel

(Born 1957)

   Assistant Secretary    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Partner, Goodwin Procter LLP (law firm) prior to April 2005.

Ryan C. Larrenaga

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Secretary    2005    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since March 2005; Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (law firm) from 1998 to February 2005.

 

58


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor (or the investment sub-advisor(s) who make(s) the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund, as applicable) is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, for the selection of broker/dealers, for the execution of the Fund’s securities transactions and for the allocation of brokerage commissions in connection with such transactions. The Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction is to obtain the best net price and the most favorable execution of the order. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge negotiated commissions for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

In the over-the-counter market, securities generally are traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts without stated commissions, although the price of a security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are bought at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s “concession” or “discount.” On occasion, certain money market instruments may be bought directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

The Fund is affiliated with the NYSE specialist firm Banc of America Specialist, Inc. In order to ensure that markets are fair, orderly and competitive, NYSE specialist firms are responsible for maintaining a liquid and continuous two-sided auction market by acting as both an agent and a principal. Specialists are entrusted to hold the interests of customer orders above the specialist’s own interests, and will buy and sell securities as principal when such transactions are necessary to minimize imbalances between supply and demand. Banc of America Specialist, Inc. may make a market in certain securities held by the Fund.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Advisor gives primary consideration to obtaining the best net prices and most favorable execution. This means that the Advisor will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. In seeking such execution, the Advisor will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker/dealer, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the broker/dealer, the value and quality of the services rendered by the broker/dealer in this instance and other transactions and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. Research services received from broker/ dealers supplement the Advisor’s own research and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on political developments; Fund management strategies; performance information on securities and information concerning prices of securities; and information supplied by specialized services to the Advisor and to the Board with respect to the performance, investment activities and fees and expenses of other mutual funds. Such information may be communicated electronically, orally or in written form. Research services also may include the arranging of meetings with management of companies and the provision of access to consultants who supply research information.

The outside research is useful to the Advisor since, in certain instances, the broker/dealers utilized by the Advisor may follow a different universe of securities issuers and other matters than those that the Advisor’s staff can follow. In addition, this research provides the Advisor with a different perspective on financial markets, even if the securities research obtained relates to issues followed by the Advisor. Research services that are provided to the Advisor by broker/dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Advisor. In some cases, the research services are available only from the broker/dealer providing such services. In other cases, the research services may be obtainable from alternative sources. The Advisor is of the opinion that because the broker/dealer research supplements rather than replaces the Advisor’s own research, the receipt of such research does not tend to decrease the Advisor’s expenses, but tends to improve the quality of its investment advice. However, to the extent that the Advisor would have bought any such research services had such services not been provided by broker/dealers, the expenses of such services to the Advisor could be considered to have been reduced accordingly. Certain research services furnished by broker/dealers may be useful to the clients of the Advisor other

 

59


Table of Contents

than the Fund. Conversely, any research services received by the Advisor through the placement of transactions of other clients may be of value to the Advisor in fulfilling its obligations to the Fund. The Advisor is of the opinion that this material is beneficial in supplementing its research and analysis; and, therefore, it may benefit the Trust by improving the quality of the Advisor’s investment advice. The advisory fees paid by the Trust are not reduced because the Advisor receives such services.

Under Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Advisor shall not be “deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached its fiduciary duty” solely because under certain circumstances it has caused the account to pay a higher commission than the lowest available. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Advisor must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are “reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion.” Accordingly, the price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker/dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Some broker/ dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Advisor’s clients, including the Fund.

Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with broker/dealers based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by broker/dealers in light of generally prevailing rates. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different broker/dealers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment of brokerage commissions that generally are fixed. Transactions in both foreign and domestic over-the-counter markets generally are principal transactions with dealers, and the costs of such transactions involve dealer spreads rather than brokerage commissions. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Advisor, where possible, will deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for the Fund as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Advisor’s other clients are made with the goal of achieving their respective investment objectives. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client even though it may be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when a number of accounts receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are engaged simultaneously in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. In some cases, this policy could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction that may affect the Fund.

The Fund may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Fund will engage in this practice, however, only when the Advisor, in its sole discretion, believes such practice to be otherwise in the Fund’s interests.

The Trust will not execute portfolio transactions through, or buy or sell portfolio securities from or to, the Distributor, the Advisor, the Administrator or their affiliates acting as principal (including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), except to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation or order. However, the Advisor is authorized to allocate buy and sell orders for portfolio securities to certain broker/dealers and financial institutions, including, in the case of agency transactions, broker/dealers and financial institutions that are affiliated with Bank of America. To the extent that the Fund executes any securities trades with an affiliate of Bank of America, such Fund does so in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and the procedures that such Fund has adopted pursuant to the rule. In this regard, for each transaction, the Board will determine that: (i) the transaction resulted in prices for and execution of securities transactions at least as favorable to the particular Fund as those likely to be derived from a non-affiliated qualified broker/dealer; (ii) the affiliated broker/dealer charged the Fund commission rates consistent with those charged by the affiliated broker/dealer in similar transactions to clients comparable to the Fund and that are not affiliated with the broker/dealer in question; and (iii) the fees, commissions or other remuneration paid by the Fund did not exceed 2% of the sales price of the securities if the sale was effected in connection with a secondary distribution, or 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if effected in other than a secondary distribution. In addition, the Columbia Funds are affiliated with BAS, Merrill Lynch and their

 

60


Table of Contents

affiliates (including MLPF&S, Merrill Lynch Government Securities, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.) and may, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the SEC and applicable law (i) purchase certain types of securities from such entities in their role as dealers in such securities and (ii) purchase certain eligible municipal securities through group orders when MLPF&S is a member of an underwriting syndicate for such securities.

Certain affiliates of Bank of America, such as its subsidiary banks, may have deposit, loan or commercial banking relationships with the corporate users of facilities financed by industrial development revenue bonds or private activity bonds bought by certain of the Columbia Funds. Bank of America or certain of its affiliates may serve as trustee, custodian, tender agent, guarantor, placement agent, underwriter, or in some other capacity, with respect to certain issues of securities. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may buy securities from a member of an underwriting syndicate in which an affiliate of Bank of America is a member. The Trust has adopted procedures pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, and intends to comply with the requirements of Rule 10f-3, in connection with any purchases of municipal securities that may be subject to Rule 10f-3.

Given the breadth of the Advisor’s investment management activities, investment decisions for the Fund are not always made independently from those for other funds, or other investment companies and accounts advised or managed by the Advisor. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of one or more of the Columbia Funds and another investment portfolio, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price and available investments allocated as to amount in a manner which the Advisor believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other funds, investment portfolio, investment company or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or bought for the Fund with those to be sold or bought for other funds, investment portfolios, investment companies, or accounts in executing transactions.

See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about these and other conflicts of interest.

Brokerage Commissions

The following table describes the amounts of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during its three most recently completed fiscal years. In certain instances the Fund may pay brokerage commissions to broker/dealers that are affiliates of Bank of America. As indicated above, all such transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions to affiliates are done in compliance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Strategic Investor Fund

   $ 76,883    $ 2,202,923    $ 3,614,226

The Fund paid no brokerage commissions to affiliated broker/dealers for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Directed Brokerage

The Fund or the Advisor, through an agreement or understanding with a broker/dealer, or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, may direct, subject to applicable legal requirements, the Fund’s brokerage transactions to a broker/dealer because of the research services it provides the Fund or the Advisor.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund directed brokerage transactions as follows:

 

Fund

   Amount of Transactions    Related Commissions

Strategic Investor Fund

   $ 1,752,590,710    $ 2,168,357

 

61


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

In certain cases, the Fund, as part of its principal investment strategies, or otherwise as a permissible investment, will invest in the common stock or debt obligations of the regular broker/dealers that the Advisor uses to transact brokerage for the Columbia Funds Family.

As of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund owned securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” or their parents, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, as shown in the table below.

Investments in Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers as of August 31, 2009

 

Fund

   Broker/Dealer    Dollar Amount of Securities Held

Strategic Investor Fund

   JP Morgan Chase and Co.    $ 19,322,620
   Credit Suisse Group    $ 2,814,741

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

The Fund, along with the Transfer Agent and/or the Distributor, may pay significant amounts to financial intermediaries (as defined below), including other Bank of America affiliates, for providing the types of services that would typically be provided directly by a mutual fund’s transfer agent. The level of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. A number of factors may be considered in determining payments to a financial intermediary, including, without limitation, the nature of the services provided to shareholders. These services may include sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency or similar recordkeeping services, shareholder or participant reporting, shareholder or participant transaction processing, and/or the provision of call center support (additional shareholder services). These payments for shareholder servicing support vary by financial intermediary. The Fund’s Transfer Agent, Distributor or their affiliates will pay, from its or their own resources, amounts to financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of these shareholder services and other services.

For purposes of this section the term “financial intermediary” includes any broker/dealer, bank, bank trust department, registered investment advisor, financial planner, retirement plan or other third party administrator and any other institution having a selling, services or any similar agreement with the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates.

The Fund also may make additional payments to financial intermediaries that charge networking fees for certain services provided in connection with the maintenance of shareholder accounts through the NSCC.

In addition, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make lump sum payments to selected financial intermediaries receiving shareholder servicing payments in reimbursement of printing costs for literature for participants, account maintenance fees or fees for the establishment of the Fund on the financial intermediary’s system or other similar services.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make shareholder servicing payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may pay compensation to selected financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, under the categories described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive payments under all categories. A financial intermediary also may receive payments described above in Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments. These payments may create an incentive for a financial intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to its customers. The amount of payments made to

 

62


Table of Contents

financial intermediaries may vary. In determining the amount of payments to be made, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, asset mix and length of relationship with the financial intermediary, the size of the customer/shareholder base of the financial intermediary, the manner in which customers of the financial intermediary make investments in the Fund, the nature and scope of marketing support or services provided by the financial intermediary (as described more fully below) and the costs incurred by the financial intermediary in connection with maintaining the infrastructure necessary or desirable to support investments in the Fund.

These additional payments by the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates are made pursuant to agreements between the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates and financial intermediaries, and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a Class Y share, the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales or the expenses paid by Class Y shares as shown under the heading Fees and Expenses in the Fund’s Class Y shares prospectus.

Marketing Support Payments

The Distributor and the Advisor may make payments, from their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, for marketing support services relating to the Columbia Funds, including, but not limited to, business planning assistance, educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the financial intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the financial intermediary, client servicing and systems infrastructure support. These payments are generally based upon one or more of the following factors: average net assets of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, gross sales of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, reimbursement of ticket charges (fees that a financial intermediary firm charges its representatives for effecting transactions in fund shares) or a negotiated lump sum payment.

The financial arrangements likely will vary for each financial intermediary. The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make payments in materially larger amounts or on a materially different basis when dealing with other affiliates of Bank of America. Such increased or otherwise modified payments to the other Bank of America affiliate may enable the other Bank of America affiliate to offset credits that it may provide to its customers in order to avoid having such customers pay fees to multiple Bank of America entities in connection with the customer’s investment in a Columbia Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make marketing support payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Other Payments

From time to time, the Distributor, from its own resources, may provide additional compensation to certain financial intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund to the extent not prohibited by laws or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include financial assistance to financial intermediaries that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at financial intermediary-sponsored conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other financial intermediary employees, financial intermediary entertainment and other financial intermediary-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s internal guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

 

63


Table of Contents

Your financial intermediary may charge you fees or commissions in addition to those disclosed in this SAI. You should consult with your financial intermediary and review carefully any disclosure your financial intermediary provides regarding its services and compensation. Depending on the financial arrangement in place at any particular time, a financial intermediary and its financial consultants may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular fund or a particular share class over other funds or share classes. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information.

 

64


Table of Contents

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

Description of the Trust’s Shares

The Fund offers shares in the classes shown in the table below. Subject to certain limited exceptions discussed in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund may no longer be accepting new investments from current shareholders or prospective investors. The Fund, however, may at any time and without notice offer any of these classes to the general public for investment. This SAI relates only to the Fund’s Class Y shares.

The Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Declaration of Trust) permits it to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, without par value, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of the Fund without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Fund and to divide such shares into classes. Each share of a class of the Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Board. However, different share classes of the Fund pay different distribution amounts, because each share class has different expenses. Each time a distribution is made, the net asset value per share of the share class is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

Share Classes Offered by the Fund

 

Fund

  

Class A

Shares†

  

Class B

Shares†

  

Class C

Shares†

  

Class Y

Shares

  

Class Z

Shares†

Strategic Investor Fund

   ü    ü    ü    ü    ü

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class Z shares are discussed in a separate statement of additional information.

Restrictions on Holding or Disposing of Shares

There are no restrictions on the right of shareholders to retain or dispose of the Fund’s shares, other than the possible future termination of the Fund. The Fund may be terminated by reorganization into another mutual fund or by liquidation and distribution of their assets. Unless terminated by reorganization or liquidation, the Fund will continue indefinitely.

Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims any shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of Fund property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances (which are considered remote) in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations and the disclaimer was inoperative.

The risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on account of another series of the Trust also is believed to be remote, because it would be limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer was inoperative and the other series of the Trust was unable to meet its obligations.

Dividend Rights

The shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions declared for the Fund. No shares have priority or preference over any other shares of the Fund with respect to distributions. Distributions will be made from the assets of the Fund, and will be paid pro rata to all shareholders of the Fund (or class) according to the number of shares of the Fund (or class) held by shareholders on the record date. The amount of

 

65


Table of Contents

income dividends per share may vary between separate share classes of the Fund based upon differences in the way that expenses are allocated between share classes pursuant to a multiple class plan.

Voting Rights and Shareholder Meetings

The Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings, but special meetings may be called for certain purposes. The Trust voluntarily has undertaken to hold a shareholder meeting at which the Board would be elected at least every five years beginning in 2005. Each whole share (or fractional share) outstanding on the record date established in accordance with the Trust’s By-Laws shall be entitled to a number of votes on any matter on which it is entitled to vote equal to the net asset value of the share (or fractional share) in U.S. dollars determined at the close of business on the record date (for example, a share having a net asset value of $10.50 would be entitled to 10.5 votes).

The Trustees may fill any vacancies on the Board except that the Trustees may not fill a vacancy if, immediately after filling such vacancy, less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office would have been elected to such office by the shareholders. In addition, at such times as less than a majority of the Trustees then in office have been elected to such office by the shareholders, the Trustees must call a meeting of shareholders. Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint their successors.

At any shareholders’ meetings that may be held, shareholders of all series would vote together, irrespective of series, on the election of Trustees, but each series would vote separately from the others on other matters, such as changes in the investment policies of that series or the approval of the management agreement for that series. Shares of the Fund and any other series of the Trust that may be in existence from time to time generally vote together except when required by law to vote separately by fund or by class.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or the Fund, shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution and to a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Board may determine.

Preemptive Rights

There are no preemptive rights associated with Fund shares.

Conversion Rights

Shareholders have the right, which is subject to change by the Board, to convert or “exchange” shares of one class for another. Such right is outlined and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Fund’s prospectus.

Redemptions

The Fund’s dividend, distribution and redemption policies can be found in its prospectus under the headings Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares and Distributions and Taxes. However, the Board may suspend the right of shareholders to sell shares when permitted or required to do so by law or compel sales of shares in certain cases.

Sinking Fund Provisions

The Trust has no sinking fund provisions.

 

66


Table of Contents

Calls or Assessment

All Fund shares are issued in uncertificated form only and when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

Other Securities

The Fund does not offer securities other than capital stock.

 

67


Table of Contents

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

Purchase and Redemption

An investor may buy, sell and exchange Class Y shares in the Fund utilizing the methods, and subject to the restrictions, described in the Fund’s prospectus. The following information supplements information in the Fund’s prospectus.

The Fund has authorized one or more broker/dealers to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. These broker/dealers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a buy or sell order when an authorized broker/dealer, or, if applicable, a broker/dealer’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker/dealer or the broker’s authorized designee.

The Trust also may make payment for sales in readily marketable securities or other property if it is appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for shares during any period when (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC; (ii) the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (iii) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; (iv) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC. (The Fund may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of their shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares, subject to the exceptions listed above, with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the period.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, the Fund may request additional required information from you to verify your identity. Your application will be rejected if it does not contain your name, social security number, date of birth and permanent street address. If at any time the Fund believes a shareholder may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” a shareholder’s account. The Fund also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in a shareholder’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the law may not permit the Fund to inform the shareholder that it has taken the actions described above.

Offering Price

The share price of the Fund is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is calculated separately for each class of shares as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier) on each day the Fund is open for business, unless the Board determines otherwise.

The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities for which a market quotation is available is determined in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. In general terms, the valuation procedures provide that domestic exchange traded securities (other than NASDAQ listed equity securities) generally will be valued at their last traded sale prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. If no sales of those securities are reported on a particular day on the principal exchange, the securities generally will be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. Securities traded on a foreign securities exchange will generally be valued at their last sale prices on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded, or in the absence of a reported sale on a particular day, at their bid prices (in the case of securities held long) or ask prices (in the case of securities held short) as reported by that exchange. Securities traded primarily on NASDAQ will generally be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (NOCP) (which is

 

68


Table of Contents

the last trade price at or before 4:00:02 p.m. (Eastern Time) adjusted up to NASDAQ’s best bid price if the last trade price is below such bid price or adjusted down to NASDAQ’s best ask price if the last trade price is above such ask price). If no NOCP is available, the security will generally be valued at the last sale price shown on NASDAQ prior to the calculation of the NAV of the Fund. If no sale price is shown on NASDAQ, the latest bid price will be used. If no sale price is shown and no latest bid price is available, the price will be deemed “stale” and the value will be determined in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Securities not traded upon any exchange will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices based upon quotes furnished by the appropriate market makers. If quoted prices are unavailable or are believed to be inaccurate, market values will generally be determined based on quotes obtained from one or more broker(s) or dealer(s) or based on a price obtained from a reputable independent pricing service.

Financial futures will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price. Forward foreign currency contracts will generally be valued using market quotations from a widely used quotation system that reflects the current cost of covering or off-setting the contract. Exchange traded options will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price on their exchange. If there is no reported sale on the valuation date, the options will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices.

Over-the-counter derivatives will generally be valued at fair value in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Repurchase agreements will generally be valued at a price equal to the amount of the cash invested in the repurchase agreement at the time of valuation. The market value of the securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be determined in accordance with the procedures above, as appropriate, for the purpose of determining the adequacy of collateral.

Shares of open-end investment companies held in the Fund’s portfolio will generally be valued at the latest net asset value reported by the investment company.

Debt securities will generally be valued by a pricing service which may employ a matrix or other indications of value, including but not limited to broker quotes, to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units. The matrix can take into account various factors including, without limitation, bids, yield spreads, and/or other market data and specific security characteristics (e.g., credit quality, maturity and coupon rate). Debt securities for which a pricing service does not furnish valuations and for which market quotations are readily available will generally be valued based on the mean of the latest bid prices obtained from one or more dealers. Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less will, absent unusual circumstances, be valued at amortized cost.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available for any reason, including that the latest quotation is deemed unreliable or unreasonable, securities and other assets and liabilities are valued at “fair value” as determined in good faith by the Advisor’s valuation committee. In general, any one or more of the following factors may be taken into account in determining fair value: the fundamental analytical data relating to the security; the value of other financial instruments, including derivative securities, traded on other markets or among dealers; trading volumes on markets, exchanges, or among dealers; values of baskets of securities traded on other markets; changes in interest rates; observations from financial institutions; government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements; other news events; information as to any transactions or offers with respect to the security; price and extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies; nature and expected duration of the event, if any, giving rise to the valuation issue; pricing history of the security; the relative size of the position in the portfolio; and other relevant information.

With respect to securities traded on foreign markets, the following factors also may be relevant: the value of foreign securities traded on other foreign markets; ADR trading; closed-end fund trading; foreign currency exchange activity; and the trading of financial products that are tied to baskets of foreign securities, such as World Equity Benchmark Shares™.

The Board has determined, and the valuation procedures provide, that in certain circumstances it may be necessary to use an alternative valuation method, such as in-kind redemptions with affiliated benefit plans where the Department of Labor requires that valuation to be done in accordance with Rule 17a-7 of the 1940 Act.

 

69


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s prospectuses entitled Distributions and Taxes. The prospectuses generally describe the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Fund. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as in effect as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion applies only to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in the prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Fund. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, the application of state, local, or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Fund.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

It is intended that the Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. The Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to the Fund, even though the Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, the Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses, and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined below. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources defined in Code Section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Certain of a regulated investment company’s investments in master limited partnerships (MLPs) may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules do not apply to a regulated investment company, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

The Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its total assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s

 

70


Table of Contents

total assets and are not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and in the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer. The qualifying income and diversification requirements described above may limit the extent to which the Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in MLPs.

In addition, the Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income (if any) for the taxable year.

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund generally intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and substantially all of its net capital gain. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Any investment company taxable income retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates.

In addition, although the Fund generally intends to distribute all of its net capital gain, the Fund may determine to retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain for Capital Gain Dividend purposes, a regulated investment company generally must treat any net capital loss or any net long-term capital loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year. Treasury Regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its taxable income, to elect to treat all or part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

In order to comply with the distribution requirements described above applicable to regulated investment companies, the Fund generally must make the distributions in the same taxable year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, the Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year in respect of income and gains from the prior taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from the Fund in the year they are actually distributed. If the Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one calendar year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following calendar year, however, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the earlier year.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment under the Code, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains,

 

71


Table of Contents

pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company.

Excise Tax

If the Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses) and 98% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for net ordinary losses) for the 1-year period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that were not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, the Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, if the amount of excise tax to be paid is deemed de minimis by the Fund).

Capital Loss Carryforwards

Subject to certain limitations, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. The Fund’s capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Fund does not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gains. The Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

Equalization Accounting

The Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “accumulated earnings and profits,” which generally equals the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits the Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect the Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount of income and gains that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. The IRS has not sanctioned the particular equalization method used by the Fund, and thus the Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

Taxation of Fund Investments

In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by the Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held or is deemed to have held the securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

If the Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (OID) (generally a debt obligation with an issue price less than its stated principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), the Fund may be required to annually include in its income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. In general, gains recognized on the disposition of (or the receipt of any partial payment of principal on) a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by the Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. The Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount (if an election is made by the Fund to accrue market discount over the holding period of the applicable debt obligation) on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds

 

72


Table of Contents

of securities held by the Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be disadvantageous for the Fund.

In addition, payment-in-kind securities similarly will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no cash interest payment on the security during the year.

If an option granted by the Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund generally will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by the Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

Some regulated futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options that may be used by the Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” The Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. These provisions may require the Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity options.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss exceeds the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be available as a carryforward and thus cannot be deducted by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as forward, futures and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by the Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (as described below). Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the

 

73


Table of Contents

amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when the Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

The amount of long-term capital gain the Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain the Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

If the Fund makes a distribution of income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Similar consequences may apply to repurchase and other derivative transactions.

In addition, the Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash-sale rules or the short-sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, as well as any of its foreign currency transactions and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while the Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid fund-level tax. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in certain derivatives transactions.

 

74


Table of Contents

Any investment by the Fund in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (TMPs). Under an IRS notice, and Treasury Regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt shareholders, as noted under Tax-Exempt Shareholders below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or certain other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax.

Some amounts received by the Fund from its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as returns of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain from that asset (or if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of cash flow received by the Fund from the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its regulated investment company distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to borrow money or sell securities at the time. In addition, distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that are characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable to Fund shareholders as ordinary income.

“Passive foreign investment companies” (PFICs) are generally defined as foreign corporations where at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If the Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions and gain from the sale of interests in PFICs may be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, these amounts may otherwise have been classified as capital gain.

The Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for these special taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections would require the Fund to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC (in the case of a “QEF election”), or to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in its interests in the PFIC “to the market” as though the Fund had sold and repurchased such interests on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year, treating such gains and losses as ordinary income and loss (in the case of a “mark-to-market election”). The QEF and mark-to-market elections may require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments prematurely to meet the minimum distribution

 

75


Table of Contents

requirements described above, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return. The Fund may attempt to limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to minimize tax liability and/or maximize returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income, as defined below.

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Fund may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Fund, in which case the Fund may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy its minimum distribution requirements, which may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of his or her shares. The Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income (defined below). The Fund will designate Capital Gain Dividends, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest the Fund earns on direct obligations of the U.S. government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares

If a shareholder sells or exchanges his or her Fund shares, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held (or is deemed to have held) such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term capital gain or loss otherwise.

 

76


Table of Contents

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.

If a shareholder receives a Capital Gain Dividend or is deemed to receive a distribution of long-term capital gain with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held or treated as held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the Capital Gain Dividend or deemed long-term capital gain distribution.

Foreign Taxes

Amounts realized by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund with respect to foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum holding periods specified in the Code and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. It is not expected that the Fund will qualify for this election.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates

As of the date of this SAI, the maximum stated U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals generally is 35% for ordinary income and 15% for net long-term capital gain. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced—in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets—for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, U.S. federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” equal to the highest net long-term capital gain rate, which, as described above, generally is 15%. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received by the Fund from certain domestic and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund with respect to the dividend-paying corporation’s stock and by the shareholders with respect to the Fund’s shares. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date) and meet certain other requirements specified in the Code. In general, if less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders who meet the aforementioned holding period requirements. The rules regarding the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws

 

77


Table of Contents

covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. U.S. federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (1) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (TIN) or has not certified to the Fund that withholding does not apply or (2) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts required to be withheld as a credit against his or her future U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase for amounts distributed or paid after December 31, 2010.

Tax-Deferred Plans

The shares of the Fund may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

Corporate Shareholders

Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by the Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Fund are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

Foreign Shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” generally include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.

Generally, unless an exception applies, dividend distributions made to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends will be subject to non-refundable U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, generally, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), distributions made to foreign shareholders and properly designated by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” are exempt from U.S. federal income tax withholding. The exemption for interest-related dividends does not apply to any distribution to a foreign shareholder (i) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer; (ii) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (iii) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. Interest-related dividends are generally attributable to the Fund’s net U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder. In order to qualify as an interest-related dividend, the Fund must

 

78


Table of Contents

designate a distribution as such in a written notice mailed to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, neither U.S. federal income tax withholding nor the exemption for interest-related dividends will apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation.

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, distributions properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends and, with respect to taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), “short-term capital gain dividends” (defined below) are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the disposition of Fund shares or the receipt of Capital Gain Dividends or short-term capital gain dividends and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the Fund shares on which the foreign shareholder realized gain constitute U.S. real property interests (USRPIs, defined below) or, in certain cases, the distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI, as discussed below. If the requirements of clause (i) are met, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally will apply to the foreign shareholder and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation. If the requirements of clause (i) are not met, but the requirements of clause (ii) are met, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Please see below for a discussion of the tax implications to foreign shareholders in the event that clause (iii) applies. “Short-term capital gain dividends” are distributions attributable to the Fund’s net short-term capital gain in excess of its net long-term capital loss and designated as such by the Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Pending legislation proposes to extend the exemptions from withholding for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for one additional year (i.e., for dividends with respect to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011). However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment, no assurance can be made that the intermediary will respect such a designation, and an intermediary may withhold even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Even if permitted to do so, the Fund provides no assurance that it will designate any distributions as interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from the Fund if it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in the Fund if it is a USRPHC. Generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs – defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC – the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. If the Fund holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC.

If the Fund is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, amounts the Fund receives from REITs derived from gains realized from USRPIs generally will retain their character as such in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. In the hands of a foreign shareholder that holds (or has held in the prior 12 months) more than a 5% interest in any class of the Fund, such amounts generally will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholder generally will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year recognized, and

 

79


Table of Contents

the Fund must withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. Otherwise, in the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in any class of the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior 12 months), such amounts generally will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend (in the event that certain pending legislation is enacted, as described above) or Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such shareholders. If the Fund is subject to the rules of this paragraph, its foreign shareholders may also be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the foregoing tax-filing and payment obligations through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares. Prior to January 1, 2010, if the Fund was a USRPHC or would have been a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, similar rules generally also applied to any non-REIT USRPI gains recognized by the Fund directly or indirectly through certain lower-tier regulated investment companies. Pending legislation proposes to extend such application for one additional year, i.e., to distributions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In addition, if the Fund is a USRPHC, it generally must withhold 10% of the amount realized in redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Prior to January 1, 2010, such withholding generally was not required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund if it was a domestically controlled USRPHC, or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) held substantial investments in regulated investment companies that were domestically controlled USRPHCs. Pending legislation proposes to extend this exemption from withholding for one additional year, i.e., for redemptions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be. Unless and until such legislation is enacted, beginning on January 1, 2010, withholding is required in respect of amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder if the Fund is a USRPHC, without regard to whether the Fund or any regulated investment company in which it invests is domestically controlled.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. In addition, additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and foreign estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisors about their particular situation.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, the Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder will also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if the Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in

 

80


Table of Contents

October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in the Fund to the extent that it recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in the Fund and the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Fund has not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

81


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “principal holder” (i.e., owns of record or is known by the Trust to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding shares) is listed below.

Principal Holder Ownership of the Fund

 

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FOR BENFT CUST

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY STREET

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   1,179,797.5170    11.27
Class C   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 2

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   102,516.9070    7.85
Class Y   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   651,969.2180    99.88
Class Z   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR BENFT CUST

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   2,439,781.5240    6.69

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “control person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund because it owns greater than 25% of the outstanding shares, either beneficially or by virtue of its fiduciary or trust roles or otherwise, is shown below. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.

Control Person Ownership of the Fund

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Fund

NONE

        

 

82


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

This Appendix summarizes the various descriptions of securities ratings applicable to securities purchased by the Columbia Funds Family. Please refer to a Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information to determine whether that Fund may invest in securities that have ratings described in this Appendix.

STANDARD & POOR’S (S&P)

Bonds

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for bonds. The ratings AAA, AA, A and BBB denote investment grade securities.

AAA bonds have the highest rating assigned by S&P and are considered to have an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA bonds are considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and they differ from AAA only in small degree.

A bonds are considered to have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

BBB bonds are considered to have an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal than for bonds in the A category.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C bonds are considered to have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or large exposures to adverse conditions.

BB bonds are considered to have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

B bonds are considered to have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB— rating.

CCC bonds are considered to have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the bonds are not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B— rating.

CC rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

C rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC— debt rating. The C rating may be used to cover a situation, for example, where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

CI rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D bonds are in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Municipal Notes

SP-1. Notes rated SP-1 are considered to have very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designated as SP-1+.

SP-2. Notes rated SP-2 are considered to have satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Notes due in three years or less normally receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years normally receive a bond rating, although the following criteria are used in making that assessment:

Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue will be rated as a note).

Source of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be rated as a note).

Commercial Paper

A. Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designations 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

A-1. Issues assigned to this rating are considered to have overwhelming or very strong capacity for timely payment. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designed A-1+.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (MOODY’S)

Municipal Bonds

Aaa bonds are considered to be of the best quality. They are considered to have the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge”. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair a fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa bonds are considered to be of high quality by all standards. Together with Aaa bonds they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. Those bonds in the Aa through B groups that Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1, A1 or Baa1.

A bonds are considered to possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered to be upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment at some time in the future.

Baa bonds are considered to be medium grade obligations: they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and, in fact, have speculative characteristics as well.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Ba bonds are considered to have speculative elements: their future cannot be considered as well secured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times in the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this grade.

B bonds are considered generally to lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa bonds are considered to be of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca bonds are considered to represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C bonds are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Conditional Ratings. Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operating experience, (c) rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting conditions attach. Parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

Corporate Bonds

The description of the applicable rating symbols (Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, etc.) and their meanings is identical to that of the Municipal Bond ratings as set forth above, except for the numerical modifiers. Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in the Aa and A classifications of its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a midrange ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issuer ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Municipal Notes

MIG 1. This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2. This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3. This designation denotes favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for, but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

Commercial Paper

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

Prime-1 Highest Quality

Prime-2 Higher Quality

Prime-3 High Quality

If an issuer represents to Moody’s that its commercial paper obligations are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, Moody’s, in assigning ratings to such issuers, evaluates the financial strength of the indicated affiliated corporations, commercial banks, insurance companies, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

FITCH, INC. (FITCH)

Long-Term Debt

Investment Grade Bond Ratings

AAA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and/or dividends and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.

A bonds are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than debt securities with higher ratings.

BBB bonds are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest or dividends and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for securities with higher ratings.

Speculative Grade Bond Ratings

BB bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B bonds are considered highly speculative. While securities in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

CCC bonds are considered to have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

CC bonds are considered to be minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

C bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such securities are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these securities and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) or minus (-): Plus or minus signs are used to show relative standing within the major rating categories. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the DDD, DD, or D categories.

Short-Term Debt

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and investment notes.

F-1+ obligations have exceptionally strong credit quality and are considered to have the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

F-1 obligations are considered to reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2 obligations are considered to have good credit quality. Securities in this class have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

F-3 obligations are considered to have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and to be vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

B obligations are considered to have a minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments and a susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

C rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a high default risk and whose capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D obligations are in actual or imminent payment default.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) — Proxy Voting Policy

Applicable Regulations:

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

Form N-PX

ERISA Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (SEC No Action Letter dated September 15, 2004)

Explanation/Summary of Regulatory Requirements

An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.

Policy Summary

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) has adopted and implemented the following policy, which it believes is reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients; and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. This policy applies primarily to the Global Wealth and Investment Management (“GWIM”) Investment Operations Group, the Investment groups (particularly, Equity and Chief Investment Officer’s Office), as well as to Compliance Risk Management (“CRM”) and Legal. CRM and Business groups to which this policy directly applies must adopt written procedures to implement this Policy.

Policy

All proxies regarding client securities for which CMA has authority to vote will, unless CMA determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by CMA to be in the best interest of CMA’s clients without regard to any resulting benefit or detriment to CMA, its associates, or its affiliates. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as CMA determines in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, CMA will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided CMA receives such instructions in time to act accordingly. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within CMA and with CMA affiliates. Advisory clients, including mutual funds’ and other funds’ boards, may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by CMA. However, CMA will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties. Rather, the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings for 12-month periods ending each year on June 30th on Form N-PX.

CMA endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware prior to the vote deadline date, subject to certain general exceptions described below.

CMA seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to prevent where practicable and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Conflicts of Interest section below).

 

B-1


Table of Contents

CMA’s proxy voting policy and practices are summarized in its Form ADV. Additionally, CMA will provide clients with a copy of its policies, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request.

Means of Achieving Compliance

The Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Proxy Group’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of the proxy vendor’s votes to ensure that the proxy vendor is accurately voting consistent with CMA’s Voting Guidelines; and (2) review of the Columbia Funds’ fund website to ensure that annual proxy voting reports are posted in a timely and accurate manner. CMA has established a Proxy Committee which is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee and scope of its oversight are described in the Proxy Committee’s charter.

CMA’S INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Under CMA’s Voting Guidelines, certain matters must be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations will refer these matters first to the relevant CMA research analyst after first confirming that the proxy matter does not present a potential conflict to CMA. If there is not a research analyst assigned to the particular security, the matter will be referred to the appropriate portfolio manager.

In considering a particular proxy matter, the research analyst or portfolio manager must vote in the clients’ best interest as defined above. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential information. Therefore, research analysts and portfolio managers generally must not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of CMA and within CMA except on a need to know basis only.

Research analysts and portfolio managers must discharge their responsibilities consistent with the obligations set forth below (refer to Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures). A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer (see Appendix B—Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form). For each Proxy Referral (defined below), the research analyst or portfolio manager is responsible for memorializing their recommendation on the Proxy Voting Recommendation Form (see Appendix C) and communicating their recommendation to the Proxy Group.

Research analysts and portfolio managers should seek advice from CRM or Legal with respect to any questions that they have regarding personal conflicts of interests, communications regarding proxies, or other related matters.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by CMA, a CMA affiliate1, or a CMA associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of CMA, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. However, a material conflict of interest is not automatically created when there is a relationship or activity engaged in by a CMA affiliate, but there is a possibility that a CMA affiliate could cause a conflict. CMA may have a conflict of interest if either CMA has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if a CMA associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence CMA’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, CMA will seek to resolve said conflict in the clients’ best interests.

 

1 Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), the ultimate corporate parent of CMA, Bank of America, N.A. and all of their numerous affiliates owns, operates and has interests in many lines of business that may create or give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest between BAC or its affiliates and those of CMA-advised clients. For example, the commercial and investment banking business lines may have interests with respect to issuers of voting securities that could appear to or even actually conflict with CMA’s duty, in the proxy voting process, to act in the best economic interest of its clients.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

For those proxy proposals that: (1) are not addressed by CMA’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) the guidelines specify the issue must be evaluated and determined on a case-by-case basis; or (3) a CMA investment associate believes that an exception to the guidelines may be in the best economic interest of CMA’s clients (collectively, “Proxy Referrals”), CMA may vote the proxy, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures set forth below.

In the case of Proxy Referrals, CRM identifies companies with which CMA has a significant business relationships and Proxy Referrals of such companies will be voted consistent with CMA’s conflicts management procedures described below. For Proxy Referrals that do not involve companies with which CMA has a significant business relationship the relevant CMA investment personnel (i.e. research analyst, portfolio manager, members of Proxy Committee) involved in the particular Proxy Referral must report any personal conflict of interest circumstances (e.g., relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise, unusual communications with parties outside the investment organization concerning a proxy matter) to Columbia Management’s Conflicts of Interest Officer in writing (see Appendix B). In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter.

If the Proxy Committee, the Chairperson of the Proxy Committee, or the Conflicts Officer determines that a proxy matter presents a material conflict of interest, CMA will invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:

 

   

Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be CMA’s proxy voting agent);

 

   

Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include CMA’s proxy voting agent; or

 

   

In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to CMA’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.

Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies

CMA considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which CMA or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter; and (2) proxies solicited by Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) or other public companies within the BAC organization to present a material conflict of interest for CMA. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management practices discussed above.

Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures

In certain circumstances, CMA follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by the proxy vendor or another independent third party. CMA reviews its proxy vendor’s conflicts of interest procedures as part of its oversight of the proxy vendor’s services.

CMA and other BAC affiliates have adopted various other policies and procedures that help reinforce this Policy. Please see any associated documents.

Ownership Limits – Delegation of Proxy Voting to an Independent Third Party

From time to time, CMA may face regulatory or compliance limits on the types or amounts of voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that CMA can hold for clients (collectively, “Ownership Limits”).

The regulations or company-specific documents governing a number of these Ownership Limits often focus upon holdings in voting securities. As a result, in limited circumstances in order to comply with such Ownership Limits and/or internal policies designed to comply with such limits, CMA may delegate proxy voting in certain issuers to a qualified, independent third party, who may be CMA’s proxy voting agent.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

A. CMA’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices.

The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. CMA uses an independent, third-party proxy vendor to implement its proxy voting process as CMA’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, the proxy vendor will execute the vote according to CMA’s Voting Guidelines.

B. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines.

A Portfolio Manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will request in writing that the Proxy Committee consider voting the proxy other than according to such Guidelines and provide information as the Proxy Committee may request. The Proxy Committee may consider the matter, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures discussed above.

C. Other Proxy Matters

For the following categories, proxies will be voted as stated below:

1. New Proposals. For certain new proposals that are expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee may develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

2. Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to Taft Hartley principles will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor.

3. Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to socially responsible principles will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client.

4. Proxies of International Issuers. In general, CMA will refrain from voting securities in cases where international issuers impose share blocking restrictions. However, in the exceptional circumstances that CMA determines that it would be appropriate to vote such securities, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy. Additionally, proxies will typically not be voted in markets where powers of attorney are required to be executed in order to vote shares.

5. Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than affiliated investment companies (previously described) will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.

6. Proxy Referrals for Passive Index Accounts. Proxy Referrals for a security that is held only within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and not in any other account within CMA, shall be voted according to the guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client. However, if a security is held within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and within another CMA-managed account (including without limitation an account actively managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group), all proposals, including Proxy Referrals, will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, subject to the other provisions of this Policy.

7. Proxy Voting for Securities on Loan. CMA generally votes in cases where shares have been loaned from actively managed Columbia Funds as long as the shares have been recalled in a timely manner. However, CMA generally does not vote shares that have been loaned from passively managed Columbia Index Funds. Other CMA clients may have their own stock loan programs and may or may not recall their shares for proxy voting.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

Supervision

Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.

Escalation

With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to the Proxy Committee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to the Columbia Management Conflicts Officer.

Monitoring/Oversight

CRM and/or Corporate Internal Audit Group perform periodic reviews and assessments of various lines of businesses, including a review of Columbia Management’s compliance with the Proxy Voting Policy.

Recordkeeping

CMA will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. CMA will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and for which CMA was entitled to vote:

 

   

The name of the issuer of the security;

 

   

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The shareholder meeting date;

 

   

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

   

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

 

   

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

These records include:

 

Document

  

Responsible Party

Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Related Materials    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Proxy Vote Recommendation Form and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations (or any other document created by CMA that was material to making a voting decision or that memorializes the basis for the voting decision)    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms    Compliance Risk Management
Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters    Client Service Group

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Document

  

Responsible Party

Copy of Each Applicable Proxy Statement Unless it has been Filed with the SEC and may be Obtained from the SEC’s EDGAR System    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations

Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years plus the current year. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of CM for the first three years.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — CMA’S PROXY VOTING POLICY

CMA’S VOTING GUIDELINES

A. The Proxy Committee has adopted the following guidelines for voting proxies:

1. Matters Relating to the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals for the election of directors or for an increase or decrease in the number of directors, provided that no more than one-third of the Board of Directors would, presently or at any time during the previous three-year period, be from management.

However, CMA generally will WITHHOLD votes from pertinent director nominees if:

 

  (i) the board as proposed to be constituted would have more than one-third of its members from management;

 

  (ii) the board does not have audit, nominating, and compensation committees composed solely of directors who qualify as being regarded as “independent,” i.e. having no material relationship, directly or indirectly, with the Company, as CMA’s proxy voting agent may determine (subject to the Proxy Committee’s contrary determination of independence or non-independence);

 

  (iii) the nominee, as a member of the audit committee, permitted the company to incur excessive non-audit fees (as defined below regarding other business matters — ratification of the appointment of auditors);

 

  (iv) a director serves on more than six public company boards;

 

  (v) the CEO serves on more than two public company boards other than the company’s board.

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, CMA may WITHHOLD votes for a director nominee who has failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action or inaction (e.g. failing to implement policies for which a majority of shareholders has previously cast votes in favor), has demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders.

 

   

Proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committee be composed solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee must satisfy the independence and experience requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange, or appropriate local requirements for foreign securities. At least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a “financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules.

 

   

Proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances that would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to create or eliminate positions or titles for senior management. CMA generally prefers that the role of Chairman of the Board and CEO be held by different persons unless there are compelling reasons to vote AGAINST a proposal to separate these positions, such as the existence of a counter-balancing governance structure that includes at least the following elements in addition to applicable listing standards:

 

   

Established governance standards and guidelines.

 

B-7


Table of Contents
   

Full board composed of not less than two-thirds “independent” directors, as defined by applicable regulatory and listing standards.

 

   

Compensation, as well as audit and nominating (or corporate governance) committees composed entirely of independent directors.

 

   

A designated or rotating presiding independent director appointed by and from the independent directors with the authority and responsibility to call and preside at regularly and, as necessary, specially scheduled meetings of the independent directors to be conducted, unless the participating independent directors otherwise wish, in executive session with no members of management present.

 

   

Disclosed processes for communicating with any individual director, the presiding independent director (or, alternatively, all of the independent directors, as a group) and the entire board of directors, as a group.

 

   

The pertinent class of the Company’s voting securities has out-performed, on a three-year basis, both an appropriate peer group and benchmark index, as indicated in the performance summary table of the Company’s proxy materials. This requirement shall not apply if there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within the three-year period.

 

   

Proposals that grant or restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

   

Proposals to permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that encourage directors to own a minimum amount of company stock.

 

   

Proposals to provide or to restore shareholder appraisal rights.

 

   

Proposals to adopt cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals for the company to adopt confidential voting.

CMA will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for majority voting thresholds for director elections unless the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and/or provides an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to classify boards, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure.

 

   

Proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

   

Proposals that provide directors may be removed only by supermajority vote.

 

   

Proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals which allow more than one vote per share in the election of directors.

 

   

Proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that mandate a minimum amount of company stock that directors must own.

 

   

Proposals to limit the tenure of non-management directors.

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on board approved proposals relating to corporate governance. Such proposals include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Reimbursement of proxy solicitation expenses taking into consideration whether or not CMA was in favor of the dissidents.

 

   

Proxy contest advance notice. CMA generally will vote FOR proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as possible while allowing for sufficient time for Company response, SEC review, and analysis by other shareholders.

 

   

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis to indemnify directors and officers, and AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

 

   

CMA will vote FOR the indemnification of internal auditors, unless the costs associated with the approval are not disclosed.

2. Compensation

CMA generally will vote FOR management sponsored compensation plans (such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans or thrift plans) if they are consistent with industry and country standards. However, CMA generally is opposed to compensation plans that substantially dilute ownership interest in a company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have objectionable structural features. Specifically, for equity-based plans, if the proposed number of shares authorized for option programs (excluding authorized shares for expired options) exceeds an average of 5% of the currently outstanding shares over the previous three years or an average of 3% over the previous three years for directors only, the proposal should be referred to the Proxy Committee. The Committee will then consider the circumstances surrounding the issue and vote in the best interest of CMA’s clients. CMA requires that management provide substantial justification for the repricing of options.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals requiring that executive severance arrangements be submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

   

Proposals asking a company to expense stock options.

 

   

Proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

   

Employee stock purchase plans that have the following features: (i) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value, (ii) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less, and (iii) dilution is 10% or less.

 

   

Proposals for the remuneration of auditors if no more than 25% of the compensation costs comes from non audit activity.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price, or that permit replacing or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals to authorize the replacement or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals requesting that plan administrators have advance authority to amend the terms of a plan without detailed disclosure of the specific amendments. When sufficient details are provided on the amendments permitted by the advance authority, CMA will recommend on such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding approval of specific executive severance arrangements.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

3. Capitalization

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to increase the authorized shares for stock dividends, stock splits (and reverse stock splits) or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover measure or a general issuance proposal increases the authorization by more than 30% without a clear need presented by the company. Proposals for reverse stock splits should include an overall reduction in authorization.

For companies recognizing preemptive rights for existing shareholders, CMA generally will vote FOR general issuance proposals that increase the authorized shares by more than 30%. CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all such proposals by companies that do not recognize preemptive rights for existing shareholders.

 

   

Proposals for the elimination of authorized but unissued shares or retirement of those shares purchased for sinking fund or treasury stock.

 

   

Proposals to institute/renew open market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

   

Proposals to reduce or change the par value of common stock, provided the number of shares is also changed in order to keep the capital unchanged.

CMA will evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding:

 

   

Management proposals that allow listed companies to de-list and terminate the registration of their common stock. CMA will determine whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to:

 

   

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded.

 

   

Cash-out value

 

   

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders

 

   

Market reaction to public announcement of transaction

4. Mergers, Restructurings and Other Transactions

CMA will review, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations, spinoffs, buyouts and sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.

5. Anti-Takeover Measures

CMA generally will vote AGAINST proposals intended largely to avoid acquisition prior to the occurrence of an actual event or to discourage acquisition by creating a cost constraint. With respect to the following measures, CMA generally will vote as follows:

Poison Pills

 

   

CMA votes FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

   

CMA generally votes FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate a poison pill.

 

   

CMA generally votes AGAINST management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Greenmail

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or to otherwise

 

B-10


Table of Contents
 

restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Supermajority vote

 

   

CMA will vote AGAINST board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock, the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights and charter amendments adopting control share acquisition provisions.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes.

6. Other Business Matters

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Bylaw amendments giving holders of at least 25% of outstanding common stock the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders.

 

   

Board governance document amendments or other proposals which give the lead independent director the authority to call special meetings of the independent directors at any time.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to approve routine business matters such as changing the company’s name and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting such as approving the minutes of a prior meeting.

 

   

Proposals to ratify the appointment of auditors, unless any of the following apply in which case CMA will generally vote AGAINST the proposal:

 

   

Credible reason exists to question:

 

   

The auditor’s independence, as determined by applicable regulatory requirements.

 

   

The accuracy or reliability of the auditor’s opinion as to the company’s financial position.

 

   

Fees paid to the auditor or its affiliates for “non-audit” services were excessive, i.e., in excess of the total fees paid for “audit,” “audit-related” and “tax compliance” and/or “tax return preparation” services, as disclosed in the company’s proxy materials.

 

   

Bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (e.g., updates or corrections).

 

   

Proposals to approve the annual reports and accounts provided the certifications required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 have been provided.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent or call special meetings.

 

   

Proposals providing management with authority to adjourn an annual or special shareholder meeting absent compelling reasons, or to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws without shareholder approval, or to vote unmarked proxies in favor of management.

 

   

Shareholder proposals to change the date, time or location of the company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Authorization to transact other unidentified substantive (as opposed to procedural) business at a meeting.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

Proposals to change the location of the company’s state of incorporation. CMA considers whether financial benefits (e.g., reduced fees or taxes) likely to accrue to the company as a result of a reincorporation or other change of domicile outweigh any accompanying material diminution of shareholder rights.

 

   

Proposals on whether and how to vote on “bundled” or otherwise conditioned proposals, depending on the overall economic effects upon shareholders.

CMA generally will ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals predominantly involving social, socio-economic, environmental, political or other similar matters on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. CMA may, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote:

 

   

FOR proposals seeking inquiry and reporting with respect to, rather than cessation or affirmative implementation of, specific policies where the pertinent issue warrants separate communication to shareholders; and

 

   

FOR or AGAINST the latter sort of proposal in light of the relative benefits and detriments (e.g. distraction, costs, other burdens) to share value which may be expected to flow from passage of the proposal.

7. Other Matters Relating to Foreign Issues

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Most stock (scrip) dividend proposals. CMA votes AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

 

   

Proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.

 

   

Proposals to approve control and profit transfer agreements between a parent and its subsidiaries.

 

   

Management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors/directors and/or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

 

   

Management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

   

Proposals for the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

CMA will generally vote FOR proposals to approve Directors’ Fees, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

CMA will evaluate management proposals to approve protective preference shares for Netherlands located company-friendly foundations proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will only support resolutions if:

 

   

The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares while the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of CMA’ categorization rules and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

No call/put option agreement exists between the company and the foundation.

 

   

There is a qualifying offer clause or there are annual management and supervisory board elections.

 

B-12


Table of Contents
   

The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months.

 

   

The board of the company-friendly foundation is independent.

 

   

The company has disclosed under what circumstances it expects to make use of the possibility to issue preference shares.

 

   

There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools.

 

   

The company releases its proxy circular, with details of the poison pill proposal, at least three weeks prior to the meeting.

 

   

Art 2:359c Civil Code of the legislative proposal has been implemented.

8. Investment Company Matters

Election of Directors:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the election of directors, considering the following factors:

 

   

Board structure

 

   

Attendance at board and committee meetings.

CMA will WITHHOLD votes from directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences. Valid reasons include illness or absence due to company business. Participation via telephone is acceptable. In addition, if the director missed only one meeting or one day’s meetings, votes should not be withheld even if such absence dropped the director’s attendance below 75 percent.

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of shares outstanding;

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal this is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years;

 

   

Are interested directors and sit on the audit or nominating committee; or

 

   

Are interested directors and the full board serves as the audit or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.

Proxy Contests:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance relative to its peers

 

   

Market in which fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the pertinent issues (e.g., closed-end fund share market value discount to NAV)

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity and votes on related proposals

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents

 

   

Independence of incumbent directors; director nominees

 

   

Experience and skills of director nominees

 

   

Governance profile of the company

 

   

Evidence of management entrenchment

 

B-13


Table of Contents

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund:

CMA will vote conversion proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance as a closed-end fund

 

   

Market in which the fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the discount

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Investment Advisory Agreements:

CMA will vote investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Proposed and current fee schedules

 

   

Fund category/investment objective

 

   

Performance benchmarks

 

   

Share price performance as compared with peers

 

   

Resulting fees relative to peers

 

   

Assignments (where the adviser undergoes a change of control)

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the authorization for or increase in the preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

   

Stated specific financing purpose

 

   

Possible dilution for common shares

 

   

Whether the shares can be used for anti-takeover purposes

Policies Addressed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”):

CMA will vote proposals regarding adoption or changes of policies addressed by the 1940 Act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Regulatory developments

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Current and potential risk

CMA generally will vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with current SEC interpretations.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction:

 

B-14


Table of Contents

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fund’s target investments

 

   

Reasons given by the fund for the change

 

   

Projected impact of the change on the portfolio

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental:

CMA will vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective from fundamental to non-fundamental unless management acknowledges meaningful limitations upon its future requested ability to change the objective

Name Change Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s name, considering the following factors:

 

   

Political/economic changes in the target market

 

   

Consolidation in the target market

 

   

Current asset composition

Change in Fund’s Subclassification:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s subclassification, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Risk of concentration

 

   

Consolidation in target industry

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis these proposals, considering the following factors:

 

   

Strategies employed to salvage the company

 

   

Past performance of the fund

 

   

Terms of the liquidation

Changes to the Charter Document:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

   

The degree of change implied by the proposal

 

   

The efficiencies that could result

 

   

The state of incorporation; net effect on shareholder rights

 

   

Regulatory standards and implications

CMA will vote FOR:

 

B-15


Table of Contents
   

Proposals allowing the Board to impose, without shareholder approval, fees payable upon redemption of fund shares, provided imposition of such fees is likely to benefit long-term fund investors (e.g., by deterring market timing activity by other fund investors)

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to amend, without shareholder approval, the fund’s management agreement(s) with its investment adviser(s) or sub-advisers, provided the amendment is not required by applicable law (including the Investment Company Act of 1940) or interpretations thereunder to require such approval

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to:

 

   

Change, without shareholder approval the domicile of the fund

 

   

Adopt, without shareholder approval, material amendments of the fund’s declaration of trust or other organizational document

Changing the Domicile of a Fund:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reincorporate, considering the following factors:

 

   

Regulations of both states

 

   

Required fundamental policies of both states

 

   

The increased flexibility available

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval:

CMA will vote FOR proposals to enable the Board or Investment Adviser to hire and terminate sub-advisers, without shareholder approval, in accordance with applicable rules or exemptive orders under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Distribution Agreements:

CMA will vote these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives

 

   

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance

 

   

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry

 

   

Terms of the agreement

Master-Feeder Structure:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers:

CMA will vote merger proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Resulting fee structure

 

   

Performance of both funds

 

   

Continuity of management personnel

 

B-16


Table of Contents
   

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights

Shareholder Proposals to Establish Director Ownership Requirement:

CMA will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While CMA favors stockownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Shareholder Proposals to Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

Shareholder Proposals to Terminate the Investment Adviser:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to terminate the investment adviser, considering the following factors:

 

   

Performance of the fund’s NAV

 

   

The fund’s history of shareholder relations

 

   

The performance of other funds under the adviser’s management

 

B-17


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form

Conflict Review Questionnaire for Proxy Voting Working Group Members and Other Individuals Participating in the Proxy Voting Decision-Making Process.

Instructions: Please complete each of the questions. Please provide an explanation for any affirmative responses. Return the completed questionnaire to Columbia Management Conflicts of Interest Officer.

 

Issuer and Proxy Matter:  

 

 

 

1.   Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any management personnel of the issuer1?
 

 

 

 

2.   Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any person participating, supporting, opposing or otherwise connected with the particular proxy proposal (e.g., principals of the issuer; director nominees of issuer company; shareholder activists)?
 

 

 

 

3.   Have you discussed this particular proxy proposal with anyone outside of Columbia Management’s investment group2?
 

 

 

 

4.   Are you aware of any other potential personal conflicts of interest not described above? Please detail below.
 

 

 

 

Name:  

 

Signed:  

 

Date:  

 

 

1

Personal investing in the issuer by you or a member of your immediate family does not require an affirmative response to this item.

2

Communications with issuer or solicitors in the regular course of business would not have to be disclosed on this form.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C

CMA Proxy Vote Recommendation/Proxy Committee Request Form

 

Name of Investment Associate:

 

 

Company Name:

 

 

Overview of Proxy Vote and Meeting Date:

 

 

Proxy Agenda Item(s)

 
Description of Item:  

 

 

 

(The above information will be pre-populated by the Proxy Department.)

 

Recommendation (FOR, AGAINST, ABSTAIN) including brief rationale:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please attach any supporting information other than analysis or reports provided by the Proxy Department.

 

 

Signed

By signing, I am certifying that I either have no conflicts of interest-related information to report or have sent a completed “Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form” to Compliance Risk Management (Conflicts Officer).

Send Completed Forms to:

GWIM Investment Operations — Proxy Department

or

In the case of Proxy Votes to be referred to the Proxy Committee, submit this form and materials to the Chair of the Proxy Committee

 

B-19


Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 497(c).

File no. 002-99356.

Columbia Management®

 

   COLUMBIA FUNDS SERIES TRUST I
   Class Y Shares
   STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
  

January 1, 2010

  

Columbia Conservative High Yield Fund

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus, is not a substitute for reading any prospectus and is intended to be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus dated January 1, 2010 for Class Y shares. The most recent annual report for the Fund, which includes the Fund’s audited financial statements dated August 31, 2009, is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

Copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained without charge by writing Columbia Management Services, Inc., P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081, by calling Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or by visiting the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com.

INT-39/29324-0110


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SAI PRIMER

   3

ABOUT THE TRUST

   6

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

   7

Certain Investment Activity Limits

   7

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

   7

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

   8

Borrowings

   32

Short Sales

   32

Lending Securities

   33

Portfolio Turnover

   34

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

   34

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   39

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

   39

The Administrator

   42

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

   43

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

   44

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

   44

Other Services Provided

   48

Expense Limitations

   49

Codes of Ethics

   49

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   49

FUND GOVERNANCE

   51

The Board

   51

The Officers

   58

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

   62

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

   62

Brokerage Commissions

   64

Directed Brokerage

   64

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

   65

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

   65

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

   65

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

   68

Description of the Trust’s Shares

   68

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

   71

Purchase and Redemption

   71

Offering Price

   71

TAXATION

   73

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   85

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

   A-1

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   B-1

 

1


Table of Contents

SAI PRIMER

The SAI is a part of the Fund’s registration statement that is filed with the SEC. The registration statement includes the Fund’s prospectus, the SAI and certain exhibits. The SAI, and any supplements to it, can be found online at www.columbiafunds.com, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The SAI generally provides additional information about the Fund that is not required to be in the Fund’s prospectus. The SAI expands discussions of certain matters described in the Fund’s prospectus and provides certain additional information about the Fund that may be of interest to some investors. Among other things, the SAI provides information about:

 

   

the organization of the Trust;

 

   

the Fund’s investments;

 

   

the Fund’s investment advisor, investment sub-advisor(s) (if any) and other service providers, including roles and relationships of Bank of America and its affiliates, and conflicts of interest;

 

   

the governance of the Fund;

 

   

the Fund’s brokerage practices;

 

   

the share classes offered by the Fund;

 

   

the purchase, redemption and pricing of Fund shares; and

 

   

the application of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Investors may find this information important and helpful. If you have any questions about the Fund, please call Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or contact your financial advisor.

Before reading the SAI, you should consult the Glossary below, which defines certain of the terms used in the SAI.

Glossary

 

Term

  

Definition

1933 Act    Securities Act of 1933, as amended
1934 Act    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
1940 Act    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
Administration Agreement    The administration agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Administrator
Administrator    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
Advisor    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
BANA    Bank of America, National Association
BAS    Banc of America Securities LLC
Bank of America    Bank of America Corporation
BFDS/DST    Boston Financial Data Services, Inc./DST Systems, Inc.

 

3


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Board    The Trust’s Board of Trustees
Brandes    Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.
CMOs    Collateralized mortgage obligations
Code    Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
Codes of Ethics    The codes of ethics adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act
Columbia Funds Complex    The mutual fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc., as that term is defined under Item 17 of Form N-1A
Columbia Funds or Columbia Funds Family    The fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Conservative High Yield Fund    Columbia Conservative High Yield Fund
Custodian or State Street    State Street Bank and Trust Company
Distributor    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Distribution Agreement    The distribution agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and the Distributor
Distribution Plan(s)    One or more of the plans adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the distribution of the Fund’s shares
FDIC    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLMC    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Fitch    Fitch Investors Service, Inc.
FNMA    Federal National Mortgage Association
The Fund    Columbia Conservative High Yield Fund
GNMA    Government National Mortgage Association
Independent Trustees    The Trustees of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
Interested Trustee    The Trustee of the Board who is an “interested person” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
International/Global Equity Fund(s)    One or more of the international/global equity funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Investment Advisory Agreement    The investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of a Fund, and the Advisor
IRS    United States Internal Revenue Service
LIBOR    London Interbank Offered Rate

 

4


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Marsico    Marsico Capital Management, LLC
Merrill Lynch    Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.
MLPF&S    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Money Market Fund(s)    One or more of the money market funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Moody’s    Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NASDAQ    National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations system
NRSRO    Nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (such as Moody’s, Fitch or S&P)
NSCC    National Securities Clearing Corporation
NYSE    New York Stock Exchange
Principal Underwriter    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
REIT    Real estate investment trust
REMIC    Real estate mortgage investment conduit
RIC    A “regulated investment company,” as such term is used in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
S&P    Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“Standard & Poor’s” and “S&P” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Advisor. The Columbia Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Columbia Funds).
SAI    This Statement of Additional Information
SEC    United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Selling Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a sales support agreement with the Distributor
Servicing Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a shareholder servicing agreement with the Distributor
Transfer Agency Agreement    The transfer agency agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and Columbia Management Services, Inc. relating to Class Y shares
Transfer Agent    Columbia Management Services, Inc.
The Trust    Columbia Funds Series Trust I, the registered investment company in the Columbia Funds Family to which this SAI relates
Trustee(s)    One or more of the Board’s Trustees

 

5


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act within the Columbia Funds Family. Columbia Funds offers over 100 mutual funds in major asset classes, and the Advisor had approximate assets under management of $303.1 billion as of September 30, 2009.

The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust in 1987. On September 23, 2005, the Trust changed its name from Columbia Funds Trust IX to its current name. On October 13, 2003, the Trust changed its name from Liberty-Stein Roe Funds Municipal Trust to Columbia Funds Trust IX.

The Fund represents a series of the Trust and is an open-end diversified management investment company. The Fund has a fiscal year end of August 31.

Prior to March 27, 2006, the Conservative High Yield Fund was organized as an Oregon corporation (the Conservative High Yield Predecessor Fund). The information provided for Conservative High Yield Fund in this SAI for periods prior to March 27, 2006 relates to the Conservative High Yield Predecessor Fund.

Conservative High Yield Fund offers five classes of shares, as discussed in Capital Stock and Other Securities. On July 15, 2009, Conservative High Yield Fund commenced offering Class Y shares.

 

6


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

The investment objectives, principal investment strategies (i.e., as used in this SAI and the corresponding prospectus, a strategy which generally involves the ability to invest 10% or more of the Fund’s total assets) and related principal investment risks for the Fund are discussed in the Fund’s prospectus.

Certain Investment Activity Limits

The overall investment and other activities of the Advisor and its affiliates may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain markets where limitations are imposed by regulators upon the amount of investment by affiliated investors, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. From time to time, the Fund’s activities also may be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to the Advisor and its affiliates and/or because of their internal policies. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The following discussion of “fundamental” and “non-fundamental” investment policies and limitations for the Fund supplements the discussion of investment policies in the Fund’s prospectus. A fundamental policy may be changed only with Board and shareholder approval. A non-fundamental policy may be changed by the Board and does not require shareholder approval, but may require notice to shareholders in certain instances.

Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding an investment standard, compliance with such percentage limitation or standard will be determined solely at the time of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Borrowings and other instruments that may give rise to leverage and the restriction on investing in illiquid securities are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. The following fundamental investment policies cannot be changed without such a vote. The Fund may not, as a matter of fundamental policy:

 

  1. Underwrite any issue of securities issued by other persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered investment companies;

 

  2. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may: (i) purchase securities of issuers which deal or invest in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate and (iii) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of securities which are secured by real estate or interests therein;

 

  3. Purchase or sell commodities, except that the Fund may to the extent consistent with its investment objective: (i) invest in securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or which invest in such programs, (ii) purchase and sell options, forward contracts, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts and (iii) enter into swap contracts and other financial transactions relating to commodities. This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions including without limitation forward currency contracts;

 

  4.

Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal

 

7


Table of Contents
 

business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, any state or territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  5. Make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  6. Borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief; and

 

  7. Purchase securities (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets will be invested in the securities of such issuer or it would own more than 10% of the voting securities of such issuer, except that: (i) up to 25% of its total assets may be invested without regard to these limitations and (ii) the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or any applicable exemptive relief.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

  1. The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

  2. The Fund may not purchase securities of other investment companies except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. If shares of the Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, for so long as shares of the Fund are held by such fund, the Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

“Illiquid Securities” is defined in accordance with the SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is a security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security.

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

The Fund’s prospectus identifies and summarizes the individual types of securities in which the Fund invests as part of its principal investment strategies and the principal risks associated with such investments.

The table below identifies certain types of securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest, including certain types of securities that are described in the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund generally has the ability to invest 10% or more of its total assets in each type of security described in its prospectus (and in each sub-category of such security type described in this SAI). To the extent that a type of security identified below is not described in the Fund’s prospectus (or as a sub-category of such security type in this SAI), the Fund generally invests less than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in such security type.

Information about individual types of securities (including certain of their associated risks) in which the Fund may invest is set forth below. The Fund’s investment in these types of securities is subject to its investment objective and fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies.

Temporary Defensive Positions. The Fund may temporarily invest in money market instruments or hold cash. It may do so without limit, when the Advisor: (i) believes that the market conditions are not favorable for profitable investing; (ii) is unable to locate favorable investment opportunities; or (iii) determines that a temporary defensive

 

8


Table of Contents

position is advisable or necessary in order to meet anticipated redemption requests, or for other reasons. While the Fund engages in such strategies, it may not achieve its investment objective.

See also About the Fund’s Investments — Permissible Investments and Related Risks — Money Market Instruments.

Permissible Fund Investments

 

Investment Type

   Conservative High Yield Fund

Asset-Backed Securities

   ü

Bank Obligations

  

Domestic

   ü

Foreign

   ü

Convertible Securities

   ü

Corporate Debt Securities

   ü

Derivatives

  

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

   ü

Swap Agreements

   ü

Dollar Rolls

   ü

Foreign Currency Transactions

   ü

Foreign Securities

   ü

Illiquid Securities

   ü

Initial Public Offerings

   ü

Investments in Other Investment Companies

   ü

Low and Below Investment Grade Securities

   ü

Money Market Instruments

   ü

Mortgage-Backed Securities

   ü

Municipal Securities

   ü

Participation Interests

   ü

Preferred Stock

   ü

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

   ü

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

   ü

Repurchase Agreements

   ü

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

   ü

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

   ü

Warrants and Rights

   ü

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

   ü

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

   ü

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities represent interests in, or debt instruments that are backed by, pools of various types of assets that generate cash payments generally over fixed periods of time. Such securities entitle the security holders to receive distributions that are tied to the payments made on the underlying assets (less fees paid to the originator, servicer, or other parties, and fees paid for credit enhancement), so that the payments made on the underlying assets effectively pass through to such security holders. Asset-backed securities typically are created by an originator of loans or owner of accounts receivable that sells such underlying assets to a special purpose entity in a process called a securitization. The special purpose entity issues securities that are backed by the payments on the underlying assets, and have a minimum denomination and specific term. Asset-backed securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations,

 

9


Table of Contents

Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in asset-backed securities is subject to certain risks. For example, the value of asset-backed securities may be affected by, among other factors, changes in: interest rates, the market’s assessment of the quality of underlying assets, the creditworthiness of the servicer for the underlying assets, information concerning the originator of the underlying assets, or the creditworthiness or rating of the entities that provide any supporting letters of credit, surety bonds, derivative instruments, or other credit enhancement. The value of asset-backed securities also will be affected by the exhaustion, termination or expiration of any credit enhancement.

Declining or low interest rates may lead to a more rapid rate of repayment on the underlying assets, resulting in accelerated payments on asset-backed securities that then would be reinvested at a lesser rate of interest. Rising or high interest rates tend to lead to a slower rate of repayment on the underlying assets, resulting in slower than expected payments on asset-backed securities that can, in turn, lead to a decline in value. The impact of changing interest rates on the value of asset-backed securities may be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility. Holders of asset-backed securities generally have no recourse against the originator of the underlying assets in the event of a default on the underlying assets. Credit risk reflects the risk that a holder of asset-backed securities, backed by pools of receivables such as mortgage loans, may not receive all or part of its principal because the issuer, any credit enhancer and/or an underlying obligor has defaulted on its obligations. Credit risk is increased for asset-backed securities that are subordinated to another security (i.e., if the holder of an asset-backed security is entitled to receive payments only after payment obligations to holders of the other security are satisfied). The more deeply subordinated the security, the greater the credit risk associated with the security will be.

Bank Obligations (Domestic and Foreign)

Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and promissory notes that earn a specified rate of return and may be issued by (i) a domestic branch of a domestic bank, (ii) a foreign branch of a domestic bank, (iii) a domestic branch of a foreign bank or (iv) a foreign branch of a foreign bank. Bank obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

Certificates of deposit, or so-called CDs, typically are interest-bearing debt instruments issued by banks and have maturities ranging from a few weeks to several years. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on and accepted by banks, are a customary means of effecting payment for merchandise sold in import-export transactions and are a general source of financing. Yankee dollar certificates of deposit are negotiable CDs issued in the United States by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are CDs issued by foreign (mainly European) banks with interest and principal paid in U.S. dollars. Such CDs typically have maturities of less than two years and have interest rates that typically are pegged to the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR. A time deposit can be either a savings account or CD that is an obligation of a financial institution for a fixed term. Typically, there are penalties for early withdrawals of time deposits. Promissory notes are written commitments of the maker to pay the payee a specified sum of money either on demand or at a fixed or determinable future date, with or without interest.

Bank investment contracts are issued by banks. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of a bank. The bank then credits to the Fund payments at floating or fixed interest rates. The Fund also may hold funds on deposit with its custodian for temporary purposes.

Investing in bank obligations is subject to certain risks. Certain bank obligations, such as some CDs, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to certain specified limits. Many other bank obligations, however, are neither guaranteed nor insured by the FDIC or the U.S. Government. These bank obligations are “backed” only by the creditworthiness of the issuing bank or parent financial institution. Domestic and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulation. Accordingly, certain obligations of foreign banks, including Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, involve different investment risks than those affecting obligations of domestic banks, including, among others, the possibilities that: (i) their liquidity could be impaired because of political or economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of domestic banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding and other taxes at high levels on interest income; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions such as

 

10


Table of Contents

exchange controls may be imposed, which could adversely affect the payment of principal or interest on those obligations; (vi) there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks issuing the obligations; and (vii) the reserve requirements and accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to domestic banks. Foreign banks generally are not subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the conversion price). As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt securities and equity securities. A holder of convertible securities is entitled to receive the income of a bond, debenture or note or the dividend of a preferred stock until the conversion privilege is exercised. The market value of convertible securities generally is a function of, among other factors, interest rates, the rates of return of similar nonconvertible securities and the financial strength of the issuer. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, conversely, to rise as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than its conversion price. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the rate of return of the convertible security. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence their value, convertible securities generally are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as similar debt securities nor generally are they as sensitive to changes in share price as their underlying common stock. Convertible securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments –Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses. Certain convertible securities may have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified exchange ratio. Certain convertible securities may be convertible at the option of the issuer, which may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.

In addition, some convertible securities may be rated below investment grade or may not be rated and, therefore, may be considered speculative investments. Companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- and mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with such companies. In addition, the credit rating of a company’s convertible securities generally is lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are senior to equity securities and have a claim to the assets of an issuer prior to the holders of the issuer’s common stock in the event of liquidation but generally are subordinate to similar non-convertible debt securities of the same issuer. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the price for the issuing company’s common stock.

Corporate Debt Securities

Corporate debt securities include fixed income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their interest rates, maturity dates and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and usually is unsecured. The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by domestic or foreign companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. The category also includes bank loans, as well as assignments, participations and other interests in bank loans. Corporate debt securities may be rated investment grade or below investment grade and may be structured as fixed-, variable- or

 

11


Table of Contents

floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Extendible commercial notes (ECNs) are very similar to commercial paper except that with ECNs, the issuer has the option to extend the notes’ maturity. ECNs are issued at a discount rate, with an initial redemption of not more than 90 days from the date of issue. If ECNs are not redeemed by the issuer on the initial redemption date, the issuer will pay a premium (step-up) rate based on the ECN’s credit rating at the time.

Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of issuers, corporate debt securities can have widely varying risk/return profiles. For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated by an NRSRO as investment grade may have a relatively modest return on principal but present relatively limited risk. On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued, for example, by a small foreign corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated by an NRSRO may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal but carries a relatively high degree of risk.

Investing in corporate debt securities is subject to certain risks including, among others, credit and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the risk that the Fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it becomes due. Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment grade by an NRSRO generally are considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities. The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment. For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than and, therefore, may be paid in full before, lower ranking (subordinated) securities. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise. In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than do corporate debt securities with shorter terms.

Derivatives

General

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are based on (or “derived” from) traditional securities (such as a stock or a bond), assets (such as a commodity, like gold), reference rates (such as LIBOR) or market indices (such as the S&P 500® Index). Some forms of derivatives, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges. These types of derivatives are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivatives, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Derivatives afford leverage and, when used properly, can enhance returns and be useful in hedging portfolios. Some common types of derivatives include futures; options; options on futures; forward foreign currency exchange contracts; forward contracts on securities and securities indices; linked securities and structured products; CMOs; stripped securities; warrants; swap agreements and swaptions.

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including, for example: (i) to enhance its return; (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for its portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations (i.e., to hedge); (iii) to protect its unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio securities; (iv) to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes; (v) to reduce transaction costs; and/or (vi) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio.

The Fund’s use of derivatives presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the derivatives. These risks are heightened when the Fund uses derivatives to enhance its return or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by the

 

12


Table of Contents

Fund. There is also a risk that the derivative will not correlate well with the security for which it is substituting. The Fund’s use of derivatives to leverage risk also may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund to lose more money than if it had invested in the underlying security, or limit a potential gain. The success of management’s derivative strategies will depend on its ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate and the derivative itself, without necessarily the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Other risks arise from the Fund’s potential inability to terminate or sell its derivative positions as a liquid secondary market for such positions may not exist at times when the Fund may wish to terminate or sell them. Over-the-counter instruments (investments not traded on an exchange) may be illiquid. Derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. Also, with some derivative strategies there is the risk that the Fund may not be able to find a suitable derivative transaction counterparty, and thus may be unable to invest in derivatives altogether. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.

The Fund may use any or all of the above investment techniques and may purchase different types of derivative instruments at any time and in any combination. There is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique over another, as the use of derivatives is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Futures Contracts. A futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. A futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. The specific security or other asset delivered or taken at the settlement date is not determined until on or near that date. The determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract was made. The Fund may enter into futures contracts which are traded on national or foreign futures exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying security or other asset. Futures exchanges and trading in the United States are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a U.S. Government agency.

Traders in futures contracts may be broadly classified as either “hedgers” or “speculators.” Hedgers use the futures markets primarily to offset unfavorable changes (anticipated or potential) in the value of securities or other assets currently owned or expected to be acquired by them. Speculators less often own the securities or other assets underlying the futures contracts which they trade, and generally use futures contracts with the expectation of realizing profits from fluctuations in the value of the underlying securities or other assets. Pursuant to a notice of eligibility claiming exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator filed with the CFTC and the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA, and, accordingly, they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA.

Upon entering into futures contracts, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s obligation under the contract (less any applicable margin deposits and any assets that constitute “cover” for such obligation), will be segregated with the Fund’s custodian.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, although the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian in a segregated account in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash and/or U.S. Government securities in order to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions, in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the Fund to finance the transactions. Rather, initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying security or other asset) that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the relevant futures exchange and may be changed. Brokers may establish deposit requirements which are higher than the exchange minimums. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin which may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker (or the custodian) are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or other asset fluctuates, a process known as “marking to market.” If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the

 

13


Table of Contents

margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional variation margin will be required. Conversely, a change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made for as long as the contract remains open. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Although futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities or other assets (stock index futures contracts or futures contracts that reference other intangible assets do not permit delivery of the referenced assets), the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. The Fund may elect to close some or all of its futures positions at any time prior to their expiration. The purpose of taking such action would be to reduce or eliminate the position then currently held by the Fund. Closing out an open futures position is done by taking an opposite position (“buying” a contract which has previously been “sold,” “selling” a contract previously “purchased”) in an identical contract (i.e., the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security or other asset with the same delivery date) to terminate the position. Final determinations are made as to whether the price of the initial sale of the futures contract exceeds or is below the price of the offsetting purchase, or whether the purchase price exceeds or is below the offsetting sale price. Final determinations of variation margin are then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Brokerage commissions are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold.

Successful use of futures contracts by the Fund is subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting securities and commodities markets. This requires different skills and techniques than those required to predict changes in the prices of individual securities. The Fund, therefore, bears the risk that future market trends will be incorrectly predicted.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the relatively low margin deposits required and the potential for an extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures contracts. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount posted as initial margin for the contract.

In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments in order to maintain its required margin. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities in order to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close the futures position also could have an adverse impact on the ability to hedge effectively.

To reduce or eliminate a hedge position held by the Fund, the Fund may seek to close out a position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract, which may limit the Fund’s ability to realize its profits or limit its losses. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions, closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts (or a particular class or series of contracts), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of contracts) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures

 

14


Table of Contents

markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Fund may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. The Fund presently could accomplish a similar result to that which it hopes to achieve through the use of interest rate futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling bonds with short maturities and investing in bonds with long maturities when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Fund, through using futures contracts.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges— principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. A public market exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; GNMA modified pass-through mortgage backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Fund may also invest in exchange-traded Eurodollar contracts, which are interest rate futures on the forward level of LIBOR. These contracts are generally considered liquid securities and trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Such Eurodollar contracts are generally used to “lock-in” or hedge the future level of short-term rates. The Fund may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

Index Futures Contracts. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. Entering into a contract to buy units of an index is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in the index. Entering into a contract to sell units of an index is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position in the index. A unit is the current value of the index. The Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, debt index futures contracts, or other index futures contracts appropriate to its objective(s).

There are several risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged.

Municipal Bond Index Futures Contracts. Municipal bond index futures contracts may act as a hedge against changes in market conditions. A municipal bond index assigns values daily to the municipal bonds included in the index based on the independent assessment of dealer-to-dealer municipal bond brokers. A municipal bond index futures contract represents a firm commitment by which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the municipal bond index value on the last trading date of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on those futures contracts that it is permitted to buy or sell. The Fund may use such options on futures contracts in lieu of writing options directly on the underlying securities or other assets or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. Such options generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the underlying investments. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy from (call) or sell to (put) the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing purchase transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing purchase transactions can be effected.

The Fund will enter into written options on futures contracts only when, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities equal in value to the underlying security’s or other asset’s value (less any applicable margin deposits) have been deposited in a segregated account. The Fund will be required to deposit initial

 

15


Table of Contents

margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same risks that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased. There may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Successful use of index futures by the Fund is also subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, for example, where the Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index on which the futures are written may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, as the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in futures or put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as the Fund’s securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, the Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move to the same extent as do the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held in its portfolio and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased values of those securities that it has hedged, because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the index futures and the securities of the portfolio being hedged, the prices of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures markets are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which would distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Second, margin requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result, the futures market may attract more speculators than the securities market. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market, and also because of the imperfect correlation between movements in an index and movements in the prices of index futures, even a correct forecast of general market trends by the Advisor may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.

There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or related option. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in some contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and, therefore, does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Options on Index Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and sell options on index futures contracts. Options on index futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified

 

16


Table of Contents

exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the index futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the index future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

There are various risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. For example, a risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged; there can be no assurance that the Advisor will be successful in doing so.

Use by Tax-Exempt Funds of Interest Rate and U.S. Treasury Security Futures Contracts and Options. If the Fund invests in tax-exempt securities, it may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities when, in the opinion of the Advisor, price movements in these security futures and related options will correlate closely with price movements in the tax-exempt securities which are the subject of the hedge. Interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities futures contracts require the seller to deliver, or the purchaser to take delivery of, the type of security called for in the contract at a specified date and price. Options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

In addition to the risks generally involved in using futures contracts, there is also a risk that price movements in interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and related options will not correlate closely with price movements in markets for tax-exempt securities.

Swap Agreements

Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. The Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate swap agreements, and other types of swap agreements such as caps, collars and floors. The Fund also may enter into swaptions, which are options to enter into a swap agreement.

In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for a specified period of time. If a swap agreement provides for payments in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange notional principal amount as well. In a total return swap agreement, the non-floating rate side of the swap is based on the total return of an individual security, a basket of securities, an index or another reference asset. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if the Fund agreed

 

17


Table of Contents

to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.

Swap agreements are sophisticated hedging instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor’s ability correctly to predict whether certain types of investments likely are to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factor that determines the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement likely would decline, potentially resulting in losses for the Fund. The Fund will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. The Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions (i.e., by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party).

Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more securities or a basket of securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to risks relating to the reference obligation, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally will lose its investment and recover nothing if no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

Equity Swaps. The Fund may engage in equity swaps. Equity swaps allow the parties to the swap agreement to exchange components of return on one equity investment (e.g., a basket of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment, including an exchange of differential rates of return. Equity swaps may be used to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impractical. Equity swaps also may be used for other purposes, such as hedging or seeking to increase total return.

The values of equity swaps can be very volatile. To the extent that the Advisor does not accurately analyze and predict the potential relative fluctuation on the components swapped with the other party, the Fund may suffer a loss. The value of some components of an equity swap (such as the dividend on a common stock) may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Furthermore, during the period a swap is outstanding, the Fund may suffer a loss if the counterparty defaults.

 

18


Table of Contents

Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder, and conversely, that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Variance, Volatility and Correlation Swap Agreements. Variance and volatility swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the volatility of certain referenced assets. Correlation swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the correlation between the prices of different assets or different market rates.

Dollar Rolls

Dollar rolls involve selling securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities or U.S. Treasury securities) and simultaneously entering into a commitment to purchase those or similar (same collateral type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date and price. Mortgage dollar rolls and U.S. Treasury rolls are types of dollar rolls. The Fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the securities during the “roll” period. The Fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase of the securities as well as the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale.

Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price or that the transaction costs may exceed the return earned by the Fund from the transaction. Dollar rolls also involve risk to the Fund if the other party should default on its obligation and the Fund is delayed or prevented from completing the transaction. In the event that the buyer of securities under a dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. In addition, the security to be delivered in the future may turn out to be inferior to the security sold upon entering into the transaction.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions may be used to protect, to some extent, against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates by establishing a fixed exchange rate. Foreign currency transactions may involve the purchase or sale of foreign currencies on a “spot” (cash) basis at the prevailing exchange rate or may involve “forward contracts” that allow the Fund to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date. Forward contracts may be used for “transaction hedging,” “position hedging” and “cross-hedging.” The Fund may use forward sale contracts to sell an amount of a foreign currency approximating the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in the foreign security when that foreign currency suffers a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. The Fund may use forward purchase contracts to purchase a foreign currency when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a substantial decline against the foreign currency. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to

 

19


Table of Contents

a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized if the value of the hedged currency increases.

Transaction hedging may allow the Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest rate payment in a foreign currency. The Fund may use transaction hedging to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Position hedging may allow the Fund to protect against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated. The Fund may use position hedging when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a decline against the foreign currency by entering into a forward purchase contract to purchase that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount.

Cross-hedging may allow the Fund to enter into a forward contract to sell a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount when it is believed that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall if there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which the Fund’s securities are denominated.

The Fund also may purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts. Options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts give the holder a right to buy or sell the underlying foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts for a specified period of time and for a specified amount. The value of an option on foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts reflects the value of an exchange rate, which depends on the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the relevant foreign currency.

Engaging in foreign currency transactions is subject to certain risks. For example, if the value of a foreign currency were to decline against the U.S. dollar, such decline would reduce the dollar value of any securities held by the Fund denominated in that currency. It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract, which may make it necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of the security being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver at the time the Fund sells the security being hedged. The value of any currency, including the U.S. dollar, may be affected by political and economic factors applicable to the issuer’s country. The exchange rates of currencies also may be affected adversely by governmental actions. Transaction, position and cross-hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell and may limit the amount of potential gain that might result from the increase in value of the currency being hedged. Settlement procedures relating to the Fund’s foreign currency transactions may be more complex than those relating to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.

Foreign Securities

Foreign securities include debt, equity and derivative securities that the Advisor determines are “foreign” based on the consideration of an issuer’s domicile, its principal place of business, its primary stock exchange listing, the source of its revenue or other factors. Foreign securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Foreign securities may include depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued in registered form by a domestic bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies and foreign branches of domestic banks, that evidence ownership of foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are receipts structured similarly to ADRs and EDRs and are marketed globally. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. In general, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use

 

20


Table of Contents

in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest-holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be limited information available regarding such issuers and/or limited correlation between available information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

Investing in foreign securities is subject to certain risks. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also may impact the value of foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies or U.S. dollars, without a change in the intrinsic value of those securities. Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of a foreign security tends to decrease when the value of the U.S. dollar rises against the foreign currency in which the security is denominated and tends to increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls against such currency. The Fund may attempt to minimize the risk from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies by purchasing and selling forward foreign currency exchange contracts and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. Foreign securities may be less liquid than domestic securities so that the Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable prices. Brokerage commissions, custodial fees and other fees also are generally higher for foreign securities. The Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain debt securities issued by foreign governments. In addition, foreign governments may impose potentially confiscatory withholding or other taxes, which would reduce the Fund’s return on these securities. Other risks include: possible delays in the settlement of transactions or in the notification of income; generally less publicly available information about companies; adverse impact of political, social or diplomatic events; possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets; possible imposition of currency exchange controls; and that foreign companies generally are not subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those mandated for domestic companies.

Risks associated with investments in foreign securities are increased with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries, especially those in Eastern Europe, the Pacific Basin and the Far East, are undergoing significant evolutionary changes and rapid development, and may lack the social, political and economic stability of more developed countries. Investing in emerging market securities also involves risks beyond the risks applicable to foreign investments. For example, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain currencies may not be traded internationally, and some countries with emerging securities markets have sustained long periods of very high inflation or rapid fluctuation in inflation rates which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets.

Illiquid Securities

Illiquid securities are defined by the Fund consistent with SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is an asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment on its books. Some securities, such as those not registered under U.S. securities laws, cannot be sold in public transactions. Subject to its investment policies, the Fund may invest in illiquid investments and may invest in certain restricted securities that are deemed to be illiquid securities.

Initial Public Offerings

A Fund may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs) of common stock or other primary or secondary syndicated offerings of equity or debt securities issued by a corporate issuer. Fixed income funds frequently invest in these types of offerings of debt securities. A purchase of IPO securities often involves higher transaction costs than those associated with the purchase of securities already traded on exchanges or markets. IPO securities are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. The market value of recently issued IPO securities may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading and speculation, a

 

21


Table of Contents

potentially small number of securities available for trading, limited information about the issuer, and other factors. The Fund may hold IPO securities for a period of time, or may sell them soon after the purchase. Investments in IPOs could have a magnified impact — either positive or negative — on the Fund’s performance while the Fund’s assets are relatively small. The impact of an IPO on the Fund’s performance may tend to diminish as the Fund’s assets grow. In circumstances when investments in IPOs make a significant contribution to the Fund’s performance, there can be no assurance that similar contributions from IPOs will continue in the future.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

Investing in other investment companies may be a means by which the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive orders currently or in the future obtained by the Fund from the SEC.

Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds, the 1940 Act generally requires that the Fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as determined at the time a securities purchase is made: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company; (ii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies; and (iii) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by the Fund or by companies controlled by the Fund. Such other investment companies may include exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which are shares of publicly traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indexes or companies in related industries.

Investing in other investment companies is subject to certain risks. Although the Fund may derive certain advantages from being able to invest in shares of other investment companies, such as to be fully invested, there may be potential disadvantages. Investing in other investment companies may result in higher fees and expenses for the Fund and its shareholders. A shareholder may be charged fees not only on Fund shares held directly but also on the investment company shares that the Fund purchases.

In addition, investing in ETFs is subject to certain other risks. ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track as well as to the risks of the specific sector or industry to which the ETF relates. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons.

Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, the Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Columbia Funds, including the Money Market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. For more information about such actual and potential conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Low and Below Investment Grade Securities

Low and below investment grade securities (below investment grade securities are also known as “junk bonds”) are debt securities with the lowest investment grade rating (e.g., BBB by S&P and Fitch or Baa by Moody’s), that are below investment grade (e.g., lower than BBB by S&P and Fitch or Baa by Moody’s) or that are unrated but determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. These types of securities may be issued to fund corporate transactions or restructurings, such as leveraged buyouts, mergers, acquisitions, debt reclassifications or similar events, are more speculative in nature than securities with higher ratings and tend to be more sensitive to credit risk, particularly during a downturn in the economy. These types of securities generally are issued by unseasoned companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by companies or municipalities that have questionable credit strength. Low and below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities: (i) likely will have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of one or more NRSROs, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions; (ii) are speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation; and (iii) may have a less liquid secondary market, potentially making it difficult to value or sell such securities. Low and below investment

 

22


Table of Contents

grade securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in low and below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities is subject to certain risks. The rates of return on these types of securities generally are higher than the rates of return available on more highly rated securities, but generally involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of principal and income, including the possibility of default by or insolvency of the issuers of such securities. Accordingly, the Fund may be more dependent on the Advisor’s credit analysis with respect to these types of securities than is the case for more highly rated securities.

The market values of certain low and below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than are the market value of more highly rated securities. In addition, issuers of low and below investment grade and comparable unrated securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.

The risk of loss due to default is greater for low and below investment grade and comparable unrated securities than it is for higher rated securities because low and below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to more senior indebtedness. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its holdings of such securities. The existence of limited markets for lower-rated debt securities may diminish the Fund’s ability to: (i) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating portfolio net asset value; and (ii) sell the securities at fair market value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or in financial markets.

Many lower-rated securities are not registered for offer and sale to the public under the 1933 Act. Investments in these restricted securities may be determined to be liquid (able to be sold within seven days at approximately the price at which they are valued by the Fund) pursuant to policies approved by the Fund’s Trustees. Investments in illiquid securities, including restricted securities that have not been determined to be liquid, may not exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund is not otherwise subject to any limitation on its ability to invest in restricted securities. Restricted securities may be less liquid than other lower-rated securities, potentially making it difficult to value or sell such securities.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term debt obligations, which include: (i) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (ii) funding agreements; (iii) repurchase agreements; (iv) obligations of the United States, foreign countries and supranational entities, and each of their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities; (v) certain corporate debt securities, such as commercial paper, short-term corporate obligations and extendible commercial notes; (vi) participation interests; and (vii) municipal securities. Money market instruments may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in money market instruments is subject to certain risks. Money market instruments (other than certain U.S. Government obligations) are not backed or insured by the U.S. Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Accordingly, only the creditworthiness of an issuer, or guarantees of that issuer, support such instruments.

 

23


Table of Contents

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security and represent interests in, or debt instruments backed by, pools of underlying mortgages. In some cases, these underlying mortgages may be insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies. Mortgage-backed securities entitle the security holders to receive distributions that are tied to the payments made on the underlying mortgage collateral (less fees paid to the originator, servicer, or other parties, and fees paid for credit enhancement), so that the payments made on the underlying mortgage collateral effectively pass through to such security holders. Mortgage-backed securities are created when mortgage originators (or mortgage loan sellers who have purchased mortgage loans from mortgage loan originators) sell the underlying mortgages to a special purpose entity in a process called a securitization. The special purpose entity issues securities that are backed by the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, and have a minimum denomination and specific term. Mortgage-backed securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Mortgage-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by GNMA (also known as Ginnie Mae), FNMA (also known as Fannie Mae), or FHLMC (also known as Freddie Mac), but also may be issued or guaranteed by other issuers, including private companies. GNMA is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities. Until recently, FNMA and FHLMC were government-sponsored corporations owned entirely by private stockholders. Both issue mortgage-related securities that contain guarantees as to timely payment of interest and principal but that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The value of the companies’ securities fell sharply in 2008 due to concerns that the firms did not have sufficient capital to offset losses. In mid-2008, the U.S. Treasury was authorized to increase the size of home loans that FNMA and FHLMC could purchase in certain residential areas and, until 2009, to lend FNMA and FHLMC emergency funds and to purchase the companies’ stock. More recently, in September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that FNMA and FHLMC had been placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), a newly created independent regulator. In addition to placing the companies in conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury announced three additional steps that it intended to take with respect to FNMA and FHLMC. First, the U.S. Treasury has entered into “Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements” (PSPAs) under which, if the FHFA determines that FNMA’s or FHLMC’s liabilities have exceeded its assets under generally accepted accounting principles, the U.S. Treasury will contribute cash capital to the company in an amount equal to the difference between liabilities and assets. The PSPAs are designed to provide protection to the senior and subordinated debt and the mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC. Second, the U.S. Treasury established a new secured lending credit facility that is available to FNMA and FHLMC until December 2009. Third, the U.S. Treasury initiated a temporary program to purchase FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities, which is expected to continue until December 2009. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives discussed above with respect to the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC will be successful.

CMOs are debt obligations issued by special-purpose trusts, collateralized by underlying mortgage assets. Principal prepayments on underlying mortgage assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates, resulting in a loss of all or part of the premium if any has been paid. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a periodic basis. The principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgage assets may be allocated among the various classes of CMOs in several ways. Typically, payments of principal, including any prepayments, on the underlying mortgage assets are applied to the classes in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal is made on CMOs of a class until all CMOs of other classes having earlier stated maturities or final distribution dates have been paid in full.

REMICs are entities that own mortgages and elect REMIC status under the Code and, like CMOs, issue debt obligations collateralized by underlying mortgage assets that have characteristics similar to those issued by CMOs.

Investing in mortgage-backed securities is subject to certain risks, including, among others, prepayment, market and credit risks. Prepayment risk reflects the risk that borrowers may prepay their mortgages more quickly

 

24


Table of Contents

than expected, which may affect the security’s average maturity and rate of return. Whether or not a mortgage loan is prepaid is almost entirely controlled by the borrower. Borrowers are most likely to exercise prepayment options at the time when it is least advantageous to investors, generally prepaying mortgages as interest rates fall, and slowing payments as interest rates rise. Besides the effect of prevailing interest rates, the rate of prepayment and refinancing of mortgages also may be affected by home value appreciation, ease of the refinancing process and local economic conditions, among other factors. Market risk reflects the risk that the price of a security may fluctuate over time. The price of mortgage-backed securities can be particularly sensitive to prevailing interest rates, the length of time the security is expected to be outstanding and the liquidity of the issue. In a period of unstable interest rates, there may be decreased demand for certain types of mortgage-backed securities, which in turn may decrease their value. Credit risk reflects the risk that a holder of mortgage-backed securities may not receive all or part of its principal because the issuer, any credit enhancer and/or the underlying mortgage borrower has defaulted on its obligations. Credit risk is increased for mortgage-backed securities that are backed by mortgages to so-called subprime borrowers (who may pose a greater risk of defaulting on their loans) or that are subordinated to another security (i.e., if the holder of a mortgage-backed security is entitled to receive payments only after payment obligations to holders of the other security are satisfied). The more deeply subordinated the security, the greater the credit risk associated with the security will be. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, whether or not such obligations are subject to guarantees by the private issuer, may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The performance of mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers generally depends on the financial health of those institutions.

Municipal Securities

Municipal securities include debt obligations issued by governmental entities to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, the refunding of outstanding obligations, the payment of general operating expenses, and the extension of loans to public institutions and facilities. Municipal securities can be classified into two principal categories, including “general obligation” bonds and other securities and “revenue” bonds and other securities. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source, such as the user of the facility being financed. Municipal securities also may include “moral obligation” securities, which normally are issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation securities is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the governmental entity that created the special purpose public authority. Municipal securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero Coupon, Pay-in-kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments —Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Municipal securities may include municipal bonds, municipal notes and municipal leases. Municipal bonds are debt obligations of a governmental entity that obligate the municipality to pay the holder a specified sum of money at specified intervals and to repay the principal amount of the loan at maturity.

Municipal notes may be issued by governmental entities and other tax-exempt issuers in order to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Most municipal notes are general obligations of the issuing entity payable from taxes or designated revenues expected to be received within the relevant fiscal period. Municipal notes generally have maturities of one year or less. Municipal notes can be subdivided into two sub-categories: (i) municipal commercial paper and (ii) municipal demand obligations.

Municipal commercial paper typically consists of very short-term unsecured negotiable promissory notes that are sold, for example, to meet seasonal working capital or interim construction financing needs of a governmental entity or agency. While these obligations are intended to be paid from general revenues or refinanced with long-term debt, they frequently are backed by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks or institutions.

Municipal demand obligations can be subdivided into two general types: variable rate demand notes and master demand obligations. Variable rate demand notes are tax-exempt municipal obligations or participation

 

25


Table of Contents

interests that provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the notes. They permit the holder to demand payment of the notes, or to demand purchase of the notes at a purchase price equal to the unpaid principal balance, plus accrued interest either directly by the issuer or by drawing on a bank letter of credit or guaranty issued with respect to such note. The issuer of the municipal obligation may have a corresponding right to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal of the note plus accrued interest upon notice comparable to that required for the holder to demand payment. The variable rate demand notes in which the Fund may invest are payable, or are subject to purchase, on demand usually on notice of seven calendar days or less. The terms of the notes generally provide that interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging from daily to six months.

Master demand obligations are tax-exempt municipal obligations that provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid and permit daily changes in the amount borrowed. The interest on such obligations is, in the opinion of counsel for the borrower, excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes (but not necessarily for alternative minimum tax purposes). Although there is no secondary market for master demand obligations, such obligations are considered by the Fund to be liquid because they are payable upon demand.

Municipal lease obligations are participations in privately arranged loans to state or local government borrowers. In general, such loans are unrated, in which case they will be determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase to rated instruments that may be acquired by the Fund. Frequently, privately arranged loans have variable interest rates and may be backed by a bank letter of credit. In other cases, they may be unsecured or may be secured by assets not easily liquidated. Moreover, such loans in most cases are not backed by the taxing authority of the issuers and may have limited marketability or may be marketable only by virtue of a provision requiring repayment following demand by the lender.

Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipal issuer to which the government’s taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation ordinarily is backed by the government’s covenant to budget for, appropriate, and make the payments due under the lease obligation. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses that provide that the government has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a periodic basis. In the case of a “non-appropriation” lease, the Fund’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default likely will be limited to the repossession of the leased property in the event that foreclosure proves difficult.

Tender option bonds are municipal securities having relatively long maturities and bearing interest at a fixed interest rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates that is coupled with the agreement of a third party, such as a bank, broker/dealer or other financial institution, to grant the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. The financial institution receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the municipal security’s coupon rate and the rate that would cause the security to trade at face value on the date of determination.

Investing in municipal securities is subject to certain risks. There are variations in the quality of municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications, and the rates of return on municipal securities can depend on a variety of factors, including general money market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue. The ratings of NRSROs represent their opinions as to the quality of municipal securities. It should be emphasized, however, that these ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality, and municipal securities with the same maturity, interest rate, and rating may have different rates of return while municipal securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same rate of return.

The payment of principal and interest on most municipal securities purchased by the Fund will depend upon the ability of the issuers to meet their obligations. An issuer’s obligations under its municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the United States Bankruptcy Code. The power or ability of an issuer to meet its obligations for the payment of interest on and principal of its municipal securities may be materially adversely affected by litigation or other conditions.

There are particular considerations and risks relevant to investing in a portfolio of a single state’s municipal securities, such as the greater risk of the concentration of portfolio holdings.

The Fund ordinarily purchases municipal securities whose interest, in the opinion of bond counsel, is excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes. The opinion of bond counsel may assert that such interest is not

 

26


Table of Contents

an item of tax preference for the purposes of the alternative minimum tax or is exempt from certain state or local taxes. There is no assurance that the applicable taxing authorities will agree with this opinion. In the event, for example, that the IRS determines that an issuer does not comply with the relevant tax requirements, interest payments from a security could become federally taxable, possibly retroactively to the date the security was issued. As a shareholder of the Fund, you may be required to file an amended tax return as a result, reporting such income as taxable.

Participation Interests

Participation interests (also called pass-through certificates or securities) represent an interest in a pool of debt obligations, such as municipal bonds or notes, that have been “packaged” by an intermediary, such as a bank or broker/dealer. Participation interests typically are issued by partnerships or trusts through which the Fund receives principal and interest payments that are passed through to the holder of the participation interest from the payments made on the underlying debt obligations. The purchaser of a participation interest receives an undivided interest in the underlying debt obligations. The issuers of the underlying debt obligations make interest and principal payments to the intermediary, as an initial purchaser, which are passed through to purchasers in the secondary market, such as the Fund. Mortgage-backed securities are a common type of participation interest. Participation interests may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments – Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments – Zero-Coupon, Pay in- Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments – Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Loan participations also are a type of participation interest. Loan participations are interests in loans that are administered by a lending bank or agent for a syndicate of lending banks and sold by the bank or syndicate members.

Investing in participation interests is subject to certain risks. Participation interests generally are subject to the credit risk associated with the underlying borrowers. If the underlying borrower defaults, the Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the borrower. The Fund also may be deemed a creditor of the lending bank or syndicate members and be subject to the risk that the lending bank or syndicate members may become insolvent.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents units of ownership of a corporation that frequently have dividends that are set at a specified rate. Preferred stock has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets. Preferred stock shares some of the characteristics of both debt and equity. Preferred stock ordinarily does not carry voting rights. Most preferred stock is cumulative; if dividends are passed (i.e., not paid for any reason), they accumulate and must be paid before common stock dividends. Participating preferred stock entitles its holders to share in profits above and beyond the declared dividend, along with common shareholders, as distinguished from nonparticipating preferred stock, which is limited to the stipulated dividend. Convertible preferred stock is exchangeable for a given number of shares of common stock and thus tends to be more volatile than nonconvertible preferred stock, which generally behaves more like a fixed income bond. Preferred stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Auction preferred stock (APS) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by corporate bidders. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share. In addition to reinvestment risk if interest rates fall, some specific risks with regard to APS include:

 

   

Failed auction: A breakdown in the auction process can occur; in the event that the process fails, the rate is reset at the maximum applicable rate, which is usually described in the prospectus and typically is influenced by the issuer’s credit rating. In a failed auction, current shareholders generally are unable to sell some, or all, of the shares when the auction is completed. Typically, the liquidity for APS that have experienced a failed auction becomes very limited. If a failed auction were to occur, the shareholder generally would hold his or her shares until the next auction. Should there not be

 

27


Table of Contents
 

subsequent auctions that “cure” the failed process, the shareholder may: (1) hold the APS in anticipation of a refinancing by the issuer that would cause the APS to be called, or (2) hold securities either indefinitely or in anticipation of the development of a secondary market.

 

   

Early call risk: APS generally is redeemable at any time, usually upon notice, at the issuer’s option, at par plus accrued dividends.

Investing in preferred stock is subject to certain risks. For example, stock market risk is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and decline based on factors specific to each corporation, such as changes in earnings or management.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular company. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price fluctuations than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, are more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Stocks of these companies may have a higher potential for gains but also are subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the prices of the stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the value of those companies’ stock to decline.

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

Private placement securities are securities that have been privately placed and are not registered under the 1933 Act. They are eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. Private placement and other “restricted” securities often cannot be sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or they are “not readily marketable” because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.

Private placements typically may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers (or, in the case of the initial sale of certain securities, such as those issued in collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations, to accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the 1933 Act), or in a privately negotiated transaction or to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.

Investing in private placement and other restricted securities is subject to certain risks. Private placements may be considered illiquid securities. Private placements typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of a trading market.

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

REITs are entities that either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans and also may include operating or finance companies. An equity REIT generally holds equity positions in real estate and seeks to provide

 

28


Table of Contents

its shareholders with income from the leasing of its properties and with capital gains from any sales of properties. A mortgage REIT generally specializes in lending money to owners of properties and passes through any interest income it may earn to its shareholders.

Partnership units of real estate and other types of companies sometimes are organized as master limited partnerships in which ownership interests are publicly traded. Master limited partnerships often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and the oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects.

REITs are subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, for example, declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, and variations in rental income. REITs also may be subject to interest rate risk. In general, increases in interest rates will decrease the value of high-yield securities and increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could decrease the value of a REIT’s investments. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. Both equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills. REITs also may be subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, and the possibility of failing to qualify for preferential tax treatment under the Code, which could adversely affect dividend payments. REITs also may not be diversified.

Investing in master limited partnerships generally is subject to the risks applicable to investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation, which may include fewer protections afforded to investors. Additional risks include those associated with the specific industries in which a master limited partnership invests, such as the risks associated with investing in the real estate or oil and gas industries.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements are agreements under which the Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period of time subject to the obligation of a seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by the Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The Fund typically will enter into repurchase agreements only with commercial banks, registered broker/dealers and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Such transactions are monitored to ensure that the value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including any accrued interest. Repurchase agreements generally are subject to counterparty risk.

If a counterparty defaults, the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale are less than the resale price provided in the repurchase agreement including interest. In the event that a counterparty fails to perform because it is insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund’s right to take possession of the underlying securities would be subject to applicable insolvency law and procedure, including an automatic stay (which would preclude immediate enforcement of the Fund’s rights) and exemptions thereto (which would permit the Fund to take possession of the underlying securities or to void a repurchase agreement altogether). Since it is possible that an exemption from the automatic stay would not be available, the Fund might be prevented from immediately enforcing its rights against the counterparty. Accordingly, if a counterparty becomes insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund may incur delays in or be prevented from liquidating the underlying securities and could experience losses, including the possible decline in value of the underlying securities during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible subnormal levels of income or lack of access to income during such time, as well as the costs incurred in enforcing the Fund’s rights. For example, if the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement with a broker that becomes insolvent, it is possible for the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) to institute a liquidation proceeding in federal court against the broker counterparty which could lead to a foreclosure by SIPC of the underlying securities or SIPC may stay, or preclude, the Fund’s ability under contract to terminate the repurchase agreement.

 

29


Table of Contents

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

U.S. Government obligations include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government differ in their interest rates, maturities and time of issuance, as well as with respect to whether they are guaranteed by the U.S. Government. U.S. Government and related obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

U.S. Government obligations also include senior unsecured debt securities issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009 by eligible issuers (including U.S. depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) (and certain affiliates), U.S. bank holding companies and certain U.S. savings and loan holding companies) that are guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The FDIC’s guarantee under the TLGP will expire upon the earlier of (i) maturity of such security or (ii) June 30, 2012. It is the view of the FDIC and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that any debt security that is guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP and that has a maturity that ends on or before June 30, 2012 would be a security exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 because such security would be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the FDIC.

Investing in securities guaranteed under the TLGP is subject to certain risks. Given that there is no track record for securities guaranteed under the TLGP, it is uncertain how such securities will trade in relation to treasury and government agency securities in terms of yield spread and the volatility of such spread and it is uncertain how such securities will trade in the secondary market and whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The TLGP is a new program that is subject to change. In order to collect from the FDIC under the TLGP, a claims process must be followed. Failure to follow the claims process could result in a loss to the right to payment under the guarantee. In addition, guarantee payments by the FDIC under the TLGP may be delayed.

Investing in U.S. Government and related obligations is subject to certain risks. While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises historically have involved limited risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to any of these entities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

Variable- and floating-rate obligations provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate and, under certain circumstances, varying principal amounts. Unlike a fixed interest rate, a variable, or floating, rate is one that rises and declines based on the movement of an underlying index of interest rates and may pay interest at rates that are adjusted periodically according to a specified formula. Asset-backed securities, bank obligations, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, money market instruments, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as variable- and floating-rate obligations.

Investing in variable- and floating-rate obligations is subject to certain risks. Variable- and floating-rate obligations may involve direct lending arrangements between the purchaser and the issuer and there may be no active secondary market, making it difficult to resell such obligations to a third party. Variable- and floating-rate obligations also may be subject to interest rate and credit risks. Changes in interest rates can affect the rate of return on such obligations. If an issuer of a variable- or floating-rate obligation defaults, the Fund could sustain a loss to the extent of such default.

 

30


Table of Contents

Warrants and Rights

Warrants and rights are types of securities that give a holder a right to purchase shares of common stock. Warrants usually are issued together with a bond or preferred stock and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price typically for a period of years. Rights usually have a specified purchase price that is lower than the current market price and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock typically for a period of only weeks. Warrants may be used to enhance the marketability of a bond or preferred stock.

Warrants and rights may be subject to the risk that the securities could lose value. There also is the risk that the potential exercise price may exceed the market price of the warrants or rights, such as when there is no movement in the market price or the market price of such securities declines.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

When-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions involve the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund, with payment and delivery taking place in the future. When engaging in when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, the Fund typically will hold cash or liquid securities in a segregated account in an amount equal to or greater than the purchase price. The payment obligation and, if applicable, the interest rate that will be received on the securities, are fixed at the time that the Fund agrees to purchase the securities. The Fund generally will enter into when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions only with the intention of completing such transactions. However, the Advisor may determine not to complete a transaction if it deems it appropriate. In such cases, the Fund may realize short-term gains or losses.

When-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions involve the risks that the securities purchased may fall in value by the time they actually are issued or that the other party may fail to honor the contract terms. The Fund that invests in delayed delivery securities may rely on a third party to complete the transaction. Failure by a third party to deliver a security purchased on a delayed delivery basis may result in a financial loss to the Fund or the loss of an opportunity to make an alternative investment.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities are types of debt instruments that do not necessarily make payments of interest in fixed amounts or at fixed intervals. Asset-backed securities, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities.

Zero-coupon securities do not pay interest on a current basis but instead accrue interest over the life of the security. These securities include, among others, zero-coupon bonds, which either may be issued at a discount by a corporation or government entity or may be created by a brokerage firm when it strips the coupons from a bond or note and then sells the bond or note and the coupon separately. This technique is used frequently with U.S. Treasury bonds, and zero-coupon securities are marketed under such names as CATS (Certificate of Accrual on Treasury Securities), TIGERs or STRIPS. Zero-coupon bonds also are issued by municipalities. Buying a municipal zero-coupon bond frees its purchaser of the obligation to pay regular federal income tax on imputed interest, since the interest is exempt for regular federal income tax purposes. Zero-coupon certificates of deposit and zero-coupon mortgages are generally structured in the same fashion as zero-coupon bonds; the certificate of deposit holder or mortgage holder receives face value at maturity and no payments until then.

Pay-in-kind securities normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or to give the holder of the security a similar security with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is paid according to a schedule for a series of periods, typically lower for an initial period and then increasing to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issue.

 

31


Table of Contents

Zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities holders generally have substantially all the rights and privileges of holders of the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations. Holders of these securities have the right upon default on the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations to proceed directly and individually against the issuer and are not required to act in concert with other holders of such securities.

Investing in zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities is subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities.

Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, they are volatile. Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically than bonds paying interest on a current basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value than interest paying bonds.

Borrowings

The Fund has a fundamental policy with respect to borrowing that can be found under the heading About the Fund’s Investments — Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies. Specifically, the Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. In general, pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). Any borrowings that come to exceed this amount must be reduced within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) to the extent necessary to comply with the 33 1/3% limitation.

The Fund participates in a committed line of credit (Line of Credit). Any advance under the Line of Credit is contemplated primarily for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests that otherwise might require the untimely sale of portfolio securities.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund may, subject to certain conditions, borrow money from other funds in the Columbia Funds Family for temporary emergency purposes in order to facilitate redemption requests, or for other purposes consistent with Fund investment policies and restrictions. All loans are set at an interest rate between the rates charged on overnight repurchase agreements and short-term bank loans.

Short Sales

The Fund may sometimes sell securities short when it owns an equal amount of such securities as those securities sold short. This is a technique known as selling short “against the box.” If the Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

Short sales “against the box” entail many of the same risks and considerations described above regarding short sales not “against the box.” However, when the Fund sells short “against the box” it typically limits the amount of securities that it has leveraged. The Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the Advisor believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Fund

 

32


Table of Contents

owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities. Short sales may have adverse tax consequences to the Fund and its shareholders.

Subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies, the Fund may engage in short sales that are not “against the box,” which are sales by the Fund of securities or commodity futures contracts that it does not own in hopes of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The technique is also used to protect a profit in a long-term position in a security or commodity futures contract. To make delivery to the buyer, the Fund must borrow or purchase the security. If borrowed, the Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed from the third party, so the Fund must purchase the security at the market price at a later time. If the price of the security has increased during this time, then the Fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price of the security from the time of the short sale plus any premiums and interest paid to the third party. (Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.)

Short sales by the Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Because the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales could potentially involve unlimited loss, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although the Fund can mitigate any such losses by replacing the securities sold short. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. There is also the risk that the third party to the short sale may fail to honor its contract terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund’s successful use of short sales also will be subject to the ability of the Advisor to predict movements in the directions of the relevant market. The Fund therefore bears the risk that the Advisor will incorrectly predict future price directions. In addition, if the Fund sells a security short, and that security’s price goes up, the Fund will have to make up the margin on its open position (i.e., purchase more securities on the market to cover the position). It may be unable to do so and thus its position may not be closed out. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not incur significant losses in such a case.

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

Lending Securities

Securities lending refers to the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Subject to its investment policies described above and in the prospectuses, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to broker/dealers and other institutional investors. Securities loans by the Fund are made pursuant to agreements that require that loans be secured continuously by collateral in cash. The Fund retains all or a portion of the income received on investment of cash collateral. A borrower will pay to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities loaned, but the borrower typically will receive a portion of the income earned on investments of cash collateral. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to loaned securities pass to a

 

33


Table of Contents

borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and may do so in order to vote upon matters affecting, or to sell, the loaned securities.

The Fund typically invests the cash collateral it receives in connection with its securities lending program directly or indirectly in high quality, short-term investments. The Fund may invest some or all of the cash collateral in one or more pooled investment vehicles, including, among other vehicles, money market funds managed by the Fund’s securities lending agent or its affiliates. The securities lending agent shares in any income resulting from the investment of the cash collateral, and an affiliate of the securities lending agent receives asset-based fees for the management of the pooled investment vehicles, which may create a conflict of interest between the securities lending agent (or its affiliate) and the Fund with respect to the management of the cash collateral.

Engaging in securities lending is subject to certain risks, including counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default. There also is a risk of possible delay in the recovery of loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral if a borrower fails financially.

Portfolio Turnover

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover (e.g., over 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Such sales may also result in adverse tax consequences to the Fund’s shareholders. The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

For the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate, see the Financial Highlights section in the prospectus for the Fund.

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Columbia Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of Columbia Fund shareholders and to address conflicts between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other. These policies and procedures provide that Columbia Funds portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the earlier of: (i) the business day next following the posting of such information on the Columbia Funds’ website, if applicable, or (ii) the time a Columbia Fund discloses the information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information. Certain limited exceptions that have been approved consistent with the policies and procedures are described below. The Board is updated as needed regarding compliance with these policies and procedures. The policies and procedures prohibit the Advisor and the Columbia Funds’ other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Columbia Fund portfolio holdings information in exchange for any form of consideration. These policies and procedures apply to all categories of Columbia Funds and include some variations tailored to the different categories of Columbia Funds. Accordingly, some of the provisions described below do not apply to the Columbia Fund(s) covered by this SAI. The Advisor also has adopted policies and procedures to monitor for compliance with these portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.

Public Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through required filings with the SEC and on the Columbia Funds’ website. This information is available on the Columbia Funds’ website as described below.

 

   

For equity, convertible, balanced and asset allocation funds, other than small-cap and specialty Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 15 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For small cap and specialty Columbia Funds and those Columbia Funds that are sub-advised by Marsico and Brandes, sub-advisors for certain Columbia Funds,

 

34


Table of Contents
 

a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 30 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For fixed income funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a fiscal quarter-end is posted approximately 60 calendar days after such quarter-end.

 

   

For Columbia Money Market Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 5 business days after such month-end.

Certain Columbia Funds also disclose their largest holdings, as a percent of the market values of the Columbia Funds’ portfolios, as of a month-end on their website, generally within 15 calendar days after such month-end. In general, the equity Columbia Funds post their largest 10-15 holdings, the balanced Columbia Funds post their largest 5 equity holdings, and certain fixed income Columbia Funds post their largest 5-15 holdings (by security or issuer).

The Advisor may also disclose more current portfolio holdings information as of specified dates on the Columbia Funds’ website.

The scope of the information that is made available on the Columbia Funds’ website pursuant to the Columbia Funds’ policies relating to a Columbia Fund’s portfolio may change from time to time without prior notice.

The Columbia Funds file their portfolio holdings with the SEC for each fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semi-annual period) and Form N-Q (with respect to the first and third quarters of each Columbia Fund’s fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, a link to which is provided on the Columbia Funds’ website. In addition, each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. You may call the SEC at 800.SEC.0330 for information about the SEC’s website or the operation of the public reference room.

The Columbia Funds, the Advisor and their affiliates may include portfolio holdings information that already has been made public through a website posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that the information is disclosed no earlier than the business day after the date the information is disclosed publicly on the Columbia Funds’ website or no earlier than the time a Columbia Fund files such information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information.

Other Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ policies and procedures provide that no disclosures of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings may be made prior to the portfolio holdings information being made public unless (i) the Columbia Funds have a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure, (ii) the Columbia Funds’ President authorizes such non-public disclosure of information, and (iii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into an appropriate confidentiality agreement or is otherwise subject to a confidentiality obligation.

In determining the existence of a legitimate business purpose for making portfolio disclosures, the following factors, among others, are considered: (i) any prior disclosure must be consistent with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties of the Advisor; (ii) any conflicts of interest between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other; and (iii) any prior disclosure to a third party, although subject to a confidentiality agreement, would not make conduct lawful that otherwise is unlawful.

In addition, the Columbia Funds periodically disclose their portfolio information on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information to assist the Columbia Funds with their day-to-day business affairs. In addition to the Advisor and its affiliates, these service providers include each Columbia Fund’s sub-advisor(s) (if any), the Columbia Funds’ custodian, sub-custodians, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, financial printers, proxy solicitor and proxy voting service provider, as well as ratings agencies that maintain ratings on certain Columbia Funds. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Columbia Funds. The Columbia Funds also may disclose portfolio holdings

 

35


Table of Contents

information to broker/dealers and certain other entities in connection with potential transactions and management of the Columbia Funds, provided that reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

The Columbia Funds currently have ongoing arrangements with certain approved recipients with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information prior to such information being made public. Portfolio holdings information disclosed to such recipients is current as of the time of its disclosure, is disclosed to each recipient solely for purposes consistent with the services described below and has been authorized by the Columbia Funds’ President. These special arrangements are described in the table below.

Ongoing Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Arrangements

 

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Standard & Poor’s    None    Use to maintain ratings for certain Money Market Funds.    Weekly
InvestorTools, Inc.    None    Access granted solely for the purpose of testing back office conversion of trading systems.    Real time
ING Insurance Company    None    Access granted for specific Columbia Funds for ING’s creation of client/shareholder materials. ING may not distribute materials until the holdings information is made public.    Quarterly
Glass-Lewis & Co.    None    Access in connection with testing the firm’s proxy services.    Daily
CMS Bondedge    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with application used by the Advisor’s Fixed Income Portfolio Management team as an analytical and trading tool.    Ad hoc
Linedata Services, Inc.    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with the software for the LongView Trade Order Management System.    Ad hoc
JP Morgan    None    Access to provide the Advisor’s High Yield portfolio management team with peer group analysis reports for purposes of analyzing the portfolio.    Monthly
Malaspina Communications    None    Use to facilitate writing, publishing and mailing Columbia Fund shareholder reports and communications including shareholder letters and management’s discussion of Columbia Fund performance.    Quarterly
Evare LLP    None    Use for standardizing and reformatting data according to the Advisor’s specifications for use in the reconciliation process.    Daily

 

36


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Factset Research Data Systems, Inc.    None    Use for provision of quantitative analytics, charting and fundamental data to the Advisor, and Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
RR Donnelley/WE Andrews    None    Access as printers for the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs, fact sheets and brochures.    Monthly
Merrill Corporation    None    Use to provide fulfillment of the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs and sales materials.    Monthly
Citigroup    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with Yield Book, an analytic software program that the Advisor uses to perform ongoing risk analysis and management of certain fixed income Columbia Funds and fixed income separately managed accounts.    Daily
Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS)    None    Proxy voting administration and research on proxy matters utilized by MacKay Shields LLC, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
Cogent Consulting LLC    None    Utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds, to facilitate the evaluation of commission rates and to provide flexible commission reporting.    Daily
Moody’s    None    Ongoing portfolio surveillance for ratings it maintains on the Money Market Funds.    Monthly
Kynex    None    Use to provide portfolio attribution reports.    Daily
Bowne & Co.    None    Use for printing of the following materials: prospectuses, supplements and SAIs.    Monthly/ quarterly
Bloomberg    None    Use for portfolio analytics.    Daily
Barclays Point    None    Use for analytics including risk and attribution assessment.    Daily
Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.    None    Proxy voting and research utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
Investment Technology Group, Inc. (ITG, formerly known as Macgregor)    None    Order management system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds that stores trading data and is used for trading and compliance purposes.    Ad hoc

 

37


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Advent/AXP    None    Portfolio accounting system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds, for both portfolio accounting and internal recordkeeping purposes.    Ad hoc
Investment Technology Group, Inc. (ITG, formerly known as Plexus Group)    None    Evaluation and assessment of trading activity, execution and practices by the Advisor.    Five days after quarter-end
BANA and State Street Bank    None    Credit analysis performed by lenders.    Ad hoc
State Street    None    Use to provide custodian services.    Real time
Lipper    None    Use to create metrics for board and executive management reporting, product and marketing analysis, and fund performance.    Daily
Morningstar, Inc.    None    Use for independent research and ranking of Columbia Funds.    Daily

 

38


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

The Advisor (which is also the Administrator) has been a registered investment advisor since 1995. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of Columbia Management Group, LLC, which is the primary investment division of Bank of America. The Advisor and Columbia Management Group, LLC are located at 100 Federal Street, Boston MA 02110.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is responsible for the overall management and supervision of the investment management of the Fund. The Advisor performs its duties subject at all times to the control of the Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the Fund. In rendering investment advisory services, the Advisor may use the portfolio management and research resources of Columbia Management Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of the Advisor. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Advisor pursuant to which Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is considered a “participating affiliate” of the Advisor as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisors to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered investment advisor. Investment professionals from Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. may render portfolio management or research services to clients of the Advisor, including the Fund, under the MOU, and are subject to supervision by the Advisor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement generally provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Advisor’s obligations or duties thereunder, the Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of rendering services thereunder.

The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by the Board, and after an initial two year period, continues from year to year, provided that such continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) on at least 60 days’ notice or by the Advisor on at least 60 days’ written notice.

The Advisor pays all salaries of officers of the Trust, except for the Chief Compliance Officer, a portion of whose salary is paid by the Columbia Funds. The Trust pays all expenses not assumed by the Advisor including, but not limited to, auditing, legal, custodial, shareholder servicing and shareholder reporting expenses. The Trust pays the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectus to shareholders. The Distributor pays the cost of printing and distributing all other prospectus.

Advisory Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Fund pays the Advisor an annual fee for its investment advisory services, as set forth in the Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund and is paid monthly. The Advisor also may pay amounts from its own assets to the Distributor and/or to selling and/or servicing agents for services they provide.

The Advisor received fees from the Fund for its services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the advisory fees paid to the Advisor and the fees waived/reimbursed by the Advisor, where applicable, for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

 

39


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Conservative High Yield Fund

        

Advisory Fee Paid

   $ 2,918,130    $ 3,989,177    $ 5,545,438

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Advisor

     —      $ 0    $ 0

Portfolio Manager(s)

The following provides additional information about the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for making the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund. As described in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager(s) of the Advisor

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

Kevin L. Cronk

   Conservative High Yield Fund

Compensation

As of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the Advisor’s portfolio manager(s) received all of their compensation from the Advisor and its parent company, Columbia Management Group, LLC, in the form of salary, bonus, stock options, restricted stock, and notional investments through an incentive plan, the value of which is measured by reference to the performance of the Columbia Funds in which the account is invested. A portfolio manager’s bonus is variable and generally is based on (1) an evaluation of the portfolio manager’s investment performance and (2) the results of a peer and/or management review of the portfolio manager, which takes into account skills and attributes such as team participation, investment process, communication and professionalism. In evaluating investment performance, the Advisor generally considers the one, three and five year performance of mutual funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager relative to the benchmarks and peer groups noted below, emphasizing the portfolio manager’s three and five year performance. The Advisor also may consider a portfolio manager’s performance in managing client assets in sectors and industries assigned to the portfolio manager as part of his/her investment team responsibilities, where applicable. For portfolio managers who also have group management responsibilities, another factor in their evaluation is an assessment of the group’s overall investment performance.

Performance Benchmarks

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Primary Benchmark(s)

  

Peer Group(s)

Kevin L. Cronk

(Conservative High Yield Fund)

   JPMorgan Developed BB High Yield Index    Lipper High Current Yield Classification

The size of the overall bonus pool each year is determined by Columbia Management Group, LLC and depends on, among other factors, the levels of compensation generally in the investment management industry (based on market compensation data) and the Advisor’s profitability for the year, which is largely determined by assets under management.

Other Accounts

The following table shows the number and assets of other investment accounts (or portions of investment accounts) that the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor managed, as of August 31, 2009.

 

40


Table of Contents

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s)

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered open-end and
closed-end funds
   Other pooled investment
vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Kevin L. Cronk (a)

   9    $ 7.06 billion    2    $ 59 million    3    $ 253 million

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Conservative High Yield Fund.

The following table shows the number and assets of the above accounts (or portions of such accounts) for which the advisory fee is based on performance, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s) for which the Advisory Fee is Based on Performance

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC-registered open-end and
closed-end funds
   Other pooled investment
vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Kevin L. Cronk (a)

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Conservative High Yield Fund.

Ownership of Securities

The table below shows the dollar ranges of shares of the Fund beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act) by the Fund’s portfolio manager(s), as of August 31, 2009.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of the Fund

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the

Fund Beneficially Owned

Kevin L. Cronk

   Conservative High Yield Fund    None

The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests

Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of the potential conflicts that portfolio managers face in this regard. Certain of these conflicts of interest are summarized below.

The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (performance fee accounts), may raise potential conflicts of interest for a portfolio manager by creating an incentive to favor higher fee accounts.

Potential conflicts of interest also may arise when a portfolio manager has personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to the Advisor’s Code of Ethics and certain limited exceptions, the Advisor’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Fund.

A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

A portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of broker/dealers could produce disproportionate costs and benefits among the Fund and the other accounts the portfolio manager manages.

 

41


Table of Contents

A potential conflict of interest may arise when a portfolio manager buys or sells the same securities for the Fund and other accounts. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as other accounts, the Advisor’s trading desk may, to the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or bought in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to the Fund or another account if a portfolio manager favors one account over another in allocating the securities bought or sold.

“Cross trades,” in which a portfolio manager sells a particular security held by the Fund to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), could involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, a portfolio manager is permitted to sell a security from one account to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the Fund and another account managed by the Advisor are to be made at a current market price, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of the Fund and other accounts managed by its portfolio manager(s). Depending on another account’s objectives and other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice to and make decisions for the Fund that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to another account. A portfolio manager’s investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a portfolio manager may buy or sell a particular security for certain accounts, and not for the Fund, even though it could have been bought or sold for the Fund at the same time. A portfolio manager also may buy a particular security for one or more accounts when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when a portfolio manager’s purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts, including the Fund.

The Fund’s portfolio manager(s) also may have other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could exist in managing the Fund and other accounts. Many of the potential conflicts of interest to which the Advisor’s portfolio managers are subject are essentially the same or similar to the potential conflicts of interest related to the investment management activities of the Advisor and its affiliates. See Investment Advisory and Other Services—Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about conflicts of interest, including those that relate to the Advisor and its affiliates.

The Administrator

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (which is also the Advisor) serves as Administrator of the Fund.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to, among other things, (i) provide office space, equipment and clerical personnel; (ii) arrange, if desired by the Trust, for its directors, officers and employees to serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Fund; (iii) prepare and, if applicable, file all documents required for compliance by the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) prepare agendas and supporting documents for and minutes of meetings of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders; (v) coordinate and oversee the activities of the Fund’ other third party service providers; and (vi) maintain certain books and records of the Fund.

Administration Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Administrator receives fees as compensation for its services, which are computed daily and paid monthly, as set forth in the Administration Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus.

The following chart shows the administration fees paid to the Administrator for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

 

42


Table of Contents

Administration Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Conservative High Yield Fund

        

Administration Fee Paid

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Administrator

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company is responsible for providing certain pricing and bookkeeping services to the Fund. Columbia Management Advisors, LLC is responsible for overseeing the performance of these services and for certain other services.

Services Provided

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Financial Reporting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (the Financial Reporting Services Agreement) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides financial reporting services to the Fund. Also effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into an Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (collectively with the Financial Reporting Services Agreement, the State Street Agreements) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides accounting services to the Fund. Under the State Street Agreements, the Fund pays State Street Bank and Trust Company an annual fee of $38,000 paid monthly plus a monthly fee based on an annualized percentage rate of average daily net assets of the Fund for the month. The aggregate fee for the Fund during any year shall not exceed $140,000 annually (exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses and charges). The Fund also reimburses State Street Bank and Trust Company for certain out-of-pocket expenses and charges.

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Pricing and Bookkeeping Oversight and Services Agreement (the Services Agreement) with Columbia Management Advisors, LLC. Under the Services Agreement, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC provides services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and provides oversight of the accounting and financial reporting services provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company. Under the Services Agreement, the Fund reimburses Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties, such as for pricing the Fund’s portfolio securities, incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in the performance of services under the Services Agreement. Prior to January 1, 2008, the Fund also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for accounting oversight services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Prior to December 15, 2006, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC was responsible for providing pricing and bookkeeping services to the series of the Trust under a pricing and bookkeeping agreement and was entitled to receive an annual fee at the same rate described above under the State Street Agreements. Under separate agreements between Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC delegated certain functions to State Street Bank and Trust Company. As a result of the delegation, the total fees payable under the pricing and bookkeeping agreement (other than certain reimbursements paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and discussed below) were paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company. The series of the Trust also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties for pricing the portfolio securities of the series of the Trust and direct internal costs incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in connection with providing fund accounting oversight and monitoring and certain other services.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company received fees from the Fund for their services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the pricing and bookkeeping fees paid to State

 

43


Table of Contents

Street Bank and Trust Company and to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Conservative High Yield Fund

        

Amount Paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

     N/A    $ 4,673    $ 63,438

Amount Paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company

   $ 122,442    $ 149,954    $ 107,893

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

Columbia Management Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the continuous offering of shares of the Fund pursuant to a Distribution Agreement. The Distribution Agreement obligates the Distributor to use appropriate efforts to find purchasers for the shares of the Fund. The Distributor’s address is: One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.

Distribution Obligations

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent, sells shares of the Fund on a continuous basis and transmits purchase and redemption orders that it receives to the Trust or the Transfer Agent or their designated agents. Additionally, the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of shares and to undertake advertising and promotion as it believes appropriate in connection with such solicitation. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances those activities which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Fund, including, but not limited to, advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers and sales personnel, the printing and mailing of prospectus to other than existing shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. The Distributor, however, may be compensated or reimbursed for all or a portion of such expenses to the extent permitted by a Distribution Plan adopted by the Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust has not adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to Class Y shares.

The Distribution Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by its Board, and after an initial two-year period, continues from year to year, provided that continuation of the Distribution Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice.

Underwriting Commissions

The Distributor receives no commissions or other compensation with respect to Class Y shares of the Fund.

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

As described above in the Investment Advisory and Other Services section of this SAI, and in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the Advisor, Administrator, Distributor and Transfer Agent, all affiliates of Bank of America, receive compensation from the Fund for the various services they provide to the Fund. Additional information as to the specific terms regarding such compensation is set forth in these affiliated service providers’ contracts with the Fund, each of which typically is included as an exhibit to Part C of the Fund’s registration statement.

In many instances, the compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for the services they provide to the Fund is based, in some manner, on the size of the Fund’s assets under management. As the size of the Fund’s assets under management grows, so does the amount of compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for providing services to the Fund. This relationship between Fund assets and affiliated

 

44


Table of Contents

service provider compensation may create economic and other conflicts of interests of which Fund investors should be aware. These potential conflicts of interest, as well as additional ones, are discussed in detail below and also are addressed in other disclosure materials, including the Fund’s prospectus. These conflicts of interest also are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials of Bank of America affiliates that make available or offer the Columbia Funds as investments in connection with their respective products and services. In addition, Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV, which it must file with the SEC as an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provides information about the Advisor’s business, assets under management, affiliates and potential conflicts of interest. Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV is available online through the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

Additional actual or potential conflicts of interest and certain investment activity limitations that could affect the Fund may arise from the financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, the investment advisory/management services provided for clients and customers other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America is a major financial services company. Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, BANA (including its U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management division), BAS, Merrill Lynch, MLPF&S and the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., are engaged in a wide range of financial activities beyond the mutual fund-related activities of the Advisor, including, among others, commercial banking, investment banking, broker/dealer (sales and trading), asset management, insurance and other financial activities. The broad range of financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates may involve multiple advisory, transactional, lending, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and in companies, that may be bought, sold or held by the Fund. The following describes certain actual and potential conflicts of interest that may be presented.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to the Investment Advisory/Management Activities of Bank of America and its Affiliates in Connection With Other Advised/Managed Funds and Accounts

The Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may advise or manage funds and accounts other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America and its affiliates may provide investment advisory/management and other services to other advised/managed funds and accounts that are similar to those provided to the Fund. The Advisor and Bank of America’s other investment advisor affiliates (including, for example, Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.) will give advice to and make decisions for all advised/managed funds and accounts, including the Fund, as they believe to be in that fund’s and/or account’s best interests, consistent with their fiduciary duties. The Fund and the other advised/managed funds and accounts of Bank of America and its affiliates are separately and potentially divergently managed, and there is no assurance that any investment advice Bank of America and its affiliates give to other advised/managed funds and accounts will also be given simultaneously or otherwise to the Fund.

A variety of other actual and potential conflicts of interest may arise from the advisory relationships of the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates with other clients and customers. Advice given to the Fund and/or investment decisions made for the Fund by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given to and/or investment decisions made for other advised/managed funds and accounts. As a result, the performance of the Fund may differ from the performance of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates. Similarly, a position taken by Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, on behalf of other funds or accounts may be contrary to a position taken on behalf of the Fund. Moreover, Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may take a position on behalf of other advised/managed funds and accounts, or for their own proprietary accounts, that is adverse to companies or other issuers in which the Fund is invested. For example, the Fund may hold equity securities of a company while another advised/managed fund or account may hold debt securities of the same company. If the portfolio company were to experience financial difficulties, it might be in the best interest of the Fund for the company to reorganize while the interests of the other advised/managed fund or account might be better served by the liquidation of the company. This type of conflict of interest could arise as the result of circumstances that cannot be generally foreseen within the broad range of investment advisory/management activities in which Bank of America and its affiliates engage.

Investment transactions made on behalf of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates also may have a negative effect on the value, price or investment strategies of the Fund. For example, this could occur if another advised/managed fund or account implements an investment decision ahead of, or at the same time as, the Fund and causes the Fund to experience less favorable trading results than they

 

45


Table of Contents

otherwise would have experienced based on market liquidity factors. In addition, the other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates, including the other Columbia Funds, may have the same or very similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund. In this situation, the allocation of, and competition for, investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and/or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may create conflicts of interest especially where, for example, limited investment availability is involved. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures addressing the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and accounts advised by the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Sharing of Information among Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may possess information that could be material to the management of the Fund and may not be able to, or may determine not to, share that information with the Fund, even though the information might be beneficial to the Fund. This information may include actual knowledge regarding the particular investments and transactions of other advised/managed funds and accounts, as well as proprietary investment, trading and other market research, analytical and technical models, and new investment techniques, strategies and opportunities. Depending on the context, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will have no obligation to share any such information with the Fund. In general, employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, including the portfolio managers of the Advisor, will make investment decisions without regard to information otherwise known by other employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, and generally will have no obligation to access any such information and may, in some instances, not be able to access such information because of legal and regulatory constraints or the internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates. For example, if the Advisor or another Bank of America affiliate, or their respective employees, come into possession of non-public information regarding another advised/managed fund or account, they may be prohibited by legal and regulatory constraints, or internal policies and procedures, from using that information in connection with transactions made on behalf of the Fund. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Soft Dollar Benefits

Certain products and services, commonly referred to as “soft dollar services” (including, to the extent permitted by law, research reports, economic and financial data, financial publications, proxy analysis, computer databases and other research-oriented materials), that the Advisor may receive in connection with brokerage services provided to the Fund may have the inadvertent effect of disproportionately benefiting other advised/managed funds or accounts. This could happen because of the relative amount of brokerage services provided to the Fund as compared to other advised/ managed funds or accounts, as well as the relative compensation paid by the Fund.

Services Provided to Other Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may act as an investment advisor, investment manager, administrator, transfer agent, custodian, trustee, broker/dealer, agent, or in another capacity, for advised/managed funds and accounts other than the Fund, and may receive compensation for acting in such capacity. This compensation that the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates receive could be greater than the compensation Bank of America and its affiliates receive for acting in the same or similar capacity for the Fund. In addition, the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates may receive other benefits, including enhancement of new or existing business relationships. This compensation and/or the benefits that Bank of America and its affiliates may receive from other advised/ managed funds and accounts and other relationships could potentially create incentives to favor other advised/ managed funds and accounts over the Fund. Trades made by Bank of America and its affiliates for the Fund may be, but are not required to be, aggregated with trades made for other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates. If trades are aggregated among the Fund and those other funds and accounts, the various prices of the securities being traded may be averaged, which could have the potential effect of disadvantaging the Fund as compared to the other funds and accounts with which trades were aggregated.

 

46


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting

Although the Advisor endeavors to make all proxy voting decisions with respect to the interests of the Fund for which it is responsible in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, the Advisor’s proxy voting decisions with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities may nonetheless benefit other advised/managed funds and accounts, and/or clients, of Bank of America and its affiliates. The Advisor has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that are designed to provide that all proxy voting is done in the best interests of its clients, including the Fund, without any resulting benefit or detriment to the Advisor and/or its affiliates, including Bank of America and its affiliates. For more information about the Advisor’s proxy voting policies and procedures, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Certain Trading Activities

The directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and in doing so may take a position that is adverse to the Fund. In order to reduce the possibility that such personal investment activities of the directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates will materially adversely affect the Fund, Bank of America and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures, and the Fund, the Board, the Advisor and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics that addresses such personal investment activities. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Codes of Ethics.

Affiliate Transactions

Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may enter into transactions in which Bank of America and/or its affiliates may have an interest that potentially conflicts with the interests of the Fund. For example, BAS or MLPF&S may sell securities to the Fund from an offering in which it is an underwriter or from securities that it owns as a dealer, subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Investment Limitations Arising from Bank of America Activities

Regulatory restrictions applicable to Bank of America and its affiliates may limit the Fund’s investment activities in various ways. For example, regulations regarding certain industries and markets, such as those in emerging or international markets, and certain transactions, such as those involving certain futures and derivatives, may impose a cap on the aggregate amount of investments that may be made by affiliated investors, including accounts managed by the same affiliated manager, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. At certain times, Bank of America and its affiliates also may be restricted in the securities that can be bought or sold for the Fund and other advised/managed funds and accounts because of the investment banking, lending or other relationships Bank of America and its affiliates have with the issuers of securities. This could happen, for example, if the Fund and/or other advised/managed funds and accounts desired to buy a security issued by a company for which Bank of America or its affiliates served as underwriter. The internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates covering these types of regulatory restrictions and addressing similar issues also may at times restrict the Fund’s investment activities. A client not advised by Bank of America and its affiliates would not be subject to many of these restrictions. See also About the Fund’s Investments — Certain Investment Activity Limits.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America and its Affiliates’ Non-Advisory Relationships with Clients and Customers other than the Fund

The lending, investment banking and other relationships that Bank of America and its affiliates may have with companies and other entities in which the Fund may invest can give rise to actual and potential conflicts of interest. Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may invest (a) in the securities of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or in companies in which Bank of America and its affiliates (including, for example, BANA, BAS, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch) have a lending, investment banking, equity, debt or other interest, and/or (b) in the securities of companies held by other Columbia Funds. The purchase, holding and sale of such securities by the Fund may enhance the profitability and the business interests of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or other Columbia Funds. There also may be limitations as to the sharing with the Advisor of information derived from the non-investment advisory/management activities of Bank of America and its affiliates because of legal and regulatory constraints and internal policies and procedures (such as information barriers and

 

47


Table of Contents

ethical walls). Because of these limitations, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will not share information derived from its non-investment advisory/management activities with the Advisor.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America Affiliates’ Marketing and Use of the Columbia Funds as Investment Options

Bank of America and its affiliates also provide a variety of products and services that, in some manner, may utilize the Columbia Funds as investment options. For example, the Columbia Funds may be offered as investments in connection with brokerage and other securities products offered by MLPF&S, and may be utilized as investments in connection with fiduciary, investment management and other accounts offered by U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management or the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., as well as for other Columbia Funds structured as “funds of funds.” In addition, the Columbia Money Market Fund are offered as an investment option for a variety of cash management and “sweep” account programs offered by Bank of America and its affiliates. The Columbia Funds also may use the Columbia Money Market Funds for cash investment purposes. The use of the Columbia Funds in connection with other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates may introduce economic and other conflicts of interest. These conflicts of interest are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials for the other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates.

Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may make payments to their affiliates in connection with the promotion and sale of the Fund’s shares, in addition to the sales-related and other compensation that these parties may receive from the Fund. As a general matter, personnel of Bank of America and its affiliates, including MLPF&S, do not receive compensation in connection with their sales or use of the Fund that is greater than that paid in connection with their sales of other comparable products and services. Nonetheless, because the compensation that the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may receive for providing services to the Fund is generally based on the Fund’s assets under management and those assets will grow as shares of the Fund are sold, potential conflicts of interest may exist. See Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Financial Intermediary Payments for more information.

Other Services Provided

The Transfer Agent

Columbia Management Services, Inc. acts as Transfer Agent for the Fund’s shares and can be contacted at P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent provides transfer agency, dividend disbursing agency and shareholder servicing agency services to the Fund. Effective November 1, 2009, the Fund pays the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $22.36 per Class Y share account, payable monthly. The Fund also pays certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent also may retain as additional compensation for its services revenues for fees for wire, telephone and redemption orders, IRA trustee agent fees and account transcripts due the Transfer Agent from Fund shareholders and credits (net of bank charges) earned with respect to balances in accounts the Transfer Agent maintains in connection with its services to the Fund. Prior to October 31, 2009, the Fund paid the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $17.34 per Class Y share account, payable monthly.

The Transfer Agent retains BFDS/DST, 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171 as the Fund’s sub-transfer agent. BFDS/DST assists the Transfer Agent in carrying out its duties.

The Custodian

State Street, which is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, is the Fund’s Custodian. State Street is responsible for safeguarding the Fund’s cash and securities, receiving and delivering securities and collecting the Fund’s interest and dividends.

 

48


Table of Contents

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which is located at 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Fund issues unaudited financial statements semi-annually and audited financial statements annually. The annual financial statements for the Fund’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Board has selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Fund’s financial statements and assist in the preparation of its tax returns for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the audited financial statements included in the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund dated August 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference. No other parts of the annual report or semi-annual report to shareholders are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements incorporated by reference into the Fund’s prospectuses and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting.

Counsel

Ropes & Gray LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. K&L Gates LLP serves as co-counsel. Its address is Three First National Plaza, 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois, 60602-4207.

Expense Limitations

The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to reimburse a portion the Fund’s expenses so that the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding any distribution and service fees, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, but including custodian charges relating to overdrafts, if any) after giving effect to any balance credits from the Fund’s custodian, do not exceed 1.05% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on an annualized basis.

This arrangement may be modified or terminated by the Advisor at any time.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, the Advisor and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, including Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These Codes of Ethics permit personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be bought or held by the Fund. These Codes of Ethics are included as exhibits to Part C of the Fund’s registration statements. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202.551.8090; they also are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Fund has delegated to the Advisor or, as applicable, a sub-advisor, the responsibility to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund. In deciding to delegate this responsibility to the Advisor, the Board reviewed and approved the policies and procedures adopted by the Advisor and, as applicable, a subadvisor. These included the procedures that the Advisor follows when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and its shareholders and the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons.

The Advisor’s policy is to vote all proxies for Fund securities in a manner considered by the Advisor to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders without regard to any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor examines each proposal and votes against the proposal, if, in its judgment, approval or adoption of the proposal would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities. The Advisor also examines each proposal and votes the proxies against the proposal, if, in its judgment, the proposal would be expected to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. The Advisor determines the best interest of the Fund in light of the potential economic return on the Fund’s investment.

 

49


Table of Contents

The Advisor seeks to address potential material conflicts of interest by having predetermined voting guidelines. For those proposals that require special consideration or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined guideline, the Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee determines the vote in the best interest of the Fund, without consideration of any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee is composed of representatives of the Advisor’s equity investments, equity research, compliance, legal and operations functions. In addition to the responsibilities described above, the Proxy Voting Committee has the responsibility to review, at least annually, the Advisor’s proxy voting policies to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory requirements and to develop additional predetermined voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals.

The Proxy Voting Committee may vary from a predetermined guideline if it determines that voting on the proposal according to the predetermined guideline would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities or to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. References to the best interests of the Fund refer to the interest of the Fund in terms of the potential economic return on the client’s investment. In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Voting Committee does not consider any benefit other than benefits to the Fund. A member of the Proxy Voting Committee is prohibited from voting on any proposal for which he or she has a conflict of interest by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by a given proposal. Persons making recommendations to the Proxy Voting Committee or its members are required to disclose to the Committee any relationship with a party making a proposal or other matter known to the person that would create a potential conflict of interest.

The Advisor has retained Glass-Lewis & Co., a third-party vendor, to implement its proxy voting process. Glass-Lewis & Co. provides proxy analysis, record keeping services and vote disclosure services.

Information regarding how the Columbia Funds (except certain Columbia Funds that do not invest in voting securities) voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 will be available by August 31 of this year free of charge: (i) through the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. For a copy of the Advisor’s policies and procedures that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Columbia Funds, see Appendix B to this SAI.

 

50


Table of Contents

FUND GOVERNANCE

The Board

Responsibilities

The Board oversees the Trust and the Fund. The Trustees have a fiduciary duty to protect shareholders’ interests when supervising and overseeing the management and operations of the Trust and have the responsibility to assure that the Fund is managed in the best interests of shareholders. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Trustee is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02111.

Independent Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First

Appointed or
Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds

in the Columbia
Funds Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Rodman L. Drake

(Born 1943)

Trustee and Chairman of the Board*

   2007    Co-Founder of Baringo Capital LLC (private equity) since 2002; President, Continuation Investments Group, Inc. from 1997 to 2001    66    Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. (tax preparation services); Crystal River Capital, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Student Loan Corporation (student loan provider); Celgene Corporation (global biotechnology company); and The Helios Funds (exchange-traded funds)

John D. Collins

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Retired. Consultant, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from July 1999 to June 2000; Partner, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from March 1962 to June 1999    66    Mrs. Fields Famous Brands LLC (consumer products); Suburban Propane Partners, L.P.; and Montpelier Re (insurance underwriting firm)

Douglas A. Hacker

(Born 1955)

Trustee

   1996    Independent business executive since May 2006; Executive Vice President — Strategy of United Airlines (airline) from December 2002 to May 2006; President of UAL Loyalty Services (airline    66    Nash Finch Company (food distributor) and Aircastle Limited (aircraft leasing)

 

51


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First

Appointed or
Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds

in the Columbia
Funds Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      marketing company) from September 2001 to December 2002; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Airlines from July 1999 to September 2001      

Janet Langford Kelly

(Born 1957)

Trustee

   1996    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ConocoPhillips (integrated energy company) since September 2007; Deputy General Counsel— Corporate Legal Services, ConocoPhillips from August 2006 to August 2007; Partner, Zelle, Hofmann, Voelbel, Mason & Gette LLP (law firm) from March 2005 to July 2006; Adjunct Professor of Law, Northwestern University from September 2004 to June 2006; Director, UAL Corporation (airline) from February 2006 to July 2006; Chief Administrative Officer and Senior Vice President, Kmart Holding Corporation (consumer goods) from September 2003 to March 2004    66    None

Charles R. Nelson

(Born 1942)

Trustee

   1981    Professor of Economics, University of Washington since January 1976; Ford and Louisa University of Washington Van Voorhis Professor of Political Economy, University of Washington since    66    None

 

52


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First

Appointed or
Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds

in the Columbia
Funds Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      September 1993; Adjunct Professor of Statistics, University of Washington since September 1980; Associate Editor, Journal of Money Credit and Banking from September 1993 to 2008; consultant on econometric and statistical matters      

John J. Neuhauser

(Born 1943)

Trustee

   1985    President, Saint Michael’s College, since August 2007; University Professor, Boston College from November 2005 to August 2007; Academic Vice President and Dean of Faculties, Boston College from August 1999 to October 2005    66    Liberty All-Star Equity Fund and Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (closed-end funds)

Jonathan Piel

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Cable television producer and web site designer; The Editor, Scientific American from 1984 to 1994; Vice President, Scientific American, Inc. from 1984 to 1994; Member, Advisory Board, Stone Age Institute, Bloomington, Indiana (research institute that explores the effect of technology on human evolution); Member, Board of Directors of the National Institute of Social Sciences, New York City; Member, Board of Trustees of the William Alanson White Institute, New York City (institution for training psychoanalysts);    66    None

 

53


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First

Appointed or
Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds

in the Columbia

Funds Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      Member, Advisory Board, Mount Sinai Children’s Environmental Health Center, New York      

Patrick J. Simpson

(Born 1944)

Trustee

   2000    Partner, Perkins Coie L.L.P. (law firm)    66    None

Thomas C. Theobald

(Born 1937)

Trustee

   1996    Partner and Senior Advisor, Chicago Growth Partners (private equity investing) since September 2004; Managing Director, William Blair Capital Partners (private equity investing) from September 1994 to September 2004    66    Anixter International (network support equipment distributor); Ventas, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Jones Lang LaSalle (real estate management services); and Ambac Financial Group (financial guaranty insurance)

Anne-Lee Verville

(Born 1945)

Trustee

   1998    Retired since 1997 (formerly, General Manager, General Education Industry from 1994 to 1997, President — Application Systems Division from 1991 to 1994, Chief Financial Officer — US Marketing & Services from 1988 to 1991, and Chief Information Officer from 1987 to 1988, IBM Corporation (computer and technology))    66    None

Interested Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First

Appointed or
Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds
in the Columbia
Funds Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

William E. Mayer **

(Born 1940)

Trustee

   1994    Partner, Park Avenue Equity Partners (private equity) since February 1999; Dean and Professor, College    66    Lee Enterprises (print media), WR Hambrecht + Co. (financial service provider); and

 

54


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First

Appointed or
Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds

in the Columbia
Funds Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      of Business, University of Maryland from 1992 to 1997       BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (investment company)

 

* Effective June 12, 2009, the Board elected Mr. Drake as Chairman of the Board.
** The Fund currently treats Mr. Mayer as an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Columbia Funds by reason of his affiliation with WR Hambrecht + Co., a registered broker/dealer that may execute portfolio transactions for or engage in principal transactions with the Fund or other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates.

Standing Committees

The Trust has several standing committees, including the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Investment Oversight Committees.

Ms. Verville and Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Nelson are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s functions include making recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing matters relative to accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records and the internal accounting controls of the Funds and certain service providers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee met six times.

Messrs. Drake, Hacker, Mayer and Simpson are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee’s functions include recommending to the Board nominees for independent Trustee positions and for appointments to various committees, performing periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board, reviewing and recommending to the Board policies and practices to be followed in carrying out the Trustees’ duties and responsibilities and reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Advisor. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Governance Committee met six times.

The Governance Committee will consider nominees for Trustee recommended by shareholders provided that such recommendations are submitted by the date disclosed in the Fund’s proxy statement and otherwise comply with applicable securities laws, including Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Such shareholder recommendations must be in writing and should be sent to the attention of the Governance Committee in care of the Fund at One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111-2621. Shareholder recommendations should include the proposed nominee’s biographical information (including business experience for the past ten years) and a description of the qualifications of the proposed nominee, along with a statement from the proposed nominee that he or she is willing to serve and meets the requirements to be a disinterested Trustee, if applicable.

Ms. Kelly and Messrs. Hacker, Mayer, Nelson, Neuhauser and Piel are members of the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee. The Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee’s functions include reviewing and making recommendations to the Board as to contracts requiring approval of a majority of the Independent Trustees and as to any other contracts that may be referred to the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee met eight times.

Mses. Kelly and Verville and Messrs. Nelson and Simpson are members of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee’s functions include providing oversight of the compliance monitoring processes and controls regarding the Fund. The Committee uses legal, regulatory and internal rules, policies, procedures and standards other than those relating to accounting matters and oversight of compliance by the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Compliance Committee met six times.

Each Trustee also serves on an Investment Oversight Committee (IOC). Each IOC is responsible for monitoring, on an ongoing basis, a select group of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex and gives particular consideration to such matters as the Fund’s adherence to its investment mandates, historical performance, changes in

 

55


Table of Contents

investment processes and personnel, and proposed changes to investment objectives. Investment personnel who manage the Fund attend IOC meetings from time to time to assist the applicable IOC in its review of the Fund. Each IOC meets four times a year, as the applicable IOC did for the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year. The below are members of the respective IOCs and the general categories of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex which they review. These asset categories may be reallocated among the IOCs from time to time.

IOC #1: Mr. Neuhauser and Ms. Verville are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Global Stock, International Stock, Large Growth, Mid Value, Fixed Income — Core and Municipal.

IOC #2: Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Mayer are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Large Value, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — High Yield, Multi-Sector and Municipal.

IOC #3: Messrs. Piel and Theobald and Ms. Kelly are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Index, Large Value, Mid Value, Small Core, Small Value, Money Market, Fixed Income — Municipal and Short Duration.

IOC #4: Messrs. Drake, Nelson and Simpson are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Large Blend, Mid Growth, Multi Blend, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — Core, Municipal and Short Duration.

Compensation

Trustees are compensated for their services to the Columbia Funds Family on a complex-wide basis, as shown in the table below.

Independent Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid

to Independent Trustees for
the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

Rodman L. Drake(b)

   $ 3,229    $ 253,135

John D. Collins(c)

   $ 2,776    $ 241,371

Douglas A. Hacker

   $ 3,036    $ 212,000

Morrill Melton Hall, Jr(d)

     N/A    $ 58,132

Janet Langford Kelly

   $ 2,963    $ 201,000

Richard W. Lowry(d)

     N/A    $ 68,742

Charles R. Nelson

   $ 3,172    $ 212,000

John J. Neuhauser

   $ 2,945    $ 200,500

Jonathan Piel

   $ 2,511    $ 236,107

Patrick J. Simpson(e)

   $ 2,702    $ 201,000

Thomas E. Stitzel(d)(f)

     N/A    $ 82,742

Thomas C. Theobald(g)

   $ 3,298    $ 286,500

Anne-Lee Verville(h)

   $ 2,802    $ 214,500

 

(a) All Trustees receive reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to their attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.
(b) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Drake deferred $1,414 of his compensation from Conservative High Yield Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Drake deferred $84,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Drake’s account under that plan was $62,008.
(c) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Collins deferred $1,377 of his compensation from Conservative High Yield Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Collins deferred $83,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Collins’ account under that plan was $59,105.
(d) Mr. Hall served as a Trustee of the Trust until February 22, 2008. Messrs. Lowry and Stitzel served as Trustees of the Trust until April 30, 2008.

 

56


Table of Contents
(e) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Simpson deferred $2,702 of his compensation from Conservative High Yield Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Simpson deferred $201,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Simpson’s account under that plan was $628,968.
(f) During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Stitzel deferred $34,742 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Stitzel’s account under that plan was $235,310.
(g) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his compensation from Conservative High Yield Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Theobald’s account under that plan was $442,295.
(h) At December 31, 2008, the value of Ms. Verville’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $563,329.

Interested Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from
the Fund for the Fiscal Year
ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid to
Independent Trustees for the Calendar
Year ended December 31, 2008(a)

William E. Mayer

   $ 2,868    $ 192,000

 

(a) Mr. Mayer receives reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to his attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.

Columbia Funds Deferred Compensation Plan

Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Agreement (the Deferred Compensation Plan), each eligible Trustee may elect, on an annual basis, to defer receipt of all or a portion of compensation payable to him or her for service as Trustee for that calendar year (expressly, a Trustee may elect to defer his/her annual retainer, his/her attendance fees, or both components, which together comprise total compensation for service). Fees deferred by a Trustee are credited to a book reserve account (the Deferral Account) established by the Columbia Funds, the value of which is derived from the rate of return of one or more Columbia Funds selected by the Trustee (with accruals to the Deferral Account beginning at such time as a Trustee’s fund elections having been established, and proceeds for service having been paid into such account, and terminating at such time as when proceeds become payable to such Trustee under the Deferred Compensation Plan). Trustees may change their fund elections only in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Distributions from a Trustee’s Deferral Account will be paid by check, either in a lump sum or in annual installments. Payments made in annual installments are disbursed over a period of up to ten years, following such time as a Trustee may qualify to receive such payments. If a deferring Trustee dies prior to or after the commencement of the disbursement of amounts accrued in his/her Deferral Account, the balance of the account will be distributed to his/her designated beneficiary either in lump sum or in annual payments as established by such Trustee himself/herself, his/her beneficiary or his/her estate. Amounts payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan are not funded or secured in any way, and the deferring Trustee has the status of an unsecured creditor of the Columbia Fund(s) from which compensation has been deferred.

Beneficial Equity Ownership

As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the Class Y shares of the Fund. The table below shows, for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Columbia Funds Family, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001-$50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; and E = over $100,000.

Independent Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Funds in the Columbia
Funds Family

Rodman L. Drake

   A    D*

 

57


Table of Contents

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Funds in the Columbia
Funds Family

John D. Collins

   A    E

Douglas A. Hacker

   A    E

Janet Langford Kelly

   A    E

Charles R. Nelson

   A    E

John J. Neuhauser

   A    E

Jonathan Piel

   A    A

Patrick J. Simpson

   A    E

Thomas C. Theobald

   A    E*

Anne-Lee Verville

   A    E*

 

* Includes the value of compensation payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan that is determined as if the amounts deferred had been invested, as of the date of deferral, in shares of one or more funds in the Columbia Funds Complex as specified by each Trustee.

Interested Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in all
Funds in the Columbia

Funds Family

William E. Mayer

   A    D

The Officers

The following table provides basic information about the Officers of the Trust as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Officer is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02110.

Officer Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of

Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First

Elected or

Appointed to
Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

J. Kevin Connaughton

(Born 1964)

   President    2009    Managing Director of Columbia Management Advisors, LLC since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Columbia Funds, from June 2008 to January 2009; Treasurer, Columbia Funds, from October 2003 to May 2008; Treasurer, the Liberty Funds, Stein Roe Funds and Liberty All-Star Funds, from December 2000 to December 2006; Senior Vice President, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, from April 2003 to December 2004; President, Columbia Funds, Liberty Funds and Stein Roe Funds, from February 2004 to October 2004; Treasurer, Galaxy Funds, from September 2002

 

58


Table of Contents

Name, Year of

Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First

Elected or

Appointed to
Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

               to December 2005; Treasurer, from
December 2002 to December 2004, and
President, from February 2004 to
December 2004, Columbia Management
Multi-Strategy Hedge Fund, LLC; and a
senior officer or director of various other
Bank of America-affiliated entities,
including other registered and
unregistered funds.

James R. Bordewick, Jr.

(Born 1959)

   Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel, MFS Investment Management (investment management) prior to April 2005.
Linda J. Wondrack (Born 1964)    Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    2007    Director (Columbia Management Group, LLC and Investment Product Group Compliance), Bank of America since June 2005; Director of Corporate Compliance and Conflicts Officer, MFS Investment Management (investment management), August 2004 to May 2005; Managing Director, Deutsche Asset Management (investment management) prior to August 2004.
Michael G. Clarke (Born 1969)    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    2009    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Managing Director of the Advisor, from September 2004 to December 2005; Vice President Fund Administration from June 2002 to September 2004.
Joseph F. DiMaria (Born 1968)    Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer    2008    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Head of Tax/Compliance and Assistant Treasurer from November 2004 to December 2005; Director of Trustee Administration (Sarbanes-Oxley) from May 2003 to October 2004.

Stephen T. Welsh

(Born 1957)

   Vice President    1996    President, Columbia Management Services, Inc. since July 2004; Senior Vice President and Controller, Columbia Management Services, Inc. prior to July 2004.

Julie B. Lyman

(Born 1970)

   Vice President    2009    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since October 2009 and from October 2006 through May 2009; Managing Director of the Advisor from May 2009 through

 

59


Table of Contents

Name, Year of

Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First

Elected or

Appointed to
Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

         October 2009; Associate, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP (law firm) from April 2004 to October 2006.

Jeffrey R. Coleman

(Born 1969)

   Deputy Treasurer    2008    Director of Fund Administration since January 2006; Fund Controller from October 2004 to January 2006; Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) from August 2000 to September 2004.

Julian Quero

(Born 1967)

   Deputy Treasurer    2003    Senior Tax Manager of the Advisor since August 2006; Senior Compliance Manager of the Advisor from April 2002 to August 2006.

Timothy P. Kane

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Valuation of the Advisor since July 2007; Manager, Accounting Oversight Department of the Advisor since September 2004; Internal Auditor, State Street Corporation (financial services) from June 2004 to September 2004; Senior Auditor, Deloitte (public accounting firm) prior to June 2004.

Kenneth E. O’Connor

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor since September 2006; Senior Manager, Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor from 2003 to September 2006.

Kathryn Thompson

(Born 1967)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Accounting Oversight of the Advisor since December 2004; Vice President, State Street Corporation (financial services) prior to December 2004.

Philip N. Prefontaine

(Born 1948)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Reporting of the Advisor since November 2004; Assistant Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) prior to November 2004.

Keith E. Stone

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor since September 2003.

Barry S. Vallan

(Born 1969)

   Controller    2006    Vice President, Fund Treasury of the Advisor since October 2004; Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor from April 2002 to October 2004.

 

60


Table of Contents

Name, Year of

Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First

Elected or

Appointed to
Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

Peter T. Fariel

(Born 1957)

   Assistant Secretary    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Partner, Goodwin Procter LLP (law firm) prior to April 2005.

Ryan C. Larrenaga

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Secretary    2005    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since March 2005; Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (law firm) from 1998 to February 2005.

 

61


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor (or the investment sub-advisor(s) who make(s) the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund, as applicable) is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, for the selection of broker/dealers, for the execution of the Fund’s securities transactions and for the allocation of brokerage commissions in connection with such transactions. The Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction is to obtain the best net price and the most favorable execution of the order. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge negotiated commissions for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

In the over-the-counter market, securities generally are traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts without stated commissions, although the price of a security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are bought at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s “concession” or “discount.” On occasion, certain money market instruments may be bought directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

The Fund is affiliated with the NYSE specialist firm Banc of America Specialist, Inc. In order to ensure that markets are fair, orderly and competitive, NYSE specialist firms are responsible for maintaining a liquid and continuous two-sided auction market by acting as both an agent and a principal. Specialists are entrusted to hold the interests of customer orders above the specialist’s own interests, and will buy and sell securities as principal when such transactions are necessary to minimize imbalances between supply and demand. Banc of America Specialist, Inc. may make a market in certain securities held by the Fund.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Advisor gives primary consideration to obtaining the best net prices and most favorable execution. This means that the Advisor will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. In seeking such execution, the Advisor will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker/dealer, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the broker/dealer, the value and quality of the services rendered by the broker/dealer in this instance and other transactions and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. Research services received from broker/ dealers supplement the Advisor’s own research and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on political developments; Fund management strategies; performance information on securities and information concerning prices of securities; and information supplied by specialized services to the Advisor and to the Board with respect to the performance, investment activities and fees and expenses of other mutual funds. Such information may be communicated electronically, orally or in written form. Research services also may include the arranging of meetings with management of companies and the provision of access to consultants who supply research information.

The outside research is useful to the Advisor since, in certain instances, the broker/dealers utilized by the Advisor may follow a different universe of securities issuers and other matters than those that the Advisor’s staff can follow. In addition, this research provides the Advisor with a different perspective on financial markets, even if the securities research obtained relates to issues followed by the Advisor. Research services that are provided to the Advisor by broker/dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Advisor. In some cases, the research services are available only from the broker/dealer providing such services. In other cases, the research services may be obtainable from alternative sources. The Advisor is of the opinion that because the broker/dealer research supplements rather than replaces the Advisor’s own research, the receipt of such research does not tend to decrease the Advisor’s expenses, but tends to improve the quality of its investment advice. However, to the extent that the Advisor would have bought any such research services had such services not been provided by broker/dealers, the expenses of such services to the Advisor could be considered to have been reduced accordingly. Certain research services furnished by broker/dealers may be useful to the clients of the Advisor other

 

62


Table of Contents

than the Fund. Conversely, any research services received by the Advisor through the placement of transactions of other clients may be of value to the Advisor in fulfilling its obligations to the Fund. The Advisor is of the opinion that this material is beneficial in supplementing its research and analysis; and, therefore, it may benefit the Trust by improving the quality of the Advisor’s investment advice. The advisory fees paid by the Trust are not reduced because the Advisor receives such services.

Under Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Advisor shall not be “deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached its fiduciary duty” solely because under certain circumstances it has caused the account to pay a higher commission than the lowest available. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Advisor must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are “reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion.” Accordingly, the price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker/dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Some broker/ dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Advisor’s clients, including the Fund.

Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with broker/dealers based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by broker/dealers in light of generally prevailing rates. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different broker/dealers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment of brokerage commissions that generally are fixed. Transactions in both foreign and domestic over-the-counter markets generally are principal transactions with dealers, and the costs of such transactions involve dealer spreads rather than brokerage commissions. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Advisor, where possible, will deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for the Fund as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Advisor’s other clients are made with the goal of achieving their respective investment objectives. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client even though it may be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when a number of accounts receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are engaged simultaneously in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. In some cases, this policy could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction that may affect the Fund.

The Fund may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Fund will engage in this practice, however, only when the Advisor, in its sole discretion, believes such practice to be otherwise in the Fund’s interests.

The Trust will not execute portfolio transactions through, or buy or sell portfolio securities from or to, the Distributor, the Advisor, the Administrator or their affiliates acting as principal (including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), except to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation or order. However, the Advisor is authorized to allocate buy and sell orders for portfolio securities to certain broker/dealers and financial institutions, including, in the case of agency transactions, broker/dealers and financial institutions that are affiliated with Bank of America. To the extent that the Fund executes any securities trades with an affiliate of Bank of America, such Fund does so in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and the procedures that such Fund has adopted pursuant to the rule. In this regard, for each transaction, the Board will determine that: (i) the transaction resulted in prices for and execution of securities transactions at least as favorable to the particular Fund as those likely to be derived from a non-affiliated qualified broker/dealer; (ii) the affiliated broker/dealer charged the Fund commission rates consistent with those charged by the affiliated broker/dealer in similar transactions to clients comparable to the Fund and that are not affiliated with the broker/dealer in question; and (iii) the fees, commissions or other remuneration paid by the Fund did not exceed 2% of the sales price of the securities if the sale was effected in connection with a secondary distribution, or 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if effected in other than a secondary distribution. In addition, the Columbia Funds are affiliated with BAS, Merrill Lynch and their affiliates (including MLPF&S, Merrill Lynch Government Securities, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.)

 

63


Table of Contents

and may, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the SEC and applicable law (i) purchase certain types of securities from such entities in their role as dealers in such securities and (ii) purchase certain eligible municipal securities through group orders when MLPF&S is a member of an underwriting syndicate for such securities.

Certain affiliates of Bank of America, such as its subsidiary banks, may have deposit, loan or commercial banking relationships with the corporate users of facilities financed by industrial development revenue bonds or private activity bonds bought by certain of the Columbia Funds. Bank of America or certain of its affiliates may serve as trustee, custodian, tender agent, guarantor, placement agent, underwriter, or in some other capacity, with respect to certain issues of securities. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may buy securities from a member of an underwriting syndicate in which an affiliate of Bank of America is a member. The Trust has adopted procedures pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, and intends to comply with the requirements of Rule 10f-3, in connection with any purchases of municipal securities that may be subject to Rule 10f-3.

Given the breadth of the Advisor’s investment management activities, investment decisions for the Fund are not always made independently from those for other funds, or other investment companies and accounts advised or managed by the Advisor. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of one or more of the Columbia Funds and another investment portfolio, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price and available investments allocated as to amount in a manner which the Advisor believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other funds, investment portfolio, investment company or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or bought for the Fund with those to be sold or bought for other funds, investment portfolios, investment companies, or accounts in executing transactions.

See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about these and other conflicts of interest.

Brokerage Commissions

The following table describes the amounts of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during its three most recently completed fiscal years. In certain instances the Fund may pay brokerage commissions to broker/dealers that are affiliates of Bank of America. As indicated above, all such transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions to affiliates are done in compliance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Conservative High Yield Fund

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

The Fund paid no brokerage commissions to affiliated broker/dealers for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Directed Brokerage

The Fund or the Advisor, through an agreement or understanding with a broker/dealer, or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, may direct, subject to applicable legal requirements, the Fund’s brokerage transactions to a broker/dealer because of the research services it provides the Fund or the Advisor.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund did not direct brokerage transactions.

 

Fund

   Amount of Transactions    Related Commissions

Conservative High Yield Fund

   N/A    N/A

 

64


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

In certain cases, the Fund, as part of its principal investment strategies, or otherwise as a permissible investment, will invest in the common stock or debt obligations of the regular broker/dealers that the Advisor uses to transact brokerage for the Columbia Funds Family.

As of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund owned securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” or their parents, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, as shown in the table below.

Investments in Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers as of August 31, 2009

 

Fund

   Broker/Dealer    Dollar Amount of Securities Held

Conservative High Yield Fund

   N/A    N/A

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

The Fund, along with the Transfer Agent and/or the Distributor, may pay significant amounts to financial intermediaries (as defined below), including other Bank of America affiliates, for providing the types of services that would typically be provided directly by a mutual fund’s transfer agent. The level of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. A number of factors may be considered in determining payments to a financial intermediary, including, without limitation, the nature of the services provided to shareholders. These services may include sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency or similar recordkeeping services, shareholder or participant reporting, shareholder or participant transaction processing, and/or the provision of call center support (additional shareholder services). These payments for shareholder servicing support vary by financial intermediary. The Fund’s Transfer Agent, Distributor or their affiliates will pay, from its or their own resources, amounts to financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of these shareholder services and other services.

For purposes of this section the term “financial intermediary” includes any broker/dealer, bank, bank trust department, registered investment advisor, financial planner, retirement plan or other third party administrator and any other institution having a selling, services or any similar agreement with the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates.

The Fund also may make additional payments to financial intermediaries that charge networking fees for certain services provided in connection with the maintenance of shareholder accounts through the NSCC.

In addition, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make lump sum payments to selected financial intermediaries receiving shareholder servicing payments in reimbursement of printing costs for literature for participants, account maintenance fees or fees for the establishment of the Fund on the financial intermediary’s system or other similar services.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make shareholder servicing payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may pay compensation to selected financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, under the categories described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive payments under all categories. A financial intermediary also may receive payments described above in Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments. These payments may create an incentive for a financial intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to its customers. The amount of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. In determining the amount of payments to be made, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, asset mix and length of

 

65


Table of Contents

relationship with the financial intermediary, the size of the customer/shareholder base of the financial intermediary, the manner in which customers of the financial intermediary make investments in the Fund, the nature and scope of marketing support or services provided by the financial intermediary (as described more fully below) and the costs incurred by the financial intermediary in connection with maintaining the infrastructure necessary or desirable to support investments in the Fund.

These additional payments by the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates are made pursuant to agreements between the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates and financial intermediaries, and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a Class Y share, the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales or the expenses paid by Class Y shares as shown under the heading Fees and Expenses in the Fund’s Class Y shares prospectus.

Marketing Support Payments

The Distributor and the Advisor may make payments, from their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, for marketing support services relating to the Columbia Funds, including, but not limited to, business planning assistance, educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the financial intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the financial intermediary, client servicing and systems infrastructure support. These payments are generally based upon one or more of the following factors: average net assets of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, gross sales of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, reimbursement of ticket charges (fees that a financial intermediary firm charges its representatives for effecting transactions in fund shares) or a negotiated lump sum payment.

The financial arrangements likely will vary for each financial intermediary. The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make payments in materially larger amounts or on a materially different basis when dealing with other affiliates of Bank of America. Such increased or otherwise modified payments to the other Bank of America affiliate may enable the other Bank of America affiliate to offset credits that it may provide to its customers in order to avoid having such customers pay fees to multiple Bank of America entities in connection with the customer’s investment in a Columbia Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make marketing support payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Other Payments

From time to time, the Distributor, from its own resources, may provide additional compensation to certain financial intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund to the extent not prohibited by laws or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include financial assistance to financial intermediaries that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at financial intermediary-sponsored conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other financial intermediary employees, financial intermediary entertainment and other financial intermediary-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s internal guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

Your financial intermediary may charge you fees or commissions in addition to those disclosed in this SAI. You should consult with your financial intermediary and review carefully any disclosure your financial intermediary

 

66


Table of Contents

provides regarding its services and compensation. Depending on the financial arrangement in place at any particular time, a financial intermediary and its financial consultants may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular fund or a particular share class over other funds or share classes. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information.

 

67


Table of Contents

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

Description of the Trust’s Shares

The Fund offers shares in the classes shown in the table below. Subject to certain limited exceptions discussed in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund may no longer be accepting new investments from current shareholders or prospective investors. The Fund, however, may at any time and without notice offer any of these classes to the general public for investment. This SAI relates only to the Fund’s Class Y shares.

The Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Declaration of Trust) permits it to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, without par value, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of the Fund without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Fund and to divide such shares into classes. Each share of a class of the Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Board. However, different share classes of the Fund pay different distribution amounts, because each share class has different expenses. Each time a distribution is made, the net asset value per share of the share class is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

Share Classes Offered by the Fund

 

Fund

   Class A
Shares†
   Class B
Shares†
   Class C
Shares†
   Class Y
Shares
   Class Z
Shares†

Conservative High Yield Fund

   ü    ü    ü    ü    ü

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class Z shares are discussed in a separate statement of additional information.

Restrictions on Holding or Disposing of Shares

There are no restrictions on the right of shareholders to retain or dispose of the Fund’s shares, other than the possible future termination of the Fund. The Fund may be terminated by reorganization into another mutual fund or by liquidation and distribution of their assets. Unless terminated by reorganization or liquidation, the Fund will continue indefinitely.

Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims any shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of Fund property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances (which are considered remote) in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations and the disclaimer was inoperative.

The risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on account of another series of the Trust also is believed to be remote, because it would be limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer was inoperative and the other series of the Trust was unable to meet its obligations.

Dividend Rights

The shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions declared for the Fund. No shares have priority or preference over any other shares of the Fund with respect to distributions. Distributions will be made from the assets of the Fund, and will be paid pro rata to all shareholders of the Fund (or class) according to the number of shares of the Fund (or class) held by shareholders on the record date. The amount of income dividends per share may vary between separate share classes of the Fund based upon differences in the way that expenses are allocated between share classes pursuant to a multiple class plan.

 

68


Table of Contents

Voting Rights and Shareholder Meetings

The Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings, but special meetings may be called for certain purposes. The Trust voluntarily has undertaken to hold a shareholder meeting at which the Board would be elected at least every five years beginning in 2005. Each whole share (or fractional share) outstanding on the record date established in accordance with the Trust’s By-Laws shall be entitled to a number of votes on any matter on which it is entitled to vote equal to the net asset value of the share (or fractional share) in U.S. dollars determined at the close of business on the record date (for example, a share having a net asset value of $10.50 would be entitled to 10.5 votes).

The Trustees may fill any vacancies on the Board except that the Trustees may not fill a vacancy if, immediately after filling such vacancy, less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office would have been elected to such office by the shareholders. In addition, at such times as less than a majority of the Trustees then in office have been elected to such office by the shareholders, the Trustees must call a meeting of shareholders. Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint their successors.

At any shareholders’ meetings that may be held, shareholders of all series would vote together, irrespective of series, on the election of Trustees, but each series would vote separately from the others on other matters, such as changes in the investment policies of that series or the approval of the management agreement for that series. Shares of the Fund and any other series of the Trust that may be in existence from time to time generally vote together except when required by law to vote separately by fund or by class.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or the Fund, shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution and to a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Board may determine.

Preemptive Rights

There are no preemptive rights associated with Fund shares.

Conversion Rights

Shareholders have the right, which is subject to change by the Board, to convert or “exchange” shares of one class for another. Such right is outlined and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Fund’s prospectus.

Redemptions

The Fund’s dividend, distribution and redemption policies can be found in its prospectus under the headings Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares and Distributions and Taxes. However, the Board may suspend the right of shareholders to sell shares when permitted or required to do so by law or compel sales of shares in certain cases.

Sinking Fund Provisions

The Trust has no sinking fund provisions.

Calls or Assessment

All Fund shares are issued in uncertificated form only and when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

 

69


Table of Contents

Other Securities

The Fund does not offer securities other than capital stock.

 

70


Table of Contents

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

Purchase and Redemption

An investor may buy, sell and exchange Class Y shares in the Fund utilizing the methods, and subject to the restrictions, described in the Fund’s prospectus. The following information supplements information in the Fund’s prospectus.

The Fund has authorized one or more broker/dealers to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. These broker/dealers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a buy or sell order when an authorized broker/dealer, or, if applicable, a broker/dealer’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker/dealer or the broker’s authorized designee.

The Trust also may make payment for sales in readily marketable securities or other property if it is appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for shares during any period when (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC; (ii) the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (iii) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; (iv) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC. (The Fund may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of their shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares, subject to the exceptions listed above, with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the period.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, the Fund may request additional required information from you to verify your identity. Your application will be rejected if it does not contain your name, social security number, date of birth and permanent street address. If at any time the Fund believes a shareholder may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” a shareholder’s account. The Fund also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in a shareholder’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the law may not permit the Fund to inform the shareholder that it has taken the actions described above.

Offering Price

The share price of the Fund is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is calculated separately for each class of shares as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier) on each day the Fund is open for business, unless the Board determines otherwise.

The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities for which a market quotation is available is determined in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. In general terms, the valuation procedures provide that domestic exchange traded securities (other than NASDAQ listed equity securities) generally will be valued at their last traded sale prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. If no sales of those securities are reported on a particular day on the principal exchange, the securities generally will be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. Securities traded on a foreign securities exchange will generally be valued at their last sale prices on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded, or in the absence of a reported sale on a particular day, at their bid prices (in the case of securities held long) or ask prices (in the case of securities held short) as reported by that exchange. Securities traded primarily on NASDAQ will generally be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (NOCP) (which is

 

71


Table of Contents

the last trade price at or before 4:00:02 p.m. (Eastern Time) adjusted up to NASDAQ’s best bid price if the last trade price is below such bid price or adjusted down to NASDAQ’s best ask price if the last trade price is above such ask price). If no NOCP is available, the security will generally be valued at the last sale price shown on NASDAQ prior to the calculation of the NAV of the Fund. If no sale price is shown on NASDAQ, the latest bid price will be used. If no sale price is shown and no latest bid price is available, the price will be deemed “stale” and the value will be determined in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Securities not traded upon any exchange will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices based upon quotes furnished by the appropriate market makers. If quoted prices are unavailable or are believed to be inaccurate, market values will generally be determined based on quotes obtained from one or more broker(s) or dealer(s) or based on a price obtained from a reputable independent pricing service.

Financial futures will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price. Forward foreign currency contracts will generally be valued using market quotations from a widely used quotation system that reflects the current cost of covering or off-setting the contract. Exchange traded options will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price on their exchange. If there is no reported sale on the valuation date, the options will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices.

Over-the-counter derivatives will generally be valued at fair value in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Repurchase agreements will generally be valued at a price equal to the amount of the cash invested in the repurchase agreement at the time of valuation. The market value of the securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be determined in accordance with the procedures above, as appropriate, for the purpose of determining the adequacy of collateral.

Shares of open-end investment companies held in the Fund’s portfolio will generally be valued at the latest net asset value reported by the investment company.

Debt securities will generally be valued by a pricing service which may employ a matrix or other indications of value, including but not limited to broker quotes, to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units. The matrix can take into account various factors including, without limitation, bids, yield spreads, and/or other market data and specific security characteristics (e.g., credit quality, maturity and coupon rate). Debt securities for which a pricing service does not furnish valuations and for which market quotations are readily available will generally be valued based on the mean of the latest bid prices obtained from one or more dealers. Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less will, absent unusual circumstances, be valued at amortized cost.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available for any reason, including that the latest quotation is deemed unreliable or unreasonable, securities and other assets and liabilities are valued at “fair value” as determined in good faith by the Advisor’s valuation committee. In general, any one or more of the following factors may be taken into account in determining fair value: the fundamental analytical data relating to the security; the value of other financial instruments, including derivative securities, traded on other markets or among dealers; trading volumes on markets, exchanges, or among dealers; values of baskets of securities traded on other markets; changes in interest rates; observations from financial institutions; government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements; other news events; information as to any transactions or offers with respect to the security; price and extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies; nature and expected duration of the event, if any, giving rise to the valuation issue; pricing history of the security; the relative size of the position in the portfolio; and other relevant information.

With respect to securities traded on foreign markets, the following factors also may be relevant: the value of foreign securities traded on other foreign markets; ADR trading; closed-end fund trading; foreign currency exchange activity; and the trading of financial products that are tied to baskets of foreign securities, such as World Equity Benchmark Shares™.

The Board has determined, and the valuation procedures provide, that in certain circumstances it may be necessary to use an alternative valuation method, such as in-kind redemptions with affiliated benefit plans where the Department of Labor requires that valuation to be done in accordance with Rule 17a-7 of the 1940 Act.

 

72


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s prospectuses entitled Distributions and Taxes. The prospectuses generally describe the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Fund. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as in effect as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion applies only to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in the prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Fund. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, the application of state, local, or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Fund.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

It is intended that the Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. The Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to the Fund, even though the Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, the Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses, and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined below. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources defined in Code Section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Certain of a regulated investment company’s investments in master limited partnerships (MLPs) may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules do not apply to a regulated investment company, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

The Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its total assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s

 

73


Table of Contents

total assets and are not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and in the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer. The qualifying income and diversification requirements described above may limit the extent to which the Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in MLPs.

In addition, the Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income (if any) for the taxable year.

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund generally intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and substantially all of its net capital gain. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Any investment company taxable income retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates.

In addition, although the Fund generally intends to distribute all of its net capital gain, the Fund may determine to retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain for Capital Gain Dividend purposes, a regulated investment company generally must treat any net capital loss or any net long-term capital loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year. Treasury Regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its taxable income, to elect to treat all or part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

In order to comply with the distribution requirements described above applicable to regulated investment companies, the Fund generally must make the distributions in the same taxable year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, the Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year in respect of income and gains from the prior taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from the Fund in the year they are actually distributed. If the Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one calendar year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following calendar year, however, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the earlier year.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment under the Code, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment

 

74


Table of Contents

company.

Excise Tax

If the Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses) and 98% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for net ordinary losses) for the 1-year period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that were not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, the Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, if the amount of excise tax to be paid is deemed de minimis by the Fund).

Capital Loss Carryforwards

Subject to certain limitations, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. The Fund’s capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Fund does not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gains. The Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

Equalization Accounting

The Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “accumulated earnings and profits,” which generally equals the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits the Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect the Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount of income and gains that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. The IRS has not sanctioned the particular equalization method used by the Fund, and thus the Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

Taxation of Fund Investments

In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by the Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held or is deemed to have held the securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

If the Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (OID) (generally a debt obligation with an issue price less than its stated principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), the Fund may be required to annually include in its income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. In general, gains recognized on the disposition of (or the receipt of any partial payment of principal on) a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by the Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. The Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount (if an election is made by the Fund to accrue market discount over the holding period of the applicable debt obligation) on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by the Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be

 

75


Table of Contents

disadvantageous for the Fund.

In addition, payment-in-kind securities similarly will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no cash interest payment on the security during the year. A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high-yield discount obligations (such as high-yield corporate debt securities) may not (and interest paid on debt obligations owned by the Fund that are considered for tax purposes to be payable in the equity of the issuer or a related party will not) be deductible to the issuer, possibly affecting the cash flow of the issuer.

If the Fund invests in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default, special tax issues may exist for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation and, if so, the amount of market discount the Fund should recognize, when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

If an option granted by the Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund generally will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by the Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

Some regulated futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options that may be used by the Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” The Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. These provisions may require the Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity options.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss exceeds the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be available as a carryforward and thus cannot be deducted by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as forward, futures and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions

 

76


Table of Contents

in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by the Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (as described below). Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when the Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

The amount of long-term capital gain the Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain the Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

If the Fund makes a distribution of income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Similar consequences may apply to repurchase and other derivative transactions.

In addition, the Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash-sale rules or the short-sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, as well as any of its foreign currency transactions and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net

 

77


Table of Contents

tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while the Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid fund-level tax. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in certain derivatives transactions.

Any investment by the Fund in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (TMPs). Under an IRS notice, and Treasury Regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt shareholders, as noted under Tax-Exempt Shareholders below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or certain other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax.

Some amounts received by the Fund from its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as returns of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain from that asset (or if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of cash flow received by the Fund from the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its regulated investment company distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to borrow money or sell securities at the time. In addition, distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that are characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable to Fund shareholders as ordinary income.

“Passive foreign investment companies” (PFICs) are generally defined as foreign corporations where at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If the Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions and gain from the sale of interests in PFICs may be characterized as ordinary income even though,

 

78


Table of Contents

absent the application of PFIC rules, these amounts may otherwise have been classified as capital gain.

The Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for these special taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections would require the Fund to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC (in the case of a “QEF election”), or to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in its interests in the PFIC “to the market” as though the Fund had sold and repurchased such interests on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year, treating such gains and losses as ordinary income and loss (in the case of a “mark-to-market election”). The QEF and mark-to-market elections may require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments prematurely to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return. The Fund may attempt to limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to minimize tax liability and/or maximize returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income, as defined below.

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Fund may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Fund, in which case the Fund may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy its minimum distribution requirements, which may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of his or her shares. The Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income (defined below). The Fund will designate Capital Gain Dividends, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest the Fund earns on direct obligations of the U.S. government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting

 

79


Table of Contents

requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares

If a shareholder sells or exchanges his or her Fund shares, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held (or is deemed to have held) such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term capital gain or loss otherwise.

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.

If a shareholder receives a Capital Gain Dividend or is deemed to receive a distribution of long-term capital gain with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held or treated as held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the Capital Gain Dividend or deemed long-term capital gain distribution.

Foreign Taxes

Amounts realized by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund with respect to foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum holding periods specified in the Code and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. It is not expected that the Fund will qualify for this election.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates

As of the date of this SAI, the maximum stated U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals generally is 35% for ordinary income and 15% for net long-term capital gain. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced—in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets—for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, U.S. federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” equal to the highest net long-term capital gain rate, which, as described above, generally is 15%. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received by the Fund from certain domestic and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund with respect to the dividend-paying corporation’s stock and by the shareholders with respect to the Fund’s shares. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning

 

80


Table of Contents

60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date) and meet certain other requirements specified in the Code. In general, if less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders who meet the aforementioned holding period requirements. The rules regarding the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners. Fixed income funds, such as the Fund, typically do not distribute significant amounts of qualified dividend income.

The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. U.S. federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (1) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (TIN) or has not certified to the Fund that withholding does not apply or (2) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts required to be withheld as a credit against his or her future U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase for amounts distributed or paid after December 31, 2010.

Tax-Deferred Plans

The shares of the Fund may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

Corporate Shareholders

Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by the Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Fund are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

As discussed above, a portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high-yield discount obligations that the Fund may own may not be deductible to the issuer. If a portion of the interest paid or accrued on these obligations is not deductible, that portion will be treated as a dividend. In such cases, if the issuer of the obligation is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the dividend portion of such interest.

Foreign Shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” generally include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary

 

81


Table of Contents

supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.

Generally, unless an exception applies, dividend distributions made to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends will be subject to non-refundable U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, generally, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), distributions made to foreign shareholders and properly designated by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” are exempt from U.S. federal income tax withholding. The exemption for interest-related dividends does not apply to any distribution to a foreign shareholder (i) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer; (ii) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (iii) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. Interest-related dividends are generally attributable to the Fund’s net U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder. In order to qualify as an interest-related dividend, the Fund must designate a distribution as such in a written notice mailed to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, neither U.S. federal income tax withholding nor the exemption for interest-related dividends will apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation.

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, distributions properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends and, with respect to taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), “short-term capital gain dividends” (defined below) are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the disposition of Fund shares or the receipt of Capital Gain Dividends or short-term capital gain dividends and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the Fund shares on which the foreign shareholder realized gain constitute U.S. real property interests (USRPIs, defined below) or, in certain cases, the distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI, as discussed below. If the requirements of clause (i) are met, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally will apply to the foreign shareholder and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation. If the requirements of clause (i) are not met, but the requirements of clause (ii) are met, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Please see below for a discussion of the tax implications to foreign shareholders in the event that clause (iii) applies. “Short-term capital gain dividends” are distributions attributable to the Fund’s net short-term capital gain in excess of its net long-term capital loss and designated as such by the Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Pending legislation proposes to extend the exemptions from withholding for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for one additional year (i.e., for dividends with respect to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011). However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment, no assurance can be made that the intermediary will respect such a designation, and an intermediary may withhold even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

 

82


Table of Contents

Even if permitted to do so, the Fund provides no assurance that it will designate any distributions as interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from the Fund if it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in the Fund if it is a USRPHC. Generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs – defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC – the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. If the Fund holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC.

If the Fund is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, amounts the Fund receives from REITs derived from gains realized from USRPIs generally will retain their character as such in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. In the hands of a foreign shareholder that holds (or has held in the prior 12 months) more than a 5% interest in any class of the Fund, such amounts generally will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholder generally will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year recognized, and the Fund must withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. Otherwise, in the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in any class of the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior 12 months), such amounts generally will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend (in the event that certain pending legislation is enacted, as described above) or Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such shareholders. If the Fund is subject to the rules of this paragraph, its foreign shareholders may also be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the foregoing tax-filing and payment obligations through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares. Prior to January 1, 2010, if the Fund was a USRPHC or would have been a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, similar rules generally also applied to any non-REIT USRPI gains recognized by the Fund directly or indirectly through certain lower-tier regulated investment companies. Pending legislation proposes to extend such application for one additional year, i.e., to distributions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In addition, if the Fund is a USRPHC, it generally must withhold 10% of the amount realized in redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Prior to January 1, 2010, such withholding generally was not required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund if it was a domestically controlled USRPHC, or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) held substantial investments in regulated investment companies that were domestically controlled USRPHCs. Pending legislation proposes to extend this exemption from withholding for one additional year, i.e., for redemptions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be. Unless and until such legislation is enacted, beginning on January 1, 2010, withholding is required in respect of amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder if the Fund is a USRPHC, without regard to whether the Fund or any regulated investment company in which it invests is domestically controlled. In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. In addition, additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and foreign estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisors about their particular situation.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

 

83


Table of Contents

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, the Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder will also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if the Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in the Fund to the extent that it recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in the Fund and the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Fund has not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

84


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “principal holder” (i.e., owns of record or is known by the Trust to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding shares) is listed below.

Principal Holder Ownership of the Fund

 

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR EXCLUSIVE OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   4,152,124.4510    37.24
Class A   

LPL FINANCIAL

FBO CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS

PO BOX 509046

SAN DIEGO CA 92150-9046

   722,804.6480    6.48
Class B   

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

ATTN: PETER BOOTH 7TH FLOOR

333 W 34TH ST

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   410,437.8110    10.55
Class C   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH

FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF

ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION #97E96

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 2

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   388,784.8990    9.18
Class C   

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

ATTN: PETER BOOTH 7TH FLOOR

333 W 34TH ST

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   344,711.7760    8.14
Class Y   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   2,534,300.00    93.57
Class Y   

PIPELINE INDUSTRY BENEFIT FUND

ATTN BOB KIME

PO BOX 470950

TULSA, OK 74147-0950

   172,722.4210    6.38
Class Z   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   28,857,165.6730    49.07

 

85


Table of Contents

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  
Class Z   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR EXCLUSIVE OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   6,464,935.3450    10.99

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “control person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund because it owns greater than 25% of the outstanding shares, either beneficially or by virtue of its fiduciary or trust roles or otherwise, is shown below. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.

Control Person Ownership of the Fund

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Fund  
Columbia Conservative High Yield Fund   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   31,391,465.8480    38.86

 

86


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

This Appendix summarizes the various descriptions of securities ratings applicable to securities purchased by the Columbia Funds Family. Please refer to a Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information to determine whether that Fund may invest in securities that have ratings described in this Appendix.

STANDARD & POOR’S (S&P)

Bonds

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for bonds. The ratings AAA, AA, A and BBB denote investment grade securities.

AAA bonds have the highest rating assigned by S&P and are considered to have an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA bonds are considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and they differ from AAA only in small degree.

A bonds are considered to have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

BBB bonds are considered to have an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal than for bonds in the A category.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C bonds are considered to have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or large exposures to adverse conditions.

BB bonds are considered to have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

B bonds are considered to have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB— rating.

CCC bonds are considered to have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the bonds are not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B— rating.

CC rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

C rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC— debt rating. The C rating may be used to cover a situation, for example, where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

CI rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D bonds are in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Municipal Notes

SP-1. Notes rated SP-1 are considered to have very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designated as SP-1+.

SP-2. Notes rated SP-2 are considered to have satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Notes due in three years or less normally receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years normally receive a bond rating, although the following criteria are used in making that assessment:

Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue will be rated as a note).

Source of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be rated as a note).

Commercial Paper

A. Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designations 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

A-1. Issues assigned to this rating are considered to have overwhelming or very strong capacity for timely payment. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designed A-1+.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (MOODY’S)

Municipal Bonds

Aaa bonds are considered to be of the best quality. They are considered to have the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge”. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair a fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa bonds are considered to be of high quality by all standards. Together with Aaa bonds they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. Those bonds in the Aa through B groups that Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1, A1 or Baa1.

A bonds are considered to possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered to be upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment at some time in the future.

Baa bonds are considered to be medium grade obligations: they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and, in fact, have speculative characteristics as well.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Ba bonds are considered to have speculative elements: their future cannot be considered as well secured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times in the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this grade.

B bonds are considered generally to lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa bonds are considered to be of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca bonds are considered to represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C bonds are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Conditional Ratings. Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operating experience, (c) rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting conditions attach. Parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

Corporate Bonds

The description of the applicable rating symbols (Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, etc.) and their meanings is identical to that of the Municipal Bond ratings as set forth above, except for the numerical modifiers. Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in the Aa and A classifications of its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a midrange ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issuer ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Municipal Notes

MIG 1. This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2. This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3. This designation denotes favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for, but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

Commercial Paper

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

Prime-1 Highest Quality

Prime-2 Higher Quality

Prime-3 High Quality

If an issuer represents to Moody’s that its commercial paper obligations are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, Moody’s, in assigning ratings to such issuers, evaluates the financial strength of the indicated affiliated corporations, commercial banks, insurance companies, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

FITCH, INC. (FITCH)

Long-Term Debt

Investment Grade Bond Ratings

AAA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and/or dividends and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.

A bonds are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than debt securities with higher ratings.

BBB bonds are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest or dividends and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for securities with higher ratings.

Speculative Grade Bond Ratings

BB bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B bonds are considered highly speculative. While securities in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

CCC bonds are considered to have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

CC bonds are considered to be minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

C bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such securities are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these securities and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) or minus (-): Plus or minus signs are used to show relative standing within the major rating categories. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the DDD, DD, or D categories.

Short-Term Debt

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and investment notes.

F-1+ obligations have exceptionally strong credit quality and are considered to have the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

F-1 obligations are considered to reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2 obligations are considered to have good credit quality. Securities in this class have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

F-3 obligations are considered to have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and to be vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

B obligations are considered to have a minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments and a susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

C rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a high default risk and whose capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D obligations are in actual or imminent payment default.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) — Proxy Voting Policy

Applicable Regulations:

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

Form N-PX

ERISA Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (SEC No Action Letter dated September 15, 2004)

Explanation/Summary of Regulatory Requirements

An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.

Policy Summary

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) has adopted and implemented the following policy, which it believes is reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients; and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. This policy applies primarily to the Global Wealth and Investment Management (“GWIM”) Investment Operations Group, the Investment groups (particularly, Equity and Chief Investment Officer’s Office), as well as to Compliance Risk Management (“CRM”) and Legal. CRM and Business groups to which this policy directly applies must adopt written procedures to implement this Policy.

Policy

All proxies regarding client securities for which CMA has authority to vote will, unless CMA determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by CMA to be in the best interest of CMA’s clients without regard to any resulting benefit or detriment to CMA, its associates, or its affiliates. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as CMA determines in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, CMA will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided CMA receives such instructions in time to act accordingly. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within CMA and with CMA affiliates. Advisory clients, including mutual funds’ and other funds’ boards, may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by CMA. However, CMA will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties. Rather, the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings for 12-month periods ending each year on June 30th on Form N-PX.

CMA endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware prior to the vote deadline date, subject to certain general exceptions described below.

CMA seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to prevent where practicable and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Conflicts of Interest section below).

 

B-1


Table of Contents

CMA’s proxy voting policy and practices are summarized in its Form ADV. Additionally, CMA will provide clients with a copy of its policies, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request.

Means of Achieving Compliance

The Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Proxy Group’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of the proxy vendor’s votes to ensure that the proxy vendor is accurately voting consistent with CMA’s Voting Guidelines; and (2) review of the Columbia Funds’ fund website to ensure that annual proxy voting reports are posted in a timely and accurate manner. CMA has established a Proxy Committee which is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee and scope of its oversight are described in the Proxy Committee’s charter.

CMA’S INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Under CMA’s Voting Guidelines, certain matters must be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations will refer these matters first to the relevant CMA research analyst after first confirming that the proxy matter does not present a potential conflict to CMA. If there is not a research analyst assigned to the particular security, the matter will be referred to the appropriate portfolio manager.

In considering a particular proxy matter, the research analyst or portfolio manager must vote in the clients’ best interest as defined above. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential information. Therefore, research analysts and portfolio managers generally must not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of CMA and within CMA except on a need to know basis only.

Research analysts and portfolio managers must discharge their responsibilities consistent with the obligations set forth below (refer to Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures). A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer (see Appendix B - Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form). For each Proxy Referral (defined below), the research analyst or portfolio manager is responsible for memorializing their recommendation on the Proxy Voting Recommendation Form (see Appendix C) and communicating their recommendation to the Proxy Group.

Research analysts and portfolio managers should seek advice from CRM or Legal with respect to any questions that they have regarding personal conflicts of interests, communications regarding proxies, or other related matters.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by CMA, a CMA affiliate1, or a CMA associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of CMA, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. However, a material conflict of interest is not automatically created when there is a relationship or activity engaged in by a CMA affiliate, but there is a possibility that a CMA affiliate could cause a conflict. CMA may have a conflict of interest if either CMA has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if a CMA associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence CMA’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, CMA will seek to resolve said conflict in the clients’ best interests.

 

 

1

Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), the ultimate corporate parent of CMA, Bank of America, N.A. and all of their numerous affiliates owns, operates and has interests in many lines of business that may create or give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest between BAC or its affiliates and those of CMA-advised clients. For example, the commercial and investment banking business lines may have interests with respect to issuers of voting securities that could appear to or even actually conflict with CMA’s duty, in the proxy voting process, to act in the best economic interest of its clients.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

For those proxy proposals that: (1) are not addressed by CMA’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) the guidelines specify the issue must be evaluated and determined on a case-by-case basis; or (3) a CMA investment associate believes that an exception to the guidelines may be in the best economic interest of CMA’s clients (collectively, “Proxy Referrals”), CMA may vote the proxy, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures set forth below.

In the case of Proxy Referrals, CRM identifies companies with which CMA has a significant business relationships and Proxy Referrals of such companies will be voted consistent with CMA’s conflicts management procedures described below. For Proxy Referrals that do not involve companies with which CMA has a significant business relationship the relevant CMA investment personnel (i.e. research analyst, portfolio manager, members of Proxy Committee) involved in the particular Proxy Referral must report any personal conflict of interest circumstances (e.g., relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise, unusual communications with parties outside the investment organization concerning a proxy matter) to Columbia Management’s Conflicts of Interest Officer in writing (see Appendix B). In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter.

If the Proxy Committee, the Chairperson of the Proxy Committee, or the Conflicts Officer determines that a proxy matter presents a material conflict of interest, CMA will invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:

 

   

Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be CMA’s proxy voting agent);

 

   

Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include CMA’s proxy voting agent; or

 

   

In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to CMA’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.

Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies

CMA considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which CMA or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter; and (2) proxies solicited by Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) or other public companies within the BAC organization to present a material conflict of interest for CMA. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management practices discussed above.

Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures

In certain circumstances, CMA follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by the proxy vendor or another independent third party. CMA reviews its proxy vendor’s conflicts of interest procedures as part of its oversight of the proxy vendor’s services.

CMA and other BAC affiliates have adopted various other policies and procedures that help reinforce this Policy. Please see any associated documents.

Ownership Limits – Delegation of Proxy Voting to an Independent Third Party

From time to time, CMA may face regulatory or compliance limits on the types or amounts of voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that CMA can hold for clients (collectively, “Ownership Limits”).

The regulations or company-specific documents governing a number of these Ownership Limits often focus upon holdings in voting securities. As a result, in limited circumstances in order to comply with such Ownership Limits and/or internal policies designed to comply with such limits, CMA may delegate proxy voting in certain issuers to a qualified, independent third party, who may be CMA’s proxy voting agent.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

A. CMA’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices.

The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. CMA uses an independent, third-party proxy vendor to implement its proxy voting process as CMA’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, the proxy vendor will execute the vote according to CMA’s Voting Guidelines.

B. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines.

A Portfolio Manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will request in writing that the Proxy Committee consider voting the proxy other than according to such Guidelines and provide information as the Proxy Committee may request. The Proxy Committee may consider the matter, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures discussed above.

C. Other Proxy Matters

For the following categories, proxies will be voted as stated below:

1. New Proposals. For certain new proposals that are expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee may develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

2. Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to Taft Hartley principles will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor.

3. Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to socially responsible principles will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client.

4. Proxies of International Issuers. In general, CMA will refrain from voting securities in cases where international issuers impose share blocking restrictions. However, in the exceptional circumstances that CMA determines that it would be appropriate to vote such securities, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy. Additionally, proxies will typically not be voted in markets where powers of attorney are required to be executed in order to vote shares.

5. Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than affiliated investment companies (previously described) will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.

6. Proxy Referrals for Passive Index Accounts. Proxy Referrals for a security that is held only within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and not in any other account within CMA, shall be voted according to the guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client. However, if a security is held within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and within another CMA-managed account (including without limitation an account actively managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group), all proposals, including Proxy Referrals, will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, subject to the other provisions of this Policy.

7. Proxy Voting for Securities on Loan. CMA generally votes in cases where shares have been loaned from actively managed Columbia Funds as long as the shares have been recalled in a timely manner. However, CMA generally does not vote shares that have been loaned from passively managed Columbia Index Funds. Other CMA clients may have their own stock loan programs and may or may not recall their shares for proxy voting.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

Supervision

Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.

Escalation

With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to the Proxy Committee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to the Columbia Management Conflicts Officer.

Monitoring/Oversight

CRM and/or Corporate Internal Audit Group perform periodic reviews and assessments of various lines of businesses, including a review of Columbia Management’s compliance with the Proxy Voting Policy.

Recordkeeping

CMA will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. CMA will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and for which CMA was entitled to vote:

 

   

The name of the issuer of the security;

 

   

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The shareholder meeting date;

 

   

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

   

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

 

   

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

These records include:

 

Document

 

Responsible Party

Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Related Materials   Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Proxy Vote Recommendation Form and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations (or any other document created by CMA that was material to making a voting decision or that memorializes the basis for the voting decision)   Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms   Compliance Risk Management
Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters   Client Service Group

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Document

 

Responsible Party

Copy of Each Applicable Proxy Statement Unless it has been Filed with the SEC and may be Obtained from the SEC’s EDGAR System   Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations

Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years plus the current year. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of CM for the first three years.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — CMA’S PROXY VOTING POLICY

CMA’S VOTING GUIDELINES

A. The Proxy Committee has adopted the following guidelines for voting proxies:

1. Matters Relating to the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals for the election of directors or for an increase or decrease in the number of directors, provided that no more than one-third of the Board of Directors would, presently or at any time during the previous three-year period, be from management.

However, CMA generally will WITHHOLD votes from pertinent director nominees if:

 

  (i) the board as proposed to be constituted would have more than one-third of its members from management;

 

  (ii) the board does not have audit, nominating, and compensation committees composed solely of directors who qualify as being regarded as “independent,” i.e. having no material relationship, directly or indirectly, with the Company, as CMA’s proxy voting agent may determine (subject to the Proxy Committee’s contrary determination of independence or non-independence);

 

  (iii) the nominee, as a member of the audit committee, permitted the company to incur excessive non-audit fees (as defined below regarding other business matters — ratification of the appointment of auditors);

 

  (iv) a director serves on more than six public company boards;

 

  (v) the CEO serves on more than two public company boards other than the company’s board.

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, CMA may WITHHOLD votes for a director nominee who has failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action or inaction (e.g. failing to implement policies for which a majority of shareholders has previously cast votes in favor), has demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders.

 

   

Proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committee be composed solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee must satisfy the independence and experience requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange, or appropriate local requirements for foreign securities. At least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a “financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules.

 

   

Proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances that would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to create or eliminate positions or titles for senior management. CMA generally prefers that the role of Chairman of the Board and CEO be held by different persons unless there are compelling reasons to vote AGAINST a proposal to separate these positions, such as the existence of a counter-balancing governance structure that includes at least the following elements in addition to applicable listing standards:

 

   

Established governance standards and guidelines.

 

B-7


Table of Contents
   

Full board composed of not less than two-thirds “independent” directors, as defined by applicable regulatory and listing standards.

 

   

Compensation, as well as audit and nominating (or corporate governance) committees composed entirely of independent directors.

 

   

A designated or rotating presiding independent director appointed by and from the independent directors with the authority and responsibility to call and preside at regularly and, as necessary, specially scheduled meetings of the independent directors to be conducted, unless the participating independent directors otherwise wish, in executive session with no members of management present.

 

   

Disclosed processes for communicating with any individual director, the presiding independent director (or, alternatively, all of the independent directors, as a group) and the entire board of directors, as a group.

 

   

The pertinent class of the Company’s voting securities has out-performed, on a three-year basis, both an appropriate peer group and benchmark index, as indicated in the performance summary table of the Company’s proxy materials. This requirement shall not apply if there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within the three-year period.

 

   

Proposals that grant or restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

   

Proposals to permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that encourage directors to own a minimum amount of company stock.

 

   

Proposals to provide or to restore shareholder appraisal rights.

 

   

Proposals to adopt cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals for the company to adopt confidential voting.

CMA will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for majority voting thresholds for director elections unless the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and/or provides an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to classify boards, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure.

 

   

Proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

   

Proposals that provide directors may be removed only by supermajority vote.

 

   

Proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals which allow more than one vote per share in the election of directors.

 

   

Proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that mandate a minimum amount of company stock that directors must own.

 

   

Proposals to limit the tenure of non-management directors.

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on board approved proposals relating to corporate governance. Such proposals include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Reimbursement of proxy solicitation expenses taking into consideration whether or not CMA was in favor of the dissidents.

 

   

Proxy contest advance notice. CMA generally will vote FOR proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as possible while allowing for sufficient time for Company response, SEC review, and analysis by other shareholders.

 

   

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis to indemnify directors and officers, and AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

 

   

CMA will vote FOR the indemnification of internal auditors, unless the costs associated with the approval are not disclosed.

2. Compensation

CMA generally will vote FOR management sponsored compensation plans (such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans or thrift plans) if they are consistent with industry and country standards. However, CMA generally is opposed to compensation plans that substantially dilute ownership interest in a company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have objectionable structural features. Specifically, for equity-based plans, if the proposed number of shares authorized for option programs (excluding authorized shares for expired options) exceeds an average of 5% of the currently outstanding shares over the previous three years or an average of 3% over the previous three years for directors only, the proposal should be referred to the Proxy Committee. The Committee will then consider the circumstances surrounding the issue and vote in the best interest of CMA’s clients. CMA requires that management provide substantial justification for the repricing of options.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals requiring that executive severance arrangements be submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

   

Proposals asking a company to expense stock options.

 

   

Proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

   

Employee stock purchase plans that have the following features: (i) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value, (ii) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less, and (iii) dilution is 10% or less.

 

   

Proposals for the remuneration of auditors if no more than 25% of the compensation costs comes from non audit activity.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price, or that permit replacing or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals to authorize the replacement or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals requesting that plan administrators have advance authority to amend the terms of a plan without detailed disclosure of the specific amendments. When sufficient details are provided on the amendments permitted by the advance authority, CMA will recommend on such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding approval of specific executive severance arrangements.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

3. Capitalization

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to increase the authorized shares for stock dividends, stock splits (and reverse stock splits) or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover measure or a general issuance proposal increases the authorization by more than 30% without a clear need presented by the company. Proposals for reverse stock splits should include an overall reduction in authorization.

For companies recognizing preemptive rights for existing shareholders, CMA generally will vote FOR general issuance proposals that increase the authorized shares by more than 30%. CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all such proposals by companies that do not recognize preemptive rights for existing shareholders.

 

   

Proposals for the elimination of authorized but unissued shares or retirement of those shares purchased for sinking fund or treasury stock.

 

   

Proposals to institute/renew open market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

   

Proposals to reduce or change the par value of common stock, provided the number of shares is also changed in order to keep the capital unchanged.

CMA will evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding:

 

   

Management proposals that allow listed companies to de-list and terminate the registration of their common stock. CMA will determine whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to:

 

   

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded.

 

   

Cash-out value

 

   

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders

 

   

Market reaction to public announcement of transaction

4. Mergers, Restructurings and Other Transactions

CMA will review, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations, spinoffs, buyouts and sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.

5. Anti-Takeover Measures

CMA generally will vote AGAINST proposals intended largely to avoid acquisition prior to the occurrence of an actual event or to discourage acquisition by creating a cost constraint. With respect to the following measures, CMA generally will vote as follows:

Poison Pills

 

   

CMA votes FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

   

CMA generally votes FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate a poison pill.

 

   

CMA generally votes AGAINST management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Greenmail

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or to otherwise

 

B-10


Table of Contents
 

restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Supermajority vote

 

   

CMA will vote AGAINST board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock, the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights and charter amendments adopting control share acquisition provisions.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes.

6. Other Business Matters

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Bylaw amendments giving holders of at least 25% of outstanding common stock the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders.

 

   

Board governance document amendments or other proposals which give the lead independent director the authority to call special meetings of the independent directors at any time.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to approve routine business matters such as changing the company’s name and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting such as approving the minutes of a prior meeting.

 

   

Proposals to ratify the appointment of auditors, unless any of the following apply in which case CMA will generally vote AGAINST the proposal:

 

   

Credible reason exists to question:

 

   

The auditor’s independence, as determined by applicable regulatory requirements.

 

   

The accuracy or reliability of the auditor’s opinion as to the company’s financial position.

 

   

Fees paid to the auditor or its affiliates for “non-audit” services were excessive, i.e., in excess of the total fees paid for “audit,” “audit-related” and “tax compliance” and/or “tax return preparation” services, as disclosed in the company’s proxy materials.

 

   

Bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (e.g., updates or corrections).

 

   

Proposals to approve the annual reports and accounts provided the certifications required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 have been provided.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent or call special meetings.

 

   

Proposals providing management with authority to adjourn an annual or special shareholder meeting absent compelling reasons, or to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws without shareholder approval, or to vote unmarked proxies in favor of management.

 

   

Shareholder proposals to change the date, time or location of the company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Authorization to transact other unidentified substantive (as opposed to procedural) business at a meeting.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

Proposals to change the location of the company’s state of incorporation. CMA considers whether financial benefits (e.g., reduced fees or taxes) likely to accrue to the company as a result of a reincorporation or other change of domicile outweigh any accompanying material diminution of shareholder rights.

 

   

Proposals on whether and how to vote on “bundled” or otherwise conditioned proposals, depending on the overall economic effects upon shareholders.

CMA generally will ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals predominantly involving social, socio-economic, environmental, political or other similar matters on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. CMA may, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote:

 

   

FOR proposals seeking inquiry and reporting with respect to, rather than cessation or affirmative implementation of, specific policies where the pertinent issue warrants separate communication to shareholders; and

 

   

FOR or AGAINST the latter sort of proposal in light of the relative benefits and detriments (e.g. distraction, costs, other burdens) to share value which may be expected to flow from passage of the proposal.

7. Other Matters Relating to Foreign Issues

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Most stock (scrip) dividend proposals. CMA votes AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

 

   

Proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.

 

   

Proposals to approve control and profit transfer agreements between a parent and its subsidiaries.

 

   

Management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors/directors and/or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

 

   

Management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

   

Proposals for the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

CMA will generally vote FOR proposals to approve Directors’ Fees, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

CMA will evaluate management proposals to approve protective preference shares for Netherlands located company-friendly foundations proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will only support resolutions if:

 

   

The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares while the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of CMA’ categorization rules and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

No call/put option agreement exists between the company and the foundation.

 

   

There is a qualifying offer clause or there are annual management and supervisory board elections.

 

B-12


Table of Contents
   

The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months.

 

   

The board of the company-friendly foundation is independent.

 

   

The company has disclosed under what circumstances it expects to make use of the possibility to issue preference shares.

 

   

There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools.

 

   

The company releases its proxy circular, with details of the poison pill proposal, at least three weeks prior to the meeting.

 

   

Art 2:359c Civil Code of the legislative proposal has been implemented.

8. Investment Company Matters

Election of Directors:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the election of directors, considering the following factors:

 

   

Board structure

 

   

Attendance at board and committee meetings.

CMA will WITHHOLD votes from directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences. Valid reasons include illness or absence due to company business. Participation via telephone is acceptable. In addition, if the director missed only one meeting or one day’s meetings, votes should not be withheld even if such absence dropped the director’s attendance below 75 percent.

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of shares outstanding;

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal this is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years;

 

   

Are interested directors and sit on the audit or nominating committee; or

 

   

Are interested directors and the full board serves as the audit or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.

Proxy Contests:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance relative to its peers

 

   

Market in which fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the pertinent issues (e.g., closed-end fund share market value discount to NAV)

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity and votes on related proposals

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents

 

   

Independence of incumbent directors; director nominees

 

   

Experience and skills of director nominees

 

B-13


Table of Contents
   

Governance profile of the company

 

   

Evidence of management entrenchment

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund:

CMA will vote conversion proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance as a closed-end fund

 

   

Market in which the fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the discount

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Investment Advisory Agreements:

CMA will vote investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Proposed and current fee schedules

 

   

Fund category/investment objective

 

   

Performance benchmarks

 

   

Share price performance as compared with peers

 

   

Resulting fees relative to peers

 

   

Assignments (where the adviser undergoes a change of control)

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the authorization for or increase in the preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

   

Stated specific financing purpose

 

   

Possible dilution for common shares

 

   

Whether the shares can be used for anti-takeover purposes

Policies Addressed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”):

CMA will vote proposals regarding adoption or changes of policies addressed by the 1940 Act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Regulatory developments

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Current and potential risk

 

B-14


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with current SEC interpretations.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fund’s target investments

 

   

Reasons given by the fund for the change

 

   

Projected impact of the change on the portfolio

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental:

CMA will vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective from fundamental to non-fundamental unless management acknowledges meaningful limitations upon its future requested ability to change the objective

Name Change Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s name, considering the following factors:

 

   

Political/economic changes in the target market

 

   

Consolidation in the target market

 

   

Current asset composition

Change in Fund’s Subclassification:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s subclassification, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Risk of concentration

 

   

Consolidation in target industry

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis these proposals, considering the following factors:

 

   

Strategies employed to salvage the company

 

   

Past performance of the fund

 

   

Terms of the liquidation

Changes to the Charter Document:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

   

The degree of change implied by the proposal

 

   

The efficiencies that could result

 

B-15


Table of Contents
   

The state of incorporation; net effect on shareholder rights

 

   

Regulatory standards and implications

CMA will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals allowing the Board to impose, without shareholder approval, fees payable upon redemption of fund shares, provided imposition of such fees is likely to benefit long-term fund investors (e.g., by deterring market timing activity by other fund investors)

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to amend, without shareholder approval, the fund’s management agreement(s) with its investment adviser(s) or sub-advisers, provided the amendment is not required by applicable law (including the Investment Company Act of 1940) or interpretations thereunder to require such approval

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to:

 

   

Change, without shareholder approval the domicile of the fund

 

   

Adopt, without shareholder approval, material amendments of the fund’s declaration of trust or other organizational document

Changing the Domicile of a Fund:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reincorporate, considering the following factors:

 

   

Regulations of both states

 

   

Required fundamental policies of both states

 

   

The increased flexibility available

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval:

CMA will vote FOR proposals to enable the Board or Investment Adviser to hire and terminate sub-advisers, without shareholder approval, in accordance with applicable rules or exemptive orders under the Investment Company Act of 1940

Distribution Agreements:

CMA will vote these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives

 

   

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance

 

   

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry

 

   

Terms of the agreement

Master-Feeder Structure:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers:

CMA will vote merger proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

B-16


Table of Contents
   

Resulting fee structure

 

   

Performance of both funds

 

   

Continuity of management personnel

 

   

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights

Shareholder Proposals to Establish Director Ownership Requirement:

CMA will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While CMA favors stockownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Shareholder Proposals to Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

Shareholder Proposals to Terminate the Investment Adviser:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to terminate the investment adviser, considering the following factors:

 

   

Performance of the fund’s NAV

 

   

The fund’s history of shareholder relations

 

   

The performance of other funds under the adviser’s management

 

B-17


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form

Conflict Review Questionnaire for Proxy Voting Working Group Members and Other Individuals Participating in the Proxy Voting Decision-Making Process.

Instructions: Please complete each of the questions. Please provide an explanation for any affirmative responses. Return the completed questionnaire to Columbia Management Conflicts of Interest Officer.

 

Issuer and Proxy Matter:  

 

 

 

1.

 

Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any management personnel of the issuer1?

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any person participating, supporting, opposing or otherwise connected with the particular proxy proposal (e.g., principals of the issuer; director nominees of issuer company; shareholder activists)?

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Have you discussed this particular proxy proposal with anyone outside of Columbia Management’s investment group2?

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Are you aware of any other potential personal conflicts of interest not described above? Please detail below.

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

 

Signed:  

 

Date:  

 

 

1

Personal investing in the issuer by you or a member of your immediate family does not require an affirmative response to this item.

2

Communications with issuer or solicitors in the regular course of business would not have to be disclosed on this form.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C

CMA Proxy Vote Recommendation/Proxy Committee Request Form

 

Name of Investment Associate:  

 

Company Name:  

 

Overview of Proxy Vote and Meeting Date:  

 

Proxy Agenda Item(s)
Description of Item:  

 

 

 

(The above information will be pre-populated by the Proxy Department.)

 

Recommendation (FOR, AGAINST, ABSTAIN) including brief rationale:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please attach any supporting information other than analysis or reports provided by the Proxy Department.

 

 

Signed

By signing, I am certifying that I either have no conflicts of interest-related information to report or have sent a completed “Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form” to Compliance Risk Management (Conflicts Officer).

Send Completed Forms to:

GWIM Investment Operations — Proxy Department

or

In the case of Proxy Votes to be referred to the Proxy Committee, submit this form and materials to the Chair of the Proxy Committee

 

B-19


Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 497(c).

File no. 002-99356.

Columbia Management®

 

  COLUMBIA FUNDS SERIES TRUST I
  Class Y Shares
  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 

January 1, 2010

 

Columbia Mid Cap Growth Fund

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus, is not a substitute for reading any prospectus and is intended to be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus dated January 1, 2010 for Class Y shares. The most recent annual report for the Fund, which includes the Fund’s audited financial statements dated August 31, 2009, is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

Copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained without charge by writing Columbia Management Services, Inc., P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081, by calling Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or by visiting the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com.

INT-39/29420-0110


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SAI PRIMER

   2

ABOUT THE TRUST

   5

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

   6

Certain Investment Activity Limits

   6

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

   6

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

   7

Borrowings

   28

Short Sales

   28

Lending Securities

   29

Portfolio Turnover

   30

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

   30

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   35

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

   35

The Administrator

   39

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

   39

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

   40

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

   41

Other Services Provided

   45

Expense Limitations

   45

Codes of Ethics

   46

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   46

FUND GOVERNANCE

   48

The Board

   48

The Officers

   56

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

   59

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

   59

Brokerage Commissions

   61

Directed Brokerage

   61

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

   62

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

   62

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

   62

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

   65

Description of the Trust’s Shares

   65

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

   68

Purchase and Redemption

   68

Offering Price

   68

TAXATION

   70

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   82

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

   A-1

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   B-1

 

1


Table of Contents

SAI PRIMER

The SAI is a part of the Fund’s registration statement that is filed with the SEC. The registration statement includes the Fund’s prospectus, the SAI and certain exhibits. The SAI, and any supplements to it, can be found online at www.columbiafunds.com, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The SAI generally provides additional information about the Fund that is not required to be in the Fund’s prospectus. The SAI expands discussions of certain matters described in the Fund’s prospectus and provides certain additional information about the Fund that may be of interest to some investors. Among other things, the SAI provides information about:

 

   

the organization of the Trust;

 

   

the Fund’s investments;

 

   

the Fund’s investment advisor, investment sub-advisor(s) (if any) and other service providers, including roles and relationships of Bank of America and its affiliates, and conflicts of interest;

 

   

the governance of the Fund;

 

   

the Fund’s brokerage practices;

 

   

the share classes offered by the Fund;

 

   

the purchase, redemption and pricing of Fund shares; and

 

   

the application of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Investors may find this information important and helpful. If you have any questions about the Fund, please call Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or contact your financial advisor.

Before reading the SAI, you should consult the Glossary below, which defines certain of the terms used in the SAI.

Glossary

 

Term

  

Definition

1933 Act    Securities Act of 1933, as amended
1934 Act    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
1940 Act    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
Administration Agreement    The administration agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Administrator
Administrator    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
Advisor    Columbia Management Advisors, LLC
BANA    Bank of America, National Association
BAS    Banc of America Securities LLC
Bank of America    Bank of America Corporation
BFDS/DST    Boston Financial Data Services, Inc./DST Systems, Inc.
Board    The Trust’s Board of Trustees
Brandes    Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.
CMOs    Collateralized mortgage obligations
Code    Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
Codes of Ethics    The codes of ethics adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act

 

2


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Columbia Funds Complex    The mutual fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc., as that term is defined under Item 17 of Form N-1A
Columbia Funds or Columbia Funds Family    The fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Custodian or State Street    State Street Bank and Trust Company
Distributor    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
Distribution Agreement    The distribution agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and the Distributor
Distribution Plan(s)    One or more of the plans adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the distribution of the Fund’s shares
FDIC    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLMC    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Fitch    Fitch Investors Service, Inc.
FNMA    Federal National Mortgage Association
The Fund    Columbia Mid Cap Growth Fund
GNMA    Government National Mortgage Association
Independent Trustees    The Trustees of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
Interested Trustee    The Trustee of the Board who is an “interested person” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act
International/Global Equity Fund(s)    One or more of the international/global equity funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Investment Advisory Agreement    The investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of a Fund, and the Advisor
IRS    United States Internal Revenue Service
LIBOR    London Interbank Offered Rate
Marsico    Marsico Capital Management, LLC
Merrill Lynch    Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.
Mid Cap Growth Fund    Columbia Mid Cap Growth Fund
MLPF&S    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Money Market Fund(s)    One or more of the money market funds in the Columbia Funds Family
Moody’s    Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NASDAQ    National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations system
NRSRO    Nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (such as Moody’s, Fitch or S&P)
NSCC    National Securities Clearing Corporation
NYSE    New York Stock Exchange
Principal Underwriter    Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.
REIT    Real estate investment trust
REMIC    Real estate mortgage investment conduit
RIC    A “regulated investment company,” as such term is used in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

3


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

S&P    Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“Standard & Poor’s” and “S&P” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Advisor. The Columbia Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Columbia Funds).
SAI    This Statement of Additional Information
SEC    United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Selling Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a sales support agreement with the Distributor
Servicing Agent(s)    One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a shareholder servicing agreement with the Distributor
Transfer Agency Agreement    The transfer agency agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and Columbia Management Services, Inc. relating to Class Y shares
Transfer Agent    Columbia Management Services, Inc.
The Trust    Columbia Funds Series Trust I, the registered investment company in the Columbia Funds Family to which this SAI relates
Trustee(s)    One or more of the Board’s Trustees

 

4


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act within the Columbia Funds Family. Columbia Funds offers over 100 mutual funds in major asset classes, and the Advisor had approximate assets under management of $303.1 billion as of September 30, 2009.

The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust in 1987. On September 23, 2005, the Trust changed its name from Columbia Funds Trust IX to its current name. On October 13, 2003, the Trust changed its name from Liberty-Stein Roe Funds Municipal Trust to Columbia Funds Trust IX.

The Fund represents a series of the Trust and is an open-end diversified management investment company. The Fund has a fiscal year end of August 31.

Prior to March 27, 2006, Mid Cap Growth Fund was organized as an Oregon corporation (the Oregon Predecessor Fund). The information provided for Mid Cap Growth Fund in this SAI for periods prior to March 27, 2006 relates to the Oregon Predecessor Fund.

Mid Cap Growth Fund offers seven classes of shares, as discussed in Capital Stock and Other Securities. On July 15, 2009, Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced offering Class Y shares.

 

5


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

The investment objectives, principal investment strategies (i.e., as used in this SAI and the corresponding prospectus, a strategy which generally involves the ability to invest 10% or more of the Fund’s total assets) and related principal investment risks for the Fund are discussed in the Fund’s prospectus.

Certain Investment Activity Limits

The overall investment and other activities of the Advisor and its affiliates may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain markets where limitations are imposed by regulators upon the amount of investment by affiliated investors, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. From time to time, the Fund’s activities also may be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to the Advisor and its affiliates and/or because of their internal policies. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The following discussion of “fundamental” and “non-fundamental” investment policies and limitations for the Fund supplements the discussion of investment policies in the Fund’s prospectus. A fundamental policy may be changed only with Board and shareholder approval. A non-fundamental policy may be changed by the Board and does not require shareholder approval, but may require notice to shareholders in certain instances.

Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding an investment standard, compliance with such percentage limitation or standard will be determined solely at the time of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Borrowings and other instruments that may give rise to leverage and the restriction on investing in illiquid securities are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. The following fundamental investment policies cannot be changed without such a vote. The Fund may not, as a matter of fundamental policy:

 

  1. Underwrite any issue of securities issued by other persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered investment companies;

 

  2. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may: (i) purchase securities of issuers which deal or invest in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate and (iii) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of securities which are secured by real estate or interests therein;

 

  3. Purchase or sell commodities, except that the Fund may to the extent consistent with its investment objective: (i) invest in securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or which invest in such programs, (ii) purchase and sell options, forward contracts, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts and (iii) enter into swap contracts and other financial transactions relating to commodities. This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions including without limitation forward currency contracts;

 

  4.

Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal

 

6


Table of Contents
 

business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, any state or territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  5. Make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  6. Borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief; and

 

  7. Purchase securities (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets will be invested in the securities of such issuer or it would own more than 10% of the voting securities of such issuer, except that: (i) up to 25% of its total assets may be invested without regard to these limitations and (ii) the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or any applicable exemptive relief.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

  1. The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

  2. The Fund may not purchase securities of other investment companies except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. If shares of the Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, for so long as shares of the Fund are held by such fund, the Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

“Illiquid Securities” is defined in accordance with the SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is a security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security.

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

The Fund’s prospectus identifies and summarizes the individual types of securities in which the Fund invests as part of its principal investment strategies and the principal risks associated with such investments.

The table below identifies certain types of securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest, including certain types of securities that are described in the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund generally has the ability to invest 10% or more of its total assets in each type of security described in its prospectus (and in each sub-category of such security type described in this SAI). To the extent that a type of security identified below is not described in the Fund’s prospectus (or as a sub-category of such security type in this SAI), the Fund generally invests less than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in such security type.

Information about individual types of securities (including certain of their associated risks) in which the Fund may invest is set forth below. The Fund’s investment in these types of securities is subject to its investment objective and fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies.

Temporary Defensive Positions. The Fund may temporarily invest in money market instruments or hold cash. It may do so without limit, when the Advisor: (i) believes that the market conditions are not favorable for profitable investing; (ii) is unable to locate favorable investment opportunities; or (iii) determines that a temporary defensive position is advisable or necessary in order to meet anticipated redemption requests, or for other reasons. While the Fund engages in such strategies, it may not achieve its investment objective.

 

7


Table of Contents

See also About the Fund’s Investments — Permissible Investments and Related Risks — Money Market Instruments.

Permissible Fund Investments

 

Investment Type

   Mid Cap Growth Fund

Bank Obligations

  

Domestic

   ü

Foreign

   ü

Common Stock

   ü

Convertible Securities

   ü

Derivatives

  

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

   ü

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

   ü

Swap Agreements

   ü

Foreign Currency Transactions

   ü

Foreign Securities

   ü

Illiquid Securities

   ü

Initial Public Offerings

   ü

Investments in Other Investment Companies

   ü

Money Market Instruments

   ü

Preferred Stock

   ü

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

   ü

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

   ü

Repurchase Agreements

   ü

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

   ü

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

   ü

Warrants and Rights

   ü

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

   ü

Bank Obligations (Domestic and Foreign)

Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and promissory notes that earn a specified rate of return and may be issued by (i) a domestic branch of a domestic bank, (ii) a foreign branch of a domestic bank, (iii) a domestic branch of a foreign bank or (iv) a foreign branch of a foreign bank. Bank obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

Certificates of deposit, or so-called CDs, typically are interest-bearing debt instruments issued by banks and have maturities ranging from a few weeks to several years. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on and accepted by banks, are a customary means of effecting payment for merchandise sold in import-export transactions and are a general source of financing. Yankee dollar certificates of deposit are negotiable CDs issued in the United States by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are CDs issued by foreign (mainly European) banks with interest and principal paid in U.S. dollars. Such CDs typically have maturities of less than two years and have interest rates that typically are pegged to the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR. A time deposit can be either a savings account or CD that is an obligation of a financial institution for a fixed term. Typically, there are penalties for early withdrawals of time deposits. Promissory notes are written commitments of the maker to pay the payee a specified sum of money either on demand or at a fixed or determinable future date, with or without interest.

Bank investment contracts are issued by banks. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of a bank. The bank then credits to the Fund payments at floating or fixed interest rates. The Fund also may hold funds on deposit with its custodian for temporary purposes.

 

8


Table of Contents

Investing in bank obligations is subject to certain risks. Certain bank obligations, such as some CDs, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to certain specified limits. Many other bank obligations, however, are neither guaranteed nor insured by the FDIC or the U.S. Government. These bank obligations are “backed” only by the creditworthiness of the issuing bank or parent financial institution. Domestic and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulation. Accordingly, certain obligations of foreign banks, including Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, involve different investment risks than those affecting obligations of domestic banks, including, among others, the possibilities that: (i) their liquidity could be impaired because of political or economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of domestic banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding and other taxes at high levels on interest income; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be imposed, which could adversely affect the payment of principal or interest on those obligations; (vi) there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks issuing the obligations; and (vii) the reserve requirements and accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to domestic banks. Foreign banks generally are not subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

Common Stock

Common stock represents a unit of equity ownership of a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the selection of directors and other important corporate governance matters, and to receive dividend payments, if any, on their holdings. However, ownership of common stock does not entitle owners to participate in the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Common stocks of domestic and foreign public corporations can be listed, and their shares traded, on domestic stock exchanges, such as the NYSE or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Domestic and foreign corporations also may have their shares traded on foreign exchanges, such as the London Stock Exchange or Tokyo Stock Exchange. Common stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in common stocks is subject to certain risks. Stock market risk, for example, is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods of time, perhaps substantially or unexpectedly. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and fall based on factors specific to each company, such as changes in earnings or management, as well as general economic and market factors.

If a corporation is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of debt securities and “preferred” stock take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to the particular type of company issuing the common stock. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price swings than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, may be more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Common stocks of these types of companies may have a higher potential for gains, but also may be subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of common stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected favorably to affect, an industry, the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry to decline quickly.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the conversion price). As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt securities and equity securities. A holder of

 

9


Table of Contents

convertible securities is entitled to receive the income of a bond, debenture or note or the dividend of a preferred stock until the conversion privilege is exercised. The market value of convertible securities generally is a function of, among other factors, interest rates, the rates of return of similar nonconvertible securities and the financial strength of the issuer. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, conversely, to rise as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than its conversion price. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the rate of return of the convertible security. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence their value, convertible securities generally are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as similar debt securities nor generally are they as sensitive to changes in share price as their underlying common stock. Convertible securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses. Certain convertible securities may have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified exchange ratio. Certain convertible securities may be convertible at the option of the issuer, which may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.

In addition, some convertible securities may be rated below investment grade or may not be rated and, therefore, may be considered speculative investments. Companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- and mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with such companies. In addition, the credit rating of a company’s convertible securities generally is lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are senior to equity securities and have a claim to the assets of an issuer prior to the holders of the issuer’s common stock in the event of liquidation but generally are subordinate to similar non-convertible debt securities of the same issuer. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the price for the issuing company’s common stock.

Derivatives

General

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are based on (or “derived” from) traditional securities (such as a stock or a bond), assets (such as a commodity, like gold), reference rates (such as LIBOR) or market indices (such as the S&P 500® Index). Some forms of derivatives, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges. These types of derivatives are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivatives, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Derivatives afford leverage and, when used properly, can enhance returns and be useful in hedging portfolios. Some common types of derivatives include futures; options; options on futures; forward foreign currency exchange contracts; forward contracts on securities and securities indices; linked securities and structured products; CMOs; stripped securities; warrants; swap agreements and swaptions.

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including, for example: (i) to enhance its return; (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for its portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations (i.e., to hedge); (iii) to protect its unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio securities; (iv) to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes; (v) to reduce transaction costs; and/or (vi) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Fund’s use of derivatives presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the derivatives. These risks are heightened when the Fund uses derivatives to enhance its return or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by the Fund. There is also a risk that the derivative will not correlate well with the security for which it is substituting. The Fund’s use of derivatives to leverage risk also may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund to lose more money than if it had invested in the underlying security, or limit a potential gain. The success of management’s derivative strategies will depend on its ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate and the derivative itself, without necessarily the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Other risks arise from the Fund’s potential inability to terminate or sell its derivative positions as a liquid secondary market for such positions may not exist at times when the Fund may wish to terminate or sell them. Over-the-counter instruments (investments not traded on an exchange) may be illiquid. Derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. Also, with some derivative strategies there is the risk that the Fund may not be able to find a suitable derivative transaction counterparty, and thus may be unable to invest in derivatives altogether. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.

The Fund may use any or all of the above investment techniques and may purchase different types of derivative instruments at any time and in any combination. There is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique over another, as the use of derivatives is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Futures Contracts. A futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. A futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. The specific security or other asset delivered or taken at the settlement date is not determined until on or near that date. The determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract was made. The Fund may enter into futures contracts which are traded on national or foreign futures exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying security or other asset. Futures exchanges and trading in the United States are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a U.S. Government agency.

Traders in futures contracts may be broadly classified as either “hedgers” or “speculators.” Hedgers use the futures markets primarily to offset unfavorable changes (anticipated or potential) in the value of securities or other assets currently owned or expected to be acquired by them. Speculators less often own the securities or other assets underlying the futures contracts which they trade, and generally use futures contracts with the expectation of realizing profits from fluctuations in the value of the underlying securities or other assets. Pursuant to a notice of eligibility claiming exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator filed with the CFTC and the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA, and, accordingly, they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA.

Upon entering into futures contracts, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s obligation under the contract (less any applicable margin deposits and any assets that constitute “cover” for such obligation), will be segregated with the Fund’s custodian.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, although the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian in a segregated account in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash and/or U.S. Government securities in order to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions, in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the Fund to finance the transactions. Rather, initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying security or other asset) that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the relevant

 

11


Table of Contents

futures exchange and may be changed. Brokers may establish deposit requirements which are higher than the exchange minimums. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin which may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker (or the custodian) are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or other asset fluctuates, a process known as “marking to market.” If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional variation margin will be required. Conversely, a change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made for as long as the contract remains open. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Although futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities or other assets (stock index futures contracts or futures contracts that reference other intangible assets do not permit delivery of the referenced assets), the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. The Fund may elect to close some or all of its futures positions at any time prior to their expiration. The purpose of taking such action would be to reduce or eliminate the position then currently held by the Fund. Closing out an open futures position is done by taking an opposite position (“buying” a contract which has previously been “sold,” “selling” a contract previously “purchased”) in an identical contract (i.e., the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security or other asset with the same delivery date) to terminate the position. Final determinations are made as to whether the price of the initial sale of the futures contract exceeds or is below the price of the offsetting purchase, or whether the purchase price exceeds or is below the offsetting sale price. Final determinations of variation margin are then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Brokerage commissions are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold.

Successful use of futures contracts by the Fund is subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting securities and commodities markets. This requires different skills and techniques than those required to predict changes in the prices of individual securities. The Fund, therefore, bears the risk that future market trends will be incorrectly predicted.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the relatively low margin deposits required and the potential for an extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures contracts. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount posted as initial margin for the contract.

In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments in order to maintain its required margin. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities in order to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close the futures position also could have an adverse impact on the ability to hedge effectively.

To reduce or eliminate a hedge position held by the Fund, the Fund may seek to close out a position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract, which may limit the Fund’s ability to realize its profits or limit its losses. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions, closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts (or a particular class or series of contracts), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of contracts) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

12


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Fund may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. The Fund presently could accomplish a similar result to that which it hopes to achieve through the use of interest rate futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling bonds with short maturities and investing in bonds with long maturities when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Fund, through using futures contracts.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges— principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. A public market exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; GNMA modified pass-through mortgage backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Fund may also invest in exchange-traded Eurodollar contracts, which are interest rate futures on the forward level of LIBOR. These contracts are generally considered liquid securities and trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Such Eurodollar contracts are generally used to “lock-in” or hedge the future level of short-term rates. The Fund may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

Index Futures Contracts. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. Entering into a contract to buy units of an index is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in the index. Entering into a contract to sell units of an index is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position in the index. A unit is the current value of the index. The Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, debt index futures contracts, or other index futures contracts appropriate to its objective(s).

There are several risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged.

Municipal Bond Index Futures Contracts. Municipal bond index futures contracts may act as a hedge against changes in market conditions. A municipal bond index assigns values daily to the municipal bonds included in the index based on the independent assessment of dealer-to-dealer municipal bond brokers. A municipal bond index futures contract represents a firm commitment by which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the municipal bond index value on the last trading date of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on those futures contracts that it is permitted to buy or sell. The Fund may use such options on futures contracts in lieu of writing options directly on the underlying securities or other assets or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. Such options generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the underlying investments. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy from (call) or sell to (put) the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing purchase transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing purchase transactions can be effected.

 

13


Table of Contents

The Fund will enter into written options on futures contracts only when, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities equal in value to the underlying security’s or other asset’s value (less any applicable margin deposits) have been deposited in a segregated account. The Fund will be required to deposit initial margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same risks that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased. There may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Successful use of index futures by the Fund is also subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, for example, where the Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index on which the futures are written may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, as the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in futures or put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as the Fund’s securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, the Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move to the same extent as do the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held in its portfolio and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased values of those securities that it has hedged, because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the index futures and the securities of the portfolio being hedged, the prices of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures markets are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which would distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Second, margin requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result, the futures market may attract more speculators than the securities market. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market, and also because of the imperfect correlation between movements in an index and movements in the prices of index futures, even a correct forecast of general market trends by the Advisor may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.

There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or related option. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in some contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and, therefore, does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

 

14


Table of Contents

Options on Index Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and sell options on index futures contracts. Options on index futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the index futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the index future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

There are various risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. For example, a risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged; there can be no assurance that the Advisor will be successful in doing so.

Use by Tax-Exempt Funds of Interest Rate and U.S. Treasury Security Futures Contracts and Options. If the Fund invests in tax-exempt securities, it may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities when, in the opinion of the Advisor, price movements in these security futures and related options will correlate closely with price movements in the tax-exempt securities which are the subject of the hedge. Interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities futures contracts require the seller to deliver, or the purchaser to take delivery of, the type of security called for in the contract at a specified date and price. Options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

In addition to the risks generally involved in using futures contracts, there is also a risk that price movements in interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and related options will not correlate closely with price movements in markets for tax-exempt securities.

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

The Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options. Such options may relate to particular stocks or stock indices, and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC). Stock index options are put options and call options on various stock indices. In most respects, they are identical to listed options on common stocks.

There is a key difference between stock options and stock index options in connection with their exercise. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of an index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the securities included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the S&P 500® Index or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100 Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment.

The successful use of the Fund’s options strategies depends on the ability of the Advisor to forecast interest rate and market movements correctly. When it purchases an option, the Fund runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the Fund exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction for such option during the life of the option. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the Fund will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by

 

15


Table of Contents

the Fund in the underlying securities, since the Fund may continue to hold its investment in those securities notwithstanding the lack of a change in price of those securities.

The effective use of options also depends on the Fund’s ability to terminate option positions at times when the Advisor deems it desirable to do so. Although the Fund will take an option position only if the Advisor believes there is a liquid secondary market for the option, there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.

If a secondary trading market in options were to become unavailable, the Fund could no longer engage in closing transactions. The writer in such circumstances would be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund will realize a loss equal to the premium paid. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the OCC or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at a time when trading in the option has also been halted, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If a prohibition on exercise remains in effect until an option owned by the Fund has expired, the Fund could lose the entire value of its option.

Special risks are presented by internationally traded options. Because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.

Dealer (Over-the-Counter) Options. Dealer options are options negotiated individually through dealers rather than traded on an exchange. Certain risks are specific to dealer options. While the Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund purchases a dealer option it must rely on the selling dealer to perform if the Fund exercises the option. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options more often may not. Consequently, the Fund can realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the issuing dealer. Similarly, when the Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund can close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer. While the Fund seeks to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and can enter into closing transactions with the Fund, no assurance exists that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless the Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, can effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Fund generally will treat purchased dealer options as illiquid securities. The Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Writing Covered Options. The Fund may write covered call options and covered put options on securities held in its portfolio when, in the opinion of the Advisor, such transactions are consistent with the Fund’s investment goal and policies. Call options written by the Fund give the purchaser the right to buy the underlying securities from the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price; put options give the purchaser the right to sell the underlying securities to the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price.

The Fund may write only covered options, which means that, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of securities exchanges). In the case of put options, the Fund will hold cash and/or high-grade short-term debt obligations equal to the price to be paid if the option is exercised. In addition, the Fund will be considered to have covered a put or call option if and to the extent that it holds an option that offsets some or all of the risk of the option it has written. The Fund may write combinations of covered puts and calls (straddles) on the same underlying security.

The Fund will receive a premium from writing a put or call option, which increases the Fund’s return on the underlying security if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security. By writing a call option, the Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option but continues to bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security. By writing a put option, the Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than the security’s then-current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value.

The Fund’s obligation to sell an instrument subject to a call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an offsetting option of the same series (i.e., same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The Fund realizes a profit or loss from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction (option premium plus transaction costs) is less or more than the premium received from writing the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option generally reflect increases in the market price of the security underlying the option, any loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction may be offset in whole or in part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security.

If the Fund writes a call option but does not own the underlying security, and when it writes a put option, the Fund may be required to deposit cash or securities with its broker as “margin” or collateral for its obligation to buy or sell the underlying security. As the value of the underlying security varies, the Fund may also have to deposit additional margin with the broker. Margin requirements are complex and are fixed by individual brokers, subject to minimum requirements currently imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and by stock exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations.

Purchasing Put Options. The Fund may purchase put options to protect its portfolio holdings in an underlying security against a decline in market value. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the put option since the Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying security’s market price. For a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. By using put

 

17


Table of Contents

options in this manner, the Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized from appreciation of the underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

Purchasing Call Options. The Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the Fund, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security’s market price. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. These costs will reduce any profit the Fund might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the time it purchased the call option.

Over-the-Counter (OTC) Options. The Fund will enter into OTC options transactions only with primary dealers in U.S. Government securities and, in the case of OTC options written by the Fund, only pursuant to agreements that will assure that the Fund will at all times have the right to repurchase the option written by it from the dealer at a specified formula price. The Fund will treat the amount by which such formula price exceeds the amount, if any, by which the option may be “in-the-money” as an illiquid investment. It is the present policy of the Fund not to enter into any OTC option transaction if, as a result, more than 15% (10% in some cases, refer to the Fund’s prospectuses) of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in (i) illiquid investments (determined under the foregoing formula) relating to OTC options written by the Fund, (ii) OTC options purchased by the Fund, (iii) securities which are not readily marketable, and (iv) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.

Index Options. As an alternative to purchasing call and put options on index futures, the Fund may purchase call and put options on the underlying indices themselves. Such options could be used in a manner identical to the use of options on index futures. Options involving securities indices provide the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option based on movements in the relevant index. Such options must be listed on a national securities exchange and issued by the OCC. Such options may relate to various stock indices, except that the Fund may not write covered options on an index.

Foreign Stock Index Options. The Fund may, for the purpose of hedging its portfolio, subject to applicable securities regulations, purchase and write put and call options on foreign stock indices listed on foreign and domestic stock exchanges.

Swap Agreements

Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. The Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate swap agreements, and other types of swap agreements such as caps, collars and floors. The Fund also may enter into swaptions, which are options to enter into a swap agreement.

In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for a specified period of time. If a swap agreement provides for payments in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange notional principal amount as well. In a total return swap agreement, the non-floating rate side of the swap is based on the total return of an individual security, a basket of securities, an index or another reference asset. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

 

18


Table of Contents

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if the Fund agreed to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.

Swap agreements are sophisticated hedging instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor’s ability correctly to predict whether certain types of investments likely are to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factor that determines the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement likely would decline, potentially resulting in losses for the Fund. The Fund will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. The Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions (i.e., by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party).

Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more securities or a basket of securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to risks relating to the reference obligation, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally will lose its investment and recover nothing if no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

Equity Swaps. The Fund may engage in equity swaps. Equity swaps allow the parties to the swap agreement to exchange components of return on one equity investment (e.g., a basket of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment, including an exchange of differential rates of return. Equity swaps may be used to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impractical. Equity swaps also may be used for other purposes, such as hedging or seeking to increase total return.

The values of equity swaps can be very volatile. To the extent that the Advisor does not accurately analyze and predict the potential relative fluctuation on the components swapped with the other party, the Fund may suffer a

 

19


Table of Contents

loss. The value of some components of an equity swap (such as the dividend on a common stock) may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Furthermore, during the period a swap is outstanding, the Fund may suffer a loss if the counterparty defaults.

Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder, and conversely, that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Variance, Volatility and Correlation Swap Agreements. Variance and volatility swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the volatility of certain referenced assets. Correlation swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the correlation between the prices of different assets or different market rates.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions may be used to protect, to some extent, against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates by establishing a fixed exchange rate. Foreign currency transactions may involve the purchase or sale of foreign currencies on a “spot” (cash) basis at the prevailing exchange rate or may involve “forward contracts” that allow the Fund to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date. Forward contracts may be used for “transaction hedging,” “position hedging” and “cross-hedging.” The Fund may use forward sale contracts to sell an amount of a foreign currency approximating the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in the foreign security when that foreign currency suffers a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. The Fund may use forward purchase contracts to purchase a foreign currency when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a substantial decline against the foreign currency. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized if the value of the hedged currency increases.

Transaction hedging may allow the Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest rate payment in a foreign currency. The Fund may use transaction hedging to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Position hedging may allow the Fund to protect against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated. The Fund may use position hedging when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a decline against the foreign currency by entering into a forward purchase contract to purchase that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount.

 

20


Table of Contents

Cross-hedging may allow the Fund to enter into a forward contract to sell a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount when it is believed that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall if there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which the Fund’s securities are denominated.

The Fund also may purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts. Options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts give the holder a right to buy or sell the underlying foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts for a specified period of time and for a specified amount. The value of an option on foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts reflects the value of an exchange rate, which depends on the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the relevant foreign currency.

Engaging in foreign currency transactions is subject to certain risks. For example, if the value of a foreign currency were to decline against the U.S. dollar, such decline would reduce the dollar value of any securities held by the Fund denominated in that currency. It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract, which may make it necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of the security being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver at the time the Fund sells the security being hedged. The value of any currency, including the U.S. dollar, may be affected by political and economic factors applicable to the issuer’s country. The exchange rates of currencies also may be affected adversely by governmental actions. Transaction, position and cross-hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell and may limit the amount of potential gain that might result from the increase in value of the currency being hedged. Settlement procedures relating to the Fund’s foreign currency transactions may be more complex than those relating to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.

Foreign Securities

Foreign securities include debt, equity and derivative securities that the Advisor determines are “foreign” based on the consideration of an issuer’s domicile, its principal place of business, its primary stock exchange listing, the source of its revenue or other factors. Foreign securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments —Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Foreign securities may include depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued in registered form by a domestic bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies and foreign branches of domestic banks, that evidence ownership of foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are receipts structured similarly to ADRs and EDRs and are marketed globally. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. In general, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest-holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be limited information available regarding such issuers and/or limited correlation between available information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

Investing in foreign securities is subject to certain risks. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also may impact the value of foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies or U.S. dollars, without a change in the intrinsic value of those securities. Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of a foreign security tends to decrease when the value of the U.S. dollar rises against the foreign

 

21


Table of Contents

currency in which the security is denominated and tends to increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls against such currency. The Fund may attempt to minimize the risk from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies by purchasing and selling forward foreign currency exchange contracts and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. Foreign securities may be less liquid than domestic securities so that the Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable prices. Brokerage commissions, custodial fees and other fees also are generally higher for foreign securities. The Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain debt securities issued by foreign governments. In addition, foreign governments may impose potentially confiscatory withholding or other taxes, which would reduce the Fund’s return on these securities. Other risks include: possible delays in the settlement of transactions or in the notification of income; generally less publicly available information about companies; adverse impact of political, social or diplomatic events; possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets; possible imposition of currency exchange controls; and that foreign companies generally are not subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those mandated for domestic companies.

Risks associated with investments in foreign securities are increased with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries, especially those in Eastern Europe, the Pacific Basin and the Far East, are undergoing significant evolutionary changes and rapid development, and may lack the social, political and economic stability of more developed countries. Investing in emerging market securities also involves risks beyond the risks applicable to foreign investments. For example, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain currencies may not be traded internationally, and some countries with emerging securities markets have sustained long periods of very high inflation or rapid fluctuation in inflation rates which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets.

Illiquid Securities

Illiquid securities are defined by the Fund consistent with SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is an asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment on its books. Some securities, such as those not registered under U.S. securities laws, cannot be sold in public transactions. Subject to its investment policies, the Fund may invest in illiquid investments and may invest in certain restricted securities that are deemed to be illiquid securities.

Initial Public Offerings

The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs) of common stock or other primary or secondary syndicated offerings of equity or debt securities issued by a corporate issuer. Fixed income funds frequently invest in these types of offerings of debt securities. A purchase of IPO securities often involves higher transaction costs than those associated with the purchase of securities already traded on exchanges or markets. IPO securities are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. The market value of recently issued IPO securities may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading and speculation, a potentially small number of securities available for trading, limited information about the issuer, and other factors. The Fund may hold IPO securities for a period of time, or may sell them soon after the purchase. Investments in IPOs could have a magnified impact — either positive or negative — on the Fund’s performance while the Fund’s assets are relatively small. The impact of an IPO on the Fund’s performance may tend to diminish as the Fund’s assets grow. In circumstances when investments in IPOs make a significant contribution to the Fund’s performance, there can be no assurance that similar contributions from IPOs will continue in the future.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

Investing in other investment companies may be a means by which the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive orders currently or in the future obtained by the Fund from the SEC.

 

22


Table of Contents

Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds, the 1940 Act generally requires that the Fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as determined at the time a securities purchase is made: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company; (ii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies; and (iii) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by the Fund or by companies controlled by the Fund. Such other investment companies may include exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which are shares of publicly traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indexes or companies in related industries.

Investing in other investment companies is subject to certain risks. Although the Fund may derive certain advantages from being able to invest in shares of other investment companies, such as to be fully invested, there may be potential disadvantages. Investing in other investment companies may result in higher fees and expenses for the Fund and its shareholders. A shareholder may be charged fees not only on Fund shares held directly but also on the investment company shares that the Fund purchases.

In addition, investing in ETFs is subject to certain other risks. ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track as well as to the risks of the specific sector or industry to which the ETF relates. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons.

Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, the Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Columbia Funds, including the Money Market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. For more information about such actual and potential conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term debt obligations, which include: (i) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (ii) funding agreements; (iii) repurchase agreements; (iv) obligations of the United States, foreign countries and supranational entities, and each of their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities; (v) certain corporate debt securities, such as commercial paper, short-term corporate obligations and extendible commercial notes; (vi) participation interests; and (vii) municipal securities. Money market instruments may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in money market instruments is subject to certain risks. Money market instruments (other than certain U.S. Government obligations) are not backed or insured by the U.S. Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Accordingly, only the creditworthiness of an issuer, or guarantees of that issuer, support such instruments.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents units of ownership of a corporation that frequently have dividends that are set at a specified rate. Preferred stock has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets. Preferred stock shares some of the characteristics of both debt and equity. Preferred stock ordinarily does not carry voting rights. Most preferred stock is cumulative; if dividends are passed (i.e., not paid for any reason), they accumulate and must be paid before common stock dividends. Participating preferred stock entitles its holders to share in profits above and beyond the declared dividend, along with common shareholders, as distinguished from nonparticipating preferred stock, which is limited to the stipulated dividend. Convertible preferred stock is exchangeable for a given number of shares of common stock and thus tends to be more volatile than nonconvertible preferred stock, which generally behaves more like a fixed income bond. Preferred stock may be privately placed or

 

23


Table of Contents

publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Auction preferred stock (APS) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by corporate bidders. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share.

In addition to reinvestment risk if interest rates fall, some specific risks with regard to APS include:

 

   

Failed auction: A breakdown in the auction process can occur; in the event that the process fails, the rate is reset at the maximum applicable rate, which is usually described in the prospectus and typically is influenced by the issuer’s credit rating. In a failed auction, current shareholders generally are unable to sell some, or all, of the shares when the auction is completed. Typically, the liquidity for APS that have experienced a failed auction becomes very limited. If a failed auction were to occur, the shareholder generally would hold his or her shares until the next auction. Should there not be subsequent auctions that “cure” the failed process, the shareholder may: (1) hold the APS in anticipation of a refinancing by the issuer that would cause the APS to be called, or (2) hold securities either indefinitely or in anticipation of the development of a secondary market.

 

   

Early call risk: APS generally is redeemable at any time, usually upon notice, at the issuer’s option, at par plus accrued dividends.

Investing in preferred stock is subject to certain risks. For example, stock market risk is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and decline based on factors specific to each corporation, such as changes in earnings or management.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular company. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price fluctuations than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, are more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Stocks of these companies may have a higher potential for gains but also are subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the prices of the stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the value of those companies’ stock to decline.

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

Private placement securities are securities that have been privately placed and are not registered under the 1933 Act. They are eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. Private placement and other “restricted” securities often cannot be sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or they are “not readily marketable” because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.

Private placements typically may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers (or, in the case of the initial sale of certain securities, such as those issued in collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations, to accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the 1933 Act), or in a privately negotiated transaction or to a

 

24


Table of Contents

limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.

Investing in private placement and other restricted securities is subject to certain risks. Private placements may be considered illiquid securities. Private placements typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of a trading market.

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

REITs are entities that either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans and also may include operating or finance companies. An equity REIT generally holds equity positions in real estate and seeks to provide its shareholders with income from the leasing of its properties and with capital gains from any sales of properties. A mortgage REIT generally specializes in lending money to owners of properties and passes through any interest income it may earn to its shareholders.

Partnership units of real estate and other types of companies sometimes are organized as master limited partnerships in which ownership interests are publicly traded. Master limited partnerships often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and the oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects.

REITs are subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, for example, declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, and variations in rental income. REITs also may be subject to interest rate risk. In general, increases in interest rates will decrease the value of high-yield securities and increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could decrease the value of a REIT’s investments. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. Both equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills. REITs also may be subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, and the possibility of failing to qualify for preferential tax treatment under the Code, which could adversely affect dividend payments. REITs also may not be diversified.

Investing in master limited partnerships generally is subject to the risks applicable to investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation, which may include fewer protections afforded to investors. Additional risks include those associated with the specific industries in which a master limited partnership invests, such as the risks associated with investing in the real estate or oil and gas industries.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements are agreements under which the Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period of time subject to the obligation of a seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by the Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The Fund typically will enter into repurchase agreements only with commercial banks, registered broker/dealers and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Such transactions are monitored to ensure that the value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including any accrued interest. Repurchase agreements generally are subject to counterparty risk.

If a counterparty defaults, the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale are less than the resale price provided in the repurchase agreement including interest. In the event that a counterparty fails to perform because it is insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund’s right to take possession of the underlying securities would be subject to applicable insolvency law and procedure, including an automatic stay (which would preclude immediate enforcement of the Fund’s rights)

 

25


Table of Contents

and exemptions thereto (which would permit the Fund to take possession of the underlying securities or to void a repurchase agreement altogether). Since it is possible that an exemption from the automatic stay would not be available, the Fund might be prevented from immediately enforcing its rights against the counterparty. Accordingly, if a counterparty becomes insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund may incur delays in or be prevented from liquidating the underlying securities and could experience losses, including the possible decline in value of the underlying securities during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible subnormal levels of income or lack of access to income during such time, as well as the costs incurred in enforcing the Fund’s rights. For example, if the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement with a broker that becomes insolvent, it is possible for the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) to institute a liquidation proceeding in federal court against the broker counterparty which could lead to a foreclosure by SIPC of the underlying securities or SIPC may stay, or preclude, the Fund’s ability under contract to terminate the repurchase agreement.

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

U.S. Government obligations include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government differ in their interest rates, maturities and time of issuance, as well as with respect to whether they are guaranteed by the U.S. Government. U.S. Government and related obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments —Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

U.S. Government obligations also include senior unsecured debt securities issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009 by eligible issuers (including U.S. depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) (and certain affiliates), U.S. bank holding companies and certain U.S. savings and loan holding companies) that are guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The FDIC’s guarantee under the TLGP will expire upon the earlier of (i) maturity of such security or (ii) June 30, 2012. It is the view of the FDIC and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that any debt security that is guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP and that has a maturity that ends on or before June 30, 2012 would be a security exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 because such security would be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the FDIC.

Investing in securities guaranteed under the TLGP is subject to certain risks. Given that there is no track record for securities guaranteed under the TLGP, it is uncertain how such securities will trade in relation to treasury and government agency securities in terms of yield spread and the volatility of such spread and it is uncertain how such securities will trade in the secondary market and whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The TLGP is a new program that is subject to change. In order to collect from the FDIC under the TLGP, a claims process must be followed. Failure to follow the claims process could result in a loss to the right to payment under the guarantee. In addition, guarantee payments by the FDIC under the TLGP may be delayed.

Investing in U.S. Government and related obligations is subject to certain risks. While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises historically have involved limited risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to any of these entities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

Variable- and floating-rate obligations provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate and, under certain circumstances, varying principal amounts. Unlike a fixed interest rate, a variable, or floating, rate is one that rises and declines based on the movement of an underlying index of interest rates and may pay interest at rates that are adjusted periodically according to a specified formula. Asset-backed securities, bank obligations, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed

 

26


Table of Contents

securities, money market instruments, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as variable- and floating-rate obligations.

Investing in variable- and floating-rate obligations is subject to certain risks. Variable- and floating-rate obligations may involve direct lending arrangements between the purchaser and the issuer and there may be no active secondary market, making it difficult to resell such obligations to a third party. Variable- and floating-rate obligations also may be subject to interest rate and credit risks. Changes in interest rates can affect the rate of return on such obligations. If an issuer of a variable- or floating-rate obligation defaults, the Fund could sustain a loss to the extent of such default.

Warrants and Rights

Warrants and rights are types of securities that give a holder a right to purchase shares of common stock. Warrants usually are issued together with a bond or preferred stock and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price typically for a period of years. Rights usually have a specified purchase price that is lower than the current market price and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock typically for a period of only weeks. Warrants may be used to enhance the marketability of a bond or preferred stock.

Warrants and rights may be subject to the risk that the securities could lose value. There also is the risk that the potential exercise price may exceed the market price of the warrants or rights, such as when there is no movement in the market price or the market price of such securities declines.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities are types of debt instruments that do not necessarily make payments of interest in fixed amounts or at fixed intervals. Asset-backed securities, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities.

Zero-coupon securities do not pay interest on a current basis but instead accrue interest over the life of the security. These securities include, among others, zero-coupon bonds, which either may be issued at a discount by a corporation or government entity or may be created by a brokerage firm when it strips the coupons from a bond or note and then sells the bond or note and the coupon separately. This technique is used frequently with U.S. Treasury bonds, and zero-coupon securities are marketed under such names as CATS (Certificate of Accrual on Treasury Securities), TIGERs or STRIPS. Zero-coupon bonds also are issued by municipalities. Buying a municipal zero-coupon bond frees its purchaser of the obligation to pay regular federal income tax on imputed interest, since the interest is exempt for regular federal income tax purposes. Zero-coupon certificates of deposit and zero-coupon mortgages are generally structured in the same fashion as zero-coupon bonds; the certificate of deposit holder or mortgage holder receives face value at maturity and no payments until then.

Pay-in-kind securities normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or to give the holder of the security a similar security with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is paid according to a schedule for a series of periods, typically lower for an initial period and then increasing to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issue.

Zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities holders generally have substantially all the rights and privileges of holders of the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations. Holders of these securities have the right upon default on the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations to proceed directly and individually against the issuer and are not required to act in concert with other holders of such securities.

 

27


Table of Contents

Investing in zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities is subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities.

Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, they are volatile. Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically than bonds paying interest on a current basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value than interest paying bonds.

Borrowings

The Fund has a fundamental policy with respect to borrowing that can be found under the heading About the Fund’s Investments — Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies. Specifically, the Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. In general, pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). Any borrowings that come to exceed this amount must be reduced within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) to the extent necessary to comply with the 33 1/3% limitation.

The Fund participates in a committed line of credit (Line of Credit). Any advance under the Line of Credit is contemplated primarily for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests that otherwise might require the untimely sale of portfolio securities.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund may, subject to certain conditions, borrow money from other funds in the Columbia Funds Family for temporary emergency purposes in order to facilitate redemption requests, or for other purposes consistent with Fund investment policies and restrictions. All loans are set at an interest rate between the rates charged on overnight repurchase agreements and short-term bank loans.

Short Sales

The Fund may sometimes sell securities short when it owns an equal amount of such securities as those securities sold short. This is a technique known as selling short “against the box.” If the Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

Short sales “against the box” entail many of the same risks and considerations described above regarding short sales not “against the box.” However, when the Fund sells short “against the box” it typically limits the amount of securities that it has leveraged. The Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the Advisor believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Fund owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities. Short sales may have adverse tax consequences to the Fund and its shareholders.

Subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies, the Fund may engage in short sales that are not “against the box,” which are sales by the Fund of securities or commodity futures contracts that it does not own in hopes of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The technique is also used to protect a

 

28


Table of Contents

profit in a long-term position in a security or commodity futures contract. To make delivery to the buyer, the Fund must borrow or purchase the security. If borrowed, the Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed from the third party, so the Fund must purchase the security at the market price at a later time. If the price of the security has increased during this time, then the Fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price of the security from the time of the short sale plus any premiums and interest paid to the third party. (Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.)

Short sales by the Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Because the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales could potentially involve unlimited loss, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although the Fund can mitigate any such losses by replacing the securities sold short. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. There is also the risk that the third party to the short sale may fail to honor its contract terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund’s successful use of short sales also will be subject to the ability of the Advisor to predict movements in the directions of the relevant market. The Fund therefore bears the risk that the Advisor will incorrectly predict future price directions. In addition, if the Fund sells a security short, and that security’s price goes up, the Fund will have to make up the margin on its open position (i.e., purchase more securities on the market to cover the position). It may be unable to do so and thus its position may not be closed out. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not incur significant losses in such a case.

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

Lending Securities

Securities lending refers to the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Subject to its investment policies described above and in the prospectuses, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to broker/dealers and other institutional investors. Securities loans by the Fund are made pursuant to agreements that require that loans be secured continuously by collateral in cash. The Fund retains all or a portion of the income received on investment of cash collateral. A borrower will pay to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities loaned, but the borrower typically will receive a portion of the income earned on investments of cash collateral. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to loaned securities pass to a borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and may do so in order to vote upon matters affecting, or to sell, the loaned securities.

The Fund typically invests the cash collateral it receives in connection with its securities lending program directly or indirectly in high quality, short-term investments. The Fund may invest some or all of the cash collateral in one or more pooled investment vehicles, including, among other vehicles, money market funds managed by the

 

29


Table of Contents

Fund’s securities lending agent or its affiliates. The securities lending agent shares in any income resulting from the investment of the cash collateral, and an affiliate of the securities lending agent receives asset-based fees for the management of the pooled investment vehicles, which may create a conflict of interest between the securities lending agent (or its affiliate) and the Fund with respect to the management of the cash collateral.

Engaging in securities lending is subject to certain risks, including counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default. There also is a risk of possible delay in the recovery of loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral if a borrower fails financially.

Portfolio Turnover

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover (e.g., over 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Such sales may also result in adverse tax consequences to the Fund’s shareholders. The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

For the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate, see the Financial Highlights section in the prospectus for the Fund.

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Columbia Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of Columbia Fund shareholders and to address conflicts between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other. These policies and procedures provide that Columbia Funds portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the earlier of: (i) the business day next following the posting of such information on the Columbia Funds’ website, if applicable, or (ii) the time a Columbia Fund discloses the information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information. Certain limited exceptions that have been approved consistent with the policies and procedures are described below. The Board is updated as needed regarding compliance with these policies and procedures. The policies and procedures prohibit the Advisor and the Columbia Funds’ other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Columbia Fund portfolio holdings information in exchange for any form of consideration. These policies and procedures apply to all categories of Columbia Funds and include some variations tailored to the different categories of Columbia Funds. Accordingly, some of the provisions described below do not apply to the Columbia Fund(s) covered by this SAI. The Advisor also has adopted policies and procedures to monitor for compliance with these portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.

Public Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through required filings with the SEC and on the Columbia Funds’ website. This information is available on the Columbia Funds’ website as described below.

 

   

For equity, convertible, balanced and asset allocation funds, other than small-cap and specialty Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 15 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For small cap and specialty Columbia Funds and those Columbia Funds that are sub-advised by Marsico and Brandes, sub-advisors for certain Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 30 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For fixed income funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a fiscal quarter-end is posted approximately 60 calendar days after such quarter-end.

 

   

For Columbia Money Market Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 5 business days after such month-end.

 

30


Table of Contents

Certain Columbia Funds also disclose their largest holdings, as a percent of the market values of the Columbia Funds’ portfolios, as of a month-end on their website, generally within 15 calendar days after such month-end. In general, the equity Columbia Funds post their largest 10-15 holdings, the balanced Columbia Funds post their largest 5 equity holdings, and certain fixed income Columbia Funds post their largest 5-15 holdings (by security or issuer).

The Advisor may also disclose more current portfolio holdings information as of specified dates on the Columbia Funds’ website.

The scope of the information that is made available on the Columbia Funds’ website pursuant to the Columbia Funds’ policies relating to a Columbia Fund’s portfolio may change from time to time without prior notice.

The Columbia Funds file their portfolio holdings with the SEC for each fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semi-annual period) and Form N-Q (with respect to the first and third quarters of each Columbia Fund’s fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, a link to which is provided on the Columbia Funds’ website. In addition, each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. You may call the SEC at 800.SEC.0330 for information about the SEC’s website or the operation of the public reference room.

The Columbia Funds, the Advisor and their affiliates may include portfolio holdings information that already has been made public through a website posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that the information is disclosed no earlier than the business day after the date the information is disclosed publicly on the Columbia Funds’ website or no earlier than the time a Columbia Fund files such information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information.

Other Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ policies and procedures provide that no disclosures of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings may be made prior to the portfolio holdings information being made public unless (i) the Columbia Funds have a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure, (ii) the Columbia Funds’ President authorizes such non-public disclosure of information, and (iii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into an appropriate confidentiality agreement or is otherwise subject to a confidentiality obligation.

In determining the existence of a legitimate business purpose for making portfolio disclosures, the following factors, among others, are considered: (i) any prior disclosure must be consistent with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties of the Advisor; (ii) any conflicts of interest between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other; and (iii) any prior disclosure to a third party, although subject to a confidentiality agreement, would not make conduct lawful that otherwise is unlawful.

In addition, the Columbia Funds periodically disclose their portfolio information on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information to assist the Columbia Funds with their day-to-day business affairs. In addition to the Advisor and its affiliates, these service providers include each Columbia Fund’s sub-advisor(s) (if any), the Columbia Funds’ custodian, sub-custodians, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, financial printers, proxy solicitor and proxy voting service provider, as well as ratings agencies that maintain ratings on certain Columbia Funds. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Columbia Funds. The Columbia Funds also may disclose portfolio holdings information to broker/dealers and certain other entities in connection with potential transactions and management of the Columbia Funds, provided that reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

The Columbia Funds currently have ongoing arrangements with certain approved recipients with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information prior to such information being made public. Portfolio holdings information disclosed to such recipients is current as of the time of its disclosure, is disclosed to each recipient

 

31


Table of Contents

solely for purposes consistent with the services described below and has been authorized by the Columbia Funds’ President. These special arrangements are described in the table below.

Ongoing Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Arrangements

 

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Standard & Poor’s    None    Use to maintain ratings for certain Money Market Funds.    Weekly
InvestorTools, Inc.    None    Access granted solely for the purpose of testing back office conversion of trading systems.    Real time
ING Insurance Company    None    Access granted for specific Columbia Funds for ING’s creation of client/shareholder materials. ING may not distribute materials until the holdings information is made public.    Quarterly
Glass-Lewis & Co.    None    Access in connection with testing the firm’s proxy services.    Daily
CMS Bondedge    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with application used by the Advisor’s Fixed Income Portfolio Management team as an analytical and trading tool.    Ad hoc
Linedata Services, Inc.    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with the software for the LongView Trade Order Management System.    Ad hoc
JP Morgan    None    Access to provide the Advisor’s High Yield portfolio management team with peer group analysis reports for purposes of analyzing the portfolio.    Monthly
Malaspina Communications    None    Use to facilitate writing, publishing and mailing Columbia Fund shareholder reports and communications including shareholder letters and management’s discussion of Columbia Fund performance.    Quarterly
Evare LLP    None    Use for standardizing and reformatting data according to the Advisor’s specifications for use in the reconciliation process.    Daily
Factset Research Data Systems, Inc.    None    Use for provision of quantitative analytics, charting and fundamental data to the Advisor, and Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
RR Donnelley/WE Andrews    None    Access as printers for the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs, fact sheets and brochures.    Monthly

 

32


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Merrill Corporation    None    Use to provide fulfillment of the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs and sales materials.    Monthly
Citigroup    None    Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with Yield Book, an analytic software program that the Advisor uses to perform ongoing risk analysis and management of certain fixed income Columbia Funds and fixed income separately managed accounts.    Daily
Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS)    None    Proxy voting administration and research on proxy matters utilized by MacKay Shields LLC, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds.    Daily
Cogent Consulting LLC    None    Utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds, to facilitate the evaluation of commission rates and to provide flexible commission reporting.    Daily
Moody’s    None    Ongoing portfolio surveillance for ratings it maintains on the Money Market Funds.    Monthly
Kynex    None    Use to provide portfolio attribution reports.    Daily
Bowne & Co.    None    Use for printing of the following materials: prospectuses, supplements and SAIs.   

Monthly/

quarterly

Bloomberg    None    Use for portfolio analytics.    Daily
Barclays Point    None    Use for analytics including risk and attribution assessment.    Daily
Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.    None    Proxy voting and research utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.    Daily

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

(ITG, formerly known as Macgregor)

   None    Order management system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds that stores trading data and is used for trading and compliance purposes.    Ad hoc
Advent/AXP    None    Portfolio accounting system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds, for both portfolio accounting and internal recordkeeping purposes.    Ad hoc

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

(ITG, formerly known as Plexus Group)

   None    Evaluation and assessment of trading activity, execution and practices by the Advisor.    Five days after quarter-end
BANA and State Street Bank    None    Credit analysis performed by lenders.    Ad hoc

 

33


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

  

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

  

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

State Street

   None    Use to provide custodian services.    Real time

Lipper

   None    Use to create metrics for board and executive management reporting, product and marketing analysis, and fund performance.    Daily

Morningstar, Inc.

   None    Use for independent research and ranking of Columbia Funds.    Daily

 

34


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

The Advisor (which is also the Administrator) has been a registered investment advisor since 1995. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of Columbia Management Group, LLC, which is the primary investment division of Bank of America. The Advisor and Columbia Management Group, LLC are located at 100 Federal Street, Boston MA 02110.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is responsible for the overall management and supervision of the investment management of the Fund. The Advisor performs its duties subject at all times to the control of the Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the Fund. In rendering investment advisory services, the Advisor may use the portfolio management and research resources of Columbia Management Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of the Advisor. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Advisor pursuant to which Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is considered a “participating affiliate” of the Advisor as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisors to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered investment advisor. Investment professionals from Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. may render portfolio management or research services to clients of the Advisor, including the Fund, under the MOU, and are subject to supervision by the Advisor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement generally provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Advisor’s obligations or duties thereunder, the Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of rendering services thereunder.

The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by the Board, and after an initial two year period, continues from year to year, provided that such continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) on at least 60 days’ notice or by the Advisor on at least 60 days’ written notice.

The Advisor pays all salaries of officers of the Trust, except for the Chief Compliance Officer, a portion of whose salary is paid by the Columbia Funds. The Trust pays all expenses not assumed by the Advisor including, but not limited to, auditing, legal, custodial, shareholder servicing and shareholder reporting expenses. The Trust pays the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectus to shareholders. The Distributor pays the cost of printing and distributing all other prospectus.

Advisory Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Fund pays the Advisor an annual fee for its investment advisory services, as set forth in the Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund and is paid monthly. The Advisor also may pay amounts from its own assets to the Distributor and/or to selling and/or servicing agents for services they provide.

The Advisor received fees from the Fund for its services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the advisory fees paid to the Advisor and the fees waived/reimbursed by the Advisor, where applicable, for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

 

35


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Mid Cap Growth Fund

        

Advisory Fee Paid

   $ 7,193,675    $ 11,479,270    $ 11,581,614

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Advisor

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Portfolio Manager(s)

The following provides additional information about the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for making the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund. As described in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager(s) of the Advisor

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Fund

Wayne M. Collette

  Mid Cap Growth Fund

Lawrence W. Lin

  Mid Cap Growth Fund

George J. Myers

  Mid Cap Growth Fund

Brian D. Neigut

  Mid Cap Growth Fund

Compensation

As of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the Advisor’s portfolio manager(s) received all of their compensation from the Advisor and its parent company, Columbia Management Group, LLC, in the form of salary, bonus, stock options, restricted stock, and notional investments through an incentive plan, the value of which is measured by reference to the performance of the Columbia Funds in which the account is invested. A portfolio manager’s bonus is variable and generally is based on (1) an evaluation of the portfolio manager’s investment performance and (2) the results of a peer and/or management review of the portfolio manager, which takes into account skills and attributes such as team participation, investment process, communication and professionalism. In evaluating investment performance, the Advisor generally considers the one, three and five year performance of mutual funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager relative to the benchmarks and peer groups noted below, emphasizing the portfolio manager’s three and five year performance. The Advisor also may consider a portfolio manager’s performance in managing client assets in sectors and industries assigned to the portfolio manager as part of his/her investment team responsibilities, where applicable. For portfolio managers who also have group management responsibilities, another factor in their evaluation is an assessment of the group’s overall investment performance.

Performance Benchmarks

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Primary Benchmark(s)

 

Peer Group(s)

Wayne M. Collette   Russell Mid Cap Growth TR   Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Classification
Lawrence W. Lin   Russell Mid Cap Growth TR   Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Classification
George J. Myers   Russell Mid Cap Growth TR   Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Classification
Brian D. Neigut   Russell Mid Cap Growth TR   Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Classification

 

36


Table of Contents

The size of the overall bonus pool each year is determined by Columbia Management Group, LLC and depends on, among other factors, the levels of compensation generally in the investment management industry (based on market compensation data) and the Advisor’s profitability for the year, which is largely determined by assets under management.

Other Accounts

The following table shows the number and assets of other investment accounts (or portions of investment accounts) that the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor managed, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s)

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered
open-end and

closed-end funds (a)
   Other pooled
investment vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Brian D. Neigut

   4    $ 632.3 million    1    $ 107.9 million    80    $ 104.9 million

George J. Myers

   4    $ 632.3 million    1    $ 107.9 million    78    $ 104.8 million

Lawrence W. Lin

   4    $ 632.3 million    1    $ 107.9 million    80    $ 104.9 million

Wayne M. Collette

   8    $ 1.078 billion    1    $ 107.9 million    85    $ 170.7 million

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Mid Cap Growth Fund.

The following table shows the number and assets of the above accounts (or portions of such accounts) for which the advisory fee is based on performance, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s) for which the Advisory Fee is Based on Performance

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC registered
open-end and
closed-end funds (a)
   Other pooled
investment vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Brian D. Neigut

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

George J. Myers

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Lawrence W. Lin

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Wayne M. Collette

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than Mid Cap Growth Fund.

Ownership of Securities

The table below shows the dollar ranges of shares of the Fund beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act) by the Fund’s portfolio manager(s), as of August 31, 2009.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of the Fund

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Fund

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the
Fund Beneficially Owned

Brian D. Neigut

  

Mid Cap Growth

   $1-10,000(b)

George J. Myers

  

Mid Cap Growth

   $10,001-$50,000(b)

Lawrence W. Lin

  

Mid Cap Growth

   $1-$10,000(a)

Wayne M. Collette

  

Mid Cap Growth

   $10,001-$50,000(a)

 

(a) Excludes any notional investments.
(b) Notional investments through a deferred compensation account.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests

Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of the potential conflicts that portfolio managers face in this regard. Certain of these conflicts of interest are summarized below.

The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (performance fee accounts), may raise potential conflicts of interest for a portfolio manager by creating an incentive to favor higher fee accounts.

Potential conflicts of interest also may arise when a portfolio manager has personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to the Advisor’s Code of Ethics and certain limited exceptions, the Advisor’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Fund.

A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

A portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of broker/dealers could produce disproportionate costs and benefits among the Fund and the other accounts the portfolio manager manages.

A potential conflict of interest may arise when a portfolio manager buys or sells the same securities for the Fund and other accounts. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as other accounts, the Advisor’s trading desk may, to the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or bought in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to the Fund or another account if a portfolio manager favors one account over another in allocating the securities bought or sold.

“Cross trades,” in which a portfolio manager sells a particular security held by the Fund to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), could involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, a portfolio manager is permitted to sell a security from one account to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the Fund and another account managed by the Advisor are to be made at a current market price, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of the Fund and other accounts managed by its portfolio manager(s). Depending on another account’s objectives and other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice to and make decisions for the Fund that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to another account. A portfolio manager’s investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a portfolio manager may buy or sell a particular security for certain accounts, and not for the Fund, even though it could have been bought or sold for the Fund at the same time. A portfolio manager also may buy a particular security for one or more accounts when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when a portfolio manager’s purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts, including the Fund.

The Fund’s portfolio manager(s) also may have other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could exist in managing the Fund and other accounts. Many of the potential conflicts of interest to which the Advisor’s portfolio managers are subject are essentially the same or similar to the potential conflicts of interest related to the investment management activities of

 

38


Table of Contents

the Advisor and its affiliates. See Investment Advisory and Other Services—Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates—Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about conflicts of interest, including those that relate to the Advisor and its affiliates.

The Administrator

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (which is also the Advisor) serves as Administrator of the Fund.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to, among other things, (i) provide office space, equipment and clerical personnel; (ii) arrange, if desired by the Trust, for its directors, officers and employees to serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Fund; (iii) prepare and, if applicable, file all documents required for compliance by the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) prepare agendas and supporting documents for and minutes of meetings of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders; (v) coordinate and oversee the activities of the Fund’ other third party service providers; and (vi) maintain certain books and records of the Fund.

Administration Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Administrator receives fees as compensation for its services, which are computed daily and paid monthly, as set forth in the Administration Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus.

The following chart shows the administration fees paid to the Administrator for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Administration Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Mid Cap Growth Fund

        

Administration Fee Paid

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Administrator

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company is responsible for providing certain pricing and bookkeeping services to the Fund. Columbia Management Advisors, LLC is responsible for overseeing the performance of these services and for certain other services.

Services Provided

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Financial Reporting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (the Financial Reporting Services Agreement) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides financial reporting services to the Fund. Also effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into an Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (collectively with the Financial Reporting Services Agreement, the State Street Agreements) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides accounting services to the Fund. Under the State Street Agreements, the Fund pays State Street Bank and Trust Company an annual fee of $38,000 paid monthly plus a monthly fee based on an annualized percentage rate of average daily net assets of the Fund for the month. The aggregate fee for the Fund during any year shall not exceed $140,000 annually (exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses and charges). The Fund also reimburses State Street Bank and Trust Company for certain out-of-pocket expenses and charges.

 

39


Table of Contents

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Pricing and Bookkeeping Oversight and Services Agreement (the Services Agreement) with Columbia Management Advisors, LLC. Under the Services Agreement, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC provides services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and provides oversight of the accounting and financial reporting services provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company. Under the Services Agreement, the Fund reimburses Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties, such as for pricing the Fund’s portfolio securities, incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in the performance of services under the Services Agreement. Prior to January 1, 2008, the Fund also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for accounting oversight services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Prior to December 15, 2006, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC was responsible for providing pricing and bookkeeping services to the series of the Trust under a pricing and bookkeeping agreement and was entitled to receive an annual fee at the same rate described above under the State Street Agreements. Under separate agreements between Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC delegated certain functions to State Street Bank and Trust Company. As a result of the delegation, the total fees payable under the pricing and bookkeeping agreement (other than certain reimbursements paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and discussed below) were paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company. The series of the Trust also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties for pricing the portfolio securities of the series of the Trust and direct internal costs incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in connection with providing fund accounting oversight and monitoring and certain other services.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company received fees from the Fund for their services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the pricing and bookkeeping fees paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company and to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Mid Cap Growth Fund

        

Amount Paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

     N/A    $ 4,673    $ 63,438

Amount Paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company

   $ 145,117    $ 144,122    $ 99,202

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

Columbia Management Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the continuous offering of shares of the Fund pursuant to a Distribution Agreement. The Distribution Agreement obligates the Distributor to use appropriate efforts to find purchasers for the shares of the Fund. The Distributor’s address is: One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.

Distribution Obligations

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent, sells shares of the Fund on a continuous basis and transmits purchase and redemption orders that it receives to the Trust or the Transfer Agent or their designated agents. Additionally, the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of shares and to undertake advertising and promotion as it believes appropriate in connection with such solicitation. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances those activities which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Fund, including, but not limited to, advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers and sales personnel, the printing and mailing of prospectus to other than existing shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. The Distributor, however, may be compensated or

 

40


Table of Contents

reimbursed for all or a portion of such expenses to the extent permitted by a Distribution Plan adopted by the Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust has not adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to Class Y shares.

The Distribution Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by its Board, and after an initial two-year period, continues from year to year, provided that continuation of the Distribution Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice.

Underwriting Commissions

The Distributor receives no commissions or other compensation with respect to Class Y shares of the Fund.

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

As described above in the Investment Advisory and Other Services section of this SAI, and in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the Advisor, Administrator, Distributor and Transfer Agent, all affiliates of Bank of America, receive compensation from the Fund for the various services they provide to the Fund. Additional information as to the specific terms regarding such compensation is set forth in these affiliated service providers’ contracts with the Fund, each of which typically is included as an exhibit to Part C of the Fund’s registration statement.

In many instances, the compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for the services they provide to the Fund is based, in some manner, on the size of the Fund’s assets under management. As the size of the Fund’s assets under management grows, so does the amount of compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for providing services to the Fund. This relationship between Fund assets and affiliated service provider compensation may create economic and other conflicts of interests of which Fund investors should be aware. These potential conflicts of interest, as well as additional ones, are discussed in detail below and also are addressed in other disclosure materials, including the Fund’s prospectus. These conflicts of interest also are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials of Bank of America affiliates that make available or offer the Columbia Funds as investments in connection with their respective products and services. In addition, Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV, which it must file with the SEC as an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provides information about the Advisor’s business, assets under management, affiliates and potential conflicts of interest. Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV is available online through the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

Additional actual or potential conflicts of interest and certain investment activity limitations that could affect the Fund may arise from the financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, the investment advisory/management services provided for clients and customers other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America is a major financial services company. Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, BANA (including its U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management division), BAS, Merrill Lynch, MLPF&S and the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., are engaged in a wide range of financial activities beyond the mutual fund-related activities of the Advisor, including, among others, commercial banking, investment banking, broker/dealer (sales and trading), asset management, insurance and other financial activities. The broad range of financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates may involve multiple advisory, transactional, lending, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and in companies, that may be bought, sold or held by the Fund. The following describes certain actual and potential conflicts of interest that may be presented.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to the Investment Advisory/Management Activities of Bank of America and its Affiliates in Connection With Other Advised/Managed Funds and Accounts

The Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may advise or manage funds and accounts other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America and its affiliates may provide investment advisory/management and other

 

41


Table of Contents

services to other advised/managed funds and accounts that are similar to those provided to the Fund. The Advisor and Bank of America’s other investment advisor affiliates (including, for example, Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.) will give advice to and make decisions for all advised/managed funds and accounts, including the Fund, as they believe to be in that fund’s and/or account’s best interests, consistent with their fiduciary duties. The Fund and the other advised/managed funds and accounts of Bank of America and its affiliates are separately and potentially divergently managed, and there is no assurance that any investment advice Bank of America and its affiliates give to other advised/managed funds and accounts will also be given simultaneously or otherwise to the Fund.

A variety of other actual and potential conflicts of interest may arise from the advisory relationships of the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates with other clients and customers. Advice given to the Fund and/or investment decisions made for the Fund by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given to and/or investment decisions made for other advised/managed funds and accounts. As a result, the performance of the Fund may differ from the performance of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates. Similarly, a position taken by Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, on behalf of other funds or accounts may be contrary to a position taken on behalf of the Fund. Moreover, Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may take a position on behalf of other advised/managed funds and accounts, or for their own proprietary accounts, that is adverse to companies or other issuers in which the Fund is invested. For example, the Fund may hold equity securities of a company while another advised/managed fund or account may hold debt securities of the same company. If the portfolio company were to experience financial difficulties, it might be in the best interest of the Fund for the company to reorganize while the interests of the other advised/managed fund or account might be better served by the liquidation of the company. This type of conflict of interest could arise as the result of circumstances that cannot be generally foreseen within the broad range of investment advisory/management activities in which Bank of America and its affiliates engage.

Investment transactions made on behalf of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates also may have a negative effect on the value, price or investment strategies of the Fund. For example, this could occur if another advised/managed fund or account implements an investment decision ahead of, or at the same time as, the Fund and causes the Fund to experience less favorable trading results than they otherwise would have experienced based on market liquidity factors. In addition, the other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates, including the other Columbia Funds, may have the same or very similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund. In this situation, the allocation of, and competition for, investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and/or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may create conflicts of interest especially where, for example, limited investment availability is involved. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures addressing the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and accounts advised by the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Sharing of Information among Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may possess information that could be material to the management of the Fund and may not be able to, or may determine not to, share that information with the Fund, even though the information might be beneficial to the Fund. This information may include actual knowledge regarding the particular investments and transactions of other advised/managed funds and accounts, as well as proprietary investment, trading and other market research, analytical and technical models, and new investment techniques, strategies and opportunities. Depending on the context, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will have no obligation to share any such information with the Fund. In general, employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, including the portfolio managers of the Advisor, will make investment decisions without regard to information otherwise known by other employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, and generally will have no obligation to access any such information and may, in some instances, not be able to access such information because of legal and regulatory constraints or the internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates. For example, if the Advisor or another Bank of America affiliate, or their respective employees, come into possession of non-public information regarding another advised/managed fund or account, they may be prohibited by legal and regulatory constraints, or internal policies and procedures, from using that information in connection with transactions made on

 

42


Table of Contents

behalf of the Fund. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Soft Dollar Benefits

Certain products and services, commonly referred to as “soft dollar services” (including, to the extent permitted by law, research reports, economic and financial data, financial publications, proxy analysis, computer databases and other research-oriented materials), that the Advisor may receive in connection with brokerage services provided to the Fund may have the inadvertent effect of disproportionately benefiting other advised/managed funds or accounts. This could happen because of the relative amount of brokerage services provided to the Fund as compared to other advised/ managed funds or accounts, as well as the relative compensation paid by the Fund.

Services Provided to Other Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may act as an investment advisor, investment manager, administrator, transfer agent, custodian, trustee, broker/dealer, agent, or in another capacity, for advised/managed funds and accounts other than the Fund, and may receive compensation for acting in such capacity. This compensation that the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates receive could be greater than the compensation Bank of America and its affiliates receive for acting in the same or similar capacity for the Fund. In addition, the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates may receive other benefits, including enhancement of new or existing business relationships. This compensation and/or the benefits that Bank of America and its affiliates may receive from other advised/ managed funds and accounts and other relationships could potentially create incentives to favor other advised/ managed funds and accounts over the Fund. Trades made by Bank of America and its affiliates for the Fund may be, but are not required to be, aggregated with trades made for other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates. If trades are aggregated among the Fund and those other funds and accounts, the various prices of the securities being traded may be averaged, which could have the potential effect of disadvantaging the Fund as compared to the other funds and accounts with which trades were aggregated.

Proxy Voting

Although the Advisor endeavors to make all proxy voting decisions with respect to the interests of the Fund for which it is responsible in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, the Advisor’s proxy voting decisions with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities may nonetheless benefit other advised/managed funds and accounts, and/or clients, of Bank of America and its affiliates. The Advisor has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that are designed to provide that all proxy voting is done in the best interests of its clients, including the Fund, without any resulting benefit or detriment to the Advisor and/or its affiliates, including Bank of America and its affiliates. For more information about the Advisor’s proxy voting policies and procedures, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Certain Trading Activities

The directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and in doing so may take a position that is adverse to the Fund. In order to reduce the possibility that such personal investment activities of the directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates will materially adversely affect the Fund, Bank of America and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures, and the Fund, the Board, the Advisor and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics that addresses such personal investment activities. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Codes of Ethics.

Affiliate Transactions

Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may enter into transactions in which Bank of America and/or its affiliates may have an interest that potentially conflicts with the interests of the Fund. For example, BAS or MLPF&S may sell securities to the Fund from an offering in which it is an underwriter or from securities that it owns as a dealer, subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

43


Table of Contents

Investment Limitations Arising from Bank of America Activities

Regulatory restrictions applicable to Bank of America and its affiliates may limit the Fund’s investment activities in various ways. For example, regulations regarding certain industries and markets, such as those in emerging or international markets, and certain transactions, such as those involving certain futures and derivatives, may impose a cap on the aggregate amount of investments that may be made by affiliated investors, including accounts managed by the same affiliated manager, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. At certain times, Bank of America and its affiliates also may be restricted in the securities that can be bought or sold for the Fund and other advised/managed funds and accounts because of the investment banking, lending or other relationships Bank of America and its affiliates have with the issuers of securities. This could happen, for example, if the Fund and/or other advised/managed funds and accounts desired to buy a security issued by a company for which Bank of America or its affiliates served as underwriter. The internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates covering these types of regulatory restrictions and addressing similar issues also may at times restrict the Fund’s investment activities. A client not advised by Bank of America and its affiliates would not be subject to many of these restrictions. See also About the Fund’s Investments — Certain Investment Activity Limits.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America and its Affiliates’ Non-Advisory Relationships with Clients and Customers other than the Fund

The lending, investment banking and other relationships that Bank of America and its affiliates may have with companies and other entities in which the Fund may invest can give rise to actual and potential conflicts of interest. Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may invest (a) in the securities of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or in companies in which Bank of America and its affiliates (including, for example, BANA, BAS, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch) have a lending, investment banking, equity, debt or other interest, and/or (b) in the securities of companies held by other Columbia Funds. The purchase, holding and sale of such securities by the Fund may enhance the profitability and the business interests of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or other Columbia Funds. There also may be limitations as to the sharing with the Advisor of information derived from the non-investment advisory/management activities of Bank of America and its affiliates because of legal and regulatory constraints and internal policies and procedures (such as information barriers and ethical walls). Because of these limitations, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will not share information derived from its non-investment advisory/management activities with the Advisor.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America Affiliates’ Marketing and Use of the Columbia Funds as Investment Options

Bank of America and its affiliates also provide a variety of products and services that, in some manner, may utilize the Columbia Funds as investment options. For example, the Columbia Funds may be offered as investments in connection with brokerage and other securities products offered by MLPF&S, and may be utilized as investments in connection with fiduciary, investment management and other accounts offered by U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management or the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., as well as for other Columbia Funds structured as “funds of funds.” In addition, the Columbia Money Market Fund are offered as an investment option for a variety of cash management and “sweep” account programs offered by Bank of America and its affiliates. The Columbia Funds also may use the Columbia Money Market Funds for cash investment purposes. The use of the Columbia Funds in connection with other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates may introduce economic and other conflicts of interest. These conflicts of interest are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials for the other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates.

Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may make payments to their affiliates in connection with the promotion and sale of the Fund’s shares, in addition to the sales-related and other compensation that these parties may receive from the Fund. As a general matter, personnel of Bank of America and its affiliates, including MLPF&S, do not receive compensation in connection with their sales or use of the Fund that is greater than that paid in connection with their sales of other comparable products and services. Nonetheless, because the compensation that the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may receive for providing services to the Fund is generally based on the Fund’s assets under management and those assets will grow as shares of the Fund are sold, potential

 

44


Table of Contents

conflicts of interest may exist. See Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Financial Intermediary Payments for more information.

Other Services Provided

The Transfer Agent

Columbia Management Services, Inc. acts as Transfer Agent for the Fund’s shares and can be contacted at P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent provides transfer agency, dividend disbursing agency and shareholder servicing agency services to the Fund. Effective November 1, 2009, the Fund pays the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $22.36 per Class Y share account, payable monthly. The Fund also pays certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent also may retain as additional compensation for its services revenues for fees for wire, telephone and redemption orders, IRA trustee agent fees and account transcripts due the Transfer Agent from Fund shareholders and credits (net of bank charges) earned with respect to balances in accounts the Transfer Agent maintains in connection with its services to the Fund. Prior to October 31, 2009, the Fund paid the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $17.34 per Class Y share account, payable monthly.

The Transfer Agent retains BFDS/DST, 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171 as the Fund’s sub-transfer agent. BFDS/DST assists the Transfer Agent in carrying out its duties.

The Custodian

State Street, which is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, is the Fund’s Custodian. State Street is responsible for safeguarding the Fund’s cash and securities, receiving and delivering securities and collecting the Fund’s interest and dividends.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which is located at 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Fund issues unaudited financial statements semi-annually and audited financial statements annually. The annual financial statements for the Fund’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Board has selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Fund’s financial statements and assist in the preparation of its tax returns for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the audited financial statements included in the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund dated August 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference. No other parts of the annual report or semi-annual report to shareholders are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements incorporated by reference into the Fund’s prospectuses and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting.

Counsel

Ropes & Gray LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. K&L Gates LLP serves as co-counsel. Its address is Three First National Plaza, 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois, 60602-4207.

Expense Limitations

The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to reimburse a portion the Fund’s expenses so that the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding any distribution and service fees, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, but including custodian charges relating to overdrafts, if any) after giving effect to any balance credits from the Fund’s custodian, do not exceed 1.05% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on an annualized basis.

 

45


Table of Contents

This arrangement may be modified or terminated by the Advisor at any time.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, the Advisor and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, including Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These Codes of Ethics permit personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be bought or held by the Fund. These Codes of Ethics are included as exhibits to Part C of the Fund’s registration statements. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202.551.8090; they also are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Fund has delegated to the Advisor or, as applicable, a sub-advisor, the responsibility to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund. In deciding to delegate this responsibility to the Advisor, the Board reviewed and approved the policies and procedures adopted by the Advisor and, as applicable, a subadvisor. These included the procedures that the Advisor follows when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and its shareholders and the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons.

The Advisor’s policy is to vote all proxies for Fund securities in a manner considered by the Advisor to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders without regard to any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor examines each proposal and votes against the proposal, if, in its judgment, approval or adoption of the proposal would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities. The Advisor also examines each proposal and votes the proxies against the proposal, if, in its judgment, the proposal would be expected to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. The Advisor determines the best interest of the Fund in light of the potential economic return on the Fund’s investment.

The Advisor seeks to address potential material conflicts of interest by having predetermined voting guidelines. For those proposals that require special consideration or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined guideline, the Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee determines the vote in the best interest of the Fund, without consideration of any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee is composed of representatives of the Advisor’s equity investments, equity research, compliance, legal and operations functions. In addition to the responsibilities described above, the Proxy Voting Committee has the responsibility to review, at least annually, the Advisor’s proxy voting policies to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory requirements and to develop additional predetermined voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals.

The Proxy Voting Committee may vary from a predetermined guideline if it determines that voting on the proposal according to the predetermined guideline would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities or to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. References to the best interests of the Fund refer to the interest of the Fund in terms of the potential economic return on the client’s investment. In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Voting Committee does not consider any benefit other than benefits to the Fund. A member of the Proxy Voting Committee is prohibited from voting on any proposal for which he or she has a conflict of interest by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by a given proposal. Persons making recommendations to the Proxy Voting Committee or its members are required to disclose to the Committee any relationship with a party making a proposal or other matter known to the person that would create a potential conflict of interest.

The Advisor has retained Glass-Lewis & Co., a third-party vendor, to implement its proxy voting process. Glass-Lewis & Co. provides proxy analysis, record keeping services and vote disclosure services.

Information regarding how the Columbia Funds (except certain Columbia Funds that do not invest in voting securities) voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 will be available by August 31 of this year free of charge: (i) through the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. For a copy of the Advisor’s policies and

 

46


Table of Contents

procedures that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Columbia Funds, see Appendix B to this SAI.

 

47


Table of Contents

FUND GOVERNANCE

The Board

Responsibilities

The Board oversees the Trust and the Fund. The Trustees have a fiduciary duty to protect shareholders’ interests when supervising and overseeing the management and operations of the Trust and have the responsibility to assure that the Fund is managed in the best interests of shareholders. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Trustee is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02111.

Independent Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Rodman L. Drake

(Born 1943)

Trustee and Chairman of the Board*

   2007    Co-Founder of Baringo Capital LLC (private equity) since 2002; President, Continuation Investments Group, Inc. from 1997 to 2001    66    Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. (tax preparation services); Crystal River Capital, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Student Loan Corporation (student loan provider); Celgene Corporation (global biotechnology company); and The Helios Funds (exchange-traded funds)

John D. Collins

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Retired. Consultant, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from July 1999 to June 2000; Partner, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from March 1962 to June 1999    66    Mrs. Fields Famous Brands LLC (consumer products); Suburban Propane Partners, L.P.; and Montpelier Re (insurance underwriting firm)

Douglas A. Hacker

(Born 1955)

Trustee

   1996    Independent business executive since May 2006; Executive Vice President — Strategy of United Airlines (airline) from December 2002 to May 2006;    66    Nash Finch Company (food distributor) and Aircastle Limited (aircraft leasing)

 

48


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      President of UAL Loyalty Services (airline marketing company) from September 2001 to December 2002; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Airlines from July 1999 to September 2001      

Janet Langford Kelly

(Born 1957)

Trustee

   1996    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ConocoPhillips (integrated energy company) since September 2007; Deputy General Counsel— Corporate Legal Services, ConocoPhillips from August 2006 to August 2007; Partner, Zelle, Hofmann, Voelbel, Mason & Gette LLP (law firm) from March 2005 to July 2006; Adjunct Professor of Law, Northwestern University from September 2004 to June 2006; Director, UAL Corporation (airline) from February 2006 to July 2006; Chief Administrative Officer and Senior Vice President, Kmart Holding Corporation (consumer goods) from September 2003 to March 2004    66    None

 

49


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Charles R. Nelson

(Born 1942)

Trustee

   1981    Professor of Economics, University of Washington since January 1976; Ford and Louisa University of Washington Van Voorhis Professor of Political Economy, University of Washington since September 1993; Adjunct Professor of Statistics, University of Washington since September 1980; Associate Editor, Journal of Money Credit and Banking from September 1993 to 2008; consultant on econometric and statistical matters    66    None

John J. Neuhauser

(Born 1943)

Trustee

   1985    President, Saint Michael’s College, since August 2007; University Professor, Boston College from November 2005 to August 2007; Academic Vice President and Dean of Faculties, Boston College from August 1999 to October 2005    66    Liberty All-Star Equity Fund and Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (closed-end funds)

Jonathan Piel

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Cable television producer and web site designer; The Editor, Scientific American from 1984 to 1994; Vice President, Scientific American, Inc. from 1984 to 1994; Member, Advisory Board, Stone Age Institute, Bloomington,    66    None

 

50


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      Indiana (research institute that explores the effect of technology on human evolution); Member, Board of Directors of the National Institute of Social Sciences, New York City; Member, Board of Trustees of the William Alanson White Institute, New York City (institution for training psychoanalysts); Member, Advisory Board, Mount Sinai Children’s Environmental Health Center, New York      

Patrick J. Simpson

(Born 1944)

Trustee

   2000    Partner, Perkins Coie L.L.P. (law firm)    66    None

Thomas C. Theobald

(Born 1937)

Trustee

   1996    Partner and Senior Advisor, Chicago Growth Partners (private equity investing) since September 2004; Managing Director, William Blair Capital Partners (private equity investing) from September 1994 to September 2004    66    Anixter International (network support equipment distributor); Ventas, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Jones Lang LaSalle (real estate management services); and Ambac Financial Group (financial guaranty insurance)

Anne-Lee Verville

(Born 1945)

Trustee

   1998    Retired since 1997 (formerly, General Manager, General Education Industry from 1994 to 1997, President — Application Systems Division from 1991 to 1994, Chief Financial Officer — US Marketing & Services from 1988    66    None

 

51


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds
Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

      to 1991, and Chief Information Officer from 1987 to 1988, IBM Corporation (computer and technology))      

Interested Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and
Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in the
Columbia Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds Complex
Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

William E. Mayer **

(Born 1940)

Trustee

   1994    Partner, Park Avenue Equity Partners (private equity) since February 1999; Dean and Professor, College of Business, University of Maryland from 1992 to 1997    66    Lee Enterprises (print media), WR Hambrecht + Co. (financial service provider); and BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (investment company)

 

* Effective June 12, 2009, the Board elected Mr. Drake as Chairman of the Board.
** The Fund currently treats Mr. Mayer as an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Columbia Funds by reason of his affiliation with WR Hambrecht + Co., a registered broker/dealer that may execute portfolio transactions for or engage in principal transactions with the Fund or other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates.

Standing Committees

The Trust has several standing committees, including the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Investment Oversight Committees.

Ms. Verville and Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Nelson are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s functions include making recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing matters relative to accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records and the internal accounting controls of the Funds and certain service providers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee met six times.

Messrs. Drake, Hacker, Mayer and Simpson are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee’s functions include recommending to the Board nominees for independent Trustee positions and for appointments to various committees, performing periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board, reviewing and recommending to the Board policies and practices to be followed in carrying out the Trustees’ duties and responsibilities and reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Advisor. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Governance Committee met six times.

The Governance Committee will consider nominees for Trustee recommended by shareholders provided that such recommendations are submitted by the date disclosed in the Fund’s proxy statement and otherwise comply with applicable securities laws, including Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Such shareholder recommendations must be in writing and should be sent to the attention of the Governance Committee in care of the Fund at One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111-2621. Shareholder recommendations should include the proposed nominee’s

 

52


Table of Contents

biographical information (including business experience for the past ten years) and a description of the qualifications of the proposed nominee, along with a statement from the proposed nominee that he or she is willing to serve and meets the requirements to be a disinterested Trustee, if applicable.

Ms. Kelly and Messrs. Hacker, Mayer, Nelson, Neuhauser and Piel are members of the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee. The Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee’s functions include reviewing and making recommendations to the Board as to contracts requiring approval of a majority of the Independent Trustees and as to any other contracts that may be referred to the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee met eight times.

Mses. Kelly and Verville and Messrs. Nelson and Simpson are members of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee’s functions include providing oversight of the compliance monitoring processes and controls regarding the Fund. The Committee uses legal, regulatory and internal rules, policies, procedures and standards other than those relating to accounting matters and oversight of compliance by the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Compliance Committee met six times.

Each Trustee also serves on an Investment Oversight Committee (IOC). Each IOC is responsible for monitoring, on an ongoing basis, a select group of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex and gives particular consideration to such matters as the Fund’s adherence to its investment mandates, historical performance, changes in investment processes and personnel, and proposed changes to investment objectives. Investment personnel who manage the Fund attend IOC meetings from time to time to assist the applicable IOC in its review of the Fund. Each IOC meets four times a year, as the applicable IOC did for the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year. The below are members of the respective IOCs and the general categories of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex which they review. These asset categories may be reallocated among the IOCs from time to time.

IOC #1: Mr. Neuhauser and Ms. Verville are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Global Stock, International Stock, Large Growth, Mid Value, Fixed Income — Core and Municipal.

IOC #2: Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Mayer are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Large Value, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — High Yield, Multi-Sector and Municipal.

IOC #3: Messrs. Piel and Theobald and Ms. Kelly are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Index, Large Value, Mid Value, Small Core, Small Value, Money Market, Fixed Income — Municipal and Short Duration.

IOC #4: Messrs. Drake, Nelson and Simpson are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Large Blend, Mid Growth, Multi Blend, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — Core, Municipal and Short Duration.

Compensation

Trustees are compensated for their services to the Columbia Funds Family on a complex-wide basis, as shown in the table below.

Independent Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from
the Columbia Funds
Complex Paid to
Independent Trustees for
the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

Rodman L. Drake(b)

   $ 5,574    $ 253,135

John D. Collins(c)

   $ 4,834    $ 241,371

Douglas A. Hacker

   $ 5,308    $ 212,000

Morrill Melton Hall, Jr(d)

     N/A    $ 58,132

Janet Langford Kelly

   $ 5,186    $ 201,000

 

53


Table of Contents

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from
the Columbia Funds

Complex Paid to
Independent Trustees for
the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

Richard W. Lowry(d)

     N/A    $ 68,742

Charles R. Nelson

   $ 5,554    $ 212,000

John J. Neuhauser

   $ 5,157    $ 200,500

Jonathan Piel

   $ 4,848    $ 236,107

Patrick J. Simpson(e)

   $ 5,180    $ 201,000

Thomas E. Stitzel(d)(f)

     N/A    $ 82,742

Thomas C. Theobald(g)

   $ 6,479    $ 286,500

Anne-Lee Verville(h)

   $ 5,370    $ 214,500

 

(a) All Trustees receive reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to their attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.
(b) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Drake deferred $2,456 of his compensation from Mid Cap Growth Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Drake deferred $84,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Drake’s account under that plan was $62,008.
(c) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Collins deferred $2,389 of his compensation from Mid Cap Growth Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Collins deferred $83,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Collins’ account under that plan was $59,105.
(d) Mr. Hall served as a Trustee of the Trust until February 22, 2008. Messrs. Lowry and Stitzel served as Trustees of the Trust until April 30, 2008.
(e) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Simpson deferred $5,180 of his compensation from Mid Cap Growth Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Simpson deferred $201,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Simpson’s account under that plan was $628,968.
(f) During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Stitzel deferred $34,742 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Stitzel’s account under that plan was $235,310.
(g) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Thobald deferred $0 of his compensation from Mid Cap Growth Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Theobald’s account under that plan was $442,295.
(h) At December 31, 2008, the value of Ms. Verville’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $563,329.

Interested Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from
the Fund for the Fiscal Year
ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the Columbia
Funds Complex Paid to Independent
Trustees for the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

William E. Mayer

   $ 5,011    $ 192,000

 

54


Table of Contents

 

(a) Mr. Mayer receives reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to his attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.

Columbia Funds Deferred Compensation Plan

Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Agreement (the Deferred Compensation Plan), each eligible Trustee may elect, on an annual basis, to defer receipt of all or a portion of compensation payable to him or her for service as Trustee for that calendar year (expressly, a Trustee may elect to defer his/her annual retainer, his/her attendance fees, or both components, which together comprise total compensation for service). Fees deferred by a Trustee are credited to a book reserve account (the Deferral Account) established by the Columbia Funds, the value of which is derived from the rate of return of one or more Columbia Funds selected by the Trustee (with accruals to the Deferral Account beginning at such time as a Trustee’s fund elections having been established, and proceeds for service having been paid into such account, and terminating at such time as when proceeds become payable to such Trustee under the Deferred Compensation Plan). Trustees may change their fund elections only in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Distributions from a Trustee’s Deferral Account will be paid by check, either in a lump sum or in annual installments. Payments made in annual installments are disbursed over a period of up to ten years, following such time as a Trustee may qualify to receive such payments. If a deferring Trustee dies prior to or after the commencement of the disbursement of amounts accrued in his/her Deferral Account, the balance of the account will be distributed to his/her designated beneficiary either in lump sum or in annual payments as established by such Trustee himself/herself, his/her beneficiary or his/her estate. Amounts payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan are not funded or secured in any way, and the deferring Trustee has the status of an unsecured creditor of the Columbia Fund(s) from which compensation has been deferred.

Beneficial Equity Ownership

As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the Class Y shares of the Fund. The table below shows, for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Columbia Funds Family, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001-$50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; and E = over $100,000.

Independent Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
all Funds in the
Columbia Funds Family

Rodman L. Drake

   A    D*

John D. Collins

   A    E

Douglas A. Hacker

   E    E

Janet Langford Kelly

   E    E

Charles R. Nelson

   E    E

John J. Neuhauser

   A    E

Jonathan Piel

   A    A

Patrick J. Simpson

   C    E

Thomas C. Theobald

   A    E*

Anne-Lee Verville

   A    E*

 

* Includes the value of compensation payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan that is determined as if the amounts deferred had been invested, as of the date of deferral, in shares of one or more funds in the Columbia Funds Complex as specified by each Trustee.

Interested Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
all Funds in the
Columbia Funds Family

William E. Mayer

   A    D

 

55


Table of Contents

The Officers

The following table provides basic information about the Officers of the Trust as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Officer is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02110.

Officer Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First
Elected or
Appointed
to Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

J. Kevin Connaughton

(Born 1964)

   President    2009    Managing Director of Columbia Management Advisors, LLC since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Columbia Funds, from June 2008 to January 2009; Treasurer, Columbia Funds, from October 2003 to May 2008; Treasurer, the Liberty Funds, Stein Roe Funds and Liberty All-Star Funds, from December 2000 to December 2006; Senior Vice President, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, from April 2003 to December 2004; President, Columbia Funds, Liberty Funds and Stein Roe Funds, from February 2004 to October 2004; Treasurer, Galaxy Funds, from September 2002 to December 2005; Treasurer, from December 2002 to December 2004, and President, from February 2004 to December 2004, Columbia Management Multi-Strategy Hedge Fund, LLC; and a senior officer or director of various other Bank of America-affiliated entities, including other registered and unregistered funds.

James R. Bordewick, Jr.

(Born 1959)

   Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel, MFS Investment Management (investment management) prior to April 2005.

 

56


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First
Elected or
Appointed
to Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

Linda J. Wondrack

(Born 1964)

   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    2007    Director (Columbia Management Group, LLC and Investment Product Group Compliance), Bank of America since June 2005; Director of Corporate Compliance and Conflicts Officer, MFS Investment Management (investment management), August 2004 to May 2005; Managing Director, Deutsche Asset Management (investment management) prior to August 2004.

Michael G. Clarke

(Born 1969)

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    2009    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Managing Director of the Advisor, from September 2004 to December 2005; Vice President Fund Administration from June 2002 to September 2004.

Joseph F. DiMaria

(Born 1968)

   Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer    2008    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Head of Tax/Compliance and Assistant Treasurer from November 2004 to December 2005; Director of Trustee Administration (Sarbanes-Oxley) from May 2003 to October 2004.

Stephen T. Welsh

(Born 1957)

   Vice President    1996    President, Columbia Management Services, Inc. since July 2004; Senior Vice President and Controller, Columbia Management Services, Inc. prior to July 2004.

Julie B. Lyman

(Born 1970)

   Vice President    2009    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since October 2009 and from October 2006 through May 2009; Managing Director of the Advisor from May 2009 through October 2009; Associate, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP (law firm) from April 2004 to October 2006.

Jeffrey R. Coleman

(Born 1969)

   Deputy Treasurer    2008    Director of Fund Administration since January 2006; Fund Controller from October 2004 to January 2006; Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) from August 2000 to September 2004.

 

57


Table of Contents

Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First
Elected or
Appointed
to Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

Julian Quero

(Born 1967)

   Deputy Treasurer    2003    Senior Tax Manager of the Advisor since August 2006; Senior Compliance Manager of the Advisor from April 2002 to August 2006.

Timothy P. Kane

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Valuation of the Advisor since July 2007; Manager, Accounting Oversight Department of the Advisor since September 2004; Internal Auditor, State Street Corporation (financial services) from June 2004 to September 2004; Senior Auditor, Deloitte (public accounting firm) prior to June 2004.

Kenneth E. O’Connor

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor since September 2006; Senior Manager, Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor from 2003 to September 2006.

Kathryn Thompson

(Born 1967)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Accounting Oversight of the Advisor since December 2004; Vice President, State Street Corporation (financial services) prior to December 2004.

Philip N. Prefontaine

(Born 1948)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Reporting of the Advisor since November 2004; Assistant Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) prior to November 2004.

Keith E. Stone

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor since September 2003.

Barry S. Vallan

(Born 1969)

   Controller    2006    Vice President, Fund Treasury of the Advisor since October 2004; Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor from April 2002 to October 2004.

Peter T. Fariel

(Born 1957)

   Assistant Secretary    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Partner, Goodwin Procter LLP (law firm) prior to April 2005.

Ryan C. Larrenaga

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Secretary    2005    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since March 2005; Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (law firm) from 1998 to February 2005.

 

58


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor (or the investment sub-advisor(s) who make(s) the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund, as applicable) is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, for the selection of broker/dealers, for the execution of the Fund’s securities transactions and for the allocation of brokerage commissions in connection with such transactions. The Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction is to obtain the best net price and the most favorable execution of the order. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge negotiated commissions for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

In the over-the-counter market, securities generally are traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts without stated commissions, although the price of a security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are bought at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s “concession” or “discount.” On occasion, certain money market instruments may be bought directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

The Fund is affiliated with the NYSE specialist firm Banc of America Specialist, Inc. In order to ensure that markets are fair, orderly and competitive, NYSE specialist firms are responsible for maintaining a liquid and continuous two-sided auction market by acting as both an agent and a principal. Specialists are entrusted to hold the interests of customer orders above the specialist’s own interests, and will buy and sell securities as principal when such transactions are necessary to minimize imbalances between supply and demand. Banc of America Specialist, Inc. may make a market in certain securities held by the Fund.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Advisor gives primary consideration to obtaining the best net prices and most favorable execution. This means that the Advisor will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. In seeking such execution, the Advisor will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker/dealer, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the broker/dealer, the value and quality of the services rendered by the broker/dealer in this instance and other transactions and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. Research services received from broker/ dealers supplement the Advisor’s own research and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on political developments; Fund management strategies; performance information on securities and information concerning prices of securities; and information supplied by specialized services to the Advisor and to the Board with respect to the performance, investment activities and fees and expenses of other mutual funds. Such information may be communicated electronically, orally or in written form. Research services also may include the arranging of meetings with management of companies and the provision of access to consultants who supply research information.

The outside research is useful to the Advisor since, in certain instances, the broker/dealers utilized by the Advisor may follow a different universe of securities issuers and other matters than those that the Advisor’s staff can follow. In addition, this research provides the Advisor with a different perspective on financial markets, even if the securities research obtained relates to issues followed by the Advisor. Research services that are provided to the Advisor by broker/dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Advisor. In some cases, the research services are available only from the broker/dealer providing such services. In other cases, the research services may be obtainable from alternative sources. The Advisor is of the opinion that because the broker/dealer research supplements rather than replaces the Advisor’s own research, the receipt of such research does not tend to decrease the Advisor’s expenses, but tends to improve the quality of its investment advice. However, to the extent that the Advisor would have bought any such research services had such services not been provided by broker/dealers, the expenses of such services to the Advisor could be considered to have been reduced accordingly. Certain research services furnished by broker/dealers may be useful to the clients of the Advisor other

 

59


Table of Contents

than the Fund. Conversely, any research services received by the Advisor through the placement of transactions of other clients may be of value to the Advisor in fulfilling its obligations to the Fund. The Advisor is of the opinion that this material is beneficial in supplementing its research and analysis; and, therefore, it may benefit the Trust by improving the quality of the Advisor’s investment advice. The advisory fees paid by the Trust are not reduced because the Advisor receives such services.

Under Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Advisor shall not be “deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached its fiduciary duty” solely because under certain circumstances it has caused the account to pay a higher commission than the lowest available. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Advisor must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are “reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion.” Accordingly, the price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker/dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Some broker/ dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Advisor’s clients, including the Fund.

Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with broker/dealers based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by broker/dealers in light of generally prevailing rates. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different broker/dealers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment of brokerage commissions that generally are fixed. Transactions in both foreign and domestic over-the-counter markets generally are principal transactions with dealers, and the costs of such transactions involve dealer spreads rather than brokerage commissions. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Advisor, where possible, will deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for the Fund as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Advisor’s other clients are made with the goal of achieving their respective investment objectives. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client even though it may be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when a number of accounts receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are engaged simultaneously in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. In some cases, this policy could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction that may affect the Fund.

The Fund may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Fund will engage in this practice, however, only when the Advisor, in its sole discretion, believes such practice to be otherwise in the Fund’s interests.

The Trust will not execute portfolio transactions through, or buy or sell portfolio securities from or to, the Distributor, the Advisor, the Administrator or their affiliates acting as principal (including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), except to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation or order. However, the Advisor is authorized to allocate buy and sell orders for portfolio securities to certain broker/dealers and financial institutions, including, in the case of agency transactions, broker/dealers and financial institutions that are affiliated with Bank of America. To the extent that the Fund executes any securities trades with an affiliate of Bank of America, such Fund does so in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and the procedures that such Fund has adopted pursuant to the rule. In this regard, for each transaction, the Board will determine that: (i) the transaction resulted in prices for and execution of securities transactions at least as favorable to the particular Fund as those likely to be derived from a non-affiliated qualified broker/dealer; (ii) the affiliated broker/dealer charged the Fund commission rates consistent with those charged by the affiliated broker/dealer in similar transactions to clients comparable to the Fund and that are not affiliated with the broker/dealer in question; and (iii) the fees, commissions or other remuneration paid by the Fund did not exceed 2% of the sales price of the securities if the sale was effected in connection with a secondary distribution, or 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if effected in other than a secondary distribution. In addition, the Columbia Funds are affiliated with BAS, Merrill Lynch and their

 

60


Table of Contents

affiliates (including MLPF&S, Merrill Lynch Government Securities, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.) and may, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the SEC and applicable law (i) purchase certain types of securities from such entities in their role as dealers in such securities and (ii) purchase certain eligible municipal securities through group orders when MLPF&S is a member of an underwriting syndicate for such securities.

Certain affiliates of Bank of America, such as its subsidiary banks, may have deposit, loan or commercial banking relationships with the corporate users of facilities financed by industrial development revenue bonds or private activity bonds bought by certain of the Columbia Funds. Bank of America or certain of its affiliates may serve as trustee, custodian, tender agent, guarantor, placement agent, underwriter, or in some other capacity, with respect to certain issues of securities. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may buy securities from a member of an underwriting syndicate in which an affiliate of Bank of America is a member. The Trust has adopted procedures pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, and intends to comply with the requirements of Rule 10f-3, in connection with any purchases of municipal securities that may be subject to Rule 10f-3.

Given the breadth of the Advisor’s investment management activities, investment decisions for the Fund are not always made independently from those for other funds, or other investment companies and accounts advised or managed by the Advisor. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of one or more of the Columbia Funds and another investment portfolio, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price and available investments allocated as to amount in a manner which the Advisor believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other funds, investment portfolio, investment company or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or bought for the Fund with those to be sold or bought for other funds, investment portfolios, investment companies, or accounts in executing transactions.

See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about these and other conflicts of interest.

Brokerage Commissions

The following table describes the amounts of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during its three most recently completed fiscal years. In certain instances the Fund may pay brokerage commissions to broker/dealers that are affiliates of Bank of America. As indicated above, all such transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions to affiliates are done in compliance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   $ 51,601    $ 4,499,159    $ 5,067,887

The Fund paid no brokerage commissions to affiliated broker/dealers for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Directed Brokerage

The Fund or the Advisor, through an agreement or understanding with a broker/dealer, or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, may direct, subject to applicable legal requirements, the Fund’s brokerage transactions to a broker/dealer because of the research services it provides the Fund or the Advisor.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund directed brokerage transactions as follows:

 

Fund

   Amount of Transactions    Related Commissions

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   $ 3,003,017,260    $ 4,070,265

 

61


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

In certain cases, the Fund, as part of its principal investment strategies, or otherwise as a permissible investment, will invest in the common stock or debt obligations of the regular broker/dealers that the Advisor uses to transact brokerage for the Columbia Funds Family.

As of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund owned securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” or their parents, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, as shown in the table below.

Investments in Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers as of August 31, 2009

 

Fund

   Broker/Dealer    Dollar Amount of Securities Held

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   None    N/A

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

The Fund, along with the Transfer Agent and/or the Distributor, may pay significant amounts to financial intermediaries (as defined below), including other Bank of America affiliates, for providing the types of services that would typically be provided directly by a mutual fund’s transfer agent. The level of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. A number of factors may be considered in determining payments to a financial intermediary, including, without limitation, the nature of the services provided to shareholders. These services may include sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency or similar recordkeeping services, shareholder or participant reporting, shareholder or participant transaction processing, and/or the provision of call center support (additional shareholder services). These payments for shareholder servicing support vary by financial intermediary. The Fund’s Transfer Agent, Distributor or their affiliates will pay, from its or their own resources, amounts to financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of these shareholder services and other services.

For purposes of this section the term “financial intermediary” includes any broker/dealer, bank, bank trust department, registered investment advisor, financial planner, retirement plan or other third party administrator and any other institution having a selling, services or any similar agreement with the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates.

The Fund also may make additional payments to financial intermediaries that charge networking fees for certain services provided in connection with the maintenance of shareholder accounts through the NSCC.

In addition, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make lump sum payments to selected financial intermediaries receiving shareholder servicing payments in reimbursement of printing costs for literature for participants, account maintenance fees or fees for the establishment of the Fund on the financial intermediary’s system or other similar services.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make shareholder servicing payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may pay compensation to selected financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, under the categories described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive payments under all categories. A financial intermediary also may receive payments described above in Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments. These payments may create an incentive for a financial intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to its customers. The amount of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. In determining the amount of payments to be made, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, asset mix and length of

 

62


Table of Contents

relationship with the financial intermediary, the size of the customer/shareholder base of the financial intermediary, the manner in which customers of the financial intermediary make investments in the Fund, the nature and scope of marketing support or services provided by the financial intermediary (as described more fully below) and the costs incurred by the financial intermediary in connection with maintaining the infrastructure necessary or desirable to support investments in the Fund.

These additional payments by the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates are made pursuant to agreements between the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates and financial intermediaries, and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a Class Y share, the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales or the expenses paid by Class Y shares as shown under the heading Fees and Expenses in the Fund’s Class Y shares prospectus.

Marketing Support Payments

The Distributor and the Advisor may make payments, from their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, for marketing support services relating to the Columbia Funds, including, but not limited to, business planning assistance, educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the financial intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the financial intermediary, client servicing and systems infrastructure support. These payments are generally based upon one or more of the following factors: average net assets of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, gross sales of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, reimbursement of ticket charges (fees that a financial intermediary firm charges its representatives for effecting transactions in fund shares) or a negotiated lump sum payment.

The financial arrangements likely will vary for each financial intermediary. The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make payments in materially larger amounts or on a materially different basis when dealing with other affiliates of Bank of America. Such increased or otherwise modified payments to the other Bank of America affiliate may enable the other Bank of America affiliate to offset credits that it may provide to its customers in order to avoid having such customers pay fees to multiple Bank of America entities in connection with the customer’s investment in a Columbia Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make marketing support payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Other Payments

From time to time, the Distributor, from its own resources, may provide additional compensation to certain financial intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund to the extent not prohibited by laws or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include financial assistance to financial intermediaries that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at financial intermediary-sponsored conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other financial intermediary employees, financial intermediary entertainment and other financial intermediary-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s internal guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

 

63


Table of Contents

Your financial intermediary may charge you fees or commissions in addition to those disclosed in this SAI. You should consult with your financial intermediary and review carefully any disclosure your financial intermediary provides regarding its services and compensation. Depending on the financial arrangement in place at any particular time, a financial intermediary and its financial consultants may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular fund or a particular share class over other funds or share classes. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information.

 

64


Table of Contents

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

Description of the Trust’s Shares

The Fund offers shares in the classes shown in the table below. Subject to certain limited exceptions discussed in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund may no longer be accepting new investments from current shareholders or prospective investors. The Fund, however, may at any time and without notice offer any of these classes to the general public for investment. This SAI relates only to the Fund’s Class Y shares.

The Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Declaration of Trust) permits it to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, without par value, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of the Fund without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Fund and to divide such shares into classes. Each share of a class of the Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Board. However, different share classes of the Fund pay different distribution amounts, because each share class has different expenses. Each time a distribution is made, the net asset value per share of the share class is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

Share Classes Offered by the Fund

 

Fund

   Class A
Shares†
   Class B
Shares†
   Class C
Shares†
   Class R
Shares†
   Class T
Shares†
   Class Y
Shares
   Class Z
Shares†

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   ü    ü    ü    ü    ü    ü    ü

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R, Class T and Class Z shares are discussed in a separate statement of additional information.

Restrictions on Holding or Disposing of Shares

There are no restrictions on the right of shareholders to retain or dispose of the Fund’s shares, other than the possible future termination of the Fund. The Fund may be terminated by reorganization into another mutual fund or by liquidation and distribution of their assets. Unless terminated by reorganization or liquidation, the Fund will continue indefinitely.

Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims any shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of Fund property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances (which are considered remote) in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations and the disclaimer was inoperative.

The risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on account of another series of the Trust also is believed to be remote, because it would be limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer was inoperative and the other series of the Trust was unable to meet its obligations.

Dividend Rights

The shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions declared for the Fund. No shares have priority or preference over any other shares of the Fund with respect to distributions. Distributions will be made from the assets of the Fund, and will be paid pro rata to all shareholders of the Fund (or class) according to the number of shares of the Fund (or class) held by shareholders on the record date. The amount of income dividends per share may vary between separate share classes of the Fund based upon differences in the way that expenses are allocated between share classes pursuant to a multiple class plan.

 

65


Table of Contents

Voting Rights and Shareholder Meetings

The Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings, but special meetings may be called for certain purposes. The Trust voluntarily has undertaken to hold a shareholder meeting at which the Board would be elected at least every five years beginning in 2005. Each whole share (or fractional share) outstanding on the record date established in accordance with the Trust’s By-Laws shall be entitled to a number of votes on any matter on which it is entitled to vote equal to the net asset value of the share (or fractional share) in U.S. dollars determined at the close of business on the record date (for example, a share having a net asset value of $10.50 would be entitled to 10.5 votes).

The Trustees may fill any vacancies on the Board except that the Trustees may not fill a vacancy if, immediately after filling such vacancy, less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office would have been elected to such office by the shareholders. In addition, at such times as less than a majority of the Trustees then in office have been elected to such office by the shareholders, the Trustees must call a meeting of shareholders. Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint their successors.

At any shareholders’ meetings that may be held, shareholders of all series would vote together, irrespective of series, on the election of Trustees, but each series would vote separately from the others on other matters, such as changes in the investment policies of that series or the approval of the management agreement for that series. Shares of the Fund and any other series of the Trust that may be in existence from time to time generally vote together except when required by law to vote separately by fund or by class.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or the Fund, shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution and to a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Board may determine.

Preemptive Rights

There are no preemptive rights associated with Fund shares.

Conversion Rights

Shareholders have the right, which is subject to change by the Board, to convert or “exchange” shares of one class for another. Such right is outlined and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Fund’s prospectus.

Redemptions

The Fund’s dividend, distribution and redemption policies can be found in its prospectus under the headings Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares and Distributions and Taxes. However, the Board may suspend the right of shareholders to sell shares when permitted or required to do so by law or compel sales of shares in certain cases.

Sinking Fund Provisions

The Trust has no sinking fund provisions.

Calls or Assessment

All Fund shares are issued in uncertificated form only and when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

 

66


Table of Contents

Other Securities

The Fund does not offer securities other than capital stock.

 

67


Table of Contents

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

Purchase and Redemption

An investor may buy, sell and exchange Class Y shares in the Fund utilizing the methods, and subject to the restrictions, described in the Fund’s prospectus. The following information supplements information in the Fund’s prospectus.

The Fund has authorized one or more broker/dealers to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. These broker/dealers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a buy or sell order when an authorized broker/dealer, or, if applicable, a broker/dealer’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker/dealer or the broker’s authorized designee.

The Trust also may make payment for sales in readily marketable securities or other property if it is appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for shares during any period when (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC; (ii) the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (iii) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; (iv) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC. (The Fund may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of their shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares, subject to the exceptions listed above, with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the period.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, the Fund may request additional required information from you to verify your identity. Your application will be rejected if it does not contain your name, social security number, date of birth and permanent street address. If at any time the Fund believes a shareholder may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” a shareholder’s account. The Fund also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in a shareholder’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the law may not permit the Fund to inform the shareholder that it has taken the actions described above.

Offering Price

The share price of the Fund is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is calculated separately for each class of shares as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier) on each day the Fund is open for business, unless the Board determines otherwise.

The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities for which a market quotation is available is determined in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. In general terms, the valuation procedures provide that domestic exchange traded securities (other than NASDAQ listed equity securities) generally will be valued at their last traded sale prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. If no sales of those securities are reported on a particular day on the principal exchange, the securities generally will be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. Securities traded on a foreign securities exchange will generally be valued at their last sale prices on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded, or in the absence of a reported sale on a particular day, at their bid prices (in the case of securities held long) or ask prices (in the case of securities held short) as reported by that exchange. Securities traded primarily on NASDAQ will generally be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (NOCP) (which is

 

68


Table of Contents

the last trade price at or before 4:00:02 p.m. (Eastern Time) adjusted up to NASDAQ’s best bid price if the last trade price is below such bid price or adjusted down to NASDAQ’s best ask price if the last trade price is above such ask price). If no NOCP is available, the security will generally be valued at the last sale price shown on NASDAQ prior to the calculation of the NAV of the Fund. If no sale price is shown on NASDAQ, the latest bid price will be used. If no sale price is shown and no latest bid price is available, the price will be deemed “stale” and the value will be determined in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Securities not traded upon any exchange will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices based upon quotes furnished by the appropriate market makers. If quoted prices are unavailable or are believed to be inaccurate, market values will generally be determined based on quotes obtained from one or more broker(s) or dealer(s) or based on a price obtained from a reputable independent pricing service.

Financial futures will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price. Forward foreign currency contracts will generally be valued using market quotations from a widely used quotation system that reflects the current cost of covering or off-setting the contract. Exchange traded options will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price on their exchange. If there is no reported sale on the valuation date, the options will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices.

Over-the-counter derivatives will generally be valued at fair value in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Repurchase agreements will generally be valued at a price equal to the amount of the cash invested in the repurchase agreement at the time of valuation. The market value of the securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be determined in accordance with the procedures above, as appropriate, for the purpose of determining the adequacy of collateral.

Shares of open-end investment companies held in the Fund’s portfolio will generally be valued at the latest net asset value reported by the investment company.

Debt securities will generally be valued by a pricing service which may employ a matrix or other indications of value, including but not limited to broker quotes, to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units. The matrix can take into account various factors including, without limitation, bids, yield spreads, and/or other market data and specific security characteristics (e.g., credit quality, maturity and coupon rate). Debt securities for which a pricing service does not furnish valuations and for which market quotations are readily available will generally be valued based on the mean of the latest bid prices obtained from one or more dealers. Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less will, absent unusual circumstances, be valued at amortized cost.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available for any reason, including that the latest quotation is deemed unreliable or unreasonable, securities and other assets and liabilities are valued at “fair value” as determined in good faith by the Advisor’s valuation committee. In general, any one or more of the following factors may be taken into account in determining fair value: the fundamental analytical data relating to the security; the value of other financial instruments, including derivative securities, traded on other markets or among dealers; trading volumes on markets, exchanges, or among dealers; values of baskets of securities traded on other markets; changes in interest rates; observations from financial institutions; government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements; other news events; information as to any transactions or offers with respect to the security; price and extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies; nature and expected duration of the event, if any, giving rise to the valuation issue; pricing history of the security; the relative size of the position in the portfolio; and other relevant information.

With respect to securities traded on foreign markets, the following factors also may be relevant: the value of foreign securities traded on other foreign markets; ADR trading; closed-end fund trading; foreign currency exchange activity; and the trading of financial products that are tied to baskets of foreign securities, such as World Equity Benchmark Shares™.

The Board has determined, and the valuation procedures provide, that in certain circumstances it may be necessary to use an alternative valuation method, such as in-kind redemptions with affiliated benefit plans where the Department of Labor requires that valuation to be done in accordance with Rule 17a-7 of the 1940 Act.

 

69


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s prospectuses entitled Distributions and Taxes. The prospectuses generally describe the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Fund. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as in effect as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion applies only to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in the prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Fund. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, the application of state, local, or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Fund.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

It is intended that the Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of

Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. The Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to the Fund, even though the Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, the Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses, and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined below. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources defined in Code Section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Certain of a regulated investment company’s investments in master limited partnerships (MLPs) may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules do not apply to a regulated investment company, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

The Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at

 

70


Table of Contents

least 50% of the fair market value of its total assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and are not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and in the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer. The qualifying income and diversification requirements described above may limit the extent to which the Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in MLPs.

In addition, the Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income (if any) for the taxable year.

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund generally intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and substantially all of its net capital gain. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Any investment company taxable income retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates.

In addition, although the Fund generally intends to distribute all of its net capital gain, the Fund may determine to retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain for Capital Gain Dividend purposes, a regulated investment company generally must treat any net capital loss or any net long-term capital loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year. Treasury Regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its taxable income, to elect to treat all or part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

In order to comply with the distribution requirements described above applicable to regulated investment companies, the Fund generally must make the distributions in the same taxable year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, the Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year in respect of income and gains from the prior taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from the Fund in the year they are actually distributed. If the Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one calendar year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following calendar year, however, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the earlier year.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment under the Code, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits

 

71


Table of Contents

(including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company.

Excise Tax

If the Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses) and 98% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for net ordinary losses) for the 1-year period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that were not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, the Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, if the amount of excise tax to be paid is deemed de minimis by the Fund).

Capital Loss Carryforwards

Subject to certain limitations, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. The Fund’s capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Fund does not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gains. The Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

Equalization Accounting

The Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “accumulated earnings and profits,” which generally equals the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits the Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect the Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount of income and gains that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. The IRS has not sanctioned the particular equalization method used by the Fund, and thus the Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

Taxation of Fund Investments

In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by the Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held or is deemed to have held the securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

If the Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (OID) (generally a debt obligation with an issue price less than its stated principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), the Fund may be required to annually include in its income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. In general, gains recognized on the disposition of (or the receipt of any partial payment of principal on) a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by the Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. The Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount (if an election is made by the Fund to accrue market discount over the holding period of the applicable debt obligation) on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have

 

72


Table of Contents

been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by the Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be disadvantageous for the Fund.

In addition, payment-in-kind securities similarly will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no cash interest payment on the security during the year.

If an option granted by the Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund generally will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by the Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

Some regulated futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options that may be used by the Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” The Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. These provisions may require the Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity options.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss exceeds the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be available as a carryforward and thus cannot be deducted by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as forward, futures and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by the Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (as described below). Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are

 

73


Table of Contents

part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when the Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

The amount of long-term capital gain the Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain the Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

If the Fund makes a distribution of income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Similar consequences may apply to repurchase and other derivative transactions.

In addition, the Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash-sale rules or the short-sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, as well as any of its foreign currency transactions and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while the Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid fund-level tax. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in certain derivatives transactions.

 

74


Table of Contents

Any investment by the Fund in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (TMPs). Under an IRS notice, and Treasury Regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt shareholders, as noted under Tax-Exempt Shareholders below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or certain other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax.

Some amounts received by the Fund from its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as returns of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain from that asset (or if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of cash flow received by the Fund from the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its regulated investment company distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to borrow money or sell securities at the time. In addition, distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that are characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable to Fund shareholders as ordinary income.

“Passive foreign investment companies” (PFICs) are generally defined as foreign corporations where at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If the Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions and gain from the sale of interests in PFICs may be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, these amounts may otherwise have been classified as capital gain.

The Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for these special taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections would require the Fund to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC (in the case of a “QEF election”), or to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in its interests in the PFIC “to the market” as though the Fund had sold and repurchased such interests on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year, treating such gains and losses as ordinary income and loss (in the case of a “mark-to-market election”). The QEF and mark-to-market elections may require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments prematurely to meet the minimum distribution

 

75


Table of Contents

requirements described above, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return. The Fund may attempt to limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to minimize tax liability and/or maximize returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income, as defined below.

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Fund may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Fund, in which case the Fund may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy its minimum distribution requirements, which may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of his or her shares. The Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income (defined below). The Fund will designate Capital Gain Dividends, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest the Fund earns on direct obligations of the U.S. government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares

If a shareholder sells or exchanges his or her Fund shares, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held (or is deemed to have held) such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term capital gain or loss otherwise.

 

76


Table of Contents

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.

If a shareholder receives a Capital Gain Dividend or is deemed to receive a distribution of long-term capital gain with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held or treated as held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the Capital Gain Dividend or deemed long-term capital gain distribution.

Foreign Taxes

Amounts realized by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund with respect to foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum holding periods specified in the Code and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. It is not expected that the Fund will qualify for this election.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates

As of the date of this SAI, the maximum stated U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals generally is 35% for ordinary income and 15% for net long-term capital gain. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced—in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets—for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, U.S. federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” equal to the highest net long-term capital gain rate, which, as described above, generally is 15%. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received by the Fund from certain domestic and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund with respect to the dividend-paying corporation’s stock and by the shareholders with respect to the Fund’s shares. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date) and meet certain other requirements specified in the Code. In general, if less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders who meet the aforementioned holding period requirements. The rules regarding the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in

 

77


Table of Contents

deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. U.S. federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (1) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (TIN) or has not certified to the Fund that withholding does not apply or (2) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts required to be withheld as a credit against his or her future U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase for amounts distributed or paid after December 31, 2010.

Tax-Deferred Plans

The shares of the Fund may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

Corporate Shareholders

Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by the Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Fund are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

Foreign Shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” generally include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.

Generally, unless an exception applies, dividend distributions made to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends will be subject to non-refundable U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, generally, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), distributions made to foreign shareholders and properly designated by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” are exempt from U.S. federal income tax withholding. The exemption for interest-related dividends does not apply to any distribution to a foreign shareholder (i) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer; (ii) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (iii) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. Interest-related dividends are generally attributable to the Fund’s net U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned

 

78


Table of Contents

directly by an individual foreign shareholder. In order to qualify as an interest-related dividend, the Fund must designate a distribution as such in a written notice mailed to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, neither U.S. federal income tax withholding nor the exemption for interest-related dividends will apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation.

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, distributions properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends and, with respect to taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), “short-term capital gain dividends” (defined below) are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the disposition of Fund shares or the receipt of Capital Gain Dividends or short-term capital gain dividends and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the Fund shares on which the foreign shareholder realized gain constitute U.S. real property interests (USRPIs, defined below) or, in certain cases, the distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI, as discussed below. If the requirements of clause (i) are met, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally will apply to the foreign shareholder and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation. If the requirements of clause (i) are not met, but the requirements of clause (ii) are met, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Please see below for a discussion of the tax implications to foreign shareholders in the event that clause (iii) applies. “Short-term capital gain dividends” are distributions attributable to the Fund’s net short-term capital gain in excess of its net long-term capital loss and designated as such by the Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Pending legislation proposes to extend the exemptions from withholding for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for one additional year (i.e., for dividends with respect to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011). However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment, no assurance can be made that the intermediary will respect such a designation, and an intermediary may withhold even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Even if permitted to do so, the Fund provides no assurance that it will designate any distributions as interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from the Fund if it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in the Fund if it is a USRPHC. Generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs – defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC – the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. If the Fund holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC.

If the Fund is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, amounts the Fund receives from REITs derived from gains realized from USRPIs generally will retain their character as such in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. In the hands of a foreign shareholder that holds (or has held in the prior 12 months) more than a 5% interest in any class of the Fund, such amounts generally will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates.

 

79


Table of Contents

Moreover, such shareholder generally will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year recognized, and the Fund must withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. Otherwise, in the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in any class of the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior 12 months), such amounts generally will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend (in the event that certain pending legislation is enacted, as described above) or Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such shareholders. If the Fund is subject to the rules of this paragraph, its foreign shareholders may also be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the foregoing tax-filing and payment obligations through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares. Prior to January 1, 2010, if the Fund was a USRPHC or would have been a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, similar rules generally also applied to any non-REIT USRPI gains recognized by the Fund directly or indirectly through certain lower-tier regulated investment companies. Pending legislation proposes to extend such application for one additional year, i.e., to distributions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In addition, if the Fund is a USRPHC, it generally must withhold 10% of the amount realized in redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Prior to January 1, 2010, such withholding generally was not required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund if it was a domestically controlled USRPHC, or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) held substantial investments in regulated investment companies that were domestically controlled USRPHCs. Pending legislation proposes to extend this exemption from withholding for one additional year, i.e., for redemptions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be. Unless and until such legislation is enacted, beginning on January 1, 2010, withholding is required in respect of amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder if the Fund is a USRPHC, without regard to whether the Fund or any regulated investment company in which it invests is domestically controlled.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. In addition, additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and foreign estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisors about their particular situation.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, the Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder will also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if the Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a

 

80


Table of Contents

taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in the Fund to the extent that it recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in the Fund and the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Fund has not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

81


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “principal holder” (i.e., owns of record or is known by the Trust to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding shares) is listed below.

Principal Holder Ownership of the Fund

 

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR EXCLUSIVE OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   323,121.2540    10.59
Class C   

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

ATTN: PETER BOOTH 7TH FLOOR

333 W 34TH ST

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   78,656.5930    14.35
Class C   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH

FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 2

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   75,263.6160    13.73
Class R   

PALACE ENTERTAINMENT TTEE FBO

PALACE ENTERTAINMENT 401K C/O FASCORE LLC

8515 E ORCHARD RD #2T2

GREENWOOD VLG, CO 80111-5002

   31,307.9090    14.24
Class R   

COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO

ANDERSON & VREELAND INC PSP

1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525

PITTSBURGH, PA 15222-4228

   25,346.0870    11.53
Class R   

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INC FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   24,313.1160    11.06
Class R   

FRONTIER TRUST CO FBO

ATKINSONS MARKET 401K & PS

PO BOX 10758

FARGO, ND 58106-0758

   14,996.0410    6.82
Class R   

CAPITAL BANK & TRUST CO

TTEE F FALASCA MECHANICAL INC 401K

8515 E ORCHARD RD #2T2

GREENWOOD VLG, CO 94104-4151

   12,956.4460    5.89

 

82


Table of Contents

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  
Class Y   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   88,750.6820    99.31
Class Z   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN STREET 10TH FLOOR

DALLAS TX 75202-3908

   22,233,633.1690    42.74
Class Z   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR EXCLUSIVE OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN:MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

   3,267,039.8210    6.28

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “control person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund because it owns greater than 25% of the outstanding shares, either beneficially or by virtue of its fiduciary or trust roles or otherwise, is shown below. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.

Control Person Ownership of the Fund

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Fund  
Columbia Mid Cap Growth Fund   

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN STREET 10TH FLOOR

DALLAS TX 75202-3908

   22,322,413.8510    38.86

 

83


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

This Appendix summarizes the various descriptions of securities ratings applicable to securities purchased by the Columbia Funds Family. Please refer to a Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information to determine whether that Fund may invest in securities that have ratings described in this Appendix.

STANDARD & POOR’S (S&P)

Bonds

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for bonds. The ratings AAA, AA, A and BBB denote investment grade securities.

AAA bonds have the highest rating assigned by S&P and are considered to have an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA bonds are considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and they differ from AAA only in small degree.

A bonds are considered to have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

BBB bonds are considered to have an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal than for bonds in the A category.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C bonds are considered to have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or large exposures to adverse conditions.

BB bonds are considered to have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

B bonds are considered to have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB— rating.

CCC bonds are considered to have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the bonds are not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B— rating.

CC rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

C rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC— debt rating. The C rating may be used to cover a situation, for example, where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

CI rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D bonds are in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Municipal Notes

SP-1. Notes rated SP-1 are considered to have very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designated as SP-1+.

SP-2. Notes rated SP-2 are considered to have satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Notes due in three years or less normally receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years normally receive a bond rating, although the following criteria are used in making that assessment:

Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue will be rated as a note).

Source of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be rated as a note).

Commercial Paper

A. Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designations 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

A-1. Issues assigned to this rating are considered to have overwhelming or very strong capacity for timely payment. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designed A-1+.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (MOODY’S)

Municipal Bonds

Aaa bonds are considered to be of the best quality. They are considered to have the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge”. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair a fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa bonds are considered to be of high quality by all standards. Together with Aaa bonds they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. Those bonds in the Aa through B groups that Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1, A1 or Baa1.

A bonds are considered to possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered to be upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment at some time in the future.

Baa bonds are considered to be medium grade obligations: they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and, in fact, have speculative characteristics as well.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Ba bonds are considered to have speculative elements: their future cannot be considered as well secured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times in the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this grade.

B bonds are considered generally to lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa bonds are considered to be of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca bonds are considered to represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C bonds are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Conditional Ratings. Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operating experience, (c) rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting conditions attach. Parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

Corporate Bonds

The description of the applicable rating symbols (Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, etc.) and their meanings is identical to that of the Municipal Bond ratings as set forth above, except for the numerical modifiers. Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in the Aa and A classifications of its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a midrange ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issuer ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Municipal Notes

MIG 1. This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2. This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3. This designation denotes favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for, but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

Commercial Paper

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

Prime-1 Highest Quality

Prime-2 Higher Quality

Prime-3 High Quality

If an issuer represents to Moody’s that its commercial paper obligations are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, Moody’s, in assigning ratings to such issuers, evaluates the financial strength of the indicated affiliated corporations, commercial banks, insurance companies, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

FITCH, INC. (FITCH)

Long-Term Debt

Investment Grade Bond Ratings

AAA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and/or dividends and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.

A bonds are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than debt securities with higher ratings.

BBB bonds are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest or dividends and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for securities with higher ratings.

Speculative Grade Bond Ratings

BB bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B bonds are considered highly speculative. While securities in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

CCC bonds are considered to have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

CC bonds are considered to be minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

C bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such securities are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these securities and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) or minus (-): Plus or minus signs are used to show relative standing within the major rating categories. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the DDD, DD, or D categories.

Short-Term Debt

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and investment notes.

F-1+ obligations have exceptionally strong credit quality and are considered to have the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

F-1 obligations are considered to reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2 obligations are considered to have good credit quality. Securities in this class have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

F-3 obligations are considered to have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and to be vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

B obligations are considered to have a minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments and a susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

C rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a high default risk and whose capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D obligations are in actual or imminent payment default.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) — Proxy Voting Policy

Applicable Regulations:

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

Form N-PX

ERISA Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (SEC No Action Letter dated September 15, 2004)

Explanation/Summary of Regulatory Requirements

An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.

Policy Summary

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) has adopted and implemented the following policy, which it believes is reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients; and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. This policy applies primarily to the Global Wealth and Investment Management (“GWIM”) Investment Operations Group, the Investment groups (particularly, Equity and Chief Investment Officer’s Office), as well as to Compliance Risk Management (“CRM”) and Legal. CRM and Business groups to which this policy directly applies must adopt written procedures to implement this Policy.

Policy

All proxies regarding client securities for which CMA has authority to vote will, unless CMA determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by CMA to be in the best interest of CMA’s clients without regard to any resulting benefit or detriment to CMA, its associates, or its affiliates. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as CMA determines in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, CMA will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided CMA receives such instructions in time to act accordingly. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within CMA and with CMA affiliates. Advisory clients, including mutual funds’ and other funds’ boards, may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by CMA. However, CMA will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties. Rather, the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings for 12-month periods ending each year on June 30th on Form N-PX.

CMA endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware prior to the vote deadline date, subject to certain general exceptions described below.

CMA seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to prevent where practicable and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Conflicts of Interest section below).

 

B-1


Table of Contents

CMA’s proxy voting policy and practices are summarized in its Form ADV. Additionally, CMA will provide clients with a copy of its policies, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request.

Means of Achieving Compliance

The Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Proxy Group’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of the proxy vendor’s votes to ensure that the proxy vendor is accurately voting consistent with CMA’s Voting Guidelines; and (2) review of the Columbia Funds’ fund website to ensure that annual proxy voting reports are posted in a timely and accurate manner. CMA has established a Proxy Committee which is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee and scope of its oversight are described in the Proxy Committee’s charter.

CMA’S INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Under CMA’s Voting Guidelines, certain matters must be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations will refer these matters first to the relevant CMA research analyst after first confirming that the proxy matter does not present a potential conflict to CMA. If there is not a research analyst assigned to the particular security, the matter will be referred to the appropriate portfolio manager.

In considering a particular proxy matter, the research analyst or portfolio manager must vote in the clients’ best interest as defined above. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential information. Therefore, research analysts and portfolio managers generally must not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of CMA and within CMA except on a need to know basis only.

Research analysts and portfolio managers must discharge their responsibilities consistent with the obligations set forth below (refer to Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures). A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer (see Appendix B - Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form). For each Proxy Referral (defined below), the research analyst or portfolio manager is responsible for memorializing their recommendation on the Proxy Voting Recommendation Form (see Appendix C) and communicating their recommendation to the Proxy Group.

Research analysts and portfolio managers should seek advice from CRM or Legal with respect to any questions that they have regarding personal conflicts of interests, communications regarding proxies, or other related matters.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by CMA, a CMA affiliate1, or a CMA associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of CMA, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. However, a material conflict of interest is not automatically created when there is a relationship or activity engaged in by a CMA affiliate, but there is a possibility that a CMA affiliate could cause a conflict. CMA may have a conflict of interest if either CMA has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if a CMA associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence CMA’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, CMA will seek to resolve said conflict in the clients’ best interests.

 

1

Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), the ultimate corporate parent of CMA, Bank of America, N.A. and all of their numerous affiliates owns, operates and has interests in many lines of business that may create or give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest between BAC or its affiliates and those of CMA-advised clients. For example, the commercial and investment banking business lines may have interests with respect to issuers of voting securities that could appear to or even actually conflict with CMA’s duty, in the proxy voting process, to act in the best economic interest of its clients.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

For those proxy proposals that: (1) are not addressed by CMA’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) the guidelines specify the issue must be evaluated and determined on a case-by-case basis; or (3) a CMA investment associate believes that an exception to the guidelines may be in the best economic interest of CMA’s clients (collectively, “Proxy Referrals”), CMA may vote the proxy, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures set forth below.

In the case of Proxy Referrals, CRM identifies companies with which CMA has a significant business relationships and Proxy Referrals of such companies will be voted consistent with CMA’s conflicts management procedures described below. For Proxy Referrals that do not involve companies with which CMA has a significant business relationship the relevant CMA investment personnel (i.e. research analyst, portfolio manager, members of Proxy Committee) involved in the particular Proxy Referral must report any personal conflict of interest circumstances (e.g., relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise, unusual communications with parties outside the investment organization concerning a proxy matter) to Columbia Management’s Conflicts of Interest Officer in writing (see Appendix B). In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter.

If the Proxy Committee, the Chairperson of the Proxy Committee, or the Conflicts Officer determines that a proxy matter presents a material conflict of interest, CMA will invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:

 

   

Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be CMA’s proxy voting agent);

 

   

Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include CMA’s proxy voting agent; or

 

   

In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to CMA’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.

Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies

CMA considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which CMA or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter; and (2) proxies solicited by Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) or other public companies within the BAC organization to present a material conflict of interest for CMA. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management practices discussed above.

Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures

In certain circumstances, CMA follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by the proxy vendor or another independent third party. CMA reviews its proxy vendor’s conflicts of interest procedures as part of its oversight of the proxy vendor’s services.

CMA and other BAC affiliates have adopted various other policies and procedures that help reinforce this Policy. Please see any associated documents.

Ownership Limits – Delegation of Proxy Voting to an Independent Third Party

From time to time, CMA may face regulatory or compliance limits on the types or amounts of voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that CMA can hold for clients (collectively, “Ownership Limits”).

The regulations or company-specific documents governing a number of these Ownership Limits often focus upon holdings in voting securities. As a result, in limited circumstances in order to comply with such Ownership Limits and/or internal policies designed to comply with such limits, CMA may delegate proxy voting in certain issuers to a qualified, independent third party, who may be CMA’s proxy voting agent.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

A. CMA’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices.

The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. CMA uses an independent, third-party proxy vendor to implement its proxy voting process as CMA’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, the proxy vendor will execute the vote according to CMA’s Voting Guidelines.

B. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines.

A Portfolio Manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will request in writing that the Proxy Committee consider voting the proxy other than according to such Guidelines and provide information as the Proxy Committee may request. The Proxy Committee may consider the matter, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures discussed above.

C. Other Proxy Matters

For the following categories, proxies will be voted as stated below:

1. New Proposals. For certain new proposals that are expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee may develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

2. Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to Taft Hartley principles will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor.

3. Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to socially responsible principles will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client.

4. Proxies of International Issuers. In general, CMA will refrain from voting securities in cases where international issuers impose share blocking restrictions. However, in the exceptional circumstances that CMA determines that it would be appropriate to vote such securities, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy. Additionally, proxies will typically not be voted in markets where powers of attorney are required to be executed in order to vote shares.

5. Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than affiliated investment companies (previously described) will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.

6. Proxy Referrals for Passive Index Accounts. Proxy Referrals for a security that is held only within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and not in any other account within CMA, shall be voted according to the guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client. However, if a security is held within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and within another CMA-managed account (including without limitation an account actively managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group), all proposals, including Proxy Referrals, will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, subject to the other provisions of this Policy.

7. Proxy Voting for Securities on Loan. CMA generally votes in cases where shares have been loaned from actively managed Columbia Funds as long as the shares have been recalled in a timely manner. However, CMA generally does not vote shares that have been loaned from passively managed Columbia Index Funds. Other CMA clients may have their own stock loan programs and may or may not recall their shares for proxy voting.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

Supervision

Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.

Escalation

With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to the Proxy Committee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to the Columbia Management Conflicts Officer.

Monitoring/Oversight

CRM and/or Corporate Internal Audit Group perform periodic reviews and assessments of various lines of businesses, including a review of Columbia Management’s compliance with the Proxy Voting Policy.

Recordkeeping

CMA will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. CMA will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and for which CMA was entitled to vote:

 

   

The name of the issuer of the security;

 

   

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The shareholder meeting date;

 

   

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

   

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

 

   

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

These records include:

 

Document

 

Responsible Party

Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Related Materials   Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Proxy Vote Recommendation Form and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations (or any other document created by CMA that was material to making a voting decision or that memorializes the basis for the voting decision)   Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms   Compliance Risk Management
Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters   Client Service Group

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Document

 

Responsible Party

Copy of Each Applicable Proxy Statement Unless it has been Filed with the SEC and may be Obtained from the SEC’s EDGAR System   Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations

Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years plus the current year. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of CM for the first three years.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A— CMA’s Proxy Voting Policy

CMA’S VOTING GUIDELINES

A. The Proxy Committee has adopted the following guidelines for voting proxies:

1. Matters Relating to the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals for the election of directors or for an increase or decrease in the number of directors, provided that no more than one-third of the Board of Directors would, presently or at any time during the previous three-year period, be from management.

However, CMA generally will WITHHOLD votes from pertinent director nominees if:

 

  (i) the board as proposed to be constituted would have more than one-third of its members from management;

 

  (ii) the board does not have audit, nominating, and compensation committees composed solely of directors who qualify as being regarded as “independent,” i.e. having no material relationship, directly or indirectly, with the Company, as CMA’s proxy voting agent may determine (subject to the Proxy Committee’s contrary determination of independence or non-independence);

 

  (iii) the nominee, as a member of the audit committee, permitted the company to incur excessive non-audit fees (as defined below regarding other business matters — ratification of the appointment of auditors);

 

  (iv) a director serves on more than six public company boards;

 

  (v) the CEO serves on more than two public company boards other than the company’s board.

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, CMA may WITHHOLD votes for a director nominee who has failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action or inaction (e.g. failing to implement policies for which a majority of shareholders has previously cast votes in favor), has demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders.

 

   

Proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committee be composed solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee must satisfy the independence and experience requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange, or appropriate local requirements for foreign securities. At least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a “financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules.

 

   

Proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances that would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to create or eliminate positions or titles for senior management. CMA generally prefers that the role of Chairman of the Board and CEO be held by different persons unless there are compelling reasons to vote AGAINST a proposal to separate these positions, such as the existence of a counter-balancing governance structure that includes at least the following elements in addition to applicable listing standards:

 

   

Established governance standards and guidelines.

 

B-7


Table of Contents
   

Full board composed of not less than two-thirds “independent” directors, as defined by applicable regulatory and listing standards.

 

   

Compensation, as well as audit and nominating (or corporate governance) committees composed entirely of independent directors.

 

   

A designated or rotating presiding independent director appointed by and from the independent directors with the authority and responsibility to call and preside at regularly and, as necessary, specially scheduled meetings of the independent directors to be conducted, unless the participating independent directors otherwise wish, in executive session with no members of management present.

 

   

Disclosed processes for communicating with any individual director, the presiding independent director (or, alternatively, all of the independent directors, as a group) and the entire board of directors, as a group.

 

   

The pertinent class of the Company’s voting securities has out-performed, on a three-year basis, both an appropriate peer group and benchmark index, as indicated in the performance summary table of the Company’s proxy materials. This requirement shall not apply if there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within the three-year period.

 

   

Proposals that grant or restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

   

Proposals to permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that encourage directors to own a minimum amount of company stock.

 

   

Proposals to provide or to restore shareholder appraisal rights.

 

   

Proposals to adopt cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals for the company to adopt confidential voting.

CMA will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for majority voting thresholds for director elections unless the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and/or provides an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to classify boards, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure.

 

   

Proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

   

Proposals that provide directors may be removed only by supermajority vote.

 

   

Proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals which allow more than one vote per share in the election of directors.

 

   

Proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that mandate a minimum amount of company stock that directors must own.

 

   

Proposals to limit the tenure of non-management directors.

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on board approved proposals relating to corporate governance. Such proposals include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Reimbursement of proxy solicitation expenses taking into consideration whether or not CMA was in favor of the dissidents.

 

   

Proxy contest advance notice. CMA generally will vote FOR proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as possible while allowing for sufficient time for Company response, SEC review, and analysis by other shareholders.

 

   

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis to indemnify directors and officers, and AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

 

   

CMA will vote FOR the indemnification of internal auditors, unless the costs associated with the approval are not disclosed.

2. Compensation

CMA generally will vote FOR management sponsored compensation plans (such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans or thrift plans) if they are consistent with industry and country standards. However, CMA generally is opposed to compensation plans that substantially dilute ownership interest in a company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have objectionable structural features. Specifically, for equity-based plans, if the proposed number of shares authorized for option programs (excluding authorized shares for expired options) exceeds an average of 5% of the currently outstanding shares over the previous three years or an average of 3% over the previous three years for directors only, the proposal should be referred to the Proxy Committee. The Committee will then consider the circumstances surrounding the issue and vote in the best interest of CMA’s clients. CMA requires that management provide substantial justification for the repricing of options.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals requiring that executive severance arrangements be submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

   

Proposals asking a company to expense stock options.

 

   

Proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

   

Employee stock purchase plans that have the following features: (i) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value, (ii) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less, and (iii) dilution is 10% or less.

 

   

Proposals for the remuneration of auditors if no more than 25% of the compensation costs comes from non audit activity.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price, or that permit replacing or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals to authorize the replacement or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals requesting that plan administrators have advance authority to amend the terms of a plan without detailed disclosure of the specific amendments. When sufficient details are provided on the amendments permitted by the advance authority, CMA will recommend on such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding approval of specific executive severance arrangements.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

3. Capitalization

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to increase the authorized shares for stock dividends, stock splits (and reverse stock splits) or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover measure or a general issuance proposal increases the authorization by more than 30% without a clear need presented by the company. Proposals for reverse stock splits should include an overall reduction in authorization.

For companies recognizing preemptive rights for existing shareholders, CMA generally will vote FOR general issuance proposals that increase the authorized shares by more than 30%. CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all such proposals by companies that do not recognize preemptive rights for existing shareholders.

 

   

Proposals for the elimination of authorized but unissued shares or retirement of those shares purchased for sinking fund or treasury stock.

 

   

Proposals to institute/renew open market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

   

Proposals to reduce or change the par value of common stock, provided the number of shares is also changed in order to keep the capital unchanged.

CMA will evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding:

 

   

Management proposals that allow listed companies to de-list and terminate the registration of their common stock. CMA will determine whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to:

 

   

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded.

 

   

Cash-out value

 

   

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders

 

   

Market reaction to public announcement of transaction

4. Mergers, Restructurings and Other Transactions

CMA will review, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations, spinoffs, buyouts and sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.

5. Anti-Takeover Measures

CMA generally will vote AGAINST proposals intended largely to avoid acquisition prior to the occurrence of an actual event or to discourage acquisition by creating a cost constraint. With respect to the following measures, CMA generally will vote as follows:

Poison Pills

 

   

CMA votes FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

   

CMA generally votes FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate a poison pill.

 

   

CMA generally votes AGAINST management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Greenmail

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or to otherwise

 

B-10


Table of Contents
 

restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Supermajority vote

 

   

CMA will vote AGAINST board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock, the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights and charter amendments adopting control share acquisition provisions.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes.

6. Other Business Matters

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Bylaw amendments giving holders of at least 25% of outstanding common stock the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders.

 

   

Board governance document amendments or other proposals which give the lead independent director the authority to call special meetings of the independent directors at any time.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to approve routine business matters such as changing the company’s name and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting such as approving the minutes of a prior meeting.

 

   

Proposals to ratify the appointment of auditors, unless any of the following apply in which case CMA will generally vote AGAINST the proposal:

 

   

Credible reason exists to question:

 

   

The auditor’s independence, as determined by applicable regulatory requirements.

 

   

The accuracy or reliability of the auditor’s opinion as to the company’s financial position.

 

   

Fees paid to the auditor or its affiliates for “non-audit” services were excessive, i.e., in excess of the total fees paid for “audit,” “audit-related” and “tax compliance” and/or “tax return preparation” services, as disclosed in the company’s proxy materials.

 

   

Bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (e.g., updates or corrections).

 

   

Proposals to approve the annual reports and accounts provided the certifications required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 have been provided.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent or call special meetings.

 

   

Proposals providing management with authority to adjourn an annual or special shareholder meeting absent compelling reasons, or to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws without shareholder approval, or to vote unmarked proxies in favor of management.

 

   

Shareholder proposals to change the date, time or location of the company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Authorization to transact other unidentified substantive (as opposed to procedural) business at a meeting.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

Proposals to change the location of the company’s state of incorporation. CMA considers whether financial benefits (e.g., reduced fees or taxes) likely to accrue to the company as a result of a reincorporation or other change of domicile outweigh any accompanying material diminution of shareholder rights.

 

   

Proposals on whether and how to vote on “bundled” or otherwise conditioned proposals, depending on the overall economic effects upon shareholders.

CMA generally will ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals predominantly involving social, socio-economic, environmental, political or other similar matters on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. CMA may, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote:

 

   

FOR proposals seeking inquiry and reporting with respect to, rather than cessation or affirmative implementation of, specific policies where the pertinent issue warrants separate communication to shareholders; and

 

   

FOR or AGAINST the latter sort of proposal in light of the relative benefits and detriments (e.g. distraction, costs, other burdens) to share value which may be expected to flow from passage of the proposal.

7. Other Matters Relating to Foreign Issues

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Most stock (scrip) dividend proposals. CMA votes AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

 

   

Proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.

 

   

Proposals to approve control and profit transfer agreements between a parent and its subsidiaries.

 

   

Management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors/directors and/or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

 

   

Management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

   

Proposals for the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

CMA will generally vote FOR proposals to approve Directors’ Fees, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

CMA will evaluate management proposals to approve protective preference shares for Netherlands located company-friendly foundations proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will only support resolutions if:

 

   

The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares while the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of CMA’ categorization rules and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

No call/put option agreement exists between the company and the foundation.

 

   

There is a qualifying offer clause or there are annual management and supervisory board elections.

 

B-12


Table of Contents
   

The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months.

 

   

The board of the company-friendly foundation is independent.

 

   

The company has disclosed under what circumstances it expects to make use of the possibility to issue preference shares.

 

   

There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools.

 

   

The company releases its proxy circular, with details of the poison pill proposal, at least three weeks prior to the meeting.

 

   

Art 2:359c Civil Code of the legislative proposal has been implemented.

8. Investment Company Matters

Election of Directors:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the election of directors, considering the following factors:

 

   

Board structure

 

   

Attendance at board and committee meetings.

CMA will WITHHOLD votes from directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences. Valid reasons include illness or absence due to company business. Participation via telephone is acceptable. In addition, if the director missed only one meeting or one day’s meetings, votes should not be withheld even if such absence dropped the director’s attendance below 75 percent.

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of shares outstanding;

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal this is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years;

 

   

Are interested directors and sit on the audit or nominating committee; or

 

   

Are interested directors and the full board serves as the audit or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.

Proxy Contests:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance relative to its peers

 

   

Market in which fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the pertinent issues (e.g., closed-end fund share market value discount to NAV)

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity and votes on related proposals

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents

 

   

Independence of incumbent directors; director nominees

 

   

Experience and skills of director nominees

 

B-13


Table of Contents
   

Governance profile of the company

 

   

Evidence of management entrenchment

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund:

CMA will vote conversion proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance as a closed-end fund

 

   

Market in which the fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the discount

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Investment Advisory Agreements:

CMA will vote investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Proposed and current fee schedules

 

   

Fund category/investment objective

 

   

Performance benchmarks

 

   

Share price performance as compared with peers

 

   

Resulting fees relative to peers

 

   

Assignments (where the adviser undergoes a change of control)

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the authorization for or increase in the preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

   

Stated specific financing purpose

 

   

Possible dilution for common shares

 

   

Whether the shares can be used for anti-takeover purposes

Policies Addressed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”):

CMA will vote proposals regarding adoption or changes of policies addressed by the 1940 Act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Regulatory developments

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Current and potential risk

 

B-14


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with current SEC interpretations.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fund’s target investments

 

   

Reasons given by the fund for the change

 

   

Projected impact of the change on the portfolio

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental:

CMA will vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective from fundamental to non-fundamental unless management acknowledges meaningful limitations upon its future requested ability to change the objective

Name Change Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s name, considering the following factors:

 

   

Political/economic changes in the target market

 

   

Consolidation in the target market

 

   

Current asset composition

Change in Fund’s Subclassification:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s subclassification, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Risk of concentration

 

   

Consolidation in target industry

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis these proposals, considering the following factors:

 

   

Strategies employed to salvage the company

 

   

Past performance of the fund

 

   

Terms of the liquidation

Changes to the Charter Document:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

   

The degree of change implied by the proposal

 

   

The efficiencies that could result

 

B-15


Table of Contents
   

The state of incorporation; net effect on shareholder rights

 

   

Regulatory standards and implications

CMA will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals allowing the Board to impose, without shareholder approval, fees payable upon redemption of fund shares, provided imposition of such fees is likely to benefit long-term fund investors (e.g., by deterring market timing activity by other fund investors)

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to amend, without shareholder approval, the fund’s management agreement(s) with its investment adviser(s) or sub-advisers, provided the amendment is not required by applicable law (including the Investment Company Act of 1940) or interpretations thereunder to require such approval

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to:

 

   

Change, without shareholder approval the domicile of the fund

 

   

Adopt, without shareholder approval, material amendments of the fund’s declaration of trust or other organizational document

Changing the Domicile of a Fund:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reincorporate, considering the following factors:

 

   

Regulations of both states

 

   

Required fundamental policies of both states

 

   

The increased flexibility available

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval:

CMA will vote FOR proposals to enable the Board or Investment Adviser to hire and terminate sub-advisers, without shareholder approval, in accordance with applicable rules or exemptive orders under the Investment Company Act of 1940

Distribution Agreements:

CMA will vote these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives

 

   

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance

 

   

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry

 

   

Terms of the agreement

Master-Feeder Structure:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers:

CMA will vote merger proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

B-16


Table of Contents
   

Resulting fee structure

 

   

Performance of both funds

 

   

Continuity of management personnel

 

   

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights

Shareholder Proposals to Establish Director Ownership Requirement:

CMA will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While CMA favors stockownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Shareholder Proposals to Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

Shareholder Proposals to Terminate the Investment Adviser:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to terminate the investment adviser, considering the following factors:

 

   

Performance of the fund’s NAV

 

   

The fund’s history of shareholder relations

 

   

The performance of other funds under the adviser’s management

 

B-17


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form

Conflict Review Questionnaire for Proxy Voting Working Group Members and Other Individuals Participating in the Proxy Voting Decision-Making Process.

Instructions: Please complete each of the questions. Please provide an explanation for any affirmative responses. Return the completed questionnaire to Columbia Management Conflicts of Interest Officer.

 

Issuer and Proxy Matter:

    
    

 

  1.

Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any management personnel of the issuer1?

 

    
    

 

  2.

Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any person participating, supporting, opposing or otherwise connected with the particular proxy proposal (e.g., principals of the issuer; director nominees of issuer company; shareholder activists)?

 

    
    

 

  3.

Have you discussed this particular proxy proposal with anyone outside of Columbia Management’s investment group2?

 

    
    

 

  4. Are you aware of any other potential personal conflicts of interest not described above? Please detail below.

 

    
    

 

Name:

    

Signed:

    

Date:

    

 

1

Personal investing in the issuer by you or a member of your immediate family does not require an affirmative response to this item.

2

Communications with issuer or solicitors in the regular course of business would not have to be disclosed on this form.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C

CMA Proxy Vote Recommendation/Proxy Committee Request Form

 

Name of Investment Associate:    

 

Company Name:    

 

Overview of Proxy Vote and Meeting Date:    

 

Proxy Agenda Item(s)  

 

Description of Item:    

 

 
(The above information will be pre-populated by the Proxy Department.)

 

Recommendation (FOR, AGAINST, ABSTAIN) including brief rationale:    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

Please attach any supporting information other than analysis or reports provided by the Proxy Department.

 

 

Signed

By signing, I am certifying that I either have no conflicts of interest-related information to report or have sent a completed “Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form” to Compliance Risk Management (Conflicts Officer).

Send Completed Forms to:

GWIM Investment Operations — Proxy Department

or

In the case of Proxy Votes to be referred to the Proxy Committee, submit this form and materials to the Chair of the Proxy Committee

 

B-19


Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 497(c).

File no. 002-99356.

Columbia Management®

 

  COLUMBIA FUNDS SERIES TRUST I
  Class Y Shares
  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 

January 1, 2010

 

Columbia International Stock Fund

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus, is not a substitute for reading any prospectus and is intended to be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus dated January 1, 2010 for Class Y shares. The most recent annual report for the Fund, which includes the Fund’s audited financial statements dated August 31, 2009, is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

Copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained without charge by writing Columbia Management Services, Inc., P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081, by calling Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or by visiting the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com.

INT-39/29215-0110


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SAI PRIMER

   2

ABOUT THE TRUST

   5

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

   6

Certain Investment Activity Limits

   6

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

   6

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

   7

Borrowings

   31

Short Sales

   31

Lending Securities

   32

Portfolio Turnover

   33

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

   33

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   38

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

   38

The Administrator

   42

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

   43

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

   44

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

   44

Other Services Provided

   48

Expense Limitations

   49

Codes of Ethics

   49

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   49

FUND GOVERNANCE

   51

The Board

   51

The Officers

   58

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

   61

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

   61

Brokerage Commissions

   63

Directed Brokerage

   63

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

   64

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

   64

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

   64

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

   67

Description of the Trust’s Shares

   67

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

   70

Purchase and Redemption

   70

Offering Price

   70

TAXATION

   72

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   84

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

   A-1

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   B-1

 

1


Table of Contents

SAI PRIMER

The SAI is a part of the Fund’s registration statement that is filed with the SEC. The registration statement includes the Fund’s prospectus, the SAI and certain exhibits. The SAI, and any supplements to it, can be found online at www.columbiafunds.com, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The SAI generally provides additional information about the Fund that is not required to be in the Fund’s prospectus. The SAI expands discussions of certain matters described in the Fund’s prospectus and provides certain additional information about the Fund that may be of interest to some investors. Among other things, the SAI provides information about:

 

   

the organization of the Trust;

 

   

the Fund’s investments;

 

   

the Fund’s investment advisor, investment sub-advisor(s) (if any) and other service providers, including roles and relationships of Bank of America and its affiliates, and conflicts of interest;

 

   

the governance of the Fund;

 

   

the Fund’s brokerage practices;

 

   

the share classes offered by the Fund;

 

   

the purchase, redemption and pricing of Fund shares; and

 

   

the application of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Investors may find this information important and helpful. If you have any questions about the Fund, please call Columbia Funds at 800.345.6611 or contact your financial advisor.

Before reading the SAI, you should consult the Glossary below, which defines certain of the terms used in the SAI.

Glossary

 

Term

  

Definition

1933 Act

   Securities Act of 1933, as amended

1934 Act

   Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

1940 Act

   Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended

Administration Agreement

   The administration agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Administrator

Administrator

   Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

Advisor

   Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

BANA

   Bank of America, National Association

BAS

   Banc of America Securities LLC

Bank of America

   Bank of America Corporation

BFDS/DST

   Boston Financial Data Services, Inc./DST Systems, Inc.

 

2


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Board

   The Trust’s Board of Trustees

Brandes

   Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.

CMOs

   Collateralized mortgage obligations

Code

   Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

Codes of Ethics

   The codes of ethics adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act

Columbia Funds Complex

   The mutual fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc., as that term is defined under Item 17 of Form N-1A

Columbia Funds or Columbia Funds Family

   The fund complex that is comprised of the open-end investment management companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates and principally underwritten by Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.

Custodian or State Street

   State Street Bank and Trust Company

Distributor

   Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.

Distribution Agreement

   The distribution agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and the Distributor

Distribution Plan(s)

   One or more of the plans adopted by the Board pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the distribution of the Fund’s shares

FDIC

   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FHLMC

   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

Fitch

   Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

FNMA

   Federal National Mortgage Association

The Fund

   Columbia International Stock Fund

GNMA

   Government National Mortgage Association

Independent Trustees

   The Trustees of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act

Interested Trustee

   The Trustee of the Board who is an “interested person” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act

International/Global Equity Fund(s)

   One or more of the international/global equity funds in the Columbia Funds Family

International Stock Fund

   Columbia International Stock Fund

Investment Advisory Agreement

   The investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of a Fund, and the Advisor

IRS

   United States Internal Revenue Service

LIBOR

   London Interbank Offered Rate

 

3


Table of Contents

Term

  

Definition

Marsico

   Marsico Capital Management, LLC

Merrill Lynch

   Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

MLPF&S

   Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Money Market Fund(s)

   One or more of the money market funds in the Columbia Funds Family

Moody’s

   Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

NASDAQ

   National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations system

NRSRO

   Nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (such as Moody’s, Fitch or S&P)

NSCC

   National Securities Clearing Corporation

NYSE

   New York Stock Exchange

Principal Underwriter

   Columbia Management Distributors, Inc.

REIT

   Real estate investment trust

REMIC

   Real estate mortgage investment conduit

RIC

   A “regulated investment company,” as such term is used in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

S&P

   Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“Standard & Poor’s” and “S&P” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Advisor. The Columbia Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Columbia Funds).

SAI

   This Statement of Additional Information

SEC

   United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Selling Agent(s)

   One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a sales support agreement with the Distributor

Servicing Agent(s)

   One or more of the banks, broker/dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a shareholder servicing agreement with the Distributor

Transfer Agency Agreement

   The transfer agency agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and Columbia Management Services, Inc. relating to Class Y shares

Transfer Agent

   Columbia Management Services, Inc.

The Trust

   Columbia Funds Series Trust I, the registered investment company in the Columbia Funds Family to which this SAI relates

Trustee(s)

   One or more of the Board’s Trustees

 

4


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act within the Columbia Funds Family. Columbia Funds offers over 100 mutual funds in major asset classes, and the Advisor had approximate assets under management of $303.1 billion as of September 30, 2009.

The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust in 1987. On September 23, 2005, the Trust changed its name from Columbia Funds Trust IX to its current name. On October 13, 2003, the Trust changed its name from Liberty-Stein Roe Funds Municipal Trust to Columbia Funds Trust IX.

The Fund represents a series of the Trust and is an open-end diversified management investment company. The Fund has a fiscal year end of August 31.

Prior to October 11, 2005, International Stock Fund was organized as an Oregon corporation (the International Stock Predecessor Fund). The information provided for International Stock Fund in this SAI for periods prior to October 11, 2005 relates to International Stock Predecessor Fund.

International Stock Fund offers five classes of shares, as discussed in Capital Stock and Other Securities. On July 15, 2009, International Stock Fund commenced offering Class Y shares.

 

5


Table of Contents

ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

The investment objectives, principal investment strategies (i.e., as used in this SAI and the corresponding prospectus, a strategy which generally involves the ability to invest 10% or more of the Fund’s total assets) and related principal investment risks for the Fund are discussed in the Fund’s prospectus.

Certain Investment Activity Limits

The overall investment and other activities of the Advisor and its affiliates may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain markets where limitations are imposed by regulators upon the amount of investment by affiliated investors, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. From time to time, the Fund’s activities also may be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to the Advisor and its affiliates and/or because of their internal policies. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The following discussion of “fundamental” and “non-fundamental” investment policies and limitations for the Fund supplements the discussion of investment policies in the Fund’s prospectus. A fundamental policy may be changed only with Board and shareholder approval. A non-fundamental policy may be changed by the Board and does not require shareholder approval, but may require notice to shareholders in certain instances.

Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding an investment standard, compliance with such percentage limitation or standard will be determined solely at the time of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Borrowings and other instruments that may give rise to leverage and the restriction on investing in illiquid securities are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. The following fundamental investment policies cannot be changed without such a vote. The Fund may not, as a matter of fundamental policy:

 

  1. Underwrite any issue of securities issued by other persons within the meaning of the 1933 Act except when it might be deemed to be an underwriter either: (i) in connection with the disposition of a portfolio security; or (ii) in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. This restriction shall not limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities issued by other registered investment companies;

 

  2. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may: (i) purchase securities of issuers which deal or invest in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate and (iii) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of securities which are secured by real estate or interests therein;

 

  3. Purchase or sell commodities, except that the Fund may to the extent consistent with its investment objective: (i) invest in securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or which invest in such programs, (ii) purchase and sell options, forward contracts, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts and (iii) enter into swap contracts and other financial transactions relating to commodities. This limitation does not apply to foreign currency transactions including without limitation forward currency contracts;

 

  4.

Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal

 

6


Table of Contents
 

business activities in the same industry, provided that: (i) there is no limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, any state or territory of the United States or any of their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and (ii) notwithstanding this limitation or any other fundamental investment limitation, assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  5. Make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief;

 

  6. Borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief; and

 

  7. Purchase securities (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets will be invested in the securities of such issuer or it would own more than 10% of the voting securities of such issuer, except that: (i) up to 25% of its total assets may be invested without regard to these limitations and (ii) the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of one or more management investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or any applicable exemptive relief.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

  1. The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

  2. The Fund may not purchase securities of other investment companies except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. If shares of the Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, for so long as shares of the Fund are held by such fund, the Fund will not purchase securities of a registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

“Illiquid Securities” is defined in accordance with the SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is a security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security.

Permissible Investments and Related Risks

The Fund’s prospectus identifies and summarizes the individual types of securities in which the Fund invests as part of its principal investment strategies and the principal risks associated with such investments.

The table below identifies certain types of securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest, including certain types of securities that are described in the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund generally has the ability to invest 10% or more of its total assets in each type of security described in its prospectus (and in each sub-category of such security type described in this SAI). To the extent that a type of security identified below is not described in the Fund’s prospectus (or as a sub-category of such security type in this SAI), the Fund generally invests less than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in such security type.

Information about individual types of securities (including certain of their associated risks) in which the Fund may invest is set forth below. The Fund’s investment in these types of securities is subject to its investment objective and fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies.

Temporary Defensive Positions. The Fund may temporarily invest in money market instruments or hold cash. It may do so without limit, when the Advisor: (i) believes that the market conditions are not favorable for profitable investing; (ii) is unable to locate favorable investment opportunities; or (iii) determines that a temporary defensive position is advisable or necessary in order to meet anticipated redemption requests, or for other reasons. While the Fund engages in such strategies, it may not achieve its investment objective.

 

7


Table of Contents

See also About the Fund’s Investments — Permissible Investments and Related Risks — Money Market Instruments.

Permissible Fund Investments

 

Investment Type

   International Stock Fund

Bank Obligations

   ü

Domestic

   ü

Foreign

   ü

Common Stock

   ü

Convertible Securities

   ü

Custody Receipts and Trust Certificates

   ü

Derivatives

   ü

Index or Linked Securities (Structured Products)

   ü

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

   ü

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

   ü

Swap Agreements

   ü

Foreign Currency Transactions

   ü

Foreign Securities

   ü

Illiquid Securities

   ü

Initial Public Offerings

   ü

Investments in Other Investment Companies

   ü

Money Market Instruments

   ü

Preferred Stock

   ü

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

   ü

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

   ü

Repurchase Agreements

   ü

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

   ü

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

   ü

Warrants and Rights

   ü

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

   ü

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

   ü

 

8


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations (Domestic and Foreign)

Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and promissory notes that earn a specified rate of return and may be issued by (i) a domestic branch of a domestic bank, (ii) a foreign branch of a domestic bank, (iii) a domestic branch of a foreign bank or (iv) a foreign branch of a foreign bank. Bank obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

Certificates of deposit, or so-called CDs, typically are interest-bearing debt instruments issued by banks and have maturities ranging from a few weeks to several years. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on and accepted by banks, are a customary means of effecting payment for merchandise sold in import-export transactions and are a general source of financing. Yankee dollar certificates of deposit are negotiable CDs issued in the United States by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are CDs issued by foreign (mainly European) banks with interest and principal paid in U.S. dollars. Such CDs typically have maturities of less than two years and have interest rates that typically are pegged to the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR. A time deposit can be either a savings account or CD that is an obligation of a financial institution for a fixed term. Typically, there are penalties for early withdrawals of time deposits. Promissory notes are written commitments of the maker to pay the payee a specified sum of money either on demand or at a fixed or determinable future date, with or without interest.

Bank investment contracts are issued by banks. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of a bank. The bank then credits to the Fund payments at floating or fixed interest rates. The Fund also may hold funds on deposit with its custodian for temporary purposes.

Investing in bank obligations is subject to certain risks. Certain bank obligations, such as some CDs, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to certain specified limits. Many other bank obligations, however, are neither guaranteed nor insured by the FDIC or the U.S. Government. These bank obligations are “backed” only by the creditworthiness of the issuing bank or parent financial institution. Domestic and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulation. Accordingly, certain obligations of foreign banks, including Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, involve different investment risks than those affecting obligations of domestic banks, including, among others, the possibilities that: (i) their liquidity could be impaired because of political or economic developments; (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of domestic banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding and other taxes at high levels on interest income; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be imposed, which could adversely affect the payment of principal or interest on those obligations; (vi) there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks issuing the obligations; and (vii) the reserve requirements and accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to domestic banks. Foreign banks generally are not subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

Common Stock

Common stock represents a unit of equity ownership of a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the selection of directors and other important corporate governance matters, and to receive dividend payments, if any, on their holdings. However, ownership of common stock does not entitle owners to participate in the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Common stocks of domestic and foreign public corporations can be listed, and their shares traded, on domestic stock exchanges, such as the NYSE or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Domestic and foreign corporations also may have their shares traded on foreign exchanges, such as the London Stock Exchange or Tokyo Stock Exchange. Common stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in common stocks is subject to certain risks. Stock market risk, for example, is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods of time, perhaps substantially or unexpectedly. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when stock prices generally rise and periods when stock prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and

 

9


Table of Contents

fall based on factors specific to each company, such as changes in earnings or management, as well as general economic and market factors.

If a corporation is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of debt securities and “preferred” stock take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to the particular type of company issuing the common stock. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price swings than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, may be more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Common stocks of these types of companies may have a higher potential for gains, but also may be subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in common stocks also poses risks applicable to a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of common stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected favorably to affect, an industry, the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the share prices of the common stocks of companies in that industry to decline quickly.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the conversion price). As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt securities and equity securities. A holder of convertible securities is entitled to receive the income of a bond, debenture or note or the dividend of a preferred stock until the conversion privilege is exercised. The market value of convertible securities generally is a function of, among other factors, interest rates, the rates of return of similar nonconvertible securities and the financial strength of the issuer. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, conversely, to rise as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than its conversion price. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the rate of return of the convertible security. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence their value, convertible securities generally are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as similar debt securities nor generally are they as sensitive to changes in share price as their underlying common stock. Convertible securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments —Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses. Certain convertible securities may have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified exchange ratio. Certain convertible securities may be convertible at the option of the issuer, which may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.

In addition, some convertible securities may be rated below investment grade or may not be rated and, therefore, may be considered speculative investments. Companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- and mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with such companies. In addition, the credit rating of a company’s convertible securities generally is lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are senior to equity securities and have a claim to the assets of an issuer prior to the holders of the issuer’s common stock in the event of liquidation but generally are subordinate to similar non-

 

10


Table of Contents

convertible debt securities of the same issuer. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the price for the issuing company’s common stock.

Custody Receipts and Trust Certificates

Custody receipts and trust certificates are derivative products that evidence direct ownership in a pool of securities. Typically, a sponsor will deposit a pool of securities with a custodian in exchange for custody receipts evidencing interests in those securities. The sponsor generally then will sell the custody receipts or trust certificates in negotiated transactions at varying prices. Each custody receipt or trust certificate evidences the individual securities in the pool and the holder of a custody receipt or trust certificate generally will have all the rights and privileges of owners of those securities.

Investing in custody receipts and trust certificates is subject to certain risks. Custody receipts and trust certificates generally are subject to the same risks as the securities evidenced by the receipts or certificates. Custody receipts and trust certificates also may be less liquid than the underlying securities.

Derivatives

General

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are based on (or “derived” from) traditional securities (such as a stock or a bond), assets (such as a commodity, like gold), reference rates (such as LIBOR) or market indices (such as the S&P 500® Index). Some forms of derivatives, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges. These types of derivatives are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivatives, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Derivatives afford leverage and, when used properly, can enhance returns and be useful in hedging portfolios. Some common types of derivatives include futures; options; options on futures; forward foreign currency exchange contracts; forward contracts on securities and securities indices; linked securities and structured products; CMOs; stripped securities; warrants; swap agreements and swaptions.

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including, for example: (i) to enhance its return; (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for its portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations (i.e., to hedge); (iii) to protect its unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio securities; (iv) to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes; (v) to reduce transaction costs; and/or (vi) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio.

The Fund’s use of derivatives presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the derivatives. These risks are heightened when the Fund uses derivatives to enhance its return or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by the Fund. There is also a risk that the derivative will not correlate well with the security for which it is substituting. The Fund’s use of derivatives to leverage risk also may exaggerate a loss, potentially causing the Fund to lose more money than if it had invested in the underlying security, or limit a potential gain. The success of management’s derivative strategies will depend on its ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate and the derivative itself, without necessarily the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Other risks arise from the Fund’s potential inability to terminate or sell its derivative positions as a liquid secondary market for such positions may not exist at times when the Fund may wish to terminate or sell them. Over-the-counter instruments (investments not traded on an exchange) may be illiquid. Derivatives traded in the over-the-counter market are subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. Also, with some derivative strategies there is the risk that the Fund may not be able to find a suitable derivative transaction counterparty, and thus may be unable to invest in derivatives

 

11


Table of Contents

altogether. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.

The Fund may use any or all of the above investment techniques and may purchase different types of derivative instruments at any time and in any combination. There is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique over another, as the use of derivatives is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions.

Index or Linked Securities (Structured Products)

General. Indexed or linked securities, also often referred to as “structured products,” are instruments that may have varying combinations of equity and debt characteristics. These instruments are structured to recast the investment characteristics of the underlying security or reference asset. If the issuer is a unit investment trust or other special purpose vehicle, the structuring will typically involve the deposit with or purchase by such issuer of specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans or securities) and/or the execution of various derivative transactions, and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities (structured securities) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments.

Indexed and Inverse Floating Rate Securities. The Fund may invest in securities that provide a potential return based on a particular index of value or interest rates. For example, the Fund may invest in securities that pay interest based on an index of interest rates. The principal amount payable upon maturity of certain securities also may be based on the value of the index. To the extent the Fund invests in these types of securities, the Fund’s return on such securities will rise and fall with the value of the particular index: that is, if the value of the index falls, the value of the indexed securities owned by the Fund will fall. Interest and principal payable on certain securities may also be based on relative changes among particular indices.

The Fund may also invest in so-called “inverse floaters” or “residual interest bonds” on which the interest rates vary inversely with a floating rate (which may be reset periodically by a Dutch auction, a remarketing agent, or by reference to a short-term tax-exempt interest rate index). The Fund may purchase synthetically-created inverse floating rate bonds evidenced by custodial or trust receipts. Generally, income on inverse floating rate bonds will decrease when interest rates increase, and will increase when interest rates decrease. Such securities have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage, since they may increase or decrease in value in response to changes, as an illustration, in market interest rates at a rate that is a multiple of the rate at which fixed-rate securities increase or decrease in response to such changes. As a result, the market values of such securities will generally be more volatile than the market values of fixed-rate securities. To seek to limit the volatility of these securities, the Fund may purchase inverse floating obligations that have shorter-term maturities or that contain limitations on the extent to which the interest rate may vary. Certain investments in such obligations may be illiquid. The Fund may invest in indexed and inverse securities for hedging purposes or to seek to increase returns. When used for hedging purposes, indexed and inverse securities involve correlation risk. Furthermore, where such a security includes a contingent liability, in the event of an adverse movement in the underlying index or interest rate, the Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain the position.

Credit Linked Securities. Among the income producing securities in which the Fund may invest are credit linked securities. The issuers of these securities frequently are limited purpose trusts or other special purpose vehicles that, in turn, invest in a derivative instrument or basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain fixed income markets. For instance, the Fund may invest in credit linked securities as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to a certain market and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available.

Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on or linked to the issuer’s receipt of payments from, and the issuer’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the issuer invests. For instance, the issuer may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the issuer would

 

12


Table of Contents

receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the issuer would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and/or principal that the Fund would receive. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. These securities generally are exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the securities and they may constitute illiquid investments.

Index-, Commodity-, Currency- and Equity-Linked Securities. “Index-linked” or “commodity-linked” notes are debt securities of companies that call for interest payments and/or payment at maturity in different terms than the typical note where the borrower agrees to make fixed interest payments and to pay a fixed sum at maturity. Principal and/or interest payments on an index-linked or commodity-linked note depend on the performance of one or more market indices, such as the S&P 500® Index, a weighted index of commodity futures such as crude oil, gasoline and natural gas or the market prices of a particular commodity or basket of commodities. Equity-linked securities are short-term or intermediate term instruments having a value at maturity and/or interest rate determined by reference to the market prices of one or more equity securities. At maturity, the principal amount of an equity-linked debt security is often exchanged for common stock of the issuer or is payable in an amount based on the issuer’s common stock price at the time of maturity. Currency-linked debt securities are short-term or intermediate-term instruments having a value at maturity, and/or an interest rate, determined by reference to one or more foreign currencies. Payment of principal or periodic interest may be calculated as a multiple of the movement of one currency against another currency, or against an index.

Index, commodity, currency and equity-linked securities may entail substantial risks. Such instruments may be subject to significant price volatility. The company issuing the instrument may fail to pay the amount due on maturity. The underlying investment or security may not perform as expected by the Advisor. Markets, underlying securities and indexes may move in a direction that was not anticipated by the Advisor. Performance of the derivatives may be influenced by interest rate and other market changes in the United States and abroad, and certain derivative instruments may be illiquid.

Linked securities are often issued by unit investment trusts. Examples of this include such index-linked securities as S&P Depositary Receipts (SPDRs), which is an interest in a unit investment trust holding a portfolio of securities linked to the S&P 500® Index, and a type of exchange-traded fund (ETF). Because a unit investment trust is an investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investments in SPDRs are subject to the limitations set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act. SPDRs closely track the underlying portfolio of securities, trade like a share of common stock and pay periodic dividends proportionate to those paid by the portfolio of stocks that comprise the S&P 500® Index. As a holder of interests in a unit investment trust, the Fund would indirectly bear its ratable share of that unit investment trust’s expenses. At the same time, the Fund would continue to pay its own management and advisory fees and other expenses, as a result of which the Fund and its shareholders in effect would be absorbing levels of fees with respect to investments in such unit investment trusts.

Equity-linked securities include issues such as Structured Yield Product Exchangeable for Stock (STRYPES), Trust Automatic Common Exchange Securities (TRACES), Trust Issued Mandatory Exchange Securities (TIMES), and Trust Enhanced Dividend Securities (TRENDS). The issuers of these equity-linked securities generally purchase and hold a portfolio of stripped U.S. Treasury securities maturing on a quarterly basis through the conversion date, and a forward purchase contract with an existing shareholder of the company relating to the common stock. Quarterly distributions on such equity-linked securities generally consist of the cash received from the U.S. Treasury securities and such equity-linked securities generally are not entitled to any dividends that may be declared on the common stock.

Investing in structured products and linked securities is subject to certain risks. Because structured products typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured products may be structured as a class that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured products typically have higher rates of return and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured products. Structured products sometimes are sold in private placement transactions and often have a limited trading market.

 

13


Table of Contents

Investments in “linked” securities have the potential to lead to significant losses because of unexpected movements in the underlying financial asset, index, currency or other investment. The ability of the Fund to utilize linked-securities successfully will depend on its ability correctly to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Because currency-linked securities usually relate to foreign currencies, some of which may be currency from emerging market countries, there are certain additional risks associated with such investments.

SPDRs are subject to the risks of an investment in a broadly based portfolio of common stocks, including the risk that the general level of stock prices may decline, thereby adversely affecting the value of such investment. In addition, because individual investments in SPDRs are not redeemable, except upon termination of the unit investment trust, the liquidity of small holdings of SPDRs will depend upon the existence of a secondary market. Large holdings of SPDRs are called “creation unit size” and are redeemable in-kind only and are not redeemable for cash from the unit investment trust. The price of a SPDR is derived from and based upon the securities held by the unit investment trust. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of a SPDR is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for SPDRs is based on a basket of stocks. Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying SPDRs purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on SPDRs.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Futures Contracts. A futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. A futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of security or other asset called for in the contract at a specified delivery time for a stated price. The specific security or other asset delivered or taken at the settlement date is not determined until on or near that date. The determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract was made. The Fund may enter into futures contracts which are traded on national or foreign futures exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying security or other asset. Futures exchanges and trading in the United States are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a U.S. Government agency.

Traders in futures contracts may be broadly classified as either “hedgers” or “speculators.” Hedgers use the futures markets primarily to offset unfavorable changes (anticipated or potential) in the value of securities or other assets currently owned or expected to be acquired by them. Speculators less often own the securities or other assets underlying the futures contracts which they trade, and generally use futures contracts with the expectation of realizing profits from fluctuations in the value of the underlying securities or other assets. Pursuant to a notice of eligibility claiming exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator filed with the CFTC and the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA, and, accordingly, they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA.

Upon entering into futures contracts, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s obligation under the contract (less any applicable margin deposits and any assets that constitute “cover” for such obligation), will be segregated with the Fund’s custodian.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, although the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian in a segregated account in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash and/or U.S. Government securities in order to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions, in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the Fund to finance the transactions. Rather, initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying security or other asset) that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the relevant futures exchange and may be changed. Brokers may establish deposit requirements which are higher than the exchange minimums. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin which may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker (or the custodian) are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or other asset fluctuates, a process known as “marking to market.” If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional variation margin will be required.

 

14


Table of Contents

Conversely, a change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made for as long as the contract remains open. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Although futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities or other assets (stock index futures contracts or futures contracts that reference other intangible assets do not permit delivery of the referenced assets), the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. The Fund may elect to close some or all of its futures positions at any time prior to their expiration. The purpose of taking such action would be to reduce or eliminate the position then currently held by the Fund. Closing out an open futures position is done by taking an opposite position (“buying” a contract which has previously been “sold,” “selling” a contract previously “purchased”) in an identical contract (i.e., the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security or other asset with the same delivery date) to terminate the position. Final determinations are made as to whether the price of the initial sale of the futures contract exceeds or is below the price of the offsetting purchase, or whether the purchase price exceeds or is below the offsetting sale price. Final determinations of variation margin are then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Brokerage commissions are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold.

Successful use of futures contracts by the Fund is subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting securities and commodities markets. This requires different skills and techniques than those required to predict changes in the prices of individual securities. The Fund, therefore, bears the risk that future market trends will be incorrectly predicted.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the relatively low margin deposits required and the potential for an extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures contracts. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount posted as initial margin for the contract.

In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments in order to maintain its required margin. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities in order to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close the futures position also could have an adverse impact on the ability to hedge effectively.

To reduce or eliminate a hedge position held by the Fund, the Fund may seek to close out a position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract, which may limit the Fund’s ability to realize its profits or limit its losses. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions, closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts (or a particular class or series of contracts), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of contracts) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained

 

15


Table of Contents

fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Fund may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. The Fund presently could accomplish a similar result to that which it hopes to achieve through the use of interest rate futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling bonds with short maturities and investing in bonds with long maturities when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Fund, through using futures contracts.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges— principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. A public market exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; GNMA modified pass-through mortgage backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Fund may also invest in exchange-traded Eurodollar contracts, which are interest rate futures on the forward level of LIBOR. These contracts are generally considered liquid securities and trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Such Eurodollar contracts are generally used to “lock-in” or hedge the future level of short-term rates. The Fund may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

Index Futures Contracts. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. Entering into a contract to buy units of an index is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in the index. Entering into a contract to sell units of an index is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position in the index. A unit is the current value of the index. The Fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, debt index futures contracts, or other index futures contracts appropriate to its objective(s).

There are several risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged.

Municipal Bond Index Futures Contracts. Municipal bond index futures contracts may act as a hedge against changes in market conditions. A municipal bond index assigns values daily to the municipal bonds included in the index based on the independent assessment of dealer-to-dealer municipal bond brokers. A municipal bond index futures contract represents a firm commitment by which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the municipal bond index value on the last trading date of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on those futures contracts that it is permitted to buy or sell. The Fund may use such options on futures contracts in lieu of writing options directly on the underlying securities or other assets or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. Such options generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the underlying investments. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy from (call) or sell to (put) the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing purchase transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing purchase transactions can be effected.

The Fund will enter into written options on futures contracts only when, in compliance with the SEC’s requirements, cash or liquid securities equal in value to the underlying security’s or other asset’s value (less any applicable margin deposits) have been deposited in a segregated account. The Fund will be required to deposit initial margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above.

 

16


Table of Contents

Investments in futures options involve some of the same risks that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased. There may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Successful use of index futures by the Fund is also subject to the Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, for example, where the Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index on which the futures are written may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, as the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in futures or put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as the Fund’s securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, the Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move to the same extent as do the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held in its portfolio and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased values of those securities that it has hedged, because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the index futures and the securities of the portfolio being hedged, the prices of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures markets are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which would distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Second, margin requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result, the futures market may attract more speculators than the securities market. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market, and also because of the imperfect correlation between movements in an index and movements in the prices of index futures, even a correct forecast of general market trends by the Advisor may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.

There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or related option. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in some contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and, therefore, does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Options on Index Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and sell options on index futures contracts. Options on index futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the index

 

17


Table of Contents

futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the index future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

There are various risks in connection with the use by the Fund of index futures as a hedging device. For example, a risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the index futures and movements in the prices of securities which are the subject of the hedges. The Advisor will attempt to reduce this risk by selling, to the extent possible, futures on indices the movements of which will, in its judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged; there can be no assurance that the Advisor will be successful in doing so.

Use by Tax-Exempt Funds of Interest Rate and U.S. Treasury Security Futures Contracts and Options. If the Fund invests in tax-exempt securities, it may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities when, in the opinion of the Advisor, price movements in these security futures and related options will correlate closely with price movements in the tax-exempt securities which are the subject of the hedge. Interest rate and U.S. Treasury securities futures contracts require the seller to deliver, or the purchaser to take delivery of, the type of security called for in the contract at a specified date and price. Options on interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

In addition to the risks generally involved in using futures contracts, there is also a risk that price movements in interest rate and U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and related options will not correlate closely with price movements in markets for tax-exempt securities.

Stock Options and Stock Index Options

The Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options. Such options may relate to particular stocks or stock indices, and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC). Stock index options are put options and call options on various stock indices. In most respects, they are identical to listed options on common stocks.

There is a key difference between stock options and stock index options in connection with their exercise. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of an index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the securities included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the S&P 500® Index or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100 Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment.

The successful use of the Fund’s options strategies depends on the ability of the Advisor to forecast interest rate and market movements correctly. When it purchases an option, the Fund runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the Fund exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction for such option during the life of the option. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the Fund will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by the Fund in the underlying securities, since the Fund may continue to hold its investment in those securities notwithstanding the lack of a change in price of those securities.

The effective use of options also depends on the Fund’s ability to terminate option positions at times when the Advisor deems it desirable to do so. Although the Fund will take an option position only if the Advisor believes there is a liquid secondary market for the option, there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.

 

18


Table of Contents

If a secondary trading market in options were to become unavailable, the Fund could no longer engage in closing transactions. The writer in such circumstances would be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund will realize a loss equal to the premium paid. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances, such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability, may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the OCC or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at a time when trading in the option has also been halted, the Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If a prohibition on exercise remains in effect until an option owned by the Fund has expired, the Fund could lose the entire value of its option.

Special risks are presented by internationally traded options. Because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.

Dealer (Over-the-Counter) Options. Dealer options are options negotiated individually through dealers rather than traded on an exchange. Certain risks are specific to dealer options. While the Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund purchases a dealer option it must rely on the selling dealer to perform if the Fund exercises the option. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options more often may not. Consequently, the Fund can realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the issuing dealer. Similarly, when the Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund can close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer. While the Fund seeks to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and can enter into closing transactions with the Fund, no assurance exists that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless the Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, can effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

The Fund generally will treat purchased dealer options as illiquid securities. The Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Writing Covered Options. The Fund may write covered call options and covered put options on securities held in its portfolio when, in the opinion of the Advisor, such transactions are consistent with the Fund’s investment goal

 

19


Table of Contents

and policies. Call options written by the Fund give the purchaser the right to buy the underlying securities from the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price; put options give the purchaser the right to sell the underlying securities to the Fund at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the security’s market price.

The Fund may write only covered options, which means that, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of securities exchanges). In the case of put options, the Fund will hold cash and/or high-grade short-term debt obligations equal to the price to be paid if the option is exercised. In addition, the Fund will be considered to have covered a put or call option if and to the extent that it holds an option that offsets some or all of the risk of the option it has written. The Fund may write combinations of covered puts and calls (straddles) on the same underlying security.

The Fund will receive a premium from writing a put or call option, which increases the Fund’s return on the underlying security if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security. By writing a call option, the Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option but continues to bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security. By writing a put option, the Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than the security’s then-current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value.

The Fund’s obligation to sell an instrument subject to a call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an offsetting option of the same series (i.e., same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The Fund realizes a profit or loss from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction (option premium plus transaction costs) is less or more than the premium received from writing the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option generally reflect increases in the market price of the security underlying the option, any loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction may be offset in whole or in part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security.

If the Fund writes a call option but does not own the underlying security, and when it writes a put option, the Fund may be required to deposit cash or securities with its broker as “margin” or collateral for its obligation to buy or sell the underlying security. As the value of the underlying security varies, the Fund may also have to deposit additional margin with the broker. Margin requirements are complex and are fixed by individual brokers, subject to minimum requirements currently imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and by stock exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations.

Purchasing Put Options. The Fund may purchase put options to protect its portfolio holdings in an underlying security against a decline in market value. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the put option since the Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying security’s market price. For a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. By using put options in this manner, the Fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized from appreciation of the underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

Purchasing Call Options. The Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the Fund, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security’s market price. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs.

 

20


Table of Contents

These costs will reduce any profit the Fund might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the time it purchased the call option.

Over-the-Counter (OTC) Options. The Fund will enter into OTC options transactions only with primary dealers in U.S. Government securities and, in the case of OTC options written by the Fund, only pursuant to agreements that will assure that the Fund will at all times have the right to repurchase the option written by it from the dealer at a specified formula price. The Fund will treat the amount by which such formula price exceeds the amount, if any, by which the option may be “in-the-money” as an illiquid investment. It is the present policy of the Fund not to enter into any OTC option transaction if, as a result, more than 15% (10% in some cases, refer to the Fund’s prospectuses) of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in (i) illiquid investments (determined under the foregoing formula) relating to OTC options written by the Fund, (ii) OTC options purchased by the Fund, (iii) securities which are not readily marketable, and (iv) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.

Index Options. As an alternative to purchasing call and put options on index futures, the Fund may purchase call and put options on the underlying indices themselves. Such options could be used in a manner identical to the use of options on index futures. Options involving securities indices provide the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option based on movements in the relevant index. Such options must be listed on a national securities exchange and issued by the OCC. Such options may relate to various stock indices, except that the Fund may not write covered options on an index.

Foreign Stock Index Options. The Fund may, for the purpose of hedging its portfolio, subject to applicable securities regulations, purchase and write put and call options on foreign stock indices listed on foreign and domestic stock exchanges.

Swap Agreements

Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. The Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate swap agreements, and other types of swap agreements such as caps, collars and floors. The Fund also may enter into swaptions, which are options to enter into a swap agreement.

In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for a specified period of time. If a swap agreement provides for payments in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange notional principal amount as well. In a total return swap agreement, the non-floating rate side of the swap is based on the total return of an individual security, a basket of securities, an index or another reference asset. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if the Fund agreed to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.

Swap agreements are sophisticated hedging instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the

 

21


Table of Contents

overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor’s ability correctly to predict whether certain types of investments likely are to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factor that determines the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement likely would decline, potentially resulting in losses for the Fund. The Fund will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. The Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions (i.e., by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party).

Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more securities or a basket of securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to risks relating to the reference obligation, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally will lose its investment and recover nothing if no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

Equity Swaps. The Fund may engage in equity swaps. Equity swaps allow the parties to the swap agreement to exchange components of return on one equity investment (e.g., a basket of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment, including an exchange of differential rates of return. Equity swaps may be used to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impractical. Equity swaps also may be used for other purposes, such as hedging or seeking to increase total return.

The values of equity swaps can be very volatile. To the extent that the Advisor does not accurately analyze and predict the potential relative fluctuation on the components swapped with the other party, the Fund may suffer a loss. The value of some components of an equity swap (such as the dividend on a common stock) may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Furthermore, during the period a swap is outstanding, the Fund may suffer a loss if the counterparty defaults.

Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical

 

22


Table of Contents

custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder, and conversely, that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Variance, Volatility and Correlation Swap Agreements. Variance and volatility swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the volatility of certain referenced assets. Correlation swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the correlation between the prices of different assets or different market rates.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions may be used to protect, to some extent, against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates by establishing a fixed exchange rate. Foreign currency transactions may involve the purchase or sale of foreign currencies on a “spot” (cash) basis at the prevailing exchange rate or may involve “forward contracts” that allow the Fund to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date. Forward contracts may be used for “transaction hedging,” “position hedging” and “cross-hedging.” The Fund may use forward sale contracts to sell an amount of a foreign currency approximating the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in the foreign security when that foreign currency suffers a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. The Fund may use forward purchase contracts to purchase a foreign currency when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a substantial decline against the foreign currency. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized if the value of the hedged currency increases.

Transaction hedging may allow the Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest rate payment in a foreign currency. The Fund may use transaction hedging to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Position hedging may allow the Fund to protect against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated. The Fund may use position hedging when it is believed that the U.S. dollar may suffer a decline against the foreign currency by entering into a forward purchase contract to purchase that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount.

Cross-hedging may allow the Fund to enter into a forward contract to sell a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount when it is believed that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall if there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which the Fund’s securities are denominated.

The Fund also may purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts. Options on foreign currencies and foreign currency contracts give the holder a right to buy or sell the underlying foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts for a specified period of time and for a

 

23


Table of Contents

specified amount. The value of an option on foreign currencies or foreign currency contracts reflects the value of an exchange rate, which depends on the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the relevant foreign currency.

Engaging in foreign currency transactions is subject to certain risks. For example, if the value of a foreign currency were to decline against the U.S. dollar, such decline would reduce the dollar value of any securities held by the Fund denominated in that currency. It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract, which may make it necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of the security being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver at the time the Fund sells the security being hedged. The value of any currency, including the U.S. dollar, may be affected by political and economic factors applicable to the issuer’s country. The exchange rates of currencies also may be affected adversely by governmental actions. Transaction, position and cross-hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell and may limit the amount of potential gain that might result from the increase in value of the currency being hedged. Settlement procedures relating to the Fund’s foreign currency transactions may be more complex than those relating to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.

Foreign Securities

Foreign securities include debt, equity and derivative securities that the Advisor determines are “foreign” based on the consideration of an issuer’s domicile, its principal place of business, its primary stock exchange listing, the source of its revenue or other factors. Foreign securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations, Permissible Fund Investments — Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Foreign securities may include depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued in registered form by a domestic bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies and foreign branches of domestic banks, that evidence ownership of foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are receipts structured similarly to ADRs and EDRs and are marketed globally. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. In general, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest-holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be limited information available regarding such issuers and/or limited correlation between available information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

Investing in foreign securities is subject to certain risks. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also may impact the value of foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies or U.S. dollars, without a change in the intrinsic value of those securities. Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of a foreign security tends to decrease when the value of the U.S. dollar rises against the foreign currency in which the security is denominated and tends to increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls against such currency. The Fund may attempt to minimize the risk from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies by purchasing and selling forward foreign currency exchange contracts and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. Foreign securities may be less liquid than domestic securities so that the Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable prices. Brokerage commissions, custodial fees and other fees also are generally higher for foreign securities. The Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain debt securities issued by foreign governments. In addition, foreign governments may impose potentially confiscatory withholding or other taxes, which would reduce the

 

24


Table of Contents

Fund’s return on these securities. Other risks include: possible delays in the settlement of transactions or in the notification of income; generally less publicly available information about companies; adverse impact of political, social or diplomatic events; possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets; possible imposition of currency exchange controls; and that foreign companies generally are not subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those mandated for domestic companies.

Risks associated with investments in foreign securities are increased with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries, especially those in Eastern Europe, the Pacific Basin and the Far East, are undergoing significant evolutionary changes and rapid development, and may lack the social, political and economic stability of more developed countries. Investing in emerging market securities also involves risks beyond the risks applicable to foreign investments. For example, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain currencies may not be traded internationally, and some countries with emerging securities markets have sustained long periods of very high inflation or rapid fluctuation in inflation rates which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets.

Illiquid Securities

Illiquid securities are defined by the Fund consistent with SEC staff’s current guidance and interpretations which provide that an illiquid security is an asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment on its books. Some securities, such as those not registered under U.S. securities laws, cannot be sold in public transactions. Subject to its investment policies, the Fund may invest in illiquid investments and may invest in certain restricted securities that are deemed to be illiquid securities.

Initial Public Offerings

The Fund may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs) of common stock or other primary or secondary syndicated offerings of equity or debt securities issued by a corporate issuer. Fixed income funds frequently invest in these types of offerings of debt securities. A purchase of IPO securities often involves higher transaction costs than those associated with the purchase of securities already traded on exchanges or markets. IPO securities are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. The market value of recently issued IPO securities may fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading and speculation, a potentially small number of securities available for trading, limited information about the issuer, and other factors. The Fund may hold IPO securities for a period of time, or may sell them soon after the purchase. Investments in IPOs could have a magnified impact — either positive or negative — on the Fund’s performance while the Fund’s assets are relatively small. The impact of an IPO on the Fund’s performance may tend to diminish as the Fund’s assets grow. In circumstances when investments in IPOs make a significant contribution to the Fund’s performance, there can be no assurance that similar contributions from IPOs will continue in the future.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

Investing in other investment companies may be a means by which the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive orders currently or in the future obtained by the Fund from the SEC.

Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds, the 1940 Act generally requires that the Fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as determined at the time a securities purchase is made: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company; (ii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies; and (iii) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by the Fund or by companies controlled by the Fund. Such other investment companies may include exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which are shares of publicly traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indexes or companies in related industries.

 

25


Table of Contents

Investing in other investment companies is subject to certain risks. Although the Fund may derive certain advantages from being able to invest in shares of other investment companies, such as to be fully invested, there may be potential disadvantages. Investing in other investment companies may result in higher fees and expenses for the Fund and its shareholders. A shareholder may be charged fees not only on Fund shares held directly but also on the investment company shares that the Fund purchases.

In addition, investing in ETFs is subject to certain other risks. ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track as well as to the risks of the specific sector or industry to which the ETF relates. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons.

Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, the Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Columbia Funds, including the Money Market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. For more information about such actual and potential conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term debt obligations, which include: (i) bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (ii) funding agreements; (iii) repurchase agreements; (iv) obligations of the United States, foreign countries and supranational entities, and each of their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities; (v) certain corporate debt securities, such as commercial paper, short-term corporate obligations and extendible commercial notes; (vi) participation interests; and (vii) municipal securities. Money market instruments may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations and may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations and Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Investing in money market instruments is subject to certain risks. Money market instruments (other than certain U.S. Government obligations) are not backed or insured by the U.S. Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Accordingly, only the creditworthiness of an issuer, or guarantees of that issuer, support such instruments.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents units of ownership of a corporation that frequently have dividends that are set at a specified rate. Preferred stock has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets. Preferred stock shares some of the characteristics of both debt and equity. Preferred stock ordinarily does not carry voting rights. Most preferred stock is cumulative; if dividends are passed (i.e., not paid for any reason), they accumulate and must be paid before common stock dividends. Participating preferred stock entitles its holders to share in profits above and beyond the declared dividend, along with common shareholders, as distinguished from nonparticipating preferred stock, which is limited to the stipulated dividend. Convertible preferred stock is exchangeable for a given number of shares of common stock and thus tends to be more volatile than nonconvertible preferred stock, which generally behaves more like a fixed income bond. Preferred stock may be privately placed or publicly offered. See Permissible Fund Investments — Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities for more information.

Auction preferred stock (APS) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by corporate bidders. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share.

In addition to reinvestment risk if interest rates fall, some specific risks with regard to APS include:

 

   

Failed auction: A breakdown in the auction process can occur; in the event that the process fails, the rate is reset at the maximum applicable rate, which is usually described in the prospectus and typically

 

26


Table of Contents
 

is influenced by the issuer’s credit rating. In a failed auction, current shareholders generally are unable to sell some, or all, of the shares when the auction is completed. Typically, the liquidity for APS that have experienced a failed auction becomes very limited. If a failed auction were to occur, the shareholder generally would hold his or her shares until the next auction. Should there not be subsequent auctions that “cure” the failed process, the shareholder may: (1) hold the APS in anticipation of a refinancing by the issuer that would cause the APS to be called, or (2) hold securities either indefinitely or in anticipation of the development of a secondary market.

 

   

Early call risk: APS generally is redeemable at any time, usually upon notice, at the issuer’s option, at par plus accrued dividends.

Investing in preferred stock is subject to certain risks. For example, stock market risk is the risk that the value of such stocks, like the broader stock markets, may decline over short or even extended periods. Domestic and foreign stock markets tend to be cyclical, with periods when prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline. The value of individual stocks will rise and decline based on factors specific to each corporation, such as changes in earnings or management.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular company. For example, stocks of smaller companies tend to have greater price fluctuations than stocks of larger companies because, among other things, they trade less frequently and in lower volumes, are more susceptible to changes in economic conditions, are more reliant on singular products or services and are more vulnerable to larger competitors. Stocks of these companies may have a higher potential for gains but also are subject to greater risk of loss.

Investing in preferred stock also may involve the risks applicable to investing in a particular industry, such as technology, financial services, consumer goods or natural resources (e.g., oil and gas). To some extent, the prices of stocks tend to move by industry sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the prices of the stocks of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the value of those companies’ stock to decline.

Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities

Private placement securities are securities that have been privately placed and are not registered under the 1933 Act. They are eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. Private placement and other “restricted” securities often cannot be sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or they are “not readily marketable” because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.

Private placements typically may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers (or, in the case of the initial sale of certain securities, such as those issued in collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations, to accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the 1933 Act), or in a privately negotiated transaction or to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.

Investing in private placement and other restricted securities is subject to certain risks. Private placements may be considered illiquid securities. Private placements typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of a trading market.

 

27


Table of Contents

Real Estate Investment Trusts and Master Limited Partnerships

REITs are entities that either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans and also may include operating or finance companies. An equity REIT generally holds equity positions in real estate and seeks to provide its shareholders with income from the leasing of its properties and with capital gains from any sales of properties. A mortgage REIT generally specializes in lending money to owners of properties and passes through any interest income it may earn to its shareholders.

Partnership units of real estate and other types of companies sometimes are organized as master limited partnerships in which ownership interests are publicly traded. Master limited partnerships often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and the oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects.

REITs are subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, for example, declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, and variations in rental income. REITs also may be subject to interest rate risk. In general, increases in interest rates will decrease the value of high-yield securities and increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could decrease the value of a REIT’s investments. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. Both equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills. REITs also may be subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, and the possibility of failing to qualify for preferential tax treatment under the Code, which could adversely affect dividend payments. REITs also may not be diversified.

Investing in master limited partnerships generally is subject to the risks applicable to investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation, which may include fewer protections afforded to investors. Additional risks include those associated with the specific industries in which a master limited partnership invests, such as the risks associated with investing in the real estate or oil and gas industries.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements are agreements under which the Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period of time subject to the obligation of a seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by the Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The Fund typically will enter into repurchase agreements only with commercial banks, registered broker/dealers and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Such transactions are monitored to ensure that the value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including any accrued interest. Repurchase agreements generally are subject to counterparty risk.

If a counterparty defaults, the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale are less than the resale price provided in the repurchase agreement including interest. In the event that a counterparty fails to perform because it is insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund’s right to take possession of the underlying securities would be subject to applicable insolvency law and procedure, including an automatic stay (which would preclude immediate enforcement of the Fund’s rights) and exemptions thereto (which would permit the Fund to take possession of the underlying securities or to void a repurchase agreement altogether). Since it is possible that an exemption from the automatic stay would not be available, the Fund might be prevented from immediately enforcing its rights against the counterparty. Accordingly, if a counterparty becomes insolvent or otherwise subject to insolvency proceedings against it, the Fund may incur delays in or be prevented from liquidating the underlying securities and could experience losses, including the possible decline in value of the underlying securities during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible subnormal levels of income or lack of access to income during such time, as well as the costs incurred in enforcing the Fund’s rights. For example, if the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement with a broker that becomes insolvent, it is possible for the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) to institute a liquidation proceeding in federal court against the broker counterparty which could lead to a foreclosure by SIPC of the underlying securities or SIPC may stay, or preclude, the Fund’s ability under contract to terminate the repurchase agreement.

 

28


Table of Contents

U.S. Government and Related Obligations

U.S. Government obligations include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. Government differ in their interest rates, maturities and time of issuance, as well as with respect to whether they are guaranteed by the U.S. Government. U.S. Government and related obligations may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations. See Permissible Fund Investments — Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations for more information.

U.S. Government obligations also include senior unsecured debt securities issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009 by eligible issuers (including U.S. depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) (and certain affiliates), U.S. bank holding companies and certain U.S. savings and loan holding companies) that are guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The FDIC’s guarantee under the TLGP will expire upon the earlier of (i) maturity of such security or (ii) June 30, 2012. It is the view of the FDIC and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that any debt security that is guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP and that has a maturity that ends on or before June 30, 2012 would be a security exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 because such security would be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the FDIC.

Investing in securities guaranteed under the TLGP is subject to certain risks. Given that there is no track record for securities guaranteed under the TLGP, it is uncertain how such securities will trade in relation to treasury and government agency securities in terms of yield spread and the volatility of such spread and it is uncertain how such securities will trade in the secondary market and whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The TLGP is a new program that is subject to change. In order to collect from the FDIC under the TLGP, a claims process must be followed. Failure to follow the claims process could result in a loss to the right to payment under the guarantee. In addition, guarantee payments by the FDIC under the TLGP may be delayed.

Investing in U.S. Government and related obligations is subject to certain risks. While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises historically have involved limited risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to any of these entities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Obligations

Variable- and floating-rate obligations provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate and, under certain circumstances, varying principal amounts. Unlike a fixed interest rate, a variable, or floating, rate is one that rises and declines based on the movement of an underlying index of interest rates and may pay interest at rates that are adjusted periodically according to a specified formula. Asset-backed securities, bank obligations, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, money market instruments, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as variable- and floating-rate obligations.

Investing in variable- and floating-rate obligations is subject to certain risks. Variable- and floating-rate obligations may involve direct lending arrangements between the purchaser and the issuer and there may be no active secondary market, making it difficult to resell such obligations to a third party. Variable- and floating-rate obligations also may be subject to interest rate and credit risks. Changes in interest rates can affect the rate of return on such obligations. If an issuer of a variable- or floating-rate obligation defaults, the Fund could sustain a loss to the extent of such default.

 

29


Table of Contents

Warrants and Rights

Warrants and rights are types of securities that give a holder a right to purchase shares of common stock. Warrants usually are issued together with a bond or preferred stock and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock at a specified price typically for a period of years. Rights usually have a specified purchase price that is lower than the current market price and entitle a holder to purchase a specified amount of common stock typically for a period of only weeks. Warrants may be used to enhance the marketability of a bond or preferred stock.

Warrants and rights may be subject to the risk that the securities could lose value. There also is the risk that the potential exercise price may exceed the market price of the warrants or rights, such as when there is no movement in the market price or the market price of such securities declines.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

When-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions involve the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund, with payment and delivery taking place in the future. When engaging in when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, the Fund typically will hold cash or liquid securities in a segregated account in an amount equal to or greater than the purchase price. The payment obligation and, if applicable, the interest rate that will be received on the securities, are fixed at the time that the Fund agrees to purchase the securities. The Fund generally will enter into when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions only with the intention of completing such transactions. However, the Advisor may determine not to complete a transaction if it deems it appropriate. In such cases, the Fund may realize short-term gains or losses.

When-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions involve the risks that the securities purchased may fall in value by the time they actually are issued or that the other party may fail to honor the contract terms. The Fund that invests in delayed delivery securities may rely on a third party to complete the transaction. Failure by a third party to deliver a security purchased on a delayed delivery basis may result in a financial loss to the Fund or the loss of an opportunity to make an alternative investment.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Step-Coupon Securities

Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities are types of debt instruments that do not necessarily make payments of interest in fixed amounts or at fixed intervals. Asset-backed securities, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, low and below investment grade securities, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, stripped securities, U.S. Government and related obligations and other types of debt instruments may be structured as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities.

Zero-coupon securities do not pay interest on a current basis but instead accrue interest over the life of the security. These securities include, among others, zero-coupon bonds, which either may be issued at a discount by a corporation or government entity or may be created by a brokerage firm when it strips the coupons from a bond or note and then sells the bond or note and the coupon separately. This technique is used frequently with U.S. Treasury bonds, and zero-coupon securities are marketed under such names as CATS (Certificate of Accrual on Treasury Securities), TIGERs or STRIPS. Zero-coupon bonds also are issued by municipalities. Buying a municipal zero-coupon bond frees its purchaser of the obligation to pay regular federal income tax on imputed interest, since the interest is exempt for regular federal income tax purposes. Zero-coupon certificates of deposit and zero-coupon mortgages are generally structured in the same fashion as zero-coupon bonds; the certificate of deposit holder or mortgage holder receives face value at maturity and no payments until then.

Pay-in-kind securities normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or to give the holder of the security a similar security with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is paid according to a schedule for a series of periods, typically lower for an initial period and then increasing to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issue.

 

30


Table of Contents

Zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities holders generally have substantially all the rights and privileges of holders of the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations. Holders of these securities have the right upon default on the underlying coupon obligations or principal obligations to proceed directly and individually against the issuer and are not required to act in concert with other holders of such securities.

Investing in zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities is subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities.

Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, they are volatile. Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically than bonds paying interest on a current basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value than interest paying bonds.

Borrowings

The Fund has a fundamental policy with respect to borrowing that can be found under the heading About the Fund’s Investments — Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies. Specifically, the Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief obtained by the Fund. In general, pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 331/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). Any borrowings that come to exceed this amount must be reduced within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) to the extent necessary to comply with the 331/3% limitation.

The Fund participates in a committed line of credit (Line of Credit). Any advance under the Line of Credit is contemplated primarily for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests that otherwise might require the untimely sale of portfolio securities.

Pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund may, subject to certain conditions, borrow money from other funds in the Columbia Funds Family for temporary emergency purposes in order to facilitate redemption requests, or for other purposes consistent with Fund investment policies and restrictions. All loans are set at an interest rate between the rates charged on overnight repurchase agreements and short-term bank loans.

Short Sales

The Fund may sometimes sell securities short when it owns an equal amount of such securities as those securities sold short. This is a technique known as selling short “against the box.” If the Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. To secure its obligation to deliver securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with the custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund can close out its short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund might want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

Short sales “against the box” entail many of the same risks and considerations described above regarding short sales not “against the box.” However, when the Fund sells short “against the box” it typically limits the amount of securities that it has leveraged. The Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the Advisor believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses in the long position are reduced will depend upon the amount of securities sold short relative to the amount of the securities the Fund owns, either directly or indirectly, and, in the case where the Fund

 

31


Table of Contents

owns convertible securities, changes in the investment values or conversion premiums of such securities. Short sales may have adverse tax consequences to the Fund and its shareholders.

Subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies, the Fund may engage in short sales that are not “against the box,” which are sales by the Fund of securities or commodity futures contracts that it does not own in hopes of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The technique is also used to protect a profit in a long-term position in a security or commodity futures contract. To make delivery to the buyer, the Fund must borrow or purchase the security. If borrowed, the Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed from the third party, so the Fund must purchase the security at the market price at a later time. If the price of the security has increased during this time, then the Fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price of the security from the time of the short sale plus any premiums and interest paid to the third party. (Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.)

Short sales by the Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Because the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share tends to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Short sales could potentially involve unlimited loss, as the market price of securities sold short may continually increase, although the Fund can mitigate any such losses by replacing the securities sold short. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. There is also the risk that the third party to the short sale may fail to honor its contract terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund’s successful use of short sales also will be subject to the ability of the Advisor to predict movements in the directions of the relevant market. The Fund therefore bears the risk that the Advisor will incorrectly predict future price directions. In addition, if the Fund sells a security short, and that security’s price goes up, the Fund will have to make up the margin on its open position (i.e., purchase more securities on the market to cover the position). It may be unable to do so and thus its position may not be closed out. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not incur significant losses in such a case.

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by placing in a segregated account (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

Lending Securities

Securities lending refers to the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Subject to its investment policies described above and in the prospectuses, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to broker/dealers and other institutional investors. Securities loans by the Fund are made pursuant to agreements that require that loans be secured continuously by collateral in cash. The Fund retains all or a portion of the income received on investment of cash collateral. A borrower will pay to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities loaned, but the borrower typically will receive a portion of the income earned on investments of cash collateral. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to loaned securities pass to a

 

32


Table of Contents

borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and may do so in order to vote upon matters affecting, or to sell, the loaned securities.

The Fund typically invests the cash collateral it receives in connection with its securities lending program directly or indirectly in high quality, short-term investments. The Fund may invest some or all of the cash collateral in one or more pooled investment vehicles, including, among other vehicles, money market funds managed by the Fund’s securities lending agent or its affiliates. The securities lending agent shares in any income resulting from the investment of the cash collateral, and an affiliate of the securities lending agent receives asset-based fees for the management of the pooled investment vehicles, which may create a conflict of interest between the securities lending agent (or its affiliate) and the Fund with respect to the management of the cash collateral.

Engaging in securities lending is subject to certain risks, including counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default. There also is a risk of possible delay in the recovery of loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral if a borrower fails financially.

Portfolio Turnover

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover (e.g., over 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Such sales may also result in adverse tax consequences to the Fund’s shareholders. The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

For the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate, see the Financial Highlights section in the prospectus for the Fund.

Disclosure of Portfolio Information

The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the Columbia Funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of Columbia Fund shareholders and to address conflicts between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other. These policies and procedures provide that Columbia Funds portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the earlier of: (i) the business day next following the posting of such information on the Columbia Funds’ website, if applicable, or (ii) the time a Columbia Fund discloses the information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information. Certain limited exceptions that have been approved consistent with the policies and procedures are described below. The Board is updated as needed regarding compliance with these policies and procedures. The policies and procedures prohibit the Advisor and the Columbia Funds’ other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Columbia Fund portfolio holdings information in exchange for any form of consideration. These policies and procedures apply to all categories of Columbia Funds and include some variations tailored to the different categories of Columbia Funds. Accordingly, some of the provisions described below do not apply to the Columbia Fund(s) covered by this SAI. The Advisor also has adopted policies and procedures to monitor for compliance with these portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.

Public Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through required filings with the SEC and on the Columbia Funds’ website. This information is available on the Columbia Funds’ website as described below.

 

   

For equity, convertible, balanced and asset allocation funds, other than small-cap and specialty Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 15 calendar days after such month-end.

 

   

For small cap and specialty Columbia Funds and those Columbia Funds that are sub-advised by Marsico and Brandes, sub-advisors for certain Columbia Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 30 calendar days after such month-end.

 

33


Table of Contents
   

For fixed income funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a fiscal quarter-end is posted approximately 60 calendar days after such quarter-end.

 

   

For Columbia Money Market Funds, a complete list of portfolio holdings as of a month-end is posted approximately 5 business days after such month-end.

Certain Columbia Funds also disclose their largest holdings, as a percent of the market values of the Columbia Funds’ portfolios, as of a month-end on their website, generally within 15 calendar days after such month-end. In general, the equity Columbia Funds post their largest 10-15 holdings, the balanced Columbia Funds post their largest 5 equity holdings, and certain fixed income Columbia Funds post their largest 5-15 holdings (by security or issuer).

The Advisor may also disclose more current portfolio holdings information as of specified dates on the Columbia Funds’ website.

The scope of the information that is made available on the Columbia Funds’ website pursuant to the Columbia Funds’ policies relating to a Columbia Fund’s portfolio may change from time to time without prior notice.

The Columbia Funds file their portfolio holdings with the SEC for each fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semi-annual period) and Form N-Q (with respect to the first and third quarters of each Columbia Fund’s fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, a link to which is provided on the Columbia Funds’ website. In addition, each Columbia Fund’s Form N-CSR and N-Q filings may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. You may call the SEC at 800.SEC.0330 for information about the SEC’s website or the operation of the public reference room.

The Columbia Funds, the Advisor and their affiliates may include portfolio holdings information that already has been made public through a website posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that the information is disclosed no earlier than the business day after the date the information is disclosed publicly on the Columbia Funds’ website or no earlier than the time a Columbia Fund files such information in a publicly available SEC filing required to include such information.

Other Disclosures

The Columbia Funds’ policies and procedures provide that no disclosures of the Columbia Funds’ portfolio holdings may be made prior to the portfolio holdings information being made public unless (i) the Columbia Funds have a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure, (ii) the Columbia Funds’ President authorizes such non-public disclosure of information, and (iii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into an appropriate confidentiality agreement or is otherwise subject to a confidentiality obligation.

In determining the existence of a legitimate business purpose for making portfolio disclosures, the following factors, among others, are considered: (i) any prior disclosure must be consistent with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties of the Advisor; (ii) any conflicts of interest between the interests of Columbia Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, the Distributor or any affiliated person of a Columbia Fund, on the other; and (iii) any prior disclosure to a third party, although subject to a confidentiality agreement, would not make conduct lawful that otherwise is unlawful.

In addition, the Columbia Funds periodically disclose their portfolio information on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information to assist the Columbia Funds with their day-to-day business affairs. In addition to the Advisor and its affiliates, these service providers include each Columbia Fund’s sub-advisor(s) (if any), the Columbia Funds’ custodian, sub-custodians, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, financial printers, proxy solicitor and proxy voting service provider, as well as ratings agencies that maintain ratings on certain Columbia Funds. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Columbia Funds. The Columbia Funds also may disclose portfolio holdings information to broker/dealers and certain other entities in connection with potential transactions and management of the Columbia Funds, provided that reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Columbia Funds currently have ongoing arrangements with certain approved recipients with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information prior to such information being made public. Portfolio holdings information disclosed to such recipients is current as of the time of its disclosure, is disclosed to each recipient solely for purposes consistent with the services described below and has been authorized by the Columbia Funds’ President. These special arrangements are described in the table below.

Ongoing Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Arrangements

 

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

 

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

 

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Standard & Poor’s    None   Use to maintain ratings for certain Money Market Funds.   Weekly
InvestorTools, Inc.    None   Access granted solely for the purpose of testing back office conversion of trading systems.   Real time
ING Insurance Company    None   Access granted for specific Columbia Funds for ING’s creation of client/shareholder materials. ING may not distribute materials until the holdings information is made public.   Quarterly
Glass-Lewis & Co.    None   Access in connection with testing the firm’s proxy services.   Daily
CMS Bondedge    None   Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with application used by the Advisor’s Fixed Income Portfolio Management team as an analytical and trading tool.   Ad hoc
Linedata Services, Inc.    None   Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with the software for the LongView Trade Order Management System.   Ad hoc
JP Morgan    None   Access to provide the Advisor’s High Yield portfolio management team with peer group analysis reports for purposes of analyzing the portfolio.   Monthly
Malaspina Communications    None   Use to facilitate writing, publishing and mailing Columbia Fund shareholder reports and communications including shareholder letters and management’s discussion of Columbia Fund performance.   Quarterly
Evare LLP    None   Use for standardizing and reformatting data according to the Advisor’s specifications for use in the reconciliation process.   Daily
Factset Research Data Systems, Inc.    None   Use for provision of quantitative analytics, charting and fundamental data to the Advisor, and Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.   Daily

 

35


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

 

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

 

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

RR Donnelley/WE Andrews    None   Access as printers for the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs, fact sheets and brochures.   Monthly
Merrill Corporation    None   Use to provide fulfillment of the Columbia Funds’ prospectuses, supplements, SAIs and sales materials.   Monthly
Citigroup    None   Access when assisting in resolving technical difficulties with Yield Book, an analytic software program that the Advisor uses to perform ongoing risk analysis and management of certain fixed income Columbia Funds and fixed income separately managed accounts.   Daily
Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS)    None   Proxy voting administration and research on proxy matters utilized by MacKay Shields LLC, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds.   Daily
Cogent Consulting LLC    None   Utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds, to facilitate the evaluation of commission rates and to provide flexible commission reporting.   Daily
Moody’s    None   Ongoing portfolio surveillance for ratings it maintains on the Money Market Funds.   Monthly
Kynex    None   Use to provide portfolio attribution reports.   Daily
Bowne & Co.    None   Use for printing of the following materials: prospectuses, supplements and SAIs.   Monthly/
quarterly
Bloomberg    None   Use for portfolio analytics.   Daily
Barclays Point    None   Use for analytics including risk and attribution assessment.   Daily
Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.    None   Proxy voting and research utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds.   Daily

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

(ITG, formerly known as Macgregor)

   None   Order management system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor for certain Columbia Funds that stores trading data and is used for trading and compliance purposes.   Ad hoc
Advent/AXP    None   Portfolio accounting system utilized by Marsico, sub-advisor to certain Columbia Funds, for both portfolio accounting and internal recordkeeping purposes.   Ad hoc

 

36


Table of Contents

IDENTITY OF RECIPIENT

  

COMPENSATION/
CONSIDERATION
RECEIVED

 

CONDITIONS/RESTRICTIONS ON USE

OF INFORMATION

 

FREQUENCY OF
DISCLOSURE

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

(ITG, formerly known as Plexus Group)

   None   Evaluation and assessment of trading activity, execution and practices by the Advisor.   Five days after quarter-end
BANA and State Street Bank    None   Credit analysis performed by lenders.   Ad hoc
State Street    None   Use to provide custodian services.   Real time
Lipper    None   Use to create metrics for board and executive management reporting, product and marketing analysis, and fund performance.   Daily
Morningstar, Inc.    None   Use for independent research and ranking of Columbia Funds.   Daily

 

37


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services

The Advisor (which is also the Administrator) has been a registered investment advisor since 1995. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of Columbia Management Group, LLC, which is the primary investment division of Bank of America. The Advisor and Columbia Management Group, LLC are located at 100 Federal Street, Boston MA 02110.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is responsible for the overall management and supervision of the investment management of the Fund. The Advisor performs its duties subject at all times to the control of the Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the Fund. In rendering investment advisory services, the Advisor may use the portfolio management and research resources of Columbia Management Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of the Advisor. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Advisor pursuant to which Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is considered a “participating affiliate” of the Advisor as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisors to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered investment advisor. Investment professionals from Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. may render portfolio management or research services to clients of the Advisor, including the Fund, under the MOU, and are subject to supervision by the Advisor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement generally provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Advisor’s obligations or duties thereunder, the Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Fund for any act or omission in the course of rendering services thereunder.

The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by the Board, and after an initial two year period, continues from year to year, provided that such continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) on at least 60 days’ notice or by the Advisor on at least 60 days’ written notice.

The Advisor pays all salaries of officers of the Trust, except for the Chief Compliance Officer, a portion of whose salary is paid by the Columbia Funds. The Trust pays all expenses not assumed by the Advisor including, but not limited to, auditing, legal, custodial, shareholder servicing and shareholder reporting expenses. The Trust pays the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectus to shareholders. The Distributor pays the cost of printing and distributing all other prospectus.

Advisory Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Fund pays the Advisor an annual fee for its investment advisory services, as set forth in the Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund and is paid monthly. The Advisor also may pay amounts from its own assets to the Distributor and/or to selling and/or servicing agents for services they provide.

The Advisor received fees from the Fund for its services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the advisory fees paid to the Advisor and the fees waived/reimbursed by the Advisor, where applicable, for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

 

38


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

International Stock Fund

        

Advisory Fee Paid

   $ 4,361,396    $ 9,758,481    $ 11,484,577

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Advisor

   $ 83,891    $ 0    $ 0

Portfolio Manager(s)

The following provides additional information about the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for making the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund. As described in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor who are responsible for the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager(s) of the Advisor

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Fund

Timothy R. Anderson

 

International Stock Fund

Fred Copper

 

International Stock Fund

Paul J. DiGiacomo

 

International Stock Fund

Jasmine (Weili) Huang

 

International Stock Fund

Daisuke Nomoto

 

International Stock Fund

Compensation

As of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the Advisor’s portfolio manager(s) received all of their compensation from the Advisor and its parent company, Columbia Management Group, LLC, in the form of salary, bonus, stock options, restricted stock, and notional investments through an incentive plan, the value of which is measured by reference to the performance of the Columbia Funds in which the account is invested. A portfolio manager’s bonus is variable and generally is based on (1) an evaluation of the portfolio manager’s investment performance and (2) the results of a peer and/or management review of the portfolio manager, which takes into account skills and attributes such as team participation, investment process, communication and professionalism. In evaluating investment performance, the Advisor generally considers the one, three and five year performance of mutual funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager relative to the benchmarks and peer groups noted below, emphasizing the portfolio manager’s three and five year performance. The Advisor also may consider a portfolio manager’s performance in managing client assets in sectors and industries assigned to the portfolio manager as part of his/her investment team responsibilities, where applicable. For portfolio managers who also have group management responsibilities, another factor in their evaluation is an assessment of the group’s overall investment performance.

Performance Benchmarks

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Primary Benchmark(s)

 

Peer Group(s)

Timothy R. Anderson

(International Stock Fund)

 

MSCI EAFE Index (ND)

MSCI All Country World ex U.S. Index (ND)

  Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification
Fred Copper (International Stock Fund)  

MSCI EAFE Index (ND)

MSCI All Country World ex U.S. Index (ND)

  Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

 

39


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager

 

Primary Benchmark(s)

 

Peer Group(s)

Paul J. DiGiacomo

(International Stock Fund)

 

MSCI EAFE Index (ND)

MSCI All Country World ex U.S. Index (ND)

  Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

Jasmine (Weili) Huang

(International Stock Fund)

 

MSCI EAFE Index (ND)

MSCI All Country World ex U.S. Index (ND)

  Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

Daisuke Nomoto

(International Stock Fund)

 

MSCI EAFE Index (ND)

MSCI All Country World ex U.S. Index (ND)

  Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Funds Classification

The size of the overall bonus pool each year is determined by Columbia Management Group, LLC and depends on, among other factors, the levels of compensation generally in the investment management industry (based on market compensation data) and the Advisor’s profitability for the year, which is largely determined by assets under management.

Other Accounts

The following table shows the number and assets of other investment accounts (or portions of investment accounts) that the portfolio manager(s) of the Advisor managed, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s)

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC-registered
open-end and

closed-end funds (a)
   Other pooled
investment vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Daisuke Nomoto

   6    $ 277.6 million    3    $ 622.7 million    2    $ 0.10 million

Fred Copper

   9    $ 1.629 billion    4    $ 676.3 million    26    $ 81.0 million

Jasmine (Weili) Huang

   8    $ 838.7 million    4    $ 676.3 million    4    $ 0.10 million

Paul J. DiGiacomo

   5    $ 247.9 million    2    $ 596.5 million    13    $ 0.27 million

Timothy R. Anderson

   5    $ 247.9 million    2    $ 596.5 million    4    $ 0.35 million

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than International Stock Fund

The following table shows the number and assets of the above accounts (or portions of such accounts) for which the advisory fee is based on performance, as of August 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager(s) for which the Advisory Fee is Based on Performance

 

Portfolio Manager

   Other SEC-registered
open-end and
closed-end funds (a)
   Other pooled
investment vehicles
   Other accounts
     Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets    Number of
accounts
   Assets

Daisuke Nomoto

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Fred Copper

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Jasmine (Weili) Huang

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Paul J. DiGiacomo

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Timothy R. Anderson

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

40


Table of Contents

 

(a) “Other SEC-registered open-end and closed-end funds” represents funds other than International Stock Fund

Ownership of Securities

The table below shows the dollar ranges of shares of the Fund beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act) by the Fund’s portfolio manager(s), as of August 31, 2009.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of the Fund

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Fund

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Fund Beneficially Owned

Daisuke Nomoto

  International Stock Fund   $10,001-$50,000 (a)

Fred Copper

  International Stock Fund   $10,001-$50,000 (a)
    $1-$10,000 (b)

Jasmine (Weili) Huang

  International Stock Fund   None

Paul J. DiGiacomo

  International Stock Fund   $10,001-$50,000 (a)

Timothy R. Anderson

  International Stock Fund   $10,001-$50,000 (a)
    $1-$10,000 (b)

 

(a) Excludes any notional investments.
(b) Notional investments through a deferred compensation account.

The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests

Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of the potential conflicts that portfolio managers face in this regard. Certain of these conflicts of interest are summarized below.

The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (performance fee accounts), may raise potential conflicts of interest for a portfolio manager by creating an incentive to favor higher fee accounts.

Potential conflicts of interest also may arise when a portfolio manager has personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to the Advisor’s Code of Ethics and certain limited exceptions, the Advisor’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Fund.

A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

A portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of broker/dealers could produce disproportionate costs and benefits among the Fund and the other accounts the portfolio manager manages.

A potential conflict of interest may arise when a portfolio manager buys or sells the same securities for the Fund and other accounts. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as other accounts, the Advisor’s trading desk may, to the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or bought in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to the Fund or another account if a portfolio manager favors one account over another in allocating the securities bought or sold.

 

41


Table of Contents

“Cross trades,” in which a portfolio manager sells a particular security held by the Fund to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), could involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, a portfolio manager is permitted to sell a security from one account to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. The Advisor and the Fund have adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the Fund and another account managed by the Advisor are to be made at a current market price, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of the Fund and other accounts managed by its portfolio manager(s). Depending on another account’s objectives and other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice to and make decisions for the Fund that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to another account. A portfolio manager’s investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a portfolio manager may buy or sell a particular security for certain accounts, and not for the Fund, even though it could have been bought or sold for the Fund at the same time. A portfolio manager also may buy a particular security for one or more accounts when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when a portfolio manager’s purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts, including the Fund.

The Fund’s portfolio manager(s) also may have other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could exist in managing the Fund and other accounts. Many of the potential conflicts of interest to which the Advisor’s portfolio managers are subject are essentially the same or similar to the potential conflicts of interest related to the investment management activities of the Advisor and its affiliates. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about conflicts of interest, including those that relate to the Advisor and its affiliates.

The Administrator

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (which is also the Advisor) serves as Administrator of the Fund.

Services Provided

Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to, among other things, (i) provide office space, equipment and clerical personnel; (ii) arrange, if desired by the Trust, for its directors, officers and employees to serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Fund; (iii) prepare and, if applicable, file all documents required for compliance by the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) prepare agendas and supporting documents for and minutes of meetings of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders; (v) coordinate and oversee the activities of the Fund’ other third party service providers; and (vi) maintain certain books and records of the Fund.

Administration Fee Rate and Fees Paid

The Administrator receives fees as compensation for its services, which are computed daily and paid monthly, as set forth in the Administration Agreement, and as shown in the section entitled Fees and Expenses — Annual Fund Operating Expenses in the Fund’s prospectus.

The following chart shows the administration fees paid to the Administrator for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Administration Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

International Stock Fund

        

Administration Fee Paid

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Amount Waived/Reimbursed by the Administrator

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

 

42


Table of Contents

Pricing and Bookkeeping Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company is responsible for providing certain pricing and bookkeeping services to the Fund. Columbia Management Advisors, LLC is responsible for overseeing the performance of these services and for certain other services.

Services Provided

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Financial Reporting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (the Financial Reporting Services Agreement) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides financial reporting services to the Fund. Also effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into an Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (collectively with the Financial Reporting Services Agreement, the State Street Agreements) pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company provides accounting services to the Fund. Under the State Street Agreements, the Fund pays State Street Bank and Trust Company an annual fee of $38,000 paid monthly plus a monthly fee based on an annualized percentage rate of average daily net assets of the Fund for the month. The aggregate fee for the Fund during any year shall not exceed $140,000 annually (exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses and charges). The Fund also reimburses State Street Bank and Trust Company for certain out-of-pocket expenses and charges.

Effective December 15, 2006, the Trust entered into a Pricing and Bookkeeping Oversight and Services Agreement (the Services Agreement) with Columbia Management Advisors, LLC. Under the Services Agreement, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC provides services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and provides oversight of the accounting and financial reporting services provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company. Under the Services Agreement, the Fund reimburses Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties, such as for pricing the Fund’s portfolio securities, incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in the performance of services under the Services Agreement. Prior to January 1, 2008, the Fund also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for accounting oversight services related to Fund expenses and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Prior to December 15, 2006, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC was responsible for providing pricing and bookkeeping services to the series of the Trust under a pricing and bookkeeping agreement and was entitled to receive an annual fee at the same rate described above under the State Street Agreements. Under separate agreements between Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC delegated certain functions to State Street Bank and Trust Company. As a result of the delegation, the total fees payable under the pricing and bookkeeping agreement (other than certain reimbursements paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and discussed below) were paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company. The series of the Trust also reimbursed Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses and charges, including fees payable to third parties for pricing the portfolio securities of the series of the Trust and direct internal costs incurred by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC in connection with providing fund accounting oversight and monitoring and certain other services.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company received fees from the Fund for their services as reflected in the following chart, which shows the pricing and bookkeeping fees paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company and to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC for the three most recently completed fiscal years.

Pricing and Bookkeeping Fees Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

International Stock Fund

        

Amount Paid to Columbia Management Advisors, LLC

   N/A    $ 4,673    $ 63,438

 

43


Table of Contents

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

Amount Paid to State Street Bank and Trust Company

   $ 122,775    $ 150,774    $ 106,375

The Principal Underwriter/Distributor

Columbia Management Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor) serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the continuous offering of shares of the Fund pursuant to a Distribution Agreement. The Distribution Agreement obligates the Distributor to use appropriate efforts to find purchasers for the shares of the Fund. The Distributor’s address is: One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.

Distribution Obligations

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent, sells shares of the Fund on a continuous basis and transmits purchase and redemption orders that it receives to the Trust or the Transfer Agent or their designated agents. Additionally, the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of shares and to undertake advertising and promotion as it believes appropriate in connection with such solicitation. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances those activities which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Fund, including, but not limited to, advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers and sales personnel, the printing and mailing of prospectus to other than existing shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. The Distributor, however, may be compensated or reimbursed for all or a portion of such expenses to the extent permitted by a Distribution Plan adopted by the Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust has not adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to Class Y shares.

The Distribution Agreement became effective with respect to the Fund after approval by its Board, and after an initial two-year period, continues from year to year, provided that continuation of the Distribution Agreement is specifically approved at least annually by the Board, including its Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable with respect to the Fund at any time without penalty by the Trust (by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund) or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice.

Underwriting Commissions

The Distributor receives no commissions or other compensation with respect to Class Y shares of the Fund.

LOGOOther Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest

As described above in the Investment Advisory and Other Services section of this SAI, and in the Management of the Fund — Primary Service Providers section of the Fund’s prospectus, the Advisor, Administrator, Distributor and Transfer Agent, all affiliates of Bank of America, receive compensation from the Fund for the various services they provide to the Fund. Additional information as to the specific terms regarding such compensation is set forth in these affiliated service providers’ contracts with the Fund, each of which typically is included as an exhibit to Part C of the Fund’s registration statement.

In many instances, the compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for the services they provide to the Fund is based, in some manner, on the size of the Fund’s assets under management. As the size of the Fund’s assets under management grows, so does the amount of compensation paid to the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates for providing services to the Fund. This relationship between Fund assets and affiliated service provider compensation may create economic and other conflicts of interests of which Fund investors should be aware. These potential conflicts of interest, as well as additional ones, are discussed in detail below and also are addressed in other disclosure materials, including the Fund’s prospectus. These conflicts of interest also are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials of Bank of America affiliates that make available or offer the Columbia Funds as investments in connection with their respective products and services. In addition, Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV, which it must file with the SEC as an investment advisor registered

 

44


Table of Contents

under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provides information about the Advisor’s business, assets under management, affiliates and potential conflicts of interest. Part 1A of the Advisor’s Form ADV is available online through the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

Additional actual or potential conflicts of interest and certain investment activity limitations that could affect the Fund may arise from the financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, the investment advisory/management services provided for clients and customers other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America is a major financial services company. Bank of America and its affiliates, including, for example, BANA (including its U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management division), BAS, Merrill Lynch, MLPF&S and the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., are engaged in a wide range of financial activities beyond the mutual fund-related activities of the Advisor, including, among others, commercial banking, investment banking, broker/dealer (sales and trading), asset management, insurance and other financial activities. The broad range of financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates may involve multiple advisory, transactional, lending, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and in companies, that may be bought, sold or held by the Fund. The following describes certain actual and potential conflicts of interest that may be presented.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to the Investment Advisory/Management Activities of Bank of America and its Affiliates in Connection With Other Advised/Managed Funds and Accounts

The Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may advise or manage funds and accounts other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America and its affiliates may provide investment advisory/management and other services to other advised/managed funds and accounts that are similar to those provided to the Fund. The Advisor and Bank of America’s other investment advisor affiliates (including, for example, Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.) will give advice to and make decisions for all advised/managed funds and accounts, including the Fund, as they believe to be in that fund’s and/or account’s best interests, consistent with their fiduciary duties. The Fund and the other advised/managed funds and accounts of Bank of America and its affiliates are separately and potentially divergently managed, and there is no assurance that any investment advice Bank of America and its affiliates give to other advised/managed funds and accounts will also be given simultaneously or otherwise to the Fund.

A variety of other actual and potential conflicts of interest may arise from the advisory relationships of the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates with other clients and customers. Advice given to the Fund and/or investment decisions made for the Fund by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given to and/or investment decisions made for other advised/managed funds and accounts. As a result, the performance of the Fund may differ from the performance of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates. Similarly, a position taken by Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, on behalf of other funds or accounts may be contrary to a position taken on behalf of the Fund. Moreover, Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may take a position on behalf of other advised/managed funds and accounts, or for their own proprietary accounts, that is adverse to companies or other issuers in which the Fund is invested. For example, the Fund may hold equity securities of a company while another advised/managed fund or account may hold debt securities of the same company. If the portfolio company were to experience financial difficulties, it might be in the best interest of the Fund for the company to reorganize while the interests of the other advised/managed fund or account might be better served by the liquidation of the company. This type of conflict of interest could arise as the result of circumstances that cannot be generally foreseen within the broad range of investment advisory/management activities in which Bank of America and its affiliates engage.

Investment transactions made on behalf of other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates also may have a negative effect on the value, price or investment strategies of the Fund. For example, this could occur if another advised/managed fund or account implements an investment decision ahead of, or at the same time as, the Fund and causes the Fund to experience less favorable trading results than they otherwise would have experienced based on market liquidity factors. In addition, the other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates, including the other Columbia Funds, may have the same or very similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund. In this situation, the allocation of, and competition for, investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and/or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates may create conflicts of interest especially where, for example, limited investment availability is involved. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures addressing the allocation of

 

45


Table of Contents

investment opportunities among the Fund and other funds and accounts advised by the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Sharing of Information among Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may possess information that could be material to the management of the Fund and may not be able to, or may determine not to, share that information with the Fund, even though the information might be beneficial to the Fund. This information may include actual knowledge regarding the particular investments and transactions of other advised/managed funds and accounts, as well as proprietary investment, trading and other market research, analytical and technical models, and new investment techniques, strategies and opportunities. Depending on the context, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will have no obligation to share any such information with the Fund. In general, employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, including the portfolio managers of the Advisor, will make investment decisions without regard to information otherwise known by other employees of Bank of America and its affiliates, and generally will have no obligation to access any such information and may, in some instances, not be able to access such information because of legal and regulatory constraints or the internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates. For example, if the Advisor or another Bank of America affiliate, or their respective employees, come into possession of non-public information regarding another advised/managed fund or account, they may be prohibited by legal and regulatory constraints, or internal policies and procedures, from using that information in connection with transactions made on behalf of the Fund. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — The Advisor and Investment Advisory Services — Portfolio Manager(s) — The Advisor’s Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interests.

Soft Dollar Benefits

Certain products and services, commonly referred to as “soft dollar services” (including, to the extent permitted by law, research reports, economic and financial data, financial publications, proxy analysis, computer databases and other research-oriented materials), that the Advisor may receive in connection with brokerage services provided to the Fund may have the inadvertent effect of disproportionately benefiting other advised/managed funds or accounts. This could happen because of the relative amount of brokerage services provided to the Fund as compared to other advised/ managed funds or accounts, as well as the relative compensation paid by the Fund.

Services Provided to Other Advised/Managed Accounts

Bank of America and its affiliates also may act as an investment advisor, investment manager, administrator, transfer agent, custodian, trustee, broker/dealer, agent, or in another capacity, for advised/managed funds and accounts other than the Fund, and may receive compensation for acting in such capacity. This compensation that the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates receive could be greater than the compensation Bank of America and its affiliates receive for acting in the same or similar capacity for the Fund. In addition, the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent and other Bank of America affiliates may receive other benefits, including enhancement of new or existing business relationships. This compensation and/or the benefits that Bank of America and its affiliates may receive from other advised/ managed funds and accounts and other relationships could potentially create incentives to favor other advised/ managed funds and accounts over the Fund. Trades made by Bank of America and its affiliates for the Fund may be, but are not required to be, aggregated with trades made for other funds and accounts advised/managed by the Advisor and other Bank of America affiliates. If trades are aggregated among the Fund and those other funds and accounts, the various prices of the securities being traded may be averaged, which could have the potential effect of disadvantaging the Fund as compared to the other funds and accounts with which trades were aggregated.

 

46


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting

Although the Advisor endeavors to make all proxy voting decisions with respect to the interests of the Fund for which it is responsible in accordance with its proxy voting policies and procedures, the Advisor’s proxy voting decisions with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities may nonetheless benefit other advised/managed funds and accounts, and/or clients, of Bank of America and its affiliates. The Advisor has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that are designed to provide that all proxy voting is done in the best interests of its clients, including the Fund, without any resulting benefit or detriment to the Advisor and/or its affiliates, including Bank of America and its affiliates. For more information about the Advisor’s proxy voting policies and procedures, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Certain Trading Activities

The directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and in doing so may take a position that is adverse to the Fund. In order to reduce the possibility that such personal investment activities of the directors/trustees, officers and employees of Bank of America and its affiliates will materially adversely affect the Fund, Bank of America and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures, and the Fund, the Board, the Advisor and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics that addresses such personal investment activities. For more information, see Investment Advisory and Other Services — Codes of Ethics.

Affiliate Transactions

Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may enter into transactions in which Bank of America and/or its affiliates may have an interest that potentially conflicts with the interests of the Fund. For example, BAS or MLPF&S may sell securities to the Fund from an offering in which it is an underwriter or from securities that it owns as a dealer, subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Investment Limitations Arising from Bank of America Activities

Regulatory restrictions applicable to Bank of America and its affiliates may limit the Fund’s investment activities in various ways. For example, regulations regarding certain industries and markets, such as those in emerging or international markets, and certain transactions, such as those involving certain futures and derivatives, may impose a cap on the aggregate amount of investments that may be made by affiliated investors, including accounts managed by the same affiliated manager, in the aggregate or in individual issuers. At certain times, Bank of America and its affiliates also may be restricted in the securities that can be bought or sold for the Fund and other advised/managed funds and accounts because of the investment banking, lending or other relationships Bank of America and its affiliates have with the issuers of securities. This could happen, for example, if the Fund and/or other advised/managed funds and accounts desired to buy a security issued by a company for which Bank of America or its affiliates served as underwriter. The internal policies and procedures of Bank of America and its affiliates covering these types of regulatory restrictions and addressing similar issues also may at times restrict the Fund’s investment activities. A client not advised by Bank of America and its affiliates would not be subject to many of these restrictions. See also About the Fund’s Investments — Certain Investment Activity Limits.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America and its Affiliates’ Non-Advisory Relationships with Clients and Customers other than the Fund

The lending, investment banking and other relationships that Bank of America and its affiliates may have with companies and other entities in which the Fund may invest can give rise to actual and potential conflicts of interest. Subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the Fund may invest (a) in the securities of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or in companies in which Bank of America and its affiliates (including, for example, BANA, BAS, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch) have a lending, investment banking, equity, debt or other interest, and/or (b) in the securities of companies held by other Columbia Funds. The purchase, holding and sale of such securities by the Fund may enhance the profitability and the business interests of Bank of America and/or its affiliates and/or other Columbia Funds. There also may be limitations as to the sharing with the Advisor of

 

47


Table of Contents

information derived from the non-investment advisory/management activities of Bank of America and its affiliates because of legal and regulatory constraints and internal policies and procedures (such as information barriers and ethical walls). Because of these limitations, Bank of America and its affiliates generally will not share information derived from its non-investment advisory/management activities with the Advisor.

Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest Related to Bank of America Affiliates’ Marketing and Use of the Columbia Funds as Investment Options

Bank of America and its affiliates also provide a variety of products and services that, in some manner, may utilize the Columbia Funds as investment options. For example, the Columbia Funds may be offered as investments in connection with brokerage and other securities products offered by MLPF&S, and may be utilized as investments in connection with fiduciary, investment management and other accounts offered by U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management or the First Republic division of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Co., as well as for other Columbia Funds structured as “funds of funds.” In addition, the Columbia Money Market Fund are offered as an investment option for a variety of cash management and “sweep” account programs offered by Bank of America and its affiliates. The Columbia Funds also may use the Columbia Money Market Funds for cash investment purposes. The use of the Columbia Funds in connection with other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates may introduce economic and other conflicts of interest. These conflicts of interest are highlighted in account documentation and other disclosure materials for the other products and services offered by Bank of America and its affiliates.

Bank of America and its affiliates, including the Advisor, may make payments to their affiliates in connection with the promotion and sale of the Fund’s shares, in addition to the sales-related and other compensation that these parties may receive from the Fund. As a general matter, personnel of Bank of America and its affiliates, including MLPF&S, do not receive compensation in connection with their sales or use of the Fund that is greater than that paid in connection with their sales of other comparable products and services. Nonetheless, because the compensation that the Advisor and other affiliates of Bank of America may receive for providing services to the Fund is generally based on the Fund’s assets under management and those assets will grow as shares of the Fund are sold, potential conflicts of interest may exist. See Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Financial Intermediary Payments for more information.

Other Services Provided

The Transfer Agent

Columbia Management Services, Inc. acts as Transfer Agent for the Fund’s shares and can be contacted at P.O. Box 8081, Boston, MA 02266-8081. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent provides transfer agency, dividend disbursing agency and shareholder servicing agency services to the Fund. Effective November 1, 2009, the Fund pays the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $22.36 per Class Y share account, payable monthly. The Fund also pays certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent also may retain as additional compensation for its services revenues for fees for wire, telephone and redemption orders, IRA trustee agent fees and account transcripts due the Transfer Agent from Fund shareholders and credits (net of bank charges) earned with respect to balances in accounts the Transfer Agent maintains in connection with its services to the Fund. Prior to October 31, 2009, the Fund paid the Transfer Agent an annual transfer agency fee of $17.34 per Class Y share account, payable monthly.

The Transfer Agent retains BFDS/DST, 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171 as the Fund’s sub-transfer agent. BFDS/DST assists the Transfer Agent in carrying out its duties.

The Custodian

State Street, which is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, is the Fund’s Custodian. State Street is responsible for safeguarding the Fund’s cash and securities, receiving and delivering securities and collecting the Fund’s interest and dividends.

 

48


Table of Contents

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which is located at 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Fund issues unaudited financial statements semi-annually and audited financial statements annually. The annual financial statements for the Fund’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Board has selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Fund’s financial statements and assist in the preparation of its tax returns for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the audited financial statements included in the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund dated August 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference. No other parts of the annual report or semi-annual report to shareholders are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements incorporated by reference into the Fund’s prospectuses and this SAI have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, given on its authority as an expert in auditing and accounting.

Counsel

Ropes & Gray LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. K&L Gates LLP serves as co-counsel. Its address is Three First National Plaza, 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois, 60602-4207.

Expense Limitations

The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to reimburse a portion the Fund’s expenses so that the Fund’s ordinary operating expenses (excluding any distribution and service fees, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, but including custodian charges relating to overdrafts, if any) after giving effect to any balance credits from the Fund’s custodian, do not exceed 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on an annualized basis.

This arrangement may be modified or terminated by the Advisor at any time.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, the Advisor and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, including Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These Codes of Ethics permit personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be bought or held by the Fund. These Codes of Ethics are included as exhibits to Part C of the Fund’s registration statements. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202.551.8090; they also are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Fund has delegated to the Advisor or, as applicable, a sub-advisor, the responsibility to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund. In deciding to delegate this responsibility to the Advisor, the Board reviewed and approved the policies and procedures adopted by the Advisor and, as applicable, a subadvisor. These included the procedures that the Advisor follows when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and its shareholders and the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons.

The Advisor’s policy is to vote all proxies for Fund securities in a manner considered by the Advisor to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders without regard to any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor examines each proposal and votes against the proposal, if, in its judgment, approval or adoption of the proposal would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities. The Advisor also examines each proposal and votes the proxies against the proposal,

 

49


Table of Contents

if, in its judgment, the proposal would be expected to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. The Advisor determines the best interest of the Fund in light of the potential economic return on the Fund’s investment.

The Advisor seeks to address potential material conflicts of interest by having predetermined voting guidelines. For those proposals that require special consideration or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined guideline, the Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee determines the vote in the best interest of the Fund, without consideration of any benefit to the Advisor, its affiliates, its other clients or other persons. The Advisor’s Proxy Voting Committee is composed of representatives of the Advisor’s equity investments, equity research, compliance, legal and operations functions. In addition to the responsibilities described above, the Proxy Voting Committee has the responsibility to review, at least annually, the Advisor’s proxy voting policies to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory requirements and to develop additional predetermined voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals.

The Proxy Voting Committee may vary from a predetermined guideline if it determines that voting on the proposal according to the predetermined guideline would be expected to have an adverse impact on the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities or to affect adversely the best interest of the Fund. References to the best interests of the Fund refer to the interest of the Fund in terms of the potential economic return on the client’s investment. In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Voting Committee does not consider any benefit other than benefits to the Fund. A member of the Proxy Voting Committee is prohibited from voting on any proposal for which he or she has a conflict of interest by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by a given proposal. Persons making recommendations to the Proxy Voting Committee or its members are required to disclose to the Committee any relationship with a party making a proposal or other matter known to the person that would create a potential conflict of interest.

The Advisor has retained Glass-Lewis & Co., a third-party vendor, to implement its proxy voting process. Glass-Lewis & Co. provides proxy analysis, record keeping services and vote disclosure services.

Information regarding how the Columbia Funds (except certain Columbia Funds that do not invest in voting securities) voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 will be available by August 31 of this year free of charge: (i) through the Columbia Funds’ website at www.columbiafunds.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. For a copy of the Advisor’s policies and procedures that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Columbia Funds, see Appendix B to this SAI.

 

50


Table of Contents

FUND GOVERNANCE

The Board

Responsibilities

The Board oversees the Trust and the Fund. The Trustees have a fiduciary duty to protect shareholders’ interests when supervising and overseeing the management and operations of the Trust and have the responsibility to assure that the Fund is managed in the best interests of shareholders. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Trustee is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02111.

Independent Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

  

Year First Appointed or
Elected to a Board in
the Columbia

Funds Complex

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds

Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Rodman L. Drake

(Born 1943)

Trustee and Chairman of the Board*

   2007    Co-Founder of Baringo Capital LLC (private equity) since 2002; President, Continuation Investments Group, Inc. from 1997 to 2001    66    Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. (tax preparation services); Crystal River Capital, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Student Loan Corporation (student loan provider); Celgene Corporation (global biotechnology company); and The Helios Funds (exchange-traded funds)

John D. Collins

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Retired. Consultant, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from July 1999 to June 2000; Partner, KPMG, LLP (accounting and tax firm) from March 1962 to June 1999    66    Mrs. Fields Famous Brands LLC (consumer products); Suburban Propane Partners, L.P.; and Montpelier Re (insurance underwriting firm)

Douglas A. Hacker

(Born 1955)

Trustee

   1996    Independent business executive since May 2006; Executive Vice President — Strategy of United Airlines (airline) from December 2002 to May 2006; President of UAL Loyalty Services (airline marketing company) from September 2001 to December 2002;    66    Nash Finch Company (food distributor) and Aircastle Limited (aircraft leasing)

 

51


Table of Contents
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Airlines from July 1999 to September 2001      

Janet Langford Kelly

(Born 1957)

Trustee

   1996    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ConocoPhillips (integrated energy company) since September 2007; Deputy General Counsel— Corporate Legal Services, ConocoPhillips from August 2006 to August 2007; Partner, Zelle, Hofmann, Voelbel, Mason & Gette LLP (law firm) from March 2005 to July 2006; Adjunct Professor of Law, Northwestern University from September 2004 to June 2006; Director, UAL Corporation (airline) from February 2006 to July 2006; Chief Administrative Officer and Senior Vice President, Kmart Holding Corporation (consumer goods) from September 2003 to March 2004    66    None

Charles R. Nelson

(Born 1942)

Trustee

   1981    Professor of Economics, University of Washington since January 1976; Ford and Louisa University of Washington Van Voorhis Professor of Political Economy, University of Washington since September 1993; Adjunct Professor of Statistics, University of Washington since September 1980; Associate Editor, Journal of Money    66    None

 

52


Table of Contents
      Credit and Banking from September 1993 to 2008; consultant on econometric and statistical matters      

John J. Neuhauser

(Born 1943)

Trustee

   1985    President, Saint Michael’s College, since August 2007; University Professor, Boston College from November 2005 to August 2007; Academic Vice President and Dean of Faculties, Boston College from August 1999 to October 2005    66    Liberty All-Star Equity Fund and Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (closed-end funds)

Jonathan Piel

(Born 1938)

Trustee

   2007    Cable television producer and web site designer; The Editor, Scientific American from 1984 to 1994; Vice President, Scientific American, Inc. from 1984 to 1994; Member, Advisory Board, Stone Age Institute, Bloomington, Indiana (research institute that explores the effect of technology on human evolution); Member, Board of Directors of the National Institute of Social Sciences, New York City; Member, Board of Trustees of the William Alanson White Institute, New York City (institution for training psychoanalysts); Member, Advisory Board, Mount Sinai Children’s Environmental Health Center, New York    66    None

Patrick J. Simpson

(Born 1944)

Trustee

   2000    Partner, Perkins Coie L.L.P. (law firm)    66    None

Thomas C. Theobald

(Born 1937)

Trustee

   1996    Partner and Senior Advisor, Chicago Growth Partners    66    Anixter International (network support equipment distributor);

 

53


Table of Contents
      (private equity investing) since September 2004; Managing Director, William Blair Capital Partners (private equity investing) from September 1994 to September 2004       Ventas, Inc. (real estate investment trust); Jones Lang LaSalle (real estate management services); and Ambac Financial Group (financial guaranty insurance)

Anne-Lee Verville

(Born 1945)

Trustee

   1998    Retired since 1997 (formerly, General Manager, General Education Industry from 1994 to 1997, President — Application Systems Division from 1991 to 1994, Chief Financial Officer — US Marketing & Services from 1988 to 1991, and Chief Information Officer from 1987 to 1988, IBM Corporation (computer and technology))    66    None

Interested Trustee Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and

Position Held with the Trust

   Year First Appointed
or Elected to a Board
in the Columbia
Funds Complex
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

  

Number of Funds in the
Columbia Funds

Complex Overseen

  

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

William E. Mayer **

(Born 1940)

Trustee

   1994    Partner, Park Avenue Equity Partners (private equity) since February 1999; Dean and Professor, College of Business, University of Maryland from 1992 to 1997    66    Lee Enterprises (print media), WR Hambrecht + Co. (financial service provider); and BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (investment company)

 

* Effective June 12, 2009, the Board elected Mr. Drake as Chairman of the Board.
** The Fund currently treats Mr. Mayer as an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Columbia Funds by reason of his affiliation with WR Hambrecht + Co., a registered broker/dealer that may execute portfolio transactions for or engage in principal transactions with the Fund or other funds or accounts advised/managed by the Advisor or other Bank of America affiliates.

Standing Committees

The Trust has several standing committees, including the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Investment Oversight Committees.

Ms. Verville and Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Nelson are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s functions include making recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing matters relative to accounting and auditing

 

54


Table of Contents

practices and procedures, accounting records and the internal accounting controls of the Funds and certain service providers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee met six times.

Messrs. Drake, Hacker, Mayer and Simpson are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee’s functions include recommending to the Board nominees for independent Trustee positions and for appointments to various committees, performing periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the Board, reviewing and recommending to the Board policies and practices to be followed in carrying out the Trustees’ duties and responsibilities and reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Advisor. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Governance Committee met six times.

The Governance Committee will consider nominees for Trustee recommended by shareholders provided that such recommendations are submitted by the date disclosed in the Fund’s proxy statement and otherwise comply with applicable securities laws, including Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act. Such shareholder recommendations must be in writing and should be sent to the attention of the Governance Committee in care of the Fund at One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111-2621. Shareholder recommendations should include the proposed nominee’s biographical information (including business experience for the past ten years) and a description of the qualifications of the proposed nominee, along with a statement from the proposed nominee that he or she is willing to serve and meets the requirements to be a disinterested Trustee, if applicable.

Ms. Kelly and Messrs. Hacker, Mayer, Nelson, Neuhauser and Piel are members of the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee. The Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee’s functions include reviewing and making recommendations to the Board as to contracts requiring approval of a majority of the Independent Trustees and as to any other contracts that may be referred to the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Advisory Fees & Expenses Committee met eight times.

Mses. Kelly and Verville and Messrs. Nelson and Simpson are members of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee’s functions include providing oversight of the compliance monitoring processes and controls regarding the Fund. The Committee uses legal, regulatory and internal rules, policies, procedures and standards other than those relating to accounting matters and oversight of compliance by the Advisor, Distributor and Transfer Agent. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Compliance Committee met six times.

Each Trustee also serves on an Investment Oversight Committee (IOC). Each IOC is responsible for monitoring, on an ongoing basis, a select group of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex and gives particular consideration to such matters as the Fund’s adherence to its investment mandates, historical performance, changes in investment processes and personnel, and proposed changes to investment objectives. Investment personnel who manage the Fund attend IOC meetings from time to time to assist the applicable IOC in its review of the Fund. Each IOC meets four times a year, as the applicable IOC did for the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year. The below are members of the respective IOCs and the general categories of funds in the Columbia Funds Complex which they review. These asset categories may be reallocated among the IOCs from time to time.

IOC #1: Mr. Neuhauser and Ms. Verville are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Global Stock, International Stock, Large Growth, Mid Value, Fixed Income — Core and Municipal.

IOC #2: Messrs. Collins, Hacker and Mayer are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Large Value, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — High Yield, Multi-Sector and Municipal.

IOC #3: Messrs. Piel and Theobald and Ms. Kelly are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Index, Large Value, Mid Value, Small Core, Small Value, Money Market, Fixed Income — Municipal and Short Duration.

IOC #4: Messrs. Drake, Nelson and Simpson are responsible for reviewing funds in the following asset categories: Asset Allocation, Large Blend, Mid Growth, Multi Blend, Small Growth, Specialty, Fixed Income — Core, Municipal and Short Duration.

 

55


Table of Contents

Compensation

Trustees are compensated for their services to the Columbia Funds Family on a complex-wide basis, as shown in the table below.

Independent Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year ended August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the
Columbia Funds Complex Paid

to Independent Trustees for
the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

Rodman L. Drake(b)

   $ 3,894    $ 253,135

John D. Collins(c)

   $ 3,410    $ 241,371

Douglas A. Hacker

   $ 3,753    $ 212,000

Morrill Melton Hall, Jr(d)

     N/A    $ 58,132

Janet Langford Kelly

   $ 3,687    $ 201,000

Richard W. Lowry(d)

   $ N/A    $ 68,742

Charles R. Nelson

   $ 3,949    $ 212,000

John J. Neuhauser

   $ 3,648    $ 200,500

Jonathan Piel

   $ 3,434    $ 236,107

Patrick J. Simpson(e)

   $ 3,667    $ 201,000

Thomas E. Stitzel(d)(f)

     N/A    $ 82,742

Thomas C. Theobald(g)

   $ 4,615    $ 286,500

Anne-Lee Verville(h)

   $ 3,803    $ 214,500

 

(a) All Trustees receive reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to their attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.
(b) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Drake deferred $1,753 of his compensation from International Stock Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Drake deferred $84,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Drake’s account under that plan was $62,008.
(c) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Collins deferred $1,706 of his compensation from International Stock Fund. During the calendar year December 31, 2008, Mr. Collins deferred $83,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Collins’ account under that plan was $59,105.
(d) Mr. Hall served as a Trustee of the Trust until February 22, 2008. Messrs. Lowry and Stitzel served as Trustees of the Trust until April 30, 2008.
(e) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Simpson deferred $3,667 of his compensation from International Stock Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Simpson deferred $201,000 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Simpson’s account under that plan was $628,968.
(f) During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Stitzel deferred $34,742 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Stitzel’s account under that plan was $235,310.
(g) During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his compensation from International Stock Fund. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Theobald deferred $0 of his total compensation from the Columbia Funds Complex pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2008, the value of Mr. Theobald’s account under that plan was $442,295.
(h) At December 31, 2008, the value of Ms. Verville’s account under the deferred compensation plan was $563,329.

Interested Trustee Compensation for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2009 and the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation from the
Fund for the Fiscal Year ended
August 31, 2009(a)
   Total Compensation from the Columbia
Funds ComplexPaid to Independent
Trustees for the Calendar Year ended
December 31, 2008(a)

William E. Mayer

   $ 3,542    $ 192,000

 

56


Table of Contents

 

(a) Mr. Mayer receives reimbursements for reasonable expenses related to his attendance at meetings of the Board or standing committees, which are not included in the amounts shown.

Columbia Funds Deferred Compensation Plan

Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Agreement (the Deferred Compensation Plan), each eligible Trustee may elect, on an annual basis, to defer receipt of all or a portion of compensation payable to him or her for service as Trustee for that calendar year (expressly, a Trustee may elect to defer his/her annual retainer, his/her attendance fees, or both components, which together comprise total compensation for service). Fees deferred by a Trustee are credited to a book reserve account (the Deferral Account) established by the Columbia Funds, the value of which is derived from the rate of return of one or more Columbia Funds selected by the Trustee (with accruals to the Deferral Account beginning at such time as a Trustee’s fund elections having been established, and proceeds for service having been paid into such account, and terminating at such time as when proceeds become payable to such Trustee under the Deferred Compensation Plan). Trustees may change their fund elections only in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Distributions from a Trustee’s Deferral Account will be paid by check, either in a lump sum or in annual installments. Payments made in annual installments are disbursed over a period of up to ten years, following such time as a Trustee may qualify to receive such payments. If a deferring Trustee dies prior to or after the commencement of the disbursement of amounts accrued in his/her Deferral Account, the balance of the account will be distributed to his/her designated beneficiary either in lump sum or in annual payments as established by such Trustee himself/herself, his/her beneficiary or his/her estate. Amounts payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan are not funded or secured in any way, and the deferring Trustee has the status of an unsecured creditor of the Columbia Fund(s) from which compensation has been deferred.

Beneficial Equity Ownership

As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the Class Y shares of the Fund. The table below shows, for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Columbia Funds Family, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001-$50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; and E = over $100,000.

Independent Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities
in all Funds in the
Columbia Funds Family

Rodman L. Drake

   A    D*

John D. Collins

   A    E

Douglas A. Hacker

   A    E

Janet Langford Kelly

   A    E

Charles R. Nelson

   D    E

John J. Neuhauser

   A    E

Jonathan Piel

   A    A

Patrick J. Simpson

   A    E

Thomas C. Theobald

   A    E*

Anne-Lee Verville

   A    E*

 

*

Includes the value of compensation payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan that is determined as if the amounts deferred had been invested, as of the date of deferral, in shares of one or more funds in the Columbia Funds Complex as specified by each Trustee.

 

57


Table of Contents

Interested Trustee Ownership for the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities
in all Funds in the
Columbia Funds Family

William E. Mayer

   A    D

The Officers

The following table provides basic information about the Officers of the Trust as of the date of this SAI, including their principal occupations during the past five years, although their specific titles may have varied over the period. The mailing address of each Officer is: c/o Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, One Financial Center, Mail Stop MA5-515-11-05, Boston, MA 02110.

Officer Biographical Information

 

Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position with the Trust

  

Year First
Elected or
Appointed

to Office

  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years

J. Kevin Connaughton

(Born 1964)

   President    2009    Managing Director of Columbia Management Advisors, LLC since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Columbia Funds, from June 2008 to January 2009; Treasurer, Columbia Funds, from October 2003 to May 2008; Treasurer, the Liberty Funds, Stein Roe Funds and Liberty All-Star Funds, from December 2000 to December 2006; Senior Vice President, Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, from April 2003 to December 2004; President, Columbia Funds, Liberty Funds and Stein Roe Funds, from February 2004 to October 2004; Treasurer, Galaxy Funds, from September 2002 to December 2005; Treasurer, from December 2002 to December 2004, and President, from February 2004 to December 2004, Columbia Management Multi-Strategy Hedge Fund, LLC; and a senior officer or director of various other Bank of America-affiliated entities, including other registered and unregistered funds.

James R. Bordewick, Jr.

(Born 1959)

   Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel, MFS Investment Management (investment management) prior to April 2005.

 

58


Table of Contents

Linda J. Wondrack

(Born 1964)

   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    2007    Director (Columbia Management Group, LLC and Investment Product Group Compliance), Bank of America since June 2005; Director of Corporate Compliance and Conflicts Officer, MFS Investment Management (investment management), August 2004 to May 2005; Managing Director, Deutsche Asset Management (investment management) prior to August 2004.

Michael G. Clarke

(Born 1969)

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    2009    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Managing Director of the Advisor, from September 2004 to December 2005; Vice President Fund Administration from June 2002 to September 2004.

Joseph F. DiMaria

(Born 1968)

   Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer    2008    Director of Fund Administration of the Advisor since January 2006; Head of Tax/Compliance and Assistant Treasurer from November 2004 to December 2005; Director of Trustee Administration (Sarbanes-Oxley) from May 2003 to October 2004.

Stephen T. Welsh

(Born 1957)

   Vice President    1996    President, Columbia Management Services, Inc. since July 2004; Senior Vice President and Controller, Columbia Management Services, Inc. prior to July 2004.

Julie B. Lyman

(Born 1970)

   Vice President    2009    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since October 2009 and from October 2006 through May 2009; Managing Director of the Advisor from May 2009 through October 2009; Associate, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP (law firm) from April 2004 to October 2006.

Jeffrey R. Coleman

(Born 1969)

   Deputy Treasurer    2008    Director of Fund Administration since January 2006; Fund Controller from October 2004 to January 2006; Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) from August 2000 to September 2004.

Julian Quero

(Born 1967)

   Deputy Treasurer    2003    Senior Tax Manager of the Advisor since August 2006; Senior Compliance Manager of the Advisor from April 2002 to August 2006.

 

59


Table of Contents

Timothy P. Kane

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Valuation of the Advisor since July 2007; Manager, Accounting Oversight Department of the Advisor since September 2004; Internal Auditor, State Street Corporation (financial services) from June 2004 to September 2004; Senior Auditor, Deloitte (public accounting firm) prior to June 2004.

Kenneth E. O’Connor

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Treasurer    2008    Head of Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor since September 2006; Senior Manager, Mutual Fund Performance of the Advisor from 2003 to September 2006.

Kathryn Thompson

(Born 1967)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Accounting Oversight of the Advisor since December 2004; Vice President, State Street Corporation (financial services) prior to December 2004.

Philip N. Prefontaine

(Born 1948)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Mutual Fund Reporting of the Advisor since November 2004; Assistant Vice President of CDC IXIS Asset Management Services, Inc. (investment management) prior to November 2004.

Keith E. Stone

(Born 1974)

   Assistant Treasurer    2006    Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor since September 2003.

Barry S. Vallan

(Born 1969)

   Controller    2006    Vice President, Fund Treasury of the Advisor since October 2004; Vice President, Trustee Reporting of the Advisor from April 2002 to October 2004.

Peter T. Fariel

(Born 1957)

   Assistant Secretary    2006    Associate General Counsel, Bank of America since April 2005; Partner, Goodwin Procter LLP (law firm) prior to April 2005.

Ryan C. Larrenaga

(Born 1970)

   Assistant Secretary    2005    Assistant General Counsel, Bank of America since March 2005; Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (law firm) from 1998 to February 2005.

 

60


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

General Brokerage Policy, Brokerage Transactions and Broker Selection

Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor (or the investment sub-advisor(s) who make(s) the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund, as applicable) is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, for the selection of broker/dealers, for the execution of the Fund’s securities transactions and for the allocation of brokerage commissions in connection with such transactions. The Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction is to obtain the best net price and the most favorable execution of the order. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge negotiated commissions for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

In the over-the-counter market, securities generally are traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts without stated commissions, although the price of a security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are bought at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s “concession” or “discount.” On occasion, certain money market instruments may be bought directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

The Fund is affiliated with the NYSE specialist firm Banc of America Specialist, Inc. In order to ensure that markets are fair, orderly and competitive, NYSE specialist firms are responsible for maintaining a liquid and continuous two-sided auction market by acting as both an agent and a principal. Specialists are entrusted to hold the interests of customer orders above the specialist’s own interests, and will buy and sell securities as principal when such transactions are necessary to minimize imbalances between supply and demand. Banc of America Specialist, Inc. may make a market in certain securities held by the Fund.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Advisor gives primary consideration to obtaining the best net prices and most favorable execution. This means that the Advisor will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. In seeking such execution, the Advisor will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker/dealer, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the broker/dealer, the value and quality of the services rendered by the broker/dealer in this instance and other transactions and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. Research services received from broker/ dealers supplement the Advisor’s own research and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on political developments; Fund management strategies; performance information on securities and information concerning prices of securities; and information supplied by specialized services to the Advisor and to the Board with respect to the performance, investment activities and fees and expenses of other mutual funds. Such information may be communicated electronically, orally or in written form. Research services also may include the arranging of meetings with management of companies and the provision of access to consultants who supply research information.

The outside research is useful to the Advisor since, in certain instances, the broker/dealers utilized by the Advisor may follow a different universe of securities issuers and other matters than those that the Advisor’s staff can follow. In addition, this research provides the Advisor with a different perspective on financial markets, even if the securities research obtained relates to issues followed by the Advisor. Research services that are provided to the Advisor by broker/dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Advisor. In some cases, the research services are available only from the broker/dealer providing such services. In other cases, the research services may be obtainable from alternative sources. The Advisor is of the opinion that because the broker/dealer research supplements rather than replaces the Advisor’s own research, the receipt of such research does not tend to decrease the Advisor’s expenses, but tends to improve the quality of its investment advice. However, to the extent that the Advisor would have bought any such research services had such services not been provided by broker/dealers, the expenses of such services to the Advisor could be considered to have been reduced accordingly. Certain research services furnished by broker/dealers may be useful to the clients of the Advisor other

 

61


Table of Contents

than the Fund. Conversely, any research services received by the Advisor through the placement of transactions of other clients may be of value to the Advisor in fulfilling its obligations to the Fund. The Advisor is of the opinion that this material is beneficial in supplementing its research and analysis; and, therefore, it may benefit the Trust by improving the quality of the Advisor’s investment advice. The advisory fees paid by the Trust are not reduced because the Advisor receives such services.

Under Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Advisor shall not be “deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached its fiduciary duty” solely because under certain circumstances it has caused the account to pay a higher commission than the lowest available. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Advisor must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are “reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion.” Accordingly, the price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker/dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Some broker/ dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Advisor’s clients, including the Fund.

Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with broker/dealers based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by broker/dealers in light of generally prevailing rates. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different broker/dealers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment of brokerage commissions that generally are fixed. Transactions in both foreign and domestic over-the-counter markets generally are principal transactions with dealers, and the costs of such transactions involve dealer spreads rather than brokerage commissions. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Advisor, where possible, will deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for the Fund as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Advisor’s other clients are made with the goal of achieving their respective investment objectives. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client even though it may be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when a number of accounts receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are engaged simultaneously in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. In some cases, this policy could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction that may affect the Fund.

The Fund may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Fund will engage in this practice, however, only when the Advisor, in its sole discretion, believes such practice to be otherwise in the Fund’s interests.

The Trust will not execute portfolio transactions through, or buy or sell portfolio securities from or to, the Distributor, the Advisor, the Administrator or their affiliates acting as principal (including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), except to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation or order. However, the Advisor is authorized to allocate buy and sell orders for portfolio securities to certain broker/dealers and financial institutions, including, in the case of agency transactions, broker/dealers and financial institutions that are affiliated with Bank of America. To the extent that the Fund executes any securities trades with an affiliate of Bank of America, such Fund does so in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and the procedures that such Fund has adopted pursuant to the rule. In this regard, for each transaction, the Board will determine that: (i) the transaction resulted in prices for and execution of securities transactions at least as favorable to the particular Fund as those likely to be derived from a non-affiliated qualified broker/dealer; (ii) the affiliated broker/dealer charged the Fund commission rates consistent with those charged by the affiliated broker/dealer in similar transactions to clients comparable to the Fund and that are not affiliated with the broker/dealer in question; and (iii) the fees, commissions or other remuneration paid by the Fund did not exceed 2% of the sales price of the securities if the sale was effected in connection with a secondary distribution, or 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if effected in other than a secondary distribution. In addition, the Columbia Funds are affiliated with BAS, Merrill Lynch and their affiliates (including MLPF&S, Merrill Lynch Government Securities, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.)

 

62


Table of Contents

and may, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the SEC and applicable law (i) purchase certain types of securities from such entities in their role as dealers in such securities and (ii) purchase certain eligible municipal securities through group orders when MLPF&S is a member of an underwriting syndicate for such securities.

Certain affiliates of Bank of America, such as its subsidiary banks, may have deposit, loan or commercial banking relationships with the corporate users of facilities financed by industrial development revenue bonds or private activity bonds bought by certain of the Columbia Funds. Bank of America or certain of its affiliates may serve as trustee, custodian, tender agent, guarantor, placement agent, underwriter, or in some other capacity, with respect to certain issues of securities. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may buy securities from a member of an underwriting syndicate in which an affiliate of Bank of America is a member. The Trust has adopted procedures pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, and intends to comply with the requirements of Rule 10f-3, in connection with any purchases of municipal securities that may be subject to Rule 10f-3.

Given the breadth of the Advisor’s investment management activities, investment decisions for the Fund are not always made independently from those for other funds, or other investment companies and accounts advised or managed by the Advisor. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of one or more of the Columbia Funds and another investment portfolio, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price and available investments allocated as to amount in a manner which the Advisor believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other funds, investment portfolio, investment company or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or bought for the Fund with those to be sold or bought for other funds, investment portfolios, investment companies, or accounts in executing transactions.

See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information about these and other conflicts of interest.

Brokerage Commissions

The following table describes the amounts of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during its three most recently completed fiscal years. In certain instances the Fund may pay brokerage commissions to broker/dealers that are affiliates of Bank of America. As indicated above, all such transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions to affiliates are done in compliance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2009
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2008
   Fiscal Year Ended
August 31, 2007

International Stock Fund

   $ 35,273    $ 2,931,603    $ 4,032,432

The Fund paid no brokerage commissions to affiliated broker/dealers for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Directed Brokerage

The Fund or the Advisor, through an agreement or understanding with a broker/dealer, or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, may direct, subject to applicable legal requirements, the Fund’s brokerage transactions to a broker/dealer because of the research services it provides the Fund or the Advisor.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund directed brokerage transactions as follows:

 

Fund

   Amount of Transactions    Related Commissions

International Stock Fund

   $ 1,355,692,378    $ 2,348,011

 

63


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

In certain cases, the Fund, as part of its principal investment strategies, or otherwise as a permissible investment, will invest in the common stock or debt obligations of the regular broker/dealers that the Advisor uses to transact brokerage for the Columbia Funds Family.

As of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Fund owned securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” or their parents, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, as shown in the table below.

Investments in Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers as of August 31, 2009

 

Fund

   Broker/Dealer    Dollar Amount of Securities Held

International Stock Fund

   None    N/A

Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments

The Fund, along with the Transfer Agent and/or the Distributor, may pay significant amounts to financial intermediaries (as defined below), including other Bank of America affiliates, for providing the types of services that would typically be provided directly by a mutual fund’s transfer agent. The level of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. A number of factors may be considered in determining payments to a financial intermediary, including, without limitation, the nature of the services provided to shareholders. These services may include sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency or similar recordkeeping services, shareholder or participant reporting, shareholder or participant transaction processing, and/or the provision of call center support (additional shareholder services). These payments for shareholder servicing support vary by financial intermediary. The Fund’s Transfer Agent, Distributor or their affiliates will pay, from its or their own resources, amounts to financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of these shareholder services and other services.

For purposes of this section the term “financial intermediary” includes any broker/dealer, bank, bank trust department, registered investment advisor, financial planner, retirement plan or other third party administrator and any other institution having a selling, services or any similar agreement with the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates.

The Fund also may make additional payments to financial intermediaries that charge networking fees for certain services provided in connection with the maintenance of shareholder accounts through the NSCC.

In addition, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make lump sum payments to selected financial intermediaries receiving shareholder servicing payments in reimbursement of printing costs for literature for participants, account maintenance fees or fees for the establishment of the Fund on the financial intermediary’s system or other similar services.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make shareholder servicing payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Additional Financial Intermediary Payments

The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may pay compensation to selected financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, under the categories described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive payments under all categories. A financial intermediary also may receive payments described above in Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices — Additional Shareholder Servicing Payments. These payments may create an incentive for a financial intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to its customers. The amount of payments made to financial intermediaries may vary. In determining the amount of payments to be made, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, asset mix and length of

 

64


Table of Contents

relationship with the financial intermediary, the size of the customer/shareholder base of the financial intermediary, the manner in which customers of the financial intermediary make investments in the Fund, the nature and scope of marketing support or services provided by the financial intermediary (as described more fully below) and the costs incurred by the financial intermediary in connection with maintaining the infrastructure necessary or desirable to support investments in the Fund.

These additional payments by the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates are made pursuant to agreements between the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates and financial intermediaries, and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a Class Y share, the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales or the expenses paid by Class Y shares as shown under the heading Fees and Expenses in the Fund’s Class Y shares prospectus.

Marketing Support Payments

The Distributor and the Advisor may make payments, from their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries, including other Bank of America affiliates, for marketing support services relating to the Columbia Funds, including, but not limited to, business planning assistance, educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the financial intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the financial intermediary, client servicing and systems infrastructure support. These payments are generally based upon one or more of the following factors: average net assets of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, gross sales of the Columbia Funds distributed by the Distributor attributable to that financial intermediary, reimbursement of ticket charges (fees that a financial intermediary firm charges its representatives for effecting transactions in fund shares) or a negotiated lump sum payment.

The financial arrangements likely will vary for each financial intermediary. The Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates may make payments in materially larger amounts or on a materially different basis when dealing with other affiliates of Bank of America. Such increased or otherwise modified payments to the other Bank of America affiliate may enable the other Bank of America affiliate to offset credits that it may provide to its customers in order to avoid having such customers pay fees to multiple Bank of America entities in connection with the customer’s investment in a Columbia Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the Distributor and other Bank of America affiliates had not agreed to make marketing support payments to any financial intermediaries with respect to Class Y shares; however, the Distributor and/or other Bank of America affiliates have entered into such agreements with respect to other classes of shares of the Fund, and may enter into such agreements with respect to Class Y shares in the future without notice to Class Y shareholders. For more information relating to such agreements, see the Statement of Additional Information relating to the other classes of shares of the Fund.

Other Payments

From time to time, the Distributor, from its own resources, may provide additional compensation to certain financial intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund to the extent not prohibited by laws or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include financial assistance to financial intermediaries that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at financial intermediary-sponsored conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other financial intermediary employees, financial intermediary entertainment and other financial intermediary-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s internal guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

Your financial intermediary may charge you fees or commissions in addition to those disclosed in this SAI. You should consult with your financial intermediary and review carefully any disclosure your financial intermediary

 

65


Table of Contents

provides regarding its services and compensation. Depending on the financial arrangement in place at any particular time, a financial intermediary and its financial consultants may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular fund or a particular share class over other funds or share classes. See Investment Advisory and Other Services — Other Roles and Relationships of Bank of America and its Affiliates — Certain Conflicts of Interest for more information.

 

66


Table of Contents

CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

Description of the Trust’s Shares

The Fund offers shares in the classes shown in the table below. Subject to certain limited exceptions discussed in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund may no longer be accepting new investments from current shareholders or prospective investors. The Fund, however, may at any time and without notice offer any of these classes to the general public for investment. This SAI relates only to the Fund’s Class Y shares.

The Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Declaration of Trust) permits it to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, without par value, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of the Fund without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Fund and to divide such shares into classes. Each share of a class of the Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Board. However, different share classes of the Fund pay different distribution amounts, because each share class has different expenses. Each time a distribution is made, the net asset value per share of the share class is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

Share Classes Offered by the Fund

 

Fund

   Class A
Shares†
   Class B
Shares†
   Class C
Shares†
   Class Y
Shares
   Class Z
Shares†

International Stock Fund

   ü    ü    ü    ü    ü

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class Z shares are discussed in a separate statement of additional information.

Restrictions on Holding or Disposing of Shares

There are no restrictions on the right of shareholders to retain or dispose of the Fund’s shares, other than the possible future termination of the Fund. The Fund may be terminated by reorganization into another mutual fund or by liquidation and distribution of their assets. Unless terminated by reorganization or liquidation, the Fund will continue indefinitely.

Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims any shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of Fund property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances (which are considered remote) in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations and the disclaimer was inoperative.

The risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on account of another series of the Trust also is believed to be remote, because it would be limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer was inoperative and the other series of the Trust was unable to meet its obligations.

Dividend Rights

The shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions declared for the Fund. No shares have priority or preference over any other shares of the Fund with respect to distributions. Distributions will be made from the assets of the Fund, and will be paid pro rata to all shareholders of the Fund (or class) according to the number of shares of the Fund (or class) held by shareholders on the record date. The amount of income dividends per share may vary between separate share classes of the Fund based upon differences in the way that expenses are allocated between share classes pursuant to a multiple class plan.

 

67


Table of Contents

Voting Rights and Shareholder Meetings

The Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings, but special meetings may be called for certain purposes. The Trust voluntarily has undertaken to hold a shareholder meeting at which the Board would be elected at least every five years beginning in 2005. Each whole share (or fractional share) outstanding on the record date established in accordance with the Trust’s By-Laws shall be entitled to a number of votes on any matter on which it is entitled to vote equal to the net asset value of the share (or fractional share) in U.S. dollars determined at the close of business on the record date (for example, a share having a net asset value of $10.50 would be entitled to 10.5 votes).

The Trustees may fill any vacancies on the Board except that the Trustees may not fill a vacancy if, immediately after filling such vacancy, less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office would have been elected to such office by the shareholders. In addition, at such times as less than a majority of the Trustees then in office have been elected to such office by the shareholders, the Trustees must call a meeting of shareholders. Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint their successors.

At any shareholders’ meetings that may be held, shareholders of all series would vote together, irrespective of series, on the election of Trustees, but each series would vote separately from the others on other matters, such as changes in the investment policies of that series or the approval of the management agreement for that series. Shares of the Fund and any other series of the Trust that may be in existence from time to time generally vote together except when required by law to vote separately by fund or by class.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or the Fund, shareholders of the Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution and to a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Board may determine.

Preemptive Rights

There are no preemptive rights associated with Fund shares.

Conversion Rights

Shareholders have the right, which is subject to change by the Board, to convert or “exchange” shares of one class for another. Such right is outlined and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Fund’s prospectus.

Redemptions

The Fund’s dividend, distribution and redemption policies can be found in its prospectus under the headings Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares and Distributions and Taxes. However, the Board may suspend the right of shareholders to sell shares when permitted or required to do so by law or compel sales of shares in certain cases.

Sinking Fund Provisions

The Trust has no sinking fund provisions.

Calls or Assessment

All Fund shares are issued in uncertificated form only and when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

 

68


Table of Contents

Other Securities

The Fund does not offer securities other than capital stock.

 

69


Table of Contents

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF CLASS Y SHARES

Purchase and Redemption

An investor may buy, sell and exchange Class Y shares in the Fund utilizing the methods, and subject to the restrictions, described in the Fund’s prospectus. The following information supplements information in the Fund’s prospectus.

The Fund has authorized one or more broker/dealers to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. These broker/dealers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept buy and sell orders on the Fund’s behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a buy or sell order when an authorized broker/dealer, or, if applicable, a broker/dealer’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker/dealer or the broker’s authorized designee.

The Trust also may make payment for sales in readily marketable securities or other property if it is appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for shares during any period when (i) trading on the NYSE is restricted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC; (ii) the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (iii) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; (iv) an emergency exists as determined by the SEC. (The Fund may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of their shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

The Trust has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a result of which the Fund is obligated to redeem shares, subject to the exceptions listed above, with respect to any one shareholder during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the period.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Consequently, the Fund may request additional required information from you to verify your identity. Your application will be rejected if it does not contain your name, social security number, date of birth and permanent street address. If at any time the Fund believes a shareholder may be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may choose not to establish a new account or may be required to “freeze” a shareholder’s account. The Fund also may be required to provide a governmental agency with information about transactions that have occurred in a shareholder’s account or to transfer monies received to establish a new account, transfer an existing account or transfer the proceeds of an existing account to a governmental agency. In some circumstances, the law may not permit the Fund to inform the shareholder that it has taken the actions described above.

Offering Price

The share price of the Fund is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is calculated separately for each class of shares as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier) on each day the Fund is open for business, unless the Board determines otherwise.

The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities for which a market quotation is available is determined in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. In general terms, the valuation procedures provide that domestic exchange traded securities (other than NASDAQ listed equity securities) generally will be valued at their last traded sale prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. If no sales of those securities are reported on a particular day on the principal exchange, the securities generally will be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices as reported on the principal exchange where those securities are traded. Securities traded on a foreign securities exchange will generally be valued at their last sale prices on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded, or in the absence of a reported sale on a particular day, at their bid prices (in the case of securities held long) or ask prices (in the case of securities held short) as reported by that exchange. Securities traded primarily on NASDAQ will generally be valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (NOCP) (which is

 

70


Table of Contents

the last trade price at or before 4:00:02 p.m. (Eastern Time) adjusted up to NASDAQ’s best bid price if the last trade price is below such bid price or adjusted down to NASDAQ’s best ask price if the last trade price is above such ask price). If no NOCP is available, the security will generally be valued at the last sale price shown on NASDAQ prior to the calculation of the NAV of the Fund. If no sale price is shown on NASDAQ, the latest bid price will be used. If no sale price is shown and no latest bid price is available, the price will be deemed “stale” and the value will be determined in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Securities not traded upon any exchange will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices based upon quotes furnished by the appropriate market makers. If quoted prices are unavailable or are believed to be inaccurate, market values will generally be determined based on quotes obtained from one or more broker(s) or dealer(s) or based on a price obtained from a reputable independent pricing service.

Financial futures will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price. Forward foreign currency contracts will generally be valued using market quotations from a widely used quotation system that reflects the current cost of covering or off-setting the contract. Exchange traded options will generally be valued at the latest reported sales price on their exchange. If there is no reported sale on the valuation date, the options will generally be valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices.

Over-the-counter derivatives will generally be valued at fair value in accordance with the Fund’s fair valuation procedures.

Repurchase agreements will generally be valued at a price equal to the amount of the cash invested in the repurchase agreement at the time of valuation. The market value of the securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be determined in accordance with the procedures above, as appropriate, for the purpose of determining the adequacy of collateral.

Shares of open-end investment companies held in the Fund’s portfolio will generally be valued at the latest net asset value reported by the investment company.

Debt securities will generally be valued by a pricing service which may employ a matrix or other indications of value, including but not limited to broker quotes, to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units. The matrix can take into account various factors including, without limitation, bids, yield spreads, and/or other market data and specific security characteristics (e.g., credit quality, maturity and coupon rate). Debt securities for which a pricing service does not furnish valuations and for which market quotations are readily available will generally be valued based on the mean of the latest bid prices obtained from one or more dealers. Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less will, absent unusual circumstances, be valued at amortized cost.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available for any reason, including that the latest quotation is deemed unreliable or unreasonable, securities and other assets and liabilities are valued at “fair value” as determined in good faith by the Advisor’s valuation committee. In general, any one or more of the following factors may be taken into account in determining fair value: the fundamental analytical data relating to the security; the value of other financial instruments, including derivative securities, traded on other markets or among dealers; trading volumes on markets, exchanges, or among dealers; values of baskets of securities traded on other markets; changes in interest rates; observations from financial institutions; government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements; other news events; information as to any transactions or offers with respect to the security; price and extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies; nature and expected duration of the event, if any, giving rise to the valuation issue; pricing history of the security; the relative size of the position in the portfolio; and other relevant information.

With respect to securities traded on foreign markets, the following factors also may be relevant: the value of foreign securities traded on other foreign markets; ADR trading; closed-end fund trading; foreign currency exchange activity; and the trading of financial products that are tied to baskets of foreign securities, such as World Equity Benchmark Shares™.

The Board has determined, and the valuation procedures provide, that in certain circumstances it may be necessary to use an alternative valuation method, such as in-kind redemptions with affiliated benefit plans where the Department of Labor requires that valuation to be done in accordance with Rule 17a-7 of the 1940 Act.

 

71


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s prospectuses entitled Distributions and Taxes. The prospectuses generally describe the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Fund. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as in effect as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion applies only to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in the prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Fund. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund, the application of state, local, or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Fund.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

It is intended that the Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. The Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to the Fund, even though the Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, the Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses, and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined below. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from the passive income sources defined in Code Section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Certain of a regulated investment company’s investments in master limited partnerships (MLPs) may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules do not apply to a regulated investment company, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

The Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its total assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s

 

72


Table of Contents

total assets and are not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and in the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer. The qualifying income and diversification requirements described above may limit the extent to which the Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in MLPs.

In addition, the Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income (if any) for the taxable year.

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund generally intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and substantially all of its net capital gain. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Any investment company taxable income retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates.

In addition, although the Fund generally intends to distribute all of its net capital gain, the Fund may determine to retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain for Capital Gain Dividend purposes, a regulated investment company generally must treat any net capital loss or any net long-term capital loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year. Treasury Regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its taxable income, to elect to treat all or part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

In order to comply with the distribution requirements described above applicable to regulated investment companies, the Fund generally must make the distributions in the same taxable year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, the Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year in respect of income and gains from the prior taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from the Fund in the year they are actually distributed. If the Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one calendar year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following calendar year, however, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the earlier year.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment under the Code, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains,

 

73


Table of Contents

pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company.

Excise Tax

If the Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses) and 98% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for net ordinary losses) for the 1-year period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that were not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that the Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, the Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, if the amount of excise tax to be paid is deemed de minimis by the Fund).

Capital Loss Carryforwards

Subject to certain limitations, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. The Fund’s capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Fund does not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gains. The Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

Equalization Accounting

The Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “accumulated earnings and profits,” which generally equals the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits the Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect the Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount of income and gains that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. The IRS has not sanctioned the particular equalization method used by the Fund, and thus the Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

Taxation of Fund Investments

In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by the Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held or is deemed to have held the securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

If the Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (OID) (generally a debt obligation with an issue price less than its stated principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), the Fund may be required to annually include in its income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. In general, gains recognized on the disposition of (or the receipt of any partial payment of principal on) a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by the Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. The Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount (if an election is made by the Fund to accrue market discount over the holding period of the applicable debt obligation) on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds

 

74


Table of Contents

of securities held by the Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be disadvantageous for the Fund.

In addition, payment-in-kind securities similarly will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no cash interest payment on the security during the year.

If an option granted by the Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund generally will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by the Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

Some regulated futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options that may be used by the Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” The Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. These provisions may require the Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts, and non-equity options.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss exceeds the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be available as a carryforward and thus cannot be deducted by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as forward, futures and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by the Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (as described below). Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the

 

75


Table of Contents

amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when the Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

The amount of long-term capital gain the Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain the Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

If the Fund makes a distribution of income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Similar consequences may apply to repurchase and other derivative transactions.

In addition, the Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash-sale rules or the short-sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, as well as any of its foreign currency transactions and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while the Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid fund-level tax. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which the Fund will be able to engage in certain derivatives transactions.

 

76


Table of Contents

Any investment by the Fund in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (TMPs). Under an IRS notice, and Treasury Regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt shareholders, as noted under Tax-Exempt Shareholders below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or certain other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax.

Some amounts received by the Fund from its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as returns of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain from that asset (or if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of cash flow received by the Fund from the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its regulated investment company distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to borrow money or sell securities at the time. In addition, distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that are characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable to Fund shareholders as ordinary income.

“Passive foreign investment companies” (PFICs) are generally defined as foreign corporations where at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If the Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions and gain from the sale of interests in PFICs may be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, these amounts may otherwise have been classified as capital gain.

The Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for these special taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections would require the Fund to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC (in the case of a “QEF election”), or to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in its interests in the PFIC “to the market” as though the Fund had sold and repurchased such interests on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year, treating such gains and losses as ordinary income and loss (in the case of a “mark-to-market election”). The QEF and mark-to-market elections may require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments prematurely to meet the minimum distribution

 

77


Table of Contents

requirements described above, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return. The Fund may attempt to limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to minimize tax liability and/or maximize returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income, as defined below.

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Fund may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Fund, in which case the Fund may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy its minimum distribution requirements, which may accelerate the recognition of gain and adversely affect the Fund’s total return.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of his or her shares. The Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income (defined below). The Fund will designate Capital Gain Dividends, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest the Fund earns on direct obligations of the U.S. government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares

If a shareholder sells or exchanges his or her Fund shares, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held (or is deemed to have held) such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term capital gain or loss otherwise.

 

78


Table of Contents

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.

If a shareholder receives a Capital Gain Dividend or is deemed to receive a distribution of long-term capital gain with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held or treated as held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the Capital Gain Dividend or deemed long-term capital gain distribution.

Foreign Taxes

Amounts realized by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund with respect to foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum holding periods specified in the Code and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders.

The Fund may qualify for and make the election; however, even if the Fund qualifies for the election for any year, it may determine not to make the election for such year. If the Fund does not so qualify or qualifies but does not so elect, then shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by or withheld from payments to the Fund. The Fund will notify its shareholders within 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year if it has elected for the foreign taxes paid by it to “pass through” for that year.

In general, if the Fund makes the election, the Fund itself will not be permitted to claim a credit or deduction for foreign taxes paid in that year, and the Fund’s dividends-paid deduction will be increased by the amount of foreign taxes paid that year. Fund shareholders generally shall include their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund in their gross income and treat that amount as paid by them for the purpose of the foreign tax credit or deduction, provided that any applicable holding period and other requirements have been met. If a shareholder claims a credit for foreign taxes paid, in general, the credit will be subject to certain limits. A deduction for foreign taxes paid may be claimed only by shareholders that itemize their deductions.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates

As of the date of this SAI, the maximum stated U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals generally is 35% for ordinary income and 15% for net long-term capital gain. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced—in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets—for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, U.S. federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” equal to the highest net long-term capital gain rate, which, as described above, generally is 15%. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend this provision for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received by the Fund from certain domestic and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund with respect to the dividend-paying corporation’s stock and by the shareholders with respect to the Fund’s shares. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions

 

79


Table of Contents

(other than Capital Gain Dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date) and meet certain other requirements specified in the Code. In general, if less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders who meet the aforementioned holding period requirements. The rules regarding the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. U.S. federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of U.S. federal income tax laws.

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (1) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (TIN) or has not certified to the Fund that withholding does not apply or (2) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts required to be withheld as a credit against his or her future U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase for amounts distributed or paid after December 31, 2010.

Tax-Deferred Plans

The shares of the Fund may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

Corporate Shareholders

Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by the Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Fund are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

Foreign Shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” generally include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.

 

80


Table of Contents

Generally, unless an exception applies, dividend distributions made to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends will be subject to non-refundable U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, generally, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), distributions made to foreign shareholders and properly designated by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” are exempt from U.S. federal income tax withholding. The exemption for interest-related dividends does not apply to any distribution to a foreign shareholder (i) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer; (ii) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (iii) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. Interest-related dividends are generally attributable to the Fund’s net U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder. In order to qualify as an interest-related dividend, the Fund must designate a distribution as such in a written notice mailed to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, neither U.S. federal income tax withholding nor the exemption for interest-related dividends will apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the recipient foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation.

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, distributions properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends and, with respect to taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2010 (and for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 if pending legislation (discussed below) is enacted), “short-term capital gain dividends” (defined below) are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the disposition of Fund shares or the receipt of Capital Gain Dividends or short-term capital gain dividends and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the Fund shares on which the foreign shareholder realized gain constitute U.S. real property interests (USRPIs, defined below) or, in certain cases, the distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI, as discussed below. If the requirements of clause (i) are met, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally will apply to the foreign shareholder and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation. If the requirements of clause (i) are not met, but the requirements of clause (ii) are met, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Please see below for a discussion of the tax implications to foreign shareholders in the event that clause (iii) applies. “Short-term capital gain dividends” are distributions attributable to the Fund’s net short-term capital gain in excess of its net long-term capital loss and designated as such by the Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

Pending legislation proposes to extend the exemptions from withholding for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for one additional year (i.e., for dividends with respect to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011). However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment, no assurance can be made that the intermediary will respect such a designation, and an intermediary may withhold even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Even if permitted to do so, the Fund provides no assurance that it will designate any distributions as interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends.

 

81


Table of Contents

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from the Fund if it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in the Fund if it is a USRPHC. Generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs – defined generally as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC – the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. If the Fund holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC.

If the Fund is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, amounts the Fund receives from REITs derived from gains realized from USRPIs generally will retain their character as such in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. In the hands of a foreign shareholder that holds (or has held in the prior 12 months) more than a 5% interest in any class of the Fund, such amounts generally will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholder generally will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year recognized, and the Fund must withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. Otherwise, in the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in any class of the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior 12 months), such amounts generally will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend (in the event that certain pending legislation is enacted, as described above) or Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such shareholders. If the Fund is subject to the rules of this paragraph, its foreign shareholders may also be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the foregoing tax-filing and payment obligations through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares. Prior to January 1, 2010, if the Fund was a USRPHC or would have been a USRPHC but for certain of the above-mentioned exceptions, similar rules generally also applied to any non-REIT USRPI gains recognized by the Fund directly or indirectly through certain lower-tier regulated investment companies. Pending legislation proposes to extend such application for one additional year, i.e., to distributions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be.

In addition, if the Fund is a USRPHC, it generally must withhold 10% of the amount realized in redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Prior to January 1, 2010, such withholding generally was not required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund if it was a domestically controlled USRPHC, or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) held substantial investments in regulated investment companies that were domestically controlled USRPHCs. Pending legislation proposes to extend this exemption from withholding for one additional year, i.e., for redemptions made on or after January 1, 2010 but before January 1, 2011. However, as of the date of this SAI, it is unclear whether such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, what the terms of the extension will be. Unless and until such legislation is enacted, beginning on January 1, 2010, withholding is required in respect of amounts paid in redemption of shares of the Fund by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder if the Fund is a USRPHC, without regard to whether the Fund or any regulated investment company in which it invests is domestically controlled.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. In addition, additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and foreign estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisors about their particular situation.

If the Fund qualifies and makes an election to pass through foreign taxes to its shareholders, as described earlier, foreign shareholders of the Fund generally will be subject to increased U.S. federal income taxation without a corresponding benefit for the pass-through of foreign taxes.

 

82


Table of Contents

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, the Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder will also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if the Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in the Fund to the extent that it recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in the Fund and the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Fund has not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

83


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “principal holder” (i.e., owns of record or is known by the Trust to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding shares) is listed below.

Principal Holder Ownership of the Fund

 

Share Class

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Class  

Class A

  

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

ATTN: PETER BOOTH 7TH FLOOR

333 W 34TH ST

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   675,237.1260    5.13

Class B

  

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

ATTN: PETER BOOTH 7TH FLOOR

333 W 34TH ST

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   31,565.6450    5.78

Class C

  

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH

FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF

ITS CUSTOMERS

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 2

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   193,256.9210    17.22

Class C

  

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

ATTN: PETER BOOTH 7TH FLOOR

333 W 34TH ST

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   72,158.0360    6.43

Class Y

  

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   2,683,082.1180    99.96

Class Z

  

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN STREET 10TH FLOOR

DALLAS TX 75202-3908

   24,078,204.2800    77.66

As of November 30, 2009, the name, address and percentage of ownership of each person who may be deemed to be a “control person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund because it owns greater than 25% of the outstanding shares, either beneficially or by virtue of its fiduciary or trust roles or otherwise, is shown below. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.

Control Person Ownership of the Fund

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Account Registration

   Share Balance    Percentage of Fund  

Columbia International Stock Fund

  

BANK OF AMERICA NA, TRUSTEE

ATTN: BETTY BARLEY/FUNDS ACCOUNTING

1201 MAIN ST 10TH FL

DALLAS, TX 75202-3908

   26,761,286.3980    55.16

 

84


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES RATINGS

This Appendix summarizes the various descriptions of securities ratings applicable to securities purchased by the Columbia Funds Family. Please refer to a Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information to determine whether that Fund may invest in securities that have ratings described in this Appendix.

STANDARD & POOR’S (S&P)

Bonds

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for bonds. The ratings AAA, AA, A and BBB denote investment grade securities.

AAA bonds have the highest rating assigned by S&P and are considered to have an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA bonds are considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and they differ from AAA only in small degree.

A bonds are considered to have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

BBB bonds are considered to have an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal than for bonds in the A category.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C bonds are considered to have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or large exposures to adverse conditions.

BB bonds are considered to have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

B bonds are considered to have a greater vulnerability to default but currently have the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB— rating.

CCC bonds are considered to have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the bonds are not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B— rating.

CC rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

C rating typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC— debt rating. The C rating may be used to cover a situation, for example, where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

CI rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D bonds are in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Municipal Notes

SP-1. Notes rated SP-1 are considered to have very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designated as SP-1+.

SP-2. Notes rated SP-2 are considered to have satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Notes due in three years or less normally receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years normally receive a bond rating, although the following criteria are used in making that assessment:

Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue will be rated as a note).

Source of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be rated as a note).

Commercial Paper

A. Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designations 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

A-1. Issues assigned to this rating are considered to have overwhelming or very strong capacity for timely payment. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designed A-1+.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (MOODY’S)

Municipal Bonds

Aaa bonds are considered to be of the best quality. They are considered to have the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge”. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair a fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa bonds are considered to be of high quality by all standards. Together with Aaa bonds they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. Those bonds in the Aa through B groups that Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1, A1 or Baa1.

A bonds are considered to possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered to be upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment at some time in the future.

Baa bonds are considered to be medium grade obligations: they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and, in fact, have speculative characteristics as well.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Ba bonds are considered to have speculative elements: their future cannot be considered as well secured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times in the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this grade.

B bonds are considered generally to lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa bonds are considered to be of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca bonds are considered to represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C bonds are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Conditional Ratings. Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operating experience, (c) rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting conditions attach. Parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

Corporate Bonds

The description of the applicable rating symbols (Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, etc.) and their meanings is identical to that of the Municipal Bond ratings as set forth above, except for the numerical modifiers. Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in the Aa and A classifications of its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a midrange ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issuer ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Municipal Notes

MIG 1. This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2. This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3. This designation denotes favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for, but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

Commercial Paper

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

Prime-1 Highest Quality

Prime-2 Higher Quality

Prime-3 High Quality

If an issuer represents to Moody’s that its commercial paper obligations are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, Moody’s, in assigning ratings to such issuers, evaluates the financial strength of the indicated affiliated corporations, commercial banks, insurance companies, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

FITCH, INC. (FITCH)

Long-Term Debt

Investment Grade Bond Ratings

AAA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and/or dividends and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA bonds are considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.

A bonds are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than debt securities with higher ratings.

BBB bonds are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest or dividends and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for securities with higher ratings.

Speculative Grade Bond Ratings

BB bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B bonds are considered highly speculative. While securities in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

CCC bonds are considered to have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

CC bonds are considered to be minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

C bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such securities are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these securities and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) or minus (-): Plus or minus signs are used to show relative standing within the major rating categories. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the DDD, DD, or D categories.

Short-Term Debt

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and investment notes.

F-1+ obligations have exceptionally strong credit quality and are considered to have the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

F-1 obligations are considered to reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2 obligations are considered to have good credit quality. Securities in this class have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

F-3 obligations are considered to have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and to be vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

B obligations are considered to have a minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments and a susceptibility to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

C rating is assigned to obligations that are considered to have a high default risk and whose capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D obligations are in actual or imminent payment default.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) — Proxy Voting Policy

Applicable Regulations:

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

Form N-PX

ERISA Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (SEC No Action Letter dated September 15, 2004)

Explanation/Summary of Regulatory Requirements

An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.

Policy Summary

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) has adopted and implemented the following policy, which it believes is reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients; and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. This policy applies primarily to the Global Wealth and Investment Management (“GWIM”) Investment Operations Group, the Investment groups (particularly, Equity and Chief Investment Officer’s Office), as well as to Compliance Risk Management (“CRM”) and Legal. CRM and Business groups to which this policy directly applies must adopt written procedures to implement this Policy.

Policy

All proxies regarding client securities for which CMA has authority to vote will, unless CMA determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by CMA to be in the best interest of CMA’s clients without regard to any resulting benefit or detriment to CMA, its associates, or its affiliates. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as CMA determines in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, CMA will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided CMA receives such instructions in time to act accordingly. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within CMA and with CMA affiliates. Advisory clients, including mutual funds’ and other funds’ boards, may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by CMA. However, CMA will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties. Rather, the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings for 12-month periods ending each year on June 30th on Form N-PX.

CMA endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware prior to the vote deadline date, subject to certain general exceptions described below.

CMA seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to prevent where practicable and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Conflicts of Interest section below).

 

B-1


Table of Contents

CMA’s proxy voting policy and practices are summarized in its Form ADV. Additionally, CMA will provide clients with a copy of its policies, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request.

Means of Achieving Compliance

The Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Proxy Group’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of the proxy vendor’s votes to ensure that the proxy vendor is accurately voting consistent with CMA’s Voting Guidelines; and (2) review of the Columbia Funds’ fund website to ensure that annual proxy voting reports are posted in a timely and accurate manner. CMA has established a Proxy Committee which is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee and scope of its oversight are described in the Proxy Committee’s charter.

CMA’S INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Under CMA’s Voting Guidelines, certain matters must be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations will refer these matters first to the relevant CMA research analyst after first confirming that the proxy matter does not present a potential conflict to CMA. If there is not a research analyst assigned to the particular security, the matter will be referred to the appropriate portfolio manager.

In considering a particular proxy matter, the research analyst or portfolio manager must vote in the clients’ best interest as defined above. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential information. Therefore, research analysts and portfolio managers generally must not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of CMA and within CMA except on a need to know basis only.

Research analysts and portfolio managers must discharge their responsibilities consistent with the obligations set forth below (refer to Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures). A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer (see Appendix B - Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form). For each Proxy Referral (defined below), the research analyst or portfolio manager is responsible for memorializing their recommendation on the Proxy Voting Recommendation Form (see Appendix C) and communicating their recommendation to the Proxy Group.

Research analysts and portfolio managers should seek advice from CRM or Legal with respect to any questions that they have regarding personal conflicts of interests, communications regarding proxies, or other related matters.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by CMA, a CMA affiliate1, or a CMA associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of CMA, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. However, a material conflict of interest is not automatically created when there is a relationship or activity engaged in by a CMA affiliate, but there is a possibility that a CMA affiliate could cause a conflict. CMA may have a conflict of interest if either CMA has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if a CMA associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence CMA’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, CMA will seek to resolve said conflict in the clients’ best interests.

 

1

Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), the ultimate corporate parent of CMA, Bank of America, N.A. and all of their numerous affiliates owns, operates and has interests in many lines of business that may create or give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest between BAC or its affiliates and those of CMA-advised clients. For example, the commercial and investment banking business lines may have interests with respect to issuers of voting securities that could appear to or even actually conflict with CMA’s duty, in the proxy voting process, to act in the best economic interest of its clients.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

For those proxy proposals that: (1) are not addressed by CMA’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) the guidelines specify the issue must be evaluated and determined on a case-by-case basis; or (3) a CMA investment associate believes that an exception to the guidelines may be in the best economic interest of CMA’s clients (collectively, “Proxy Referrals”), CMA may vote the proxy, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures set forth below.

In the case of Proxy Referrals, CRM identifies companies with which CMA has a significant business relationships and Proxy Referrals of such companies will be voted consistent with CMA’s conflicts management procedures described below. For Proxy Referrals that do not involve companies with which CMA has a significant business relationship the relevant CMA investment personnel (i.e. research analyst, portfolio manager, members of Proxy Committee) involved in the particular Proxy Referral must report any personal conflict of interest circumstances (e.g., relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise, unusual communications with parties outside the investment organization concerning a proxy matter) to Columbia Management’s Conflicts of Interest Officer in writing (see Appendix B). In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter.

If the Proxy Committee, the Chairperson of the Proxy Committee, or the Conflicts Officer determines that a proxy matter presents a material conflict of interest, CMA will invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:

 

   

Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be CMA’s proxy voting agent);

 

   

Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include CMA’s proxy voting agent; or

 

   

In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to CMA’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.

Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies

CMA considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which CMA or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter; and (2) proxies solicited by Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) or other public companies within the BAC organization to present a material conflict of interest for CMA. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management practices discussed above.

Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures

In certain circumstances, CMA follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by the proxy vendor or another independent third party. CMA reviews its proxy vendor’s conflicts of interest procedures as part of its oversight of the proxy vendor’s services.

CMA and other BAC affiliates have adopted various other policies and procedures that help reinforce this Policy. Please see any associated documents.

Ownership Limits – Delegation of Proxy Voting to an Independent Third Party

From time to time, CMA may face regulatory or compliance limits on the types or amounts of voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that CMA can hold for clients (collectively, “Ownership Limits”).

The regulations or company-specific documents governing a number of these Ownership Limits often focus upon holdings in voting securities. As a result, in limited circumstances in order to comply with such Ownership Limits and/or internal policies designed to comply with such limits, CMA may delegate proxy voting in certain issuers to a qualified, independent third party, who may be CMA’s proxy voting agent.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

A. CMA’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices.

The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. CMA uses an independent, third-party proxy vendor to implement its proxy voting process as CMA’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, the proxy vendor will execute the vote according to CMA’s Voting Guidelines.

B. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines.

A Portfolio Manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will request in writing that the Proxy Committee consider voting the proxy other than according to such Guidelines and provide information as the Proxy Committee may request. The Proxy Committee may consider the matter, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures discussed above.

C. Other Proxy Matters

For the following categories, proxies will be voted as stated below:

1. New Proposals. For certain new proposals that are expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee may develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

2. Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to Taft Hartley principles will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor.

3. Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to socially responsible principles will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client.

4. Proxies of International Issuers. In general, CMA will refrain from voting securities in cases where international issuers impose share blocking restrictions. However, in the exceptional circumstances that CMA determines that it would be appropriate to vote such securities, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy. Additionally, proxies will typically not be voted in markets where powers of attorney are required to be executed in order to vote shares.

5. Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than affiliated investment companies (previously described) will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.

6. Proxy Referrals for Passive Index Accounts. Proxy Referrals for a security that is held only within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and not in any other account within CMA, shall be voted according to the guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client. However, if a security is held within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and within another CMA-managed account (including without limitation an account actively managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group), all proposals, including Proxy Referrals, will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, subject to the other provisions of this Policy.

7. Proxy Voting for Securities on Loan. CMA generally votes in cases where shares have been loaned from actively managed Columbia Funds as long as the shares have been recalled in a timely manner. However, CMA generally does not vote shares that have been loaned from passively managed Columbia Index Funds. Other CMA clients may have their own stock loan programs and may or may not recall their shares for proxy voting.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

Supervision

Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.

Escalation

With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to the Proxy Committee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to the Columbia Management Conflicts Officer.

Monitoring/Oversight

CRM and/or Corporate Internal Audit Group perform periodic reviews and assessments of various lines of businesses, including a review of Columbia Management’s compliance with the Proxy Voting Policy.

Recordkeeping

CMA will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. CMA will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and for which CMA was entitled to vote:

 

   

The name of the issuer of the security;

 

   

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);

 

   

The shareholder meeting date;

 

   

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

   

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

 

   

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and

 

   

Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

These records include:

 

Document

  

Responsible Party

Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Related Materials    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Proxy Vote Recommendation Form and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations (or any other document created by CMA that was material to making a voting decision or that memorializes the basis for the voting decision)    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms    Compliance Risk Management
Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters    Client Service Group

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Document

  

Responsible Party

Copy of Each Applicable Proxy Statement Unless it has been Filed with the SEC and may be Obtained from the SEC’s EDGAR System    Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations

Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years plus the current year. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of CM for the first three years.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A— CMA’S PROXY VOTING POLICY

CMA’S VOTING GUIDELINES

A. The Proxy Committee has adopted the following guidelines for voting proxies:

1. Matters Relating to the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals for the election of directors or for an increase or decrease in the number of directors, provided that no more than one-third of the Board of Directors would, presently or at any time during the previous three-year period, be from management.

However, CMA generally will WITHHOLD votes from pertinent director nominees if:

 

  (i) the board as proposed to be constituted would have more than one-third of its members from management;

 

  (ii) the board does not have audit, nominating, and compensation committees composed solely of directors who qualify as being regarded as “independent,” i.e. having no material relationship, directly or indirectly, with the Company, as CMA’s proxy voting agent may determine (subject to the Proxy Committee’s contrary determination of independence or non-independence);

 

  (iii) the nominee, as a member of the audit committee, permitted the company to incur excessive non-audit fees (as defined below regarding other business matters — ratification of the appointment of auditors);

 

  (iv) a director serves on more than six public company boards;

 

  (v) the CEO serves on more than two public company boards other than the company’s board.

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, CMA may WITHHOLD votes for a director nominee who has failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action or inaction (e.g. failing to implement policies for which a majority of shareholders has previously cast votes in favor), has demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders.

 

   

Proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committee be composed solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee must satisfy the independence and experience requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange, or appropriate local requirements for foreign securities. At least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a “financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules.

 

   

Proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances that would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to create or eliminate positions or titles for senior management. CMA generally prefers that the role of Chairman of the Board and CEO be held by different persons unless there are compelling reasons to vote AGAINST a proposal to separate these positions, such as the existence of a counter-balancing governance structure that includes at least the following elements in addition to applicable listing standards:

 

   

Established governance standards and guidelines.

 

B-7


Table of Contents
   

Full board composed of not less than two-thirds “independent” directors, as defined by applicable regulatory and listing standards.

 

   

Compensation, as well as audit and nominating (or corporate governance) committees composed entirely of independent directors.

 

   

A designated or rotating presiding independent director appointed by and from the independent directors with the authority and responsibility to call and preside at regularly and, as necessary, specially scheduled meetings of the independent directors to be conducted, unless the participating independent directors otherwise wish, in executive session with no members of management present.

 

   

Disclosed processes for communicating with any individual director, the presiding independent director (or, alternatively, all of the independent directors, as a group) and the entire board of directors, as a group.

 

   

The pertinent class of the Company’s voting securities has out-performed, on a three-year basis, both an appropriate peer group and benchmark index, as indicated in the performance summary table of the Company’s proxy materials. This requirement shall not apply if there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within the three-year period.

 

   

Proposals that grant or restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

   

Proposals to permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that encourage directors to own a minimum amount of company stock.

 

   

Proposals to provide or to restore shareholder appraisal rights.

 

   

Proposals to adopt cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals for the company to adopt confidential voting.

CMA will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for majority voting thresholds for director elections unless the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and/or provides an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to classify boards, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure.

 

   

Proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

   

Proposals that provide directors may be removed only by supermajority vote.

 

   

Proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

   

Proposals which allow more than one vote per share in the election of directors.

 

   

Proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

   

Proposals that mandate a minimum amount of company stock that directors must own.

 

   

Proposals to limit the tenure of non-management directors.

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on board approved proposals relating to corporate governance. Such proposals include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Reimbursement of proxy solicitation expenses taking into consideration whether or not CMA was in favor of the dissidents.

 

   

Proxy contest advance notice. CMA generally will vote FOR proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as possible while allowing for sufficient time for Company response, SEC review, and analysis by other shareholders.

 

   

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis to indemnify directors and officers, and AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

 

   

CMA will vote FOR the indemnification of internal auditors, unless the costs associated with the approval are not disclosed.

2. Compensation

CMA generally will vote FOR management sponsored compensation plans (such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans or thrift plans) if they are consistent with industry and country standards. However, CMA generally is opposed to compensation plans that substantially dilute ownership interest in a company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have objectionable structural features. Specifically, for equity-based plans, if the proposed number of shares authorized for option programs (excluding authorized shares for expired options) exceeds an average of 5% of the currently outstanding shares over the previous three years or an average of 3% over the previous three years for directors only, the proposal should be referred to the Proxy Committee. The Committee will then consider the circumstances surrounding the issue and vote in the best interest of CMA’s clients. CMA requires that management provide substantial justification for the repricing of options.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals requiring that executive severance arrangements be submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

   

Proposals asking a company to expense stock options.

 

   

Proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

   

Employee stock purchase plans that have the following features: (i) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value, (ii) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less, and (iii) dilution is 10% or less.

 

   

Proposals for the remuneration of auditors if no more than 25% of the compensation costs comes from non audit activity.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price, or that permit replacing or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals to authorize the replacement or repricing of out-of-the money options.

 

   

Proposals requesting that plan administrators have advance authority to amend the terms of a plan without detailed disclosure of the specific amendments. When sufficient details are provided on the amendments permitted by the advance authority, CMA will recommend on such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding approval of specific executive severance arrangements.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

3. Capitalization

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to increase the authorized shares for stock dividends, stock splits (and reverse stock splits) or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover measure or a general issuance proposal increases the authorization by more than 30% without a clear need presented by the company. Proposals for reverse stock splits should include an overall reduction in authorization.

For companies recognizing preemptive rights for existing shareholders, CMA generally will vote FOR general issuance proposals that increase the authorized shares by more than 30%. CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all such proposals by companies that do not recognize preemptive rights for existing shareholders.

 

   

Proposals for the elimination of authorized but unissued shares or retirement of those shares purchased for sinking fund or treasury stock.

 

   

Proposals to institute/renew open market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

   

Proposals to reduce or change the par value of common stock, provided the number of shares is also changed in order to keep the capital unchanged.

CMA will evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding:

 

   

Management proposals that allow listed companies to de-list and terminate the registration of their common stock. CMA will determine whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to:

 

   

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded.

 

   

Cash-out value

 

   

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders

 

   

Market reaction to public announcement of transaction

4. Mergers, Restructurings and Other Transactions

CMA will review, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations, spinoffs, buyouts and sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.

5. Anti-Takeover Measures

CMA generally will vote AGAINST proposals intended largely to avoid acquisition prior to the occurrence of an actual event or to discourage acquisition by creating a cost constraint. With respect to the following measures, CMA generally will vote as follows:

Poison Pills

 

   

CMA votes FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

   

CMA generally votes FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate a poison pill.

 

   

CMA generally votes AGAINST management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Greenmail

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or to otherwise

 

B-10


Table of Contents
 

restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Supermajority vote

 

   

CMA will vote AGAINST board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock, the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights and charter amendments adopting control share acquisition provisions.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

   

CMA will vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes.

6. Other Business Matters

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Bylaw amendments giving holders of at least 25% of outstanding common stock the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders.

 

   

Board governance document amendments or other proposals which give the lead independent director the authority to call special meetings of the independent directors at any time.

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals to approve routine business matters such as changing the company’s name and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting such as approving the minutes of a prior meeting.

 

   

Proposals to ratify the appointment of auditors, unless any of the following apply in which case CMA will generally vote AGAINST the proposal:

 

   

Credible reason exists to question:

 

   

The auditor’s independence, as determined by applicable regulatory requirements.

 

   

The accuracy or reliability of the auditor’s opinion as to the company’s financial position.

 

   

Fees paid to the auditor or its affiliates for “non-audit” services were excessive, i.e., in excess of the total fees paid for “audit,” “audit-related” and “tax compliance” and/or “tax return preparation” services, as disclosed in the company’s proxy materials.

 

   

Bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (e.g., updates or corrections).

 

   

Proposals to approve the annual reports and accounts provided the certifications required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 have been provided.

CMA generally will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals to eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent or call special meetings.

 

   

Proposals providing management with authority to adjourn an annual or special shareholder meeting absent compelling reasons, or to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws without shareholder approval, or to vote unmarked proxies in favor of management.

 

   

Shareholder proposals to change the date, time or location of the company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Authorization to transact other unidentified substantive (as opposed to procedural) business at a meeting.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

Proposals to change the location of the company’s state of incorporation. CMA considers whether financial benefits (e.g., reduced fees or taxes) likely to accrue to the company as a result of a reincorporation or other change of domicile outweigh any accompanying material diminution of shareholder rights.

 

   

Proposals on whether and how to vote on “bundled” or otherwise conditioned proposals, depending on the overall economic effects upon shareholders.

CMA generally will ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals predominantly involving social, socio-economic, environmental, political or other similar matters on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. CMA may, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote:

 

   

FOR proposals seeking inquiry and reporting with respect to, rather than cessation or affirmative implementation of, specific policies where the pertinent issue warrants separate communication to shareholders; and

 

   

FOR or AGAINST the latter sort of proposal in light of the relative benefits and detriments (e.g. distraction, costs, other burdens) to share value which may be expected to flow from passage of the proposal.

7. Other Matters Relating to Foreign Issues

CMA generally will vote FOR:

 

   

Most stock (scrip) dividend proposals. CMA votes AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

 

   

Proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.

 

   

Proposals to approve control and profit transfer agreements between a parent and its subsidiaries.

 

   

Management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors/directors and/or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

 

   

Management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

   

Proposals for the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

CMA will generally vote FOR proposals to approve Directors’ Fees, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

CMA will evaluate management proposals to approve protective preference shares for Netherlands located company-friendly foundations proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will only support resolutions if:

 

   

The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares while the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of CMA’ categorization rules and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

No call/put option agreement exists between the company and the foundation.

 

   

There is a qualifying offer clause or there are annual management and supervisory board elections.

 

B-12


Table of Contents
   

The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months.

 

   

The board of the company-friendly foundation is independent.

 

   

The company has disclosed under what circumstances it expects to make use of the possibility to issue preference shares.

 

   

There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools.

 

   

The company releases its proxy circular, with details of the poison pill proposal, at least three weeks prior to the meeting.

 

   

Art 2:359c Civil Code of the legislative proposal has been implemented.

8. Investment Company Matters

Election of Directors:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the election of directors, considering the following factors:

 

   

Board structure

 

   

Attendance at board and committee meetings.

CMA will WITHHOLD votes from directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences. Valid reasons include illness or absence due to company business. Participation via telephone is acceptable. In addition, if the director missed only one meeting or one day’s meetings, votes should not be withheld even if such absence dropped the director’s attendance below 75 percent.

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of shares outstanding;

 

   

Ignore a shareholder proposal this is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years;

 

   

Are interested directors and sit on the audit or nominating committee; or

 

   

Are interested directors and the full board serves as the audit or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.

Proxy Contests:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance relative to its peers

 

   

Market in which fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the pertinent issues (e.g., closed-end fund share market value discount to NAV)

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity and votes on related proposals

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents

 

   

Independence of incumbent directors; director nominees

 

   

Experience and skills of director nominees

 

B-13


Table of Contents
   

Governance profile of the company

 

   

Evidence of management entrenchment

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund:

CMA will vote conversion proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Past performance as a closed-end fund

 

   

Market in which the fund invests

 

   

Measures taken by the board to address the discount

 

   

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Investment Advisory Agreements:

CMA will vote investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Proposed and current fee schedules

 

   

Fund category/investment objective

 

   

Performance benchmarks

 

   

Share price performance as compared with peers

 

   

Resulting fees relative to peers

 

   

Assignments (where the adviser undergoes a change of control)

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the authorization for or increase in the preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

   

Stated specific financing purpose

 

   

Possible dilution for common shares

 

   

Whether the shares can be used for anti-takeover purposes

Policies Addressed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”):

CMA will vote proposals regarding adoption or changes of policies addressed by the 1940 Act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Regulatory developments

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Current and potential risk

 

B-14


Table of Contents

CMA generally will vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with current SEC interpretations.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fund’s target investments

 

   

Reasons given by the fund for the change

 

   

Projected impact of the change on the portfolio

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental:

CMA will vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective from fundamental to non-fundamental unless management acknowledges meaningful limitations upon its future requested ability to change the objective

Name Change Proposals:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s name, considering the following factors:

 

   

Political/economic changes in the target market

 

   

Consolidation in the target market

 

   

Current asset composition

Change in Fund’s Subclassification:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s subclassification, considering the following factors:

 

   

Potential competitiveness

 

   

Current and potential returns

 

   

Risk of concentration

 

   

Consolidation in target industry

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis these proposals, considering the following factors:

 

   

Strategies employed to salvage the company

 

   

Past performance of the fund

 

   

Terms of the liquidation

Changes to the Charter Document:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

   

The degree of change implied by the proposal

 

   

The efficiencies that could result

 

B-15


Table of Contents
   

The state of incorporation; net effect on shareholder rights

 

   

Regulatory standards and implications

CMA will vote FOR:

 

   

Proposals allowing the Board to impose, without shareholder approval, fees payable upon redemption of fund shares, provided imposition of such fees is likely to benefit long-term fund investors (e.g., by deterring market timing activity by other fund investors)

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to amend, without shareholder approval, the fund’s management agreement(s) with its investment adviser(s) or sub-advisers, provided the amendment is not required by applicable law (including the Investment Company Act of 1940) or interpretations thereunder to require such approval

CMA will vote AGAINST:

 

   

Proposals enabling the Board to:

 

   

Change, without shareholder approval the domicile of the fund

 

   

Adopt, without shareholder approval, material amendments of the fund’s declaration of trust or other organizational document

Changing the Domicile of a Fund:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reincorporate, considering the following factors:

 

   

Regulations of both states

 

   

Required fundamental policies of both states

 

   

The increased flexibility available

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval:

CMA will vote FOR proposals to enable the Board or Investment Adviser to hire and terminate sub-advisers, without shareholder approval, in accordance with applicable rules or exemptive orders under the Investment Company Act of 1940

Distribution Agreements:

CMA will vote these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives

 

   

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance

 

   

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry

 

   

Terms of the agreement

Master-Feeder Structure:

CMA will vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers:

CMA will vote merger proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

B-16


Table of Contents
   

Resulting fee structure

 

   

Performance of both funds

 

   

Continuity of management personnel

 

   

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights

Shareholder Proposals to Establish Director Ownership Requirement:

CMA will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While CMA favors stockownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

Shareholder Proposals to Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

Shareholder Proposals to Terminate the Investment Adviser:

CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to terminate the investment adviser, considering the following factors:

 

   

Performance of the fund’s NAV

 

   

The fund’s history of shareholder relations

 

   

The performance of other funds under the adviser’s management

 

B-17


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form

Conflict Review Questionnaire for Proxy Voting Working Group Members and Other Individuals Participating in the Proxy Voting Decision-Making Process.

Instructions: Please complete each of the questions. Please provide an explanation for any affirmative responses. Return the completed questionnaire to Columbia Management Conflicts of Interest Officer.

 

Issuer and Proxy Matter:

    
    

 

  1.

Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any management personnel of the issuer1?

 

    
    

 

  2. Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any person participating, supporting, opposing or otherwise connected with the particular proxy proposal (e.g., principals of the issuer; director nominees of issuer company; shareholder activists)?

 

    
    

 

  3.

Have you discussed this particular proxy proposal with anyone outside of Columbia Management’s investment group2?

 

    
    

 

  4. Are you aware of any other potential personal conflicts of interest not described above? Please detail below.

 

    
    

 

Name:

    

Signed:

    

Date:

    

 

1

Personal investing in the issuer by you or a member of your immediate family does not require an affirmative response to this item.

2

Communications with issuer or solicitors in the regular course of business would not have to be disclosed on this form.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C

CMA Proxy Vote Recommendation/Proxy Committee Request Form

 

Name of Investment Associate:    

 

Company Name:    

 

Overview of Proxy Vote and Meeting Date:    

 

Proxy Agenda Item(s)  

 

Description of Item:    

 

 
(The above information will be pre-populated by the Proxy Department.)

 

Recommendation (FOR, AGAINST, ABSTAIN) including brief rationale:    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

Please attach any supporting information other than analysis or reports provided by the Proxy Department.

 

 

Signed

By signing, I am certifying that I either have no conflicts of interest-related information to report or have sent a completed “Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form” to Compliance Risk Management (Conflicts Officer).

Send Completed Forms to:

GWIM Investment Operations — Proxy Department

or

In the case of Proxy Votes to be referred to the Proxy Committee, submit this form and materials to the Chair of the Proxy Committee

 

B-19